Loading...
08.b3 Lubke CUP - CC Packet1 | P a g e Date of Meeting: October 17, 2023 To: Mayor Maefsky and Members of the City Council From: T.J. Hofer, Consultant City Planner Re: Multiple Conditional Use Permits for Distribution SES at 10929 Scandia Trail North Applicant: Patrick Dalseth, SV CSG Scandia, LLC Courtney O'Connor, Gordian Energy Systems and DIVOCSG N LLC TJ Ozomoru, Oriana CSG 2020- 10 LLC Zoning: AG-C, SM-O, SES-O Owner: Michael Lubke & Molly Minogue Future Land Use: Agricultural Core Location: PID: 1903220130001 10929 Scandia Trail North, Scandia, MN 55073 Review Deadline December 9, 2023 The applicants are each requesting Conditional Use Permits (CUP) to allow for Distribution Solar Energy Systems (SES) on the same parcel located at 10929 Scandia Trail North. The three applicants are: • Patrick Dalseth, SV CSG Scandia, LLC (Sunvest) • TJ Ozomoru, Oriana CSG 2020-10 LLC (New Energy Equity or NEE) • Courtney O'Connor, Gordian Energy Systems and DIVOCSG N LLC (Gordian) 2 | P a g e The staff report to the Planning Commission from the October 3, 2023, meeting is attached and includes the background of the project as well as an analysis based on the standards in the Unified Development Code. ANALYSIS Review Comments The submittal was sent to city staff and other regulatory agencies for review and comments, and comments have been incorporated into the resolution. These comments are detailed in the Planning Commission report that is attached. Planning Commission The application was reviewed by the Planning Commission at their October 3, 2023, meeting. The Planning Commission held a public hearing where no comments were received. The Planning Commission then closed the public hearing. The Planning Commission discussed the screening and conditions. The Planning Commission moved to recommend approval of all the CUPs. The motions were all approved with a vote of 5-0. Staff Analysis The proposed uses will be a second principal use on the property. Based on precedent set by the City this has been allowed. Staff has identified an issue with the code that should be addressed. The UDC currently allows two or more uses on a site through planned unit developments but does not state that only one use is allowed. In the past the City has approved CUPs for Distribution SES on a property with a single-family dwelling. Staff recommends that the CUP be approved regardless of this issue but is asking for direction to fix the issue within the UDC and past approvals. Staff finds that the proposed plan is generally consistent with the Comprehensive Plan and UDC and has included conditions to address where the plan is not consistent. Inconsistencies are mainly related to landscaping and fencing. Additional information has been submitted by NEE that largely addresses the issues identified in the Planning Commission regarding trees. All applicants have submitted information regarding seeding. All site plans show a vinyl fence between MN 97 and the screening proposed to the north of the NEE array. Details were not submitted for this fence. A vinyl fence is not allowed in the AG-C 3 | P a g e district unless it is made to resemble stone or wood. Sunvest has submitted details that state that the fence will be made of wood. Staff has included conditions in the approvals to address issues where they have been identified. COUNCIL ACTION The City Council can do one of the following: 1. Approve the variance request, with or without conditions, of the attached ordinance and resolutions. 2. Deny the variance request, with findings, of the attached ordinance and resolutions. 3. Table the request for further review/study. The Planning Commission recommended approval of all three conditional use permits, with conditions as outlined by staff. Sunvest Approval of each conditional use permit includes a resolution. The following findings and conditions of approval are recommended for the Sunvest application: 1. Objectives of the Comprehensive Plan include promoting the use of renewable energy systems on housing and in areas where such systems can be safely operated and produce a minimum level of visual impact. The Distribution SES is allowed through a Conditional Use Permit within the SES-O district and helps obtain the objectives of the Comprehensive Plan. Staff has included conditions to address the conditions established within the UDC. 2. The Distribution SES will promote and enhance the general public welfare, and will not be detrimental to or endanger the public health, safety, morals, or comfort. Reasonable conditions of approval can be added if the Planning Commission finds issues with the proposed SES. 3. The Distribution SES use will not be injurious to the use and enjoyment of other property in the immediate vicinity for the purposes already permitted, nor substantially diminish and impair property values or scenic views. Screening to roadways, public waters, and nearby dwellings is required as a condition of approval. The proposed system meets setbacks as required within the UDC. 4. The proposed Distribution SES will not impede development or improvement of surrounding properties. 5. Staff has included a condition that an access permit be granted by the Minnesota Department of Transportation. The proposed Distribution SES use is not anticipated to substantially increase use, cause undue wear, or cause any detriment that is atypical from regular use. 4 | P a g e 6. The proposed use is consistent with the applicable regulations of the AG-C District and is generally consistent with the requirements of the UDC. Any future changes to the Distribution SES will be required to conform with the applicable regulations of the district and the Conditional Use Permit must be amended to allow for the change. Reasonable conditions of approval have been added where the City finds issues with the proposed use. 7. The Conditional Use Permit generally meets the general and specific performance standards of the UDC. Staff has included conditions where the application does not meet these standards. FURTHER BE IT RESOLVED that the following conditions of approval shall be met: 1. The project shall be in substantial compliance with the plans submitted to the City on August 26, 2023, with the exception of where revisions are required with this approval. 2. Treatment of stormwater runoff should be consistent with MPCA storm water manual guidance for solar projects. 3. Native vegetation must be planted on the site wherever practical to provide habitat. 4. Facility location and design must minimize impact on habitat and wildlife movement. 5. Before a building permit can be issued on the site the following must occur: a. The applicant must complete an interconnection agreement with a local utility and provide a copy of the agreement to the City. The system operator must provide a visible external disconnect if required by the utility. b. The City will require the establishment of an escrow account, from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota, to ensure vegetation is installed and establishes itself as identified in the approved permit, based on an estimated cost for plantings and labor provided by the applicant. The planting and screening plan must utilize the recommended plant types described in Section [153.400.060] and must be approved by the City. c. The City will require the posting of a bond, letter of credit or the establishment of an escrow account to ensure decommissioning. The decommissioning plan must provide a letter of credit that does not give credit towards salvage material. The guarantee shall be from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota. d. The applicant must submit proof that a current general liability policy covering bodily injury and property damage with limits of at least $1 million per occurrence and $2 million in the aggregate or the maximum liability thresholds set forth Minnesota Statutes, section 466.04, as amended, whichever is greater, to the City. e. Submit specification showing the maximum that the panels do not exceed 15 feet in height when oriented at maximum tilt. f. The screening shall fully obscure 100% view of the solar panels from any adjacent road right-of-way immediately upon screen completion in accordance with this section, and shall be completed prior to the remainder of solar facilities 5 | P a g e and panel installation. Effectiveness of screening shall be reviewed and approved by city staff prior to continuation of project installation. g. Any fences or barriers installed for the project must be mounted on wood posts, and may not include any chain link, barbed or razor wire. The fence may not exceed eight (8) feet in height from the ground, and must incorporate wildlife- friendly design with a gap at the bottom for passage of birds and small animals. The City will utilize recommendations from the Minnesota DNR to determine if the fence design is wildlife-friendly. All fencing must comply with Character Area Standards and Fencing standards established in Section 153.400 of the Unified Development Code. h. All ground areas under solar array installs that are not occupied by equipment or essential access paths, must be planted with a deep rooted, native grass and pollinator seed mix suitable to the soil and moisture conditions of the immediate area. Plant growth must be stable and self-supporting within one (1) growing seasons from the date of building permit approval. The landscaping plan shall be revised to show the location of ground plantings including which seed mixes are proposed and where the mixes will be used. i. Power and communication lines that are not defined in this the UDC as Essential Services and running between banks of solar panels and the interconnection pole or other point of interconnection must be buried underground. j. Drainage and utility easements will be placed around the permitter of the property in accordance with the subdivision ordinance for both as needed maintenance and assuring compliance with the approvals. k. An MPCA General Stormwater Permit will be required. l. The applicant shall verify with MnDOT, and provide City proof of, need for a work within ROW permit that may be required for construction activities. m. The stormwater basin being constructed in the southwest portion of the project has no future access reserved to account for accessing to perform maintenance. The applicant must demonstrate how a backhoe would be able to access in the future to perform maintenance. 6. If any concrete is used onsite for construction, all wash outs from cement trucks shall not be dumped on site. 7. The required screening must be achieved within six (6) growing seasons from the date of project approval. If the screening is not established within 6 growing seasons, it must be implemented through the planting of mature vegetation to fully obscure (100%) view of the solar panels as described in current ordinance. 8. The applicant shall maintain landscaping and screening for the full term of the permit. The City may enter and inspect the property, outside the area protected around the array by fencing, at any reasonable time for the purpose of investigating a reported violation or to ascertain compliance or noncompliance with the current standards or approvals regulating screening. 6 | P a g e 9. The City reserves the right to utilize the vegetative escrow required with the permit to address noncompliance with approved screening if the applicant or operator does not bring the site into compliance within nine months. 10. If glare is reported as a nuisance staff will review the existing conditions and the applicant must address any concerns identified by staff to bring the use into compliance with the current regulations. 11. No lighting is proposed or approved with this approval. 12. The first 50 ft. of the access road off of MN 97 shall be either bituminous or concrete to prevent tracking sediment onto MN 97. 13. The applicant shall stake the required setback from MN 97 so that the Building Inspector can verify the setbacks before construction begins. 14. The applicant shall identify the boundaries of the wetland buffers in the field prior to construction of the facilities on the site. 15. Erosion control along wetland shall be required. 16. Signage must be installed that clearly identifies the array and emergency contacts that are responsible in the case of an emergency within three months of a final building permit being issued. Signage must be screened from public right of way and residential uses within 350 ft. 17. Signs, informational, or visual communication devices shall comply with applicable regulations. 18. All plans submitted for building permit approval shall be prepared by a licensed, professional engineer. 19. Any expansion of the Distribution SES shall require an amended conditional use permit. 20. The applicant shall complete a Developer Agreement with the City. The Agreement shall include financial guarantees acceptable to the City), to assure compliance with the Vegetative Escrow, Landscaping Plan, and Decommissioning Plan. The Development Agreement shall be signed by the City and the applicant before the City approves the final permit for the solar installation. 21. The applicant shall obtain all necessary permits prior to work on the site, including but not limited to: a. The Distribution Scale Solar Energy System shall comply with all applicable local, state and federal regulatory standards, including the current Uniform Building Code, the National Electric Code, the State Plumbing Code and the Minnesota Energy Code. b. Driveway access permits from the Minnesota Department of Transportation shall be secured for the access drives to the site from MN 97, before the City approves the final permit for the solar installation. c. The applicant shall obtain the required Watershed District permit(s). d. The applicant shall obtain the required grading and erosion control permit from the City. e. The applicant shall obtain the required building permit from the City. 7 | P a g e 22. The applicant shall comply with all applicable local, state, and federal permits and requirements for the new development on the parcel. 23. The City may revoke the Conditional Use Permit for the site if the site is not in compliance with any condition of this approval and if all permits and required work to comply with approvals from other local, state, and federal permits is not completed. 24. The applicant/operator of the Distribution SES shall pay all costs incurred by the city to monitor compliance with conditions of the Conditional Use Permit 25. The applicant shall pay all fees and escrows associated with this application. New Energy Equity Approval of each conditional use permit includes a resolution. The following findings and conditions of approval are recommended for the NEE application: 1. Objectives of the Comprehensive Plan include promoting the use of renewable energy systems on housing and in areas where such systems can be safely operated and produce a minimum level of visual impact. The Distribution SES is allowed through a Conditional Use Permit within the SES-O district and helps obtain the objectives of the Comprehensive Plan. Staff has included conditions to address the conditions established within the UDC. 2. The Distribution SES will promote and enhance the general public welfare, and will not be detrimental to or endanger the public health, safety, morals, or comfort. Reasonable conditions of approval can be added if the Planning Commission finds issues with the proposed SES. 3. The Distribution SES use will not be injurious to the use and enjoyment of other property in the immediate vicinity for the purposes already permitted, nor substantially diminish and impair property values or scenic views. Screening to roadways, public waters, and nearby dwellings is required as a condition of approval. The proposed system meets setbacks as required within the UDC. 4. The proposed Distribution SES will not impede development or improvement of surrounding properties. 5. Staff has included a condition that an access permit be granted by the Minnesota Department of Transportation. The proposed Distribution SES use is not anticipated to substantially increase use, cause undue wear, or cause any detriment that is atypical from regular use. 6. The proposed use is consistent with the applicable regulations of the AG-C District and is generally consistent with the requirements of the UDC. Any future changes to the Distribution SES will be required to conform with the applicable regulations of the district and the Conditional Use Permit must be amended to allow for the change. Reasonable conditions of approval have been added where the City finds issues with the proposed use. 8 | P a g e 7. The Conditional Use Permit generally meets the general and specific performance standards of the UDC. Staff has included conditions where the application does not meet these standards. FURTHER BE IT RESOLVED that the following conditions of approval shall be met: 1. The project shall be in substantial compliance with the plans submitted to the City on August 11, 2023, with the exception of where revisions are required with this approval. 2. Treatment of stormwater runoff should be consistent with MPCA storm water manual guidance for solar projects. 3. Native vegetation must be planted on the site wherever practical to provide habitat. 4. Facility location and design must minimize impact on habitat and wildlife movement. 5. Before a building permit can be issued on the site the following must occur: a. The applicant must complete an interconnection agreement with a local utility and provide a copy of the agreement to the City. The system operator must provide a visible external disconnect if required by the utility. b. The City will require the establishment of an escrow account, from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota, to ensure vegetation is installed and establishes itself as identified in the approved permit, based on an estimated cost for plantings and labor provided by the applicant. The planting and screening plan must utilize the recommended plant types described in Section [153.400.060] and must be approved by the City. c. The City will require the posting of a bond, letter of credit or the establishment of an escrow account to ensure decommissioning. The decommissioning plan must provide a letter of credit that does not give credit towards salvage material. The guarantee shall be from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota. d. The applicant must submit proof that a current general liability policy covering bodily injury and property damage with limits of at least $1 million per occurrence and $2 million in the aggregate or the maximum liability thresholds set forth Minnesota Statutes, section 466.04, as amended, whichever is greater, to the City. e. Submit specification showing the maximum that the panels do not exceed 15 feet in height when oriented at maximum tilt. f. The screening shall fully obscure 100% view of the solar panels from any adjacent road right-of-way immediately upon screen completion in accordance with this section, and shall be completed prior to the remainder of solar facilities and panel installation. Effectiveness of screening shall be reviewed and approved by city staff prior to continuation of project installation. g. The landscaping plan shall be revised to show permanent vegetative screening designed to have a horizontal depth of at least 20 feet. 9 | P a g e h. The landscaping plan shall be revised to show plantings that specifically serve the project including exact locations of plantings and a table that shows the common name, scientific name, and number of each type of planting. i. Any fences or barriers installed for the project must be mounted on wood posts, and may not include any chain link, barbed or razor wire. The fence may not exceed eight (8) feet in height from the ground and must incorporate wildlife- friendly design with a gap at the bottom for passage of birds and small animals. The City will utilize recommendations from the Minnesota DNR to determine if the fence design is wildlife friendly. All fencing must comply with Character Area Standards and Fencing standards established in Section 153.400 of the Unified Development Code. j. All ground areas under solar array installs that are not occupied by equipment or essential access paths, must be planted with a deep rooted, native grass and pollinator seed mix suitable to the soil and moisture conditions of the immediate area. Plant growth must be stable and self-supporting within one (1) growing seasons from the date of building permit approval. The landscaping plan shall be revised to show the location of ground plantings including which seed mixes are proposed and where the mixes will be used. k. Power and communication lines that are not defined in the UDC as Essential Services and running between banks of solar panels and the interconnection pole or other point of interconnection must be buried underground. l. Drainage and utility easements will be placed around the permitter of the property in accordance with the subdivision ordinance for both as needed maintenance and assuring compliance with the approvals. m. An MPCA General Stormwater Permit will be required. n. The applicant shall verify with MnDOT, and provide City proof of, need for a work within ROW permit that may be required for construction activities. o. The infiltration basin being constructed in the southwest portion of the project has no future access reserved to account for accessing to perform maintenance. The applicant must demonstrate how a backhoe would be able to access in the future to perform maintenance. 6. If any concrete is used onsite for construction, all wash outs from cement trucks shall not be dumped on site. 7. The required screening must be achieved within six (6) growing seasons from the date of project approval. If the screening is not established within 6 growing seasons, it must be implemented through the planting of mature vegetation to fully obscure (100%) view of the solar panels as described in current ordinance. 8. The applicant shall maintain landscaping and screening for the full term of the permit. The City may enter and inspect the property, outside the area protected around the array by fencing, at any reasonable time for the purpose of investigating a reported violation or to ascertain compliance or noncompliance with the current standards or approvals regulating screening. 10 | P a g e 9. The City reserves the right to utilize the vegetative escrow required with the permit to address noncompliance with approved screening if the applicant or operator does not bring the site into compliance within nine months. 10. If glare is reported as a nuisance staff will review the existing conditions and the applicant must address any concerns identified by staff to bring the use into compliance with the current regulations. 11. No lighting is proposed or approved with this approval. 12. The first 50 ft. of the access road off of MN 97 shall be either bituminous or concrete to prevent tracking sediment onto MN 97. 13. The applicant shall stake the required setback from MN 97 so that the Building Inspector can verify the setbacks before construction begins. 14. The applicant shall identify the boundaries of the wetland buffers in the field prior to construction of the facilities on the site. 15. Erosion control along wetland shall be required. 16. Signage must be installed that clearly identifies the array and emergency contacts that are responsible in the case of an emergency within three months of a final building permit being issued. Signage must be screened from public right of way and residential uses within 350 ft. 17. Signs, informational, or visual communication devices shall comply with applicable regulations. 18. All plans submitted for building permit approval shall be prepared by a licensed, professional engineer. 19. Any expansion of the Distribution SES shall require an amended conditional use permit. 20. The applicant shall complete a Developer Agreement with the City. The Agreement shall include financial guarantees acceptable to the City), to assure compliance with the Vegetative Escrow, Landscaping Plan, and Decommissioning Plan. The Development Agreement shall be signed by the City and the applicant before the City approves the final permit for the solar installation. 21. The applicant shall obtain all necessary permits prior to work on the site, including but not limited to: a. The Distribution Scale Solar Energy System shall comply with all applicable local, state and federal regulatory standards, including the current Uniform Building Code, the National Electric Code, the State Plumbing Code and the Minnesota Energy Code. b. Driveway access permits from the Minnesota Department of Transportation shall be secured for the access drives to the site from MN 97, before the City approves the final permit for the solar installation. c. The applicant shall obtain the required Watershed District permit(s). d. The applicant shall obtain the required grading and erosion control permit from the City. e. The applicant shall obtain the required building permit from the City. 11 | P a g e 22. The applicant shall comply with all applicable local, state, and federal permits and requirements for the new development on the parcel. 23. The City may revoke the Conditional Use Permit for the site if the site is not in compliance with any condition of this approval and if all permits and required work to comply with approvals from other local, state, and federal permits is not completed. 24. The applicant/operator of the Distribution SES shall pay all costs incurred by the city to monitor compliance with conditions of the Conditional Use Permit 25. The applicant shall pay all fees and escrows associated with this application. Gordian Approval of each conditional use permit includes a resolution. The following findings and conditions of approval are recommended for the Gordian application: 1. Objectives of the Comprehensive Plan include promoting the use of renewable energy systems on housing and in areas where such systems can be safely operated and produce a minimum level of visual impact. The Distribution SES is allowed through a Conditional Use Permit within the SES-O district and helps obtain the objectives of the Comprehensive Plan. Staff has included conditions to address the conditions established within the UDC. 2. The Distribution SES will promote and enhance the general public welfare, and will not be detrimental to or endanger the public health, safety, morals, or comfort. Reasonable conditions of approval can be added if the Planning Commission finds issues with the proposed SES. 3. The Distribution SES use will not be injurious to the use and enjoyment of other property in the immediate vicinity for the purposes already permitted, nor substantially diminish and impair property values or scenic views. Screening to roadways, public waters, and nearby dwellings is required as a condition of approval. The proposed system meets setbacks as required within the UDC. 4. The proposed Distribution SES will not impede development or improvement of surrounding properties. 5. Staff has included a condition that an access permit be granted by the Minnesota Department of Transportation. The proposed Distribution SES use is not anticipated to substantially increase use, cause undue wear, or cause any detriment that is atypical from regular use. 6. The proposed use is consistent with the applicable regulations of the AG-C District and is generally consistent with the requirements of the UDC. Any future changes to the Distribution SES will be required to conform with the applicable regulations of the district and the Conditional Use Permit must be amended to allow for the change. Reasonable conditions of approval have been added where the City finds issues with the proposed use. 12 | P a g e 7. The Conditional Use Permit generally meets the general and specific performance standards of the UDC. Staff has included conditions where the application does not meet these standards. FURTHER BE IT RESOLVED that the following conditions of approval shall be met: 1. The project shall be in substantial compliance with the plans submitted to the City on August 25, 2023, with the exception of where revisions are required with this approval. 2. Treatment of stormwater runoff should be consistent with MPCA storm water manual guidance for solar projects. 3. Native vegetation must be planted on the site wherever practical to provide habitat. 4. Facility location and design must minimize impact on habitat and wildlife movement. 5. Before a building permit can be issued on the site the following must occur: a. The applicant must complete an interconnection agreement with a local utility and provide a copy of the agreement to the City. The system operator must provide a visible external disconnect if required by the utility. b. The City will require the establishment of an escrow account, from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota, to ensure vegetation is installed and establishes itself as identified in the approved permit, based on an estimated cost for plantings and labor provided by the applicant. The planting and screening plan must utilize the recommended plant types described in Section [153.400.060] and must be approved by the City. c. The City will require the posting of a bond, letter of credit or the establishment of an escrow account to ensure decommissioning. The decommissioning plan must provide a letter of credit that does not give credit towards salvage material. The guarantee shall be from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota. d. The applicant must submit proof that a current general liability policy covering bodily injury and property damage with limits of at least $1 million per occurrence and $2 million in the aggregate or the maximum liability thresholds set forth Minnesota Statutes, section 466.04, as amended, whichever is greater, to the City. e. Submit specification showing the maximum that the panels do not exceed 15 feet in height when oriented at maximum tilt. f. The screening shall fully obscure 100% view of the solar panels from any adjacent road right-of-way immediately upon screen completion in accordance with this section, and shall be completed prior to the remainder of solar facilities and panel installation. Effectiveness of screening shall be reviewed and approved by city staff prior to continuation of project installation. g. The landscaping plan shall be revised to show permanent vegetative screening designed to have a horizontal depth of at least 20 feet. h. Any fences or barriers installed for the project must be mounted on wood posts, and may not include any chain link, barbed or razor wire. The fence may not 13 | P a g e exceed eight (8) feet in height from the ground, and must incorporate wildlife- friendly design with a gap at the bottom for passage of birds and small animals. The City will utilize recommendations from the Minnesota DNR to determine if the fence design is wildlife-friendly. All fencing must comply with Character Area Standards and Fencing standards established in Section 153.400 of the Unified Development Code. i. All ground areas under solar array installs that are not occupied by equipment or essential access paths, must be planted with a deep rooted, native grass and pollinator seed mix suitable to the soil and moisture conditions of the immediate area. Plant growth must be stable and self-supporting within one (1) growing seasons from the date of building permit approval. The landscaping plan shall be revised to show the location of ground plantings including which seed mixes are proposed and where the mixes will be used. j. Power and communication lines that are not defined in this the UDC as Essential Services and running between banks of solar panels and the interconnection pole or other point of interconnection must be buried underground. k. Drainage and utility easements will be placed around the permitter of the property in accordance with the subdivision ordinance for both as needed maintenance and assuring compliance with the approvals. l. An MPCA General Stormwater Permit will be required. m. The applicant shall verify with MnDOT, and provide City proof of, need for a work within ROW permit that may be required for construction activities. n. The stormwater basin being constructed in the southwest portion of the project has no future access reserved to account for accessing to perform maintenance. The applicant must demonstrate how a backhoe would be able to access in the future to perform maintenance. 6. If any concrete is used onsite for construction, all wash outs from cement trucks shall not be dumped on site. 7. The required screening must be achieved within six (6) growing seasons from the date of project approval. If the screening is not established within 6 growing seasons, it must be implemented through the planting of mature vegetation to fully obscure (100%) view of the solar panels as described in current ordinance. 8. The applicant shall maintain landscaping and screening for the full term of the permit. The City may enter and inspect the property, outside the area protected around the array by fencing, at any reasonable time for the purpose of investigating a reported violation or to ascertain compliance or noncompliance with the current standards or approvals regulating screening. 9. The City reserves the right to utilize the vegetative escrow required with the permit to address noncompliance with approved screening if the applicant or operator does not bring the site into compliance within nine months. 10. If glare is reported as a nuisance staff will review the existing conditions and the applicant must address any concerns identified by staff to bring the use into compliance with the current regulations. 14 | P a g e 11. No lighting is proposed or approved with this approval. 12. The first 50 ft. of the access road off of MN 97 shall be either bituminous or concrete to prevent tracking sediment onto MN 97. 13. The applicant shall stake the required setback from MN 97 so that the Building Inspector can verify the setbacks before construction begins. 14. The applicant shall identify the boundaries of the wetland buffers in the field prior to construction of the facilities on the site. 15. Erosion control along wetland shall be required. 16. Signage must be installed that clearly identifies the array and emergency contacts that are responsible in the case of an emergency within three months of a final building permit being issued. Signage must be screened from public right of way and residential uses within 350 ft. 17. Signs, informational, or visual communication devices shall comply with applicable regulations. 18. All plans submitted for building permit approval shall be prepared by a licensed, professional engineer. 19. Any expansion of the Distribution SES shall require an amended conditional use permit. 20. The applicant shall complete a Developer Agreement with the City. The Agreement shall include financial guarantees acceptable to the City), to assure compliance with the Vegetative Escrow, Landscaping Plan, and Decommissioning Plan. The Development Agreement shall be signed by the City and the applicant before the City approves the final permit for the solar installation. 21. The applicant shall obtain all necessary permits prior to work on the site, including but not limited to: a. The Distribution Scale Solar Energy System shall comply with all applicable local, state and federal regulatory standards, including the current Uniform Building Code, the National Electric Code, the State Plumbing Code and the Minnesota Energy Code. b. Driveway access permits from the Minnesota Department of Transportation shall be secured for the access drives to the site from MN 97, before the City approves the final permit for the solar installation. c. The applicant shall obtain the required Watershed District permit(s). d. The applicant shall obtain the required grading and erosion control permit from the City. e. The applicant shall obtain the required building permit from the City. 22. The applicant shall comply with all applicable local, state, and federal permits and requirements for the new development on the parcel. 23. The City may revoke the Conditional Use Permit for the site if the site is not in compliance with any condition of this approval and if all permits and required work to comply with approvals from other local, state, and federal permits is not completed. 24. The applicant/operator of the Distribution SES shall pay all costs incurred by the city to monitor compliance with conditions of the Conditional Use Permit. 15 | P a g e 25. The applicant shall pay all fees and escrows associated with this application. RECOMMENDATION The Planning Commissions recommends the following: Motion to approve Resolution 10-17-23-03 to approve a Conditional Use Permit to allow for a Distribution SES as applied for by Sunvest, with conditions as described by staff within the staff report. Motion to approve Resolution 10-17-23-04 to approve a Conditional Use Permit to allow for a Distribution SES as applied for by New Energy Equity, with conditions as described by staff within the staff report. Motion to approve Resolution 10-17-23-05 to approve a Conditional Use Permit to allow for a Distribution SES as applied for by Gordian, with conditions as described by staff within the staff report. Attachments 1. Resolution 10-17-23-03 Sunvest Conditional Use Permit 2. Resolution 10-17-23-04 NEE Conditional Use Permit 3. Resolution 10-17-23-05 Gordian Conditional Use Permit 4. Review Matrix prepared by T.J. Hofer, Consultant City Planner 5. Planning Commission “Multiple Conditional Use Permits for Distribution SES at 10929 Scandia Trail North” Packet, October 3, 2023 6. Additional Submittal from NEE, September 28, 2023 7. Additional Submittal from Gordian, October 3, 2023 8. Additional Submittal from Sunvest October 9. 2023 CITY OF SCANDIA, MINNESOTA RESOLUTION NO. 10-17-23-05 APPROVING CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT FOR A DISTRIBUTION SCALE SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEM LOCATED ON 19.032.20.13.0001 LOCATED AT 10929 SCANDIA TRAIL NORTH WHEREAS, Courtney O’Connor, Gordian Energy Systems and DIVOCSG N LLC (the “applicant” or the “operator”), on behalf of Michael Lubke & Molly Minogue (the “owners”), made an application for a Conditional Use Permit to allow for a Distribution Solar Energy System (SES) to be located at PID 19.032.20.13.0001 located at 10929 Scandia Trail North: THE WEST HALF OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER (W 1/2 OF NE 1/4) OF SECTION NINETEEN (19), TOWNSHIP THIRTY-TWO (32), RANGE TWENTY (20), WASHINGTON COUNTY, MINNESOTA, AND WHICH INCLUDES A STRIP OF LAND FIFTY (50) FEET IN WIDTH RUNNING OVER AND ACROSS THE WEST HALF OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER (W1/2 OF NE1/4} OF SECTION NINETEEN (19), TOWNSHIP THIRTY-TWO (32) NORTH, RANGE TWENTY (20) WEST; SAID STRIP OF LAND BEING TWENTY-FIVE (25) FEET IN WIDTH ON EACH SIDE OF A CENTER LINE WHICH CROSSES ABOVE DESCRIBED TRACT AND IS DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS TO-WIT COMMENCING AT A STAKE ON THE EAST LINE OF SAID SECTION, TWENTY (20) FEET SOUTH OF THE NORTHEAST CORNER THEREOF; RUNNING THENCE SOUTHWESTERLY ON A ONE DEGREE CURVE TO THE RIGHT FROM A LINE BEARING SOUTH FORTY- TWO DEGREES AND THIRTEEN MINUTES WEST (S 42? 13? W) AS A TANGENT; A DISTANCE OF ONE HUNDRED FORTY-SIX AND SEVEN- TENTHS (146.7) FEET THENCE SOUTH FORTY-THREE DEGREES AND FORTY-ONE MINUTES WEST (S 43 DEG 41' W) EIGHT THOUSAND ONE HUNDRED SEVENTY-FOUR AND FIVE-TENTHS (8174.5) FEET TO A STAKE ON THE WEST LINE OF SECTION THIRTY (30) IN SAID TOWNSHIP AND RANGE, SIX HUNDRED NINETY AND THREE-TENTHS (690.3) FEET SOUTH OF THE NORTHWEST CORNER THEREOF, WASHINGTON COUNTY, MINNESOTA. WHEREAS, the Planning Commission reviewed the request for the Conditional Use Permit (CUP) at a duly noticed Public Hearing on October 3, 2023, and recommended that the City Council approve the CUP, with conditions; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SCANDIA, WASHINGTON COUNTY, MINNESOTA, that it approves of a Conditional Use Permit to allow for a Distribution SES, located at 10929 Scandia Trail North, based on the following findings: 1. Objectives of the Comprehensive Plan include promoting the use of renewable energy systems on housing and in areas where such systems can be safely operated and produce a minimum level of visual impact. The Distribution SES is allowed through a Conditional Use Permit within the SES-O district and helps obtain the objectives of the Comprehensive Plan. Staff has included conditions to address the conditions established within the UDC. 2. The Distribution SES will promote and enhance the general public welfare, and will not be detrimental to or endanger the public health, safety, morals, or comfort. Reasonable conditions of approval can be added if the Planning Commission finds issues with the proposed SES. 3. The Distribution SES use will not be injurious to the use and enjoyment of other property in the immediate vicinity for the purposes already permitted, nor substantially diminish and impair property values or scenic views. Screening to roadways, public waters, and nearby dwellings is required as a condition of approval. The proposed system meets setbacks as required within the UDC. 4. The proposed Distribution SES will not impede development or improvement of surrounding properties. 5. Staff has included a condition that an access permit be granted by the Minnesota Department of Transportation. The proposed Distribution SES use is not anticipated to substantially increase use, cause undue wear, or cause any detriment that is atypical from regular use. 6. The proposed use is consistent with the applicable regulations of the AG-C District and is generally consistent with the requirements of the UDC. Any future changes to the Distribution SES will be required to conform with the applicable regulations of the district and the Conditional Use Permit must be amended to allow for the change. Reasonable conditions of approval have been added where the City finds issues with the proposed use. 7. The Conditional Use Permit generally meets the general and specific performance standards of the UDC. Staff has included conditions where the application does not meet these standards. FURTHER BE IT RESOLVED that the following conditions of approval shall be met: 1. The project shall be in substantial compliance with the plans submitted to the City on August 25, 2023, with the exception of where revisions are required with this approval. 2. Treatment of stormwater runoff should be consistent with MPCA storm water manual guidance for solar projects. 3. Native vegetation must be planted on the site wherever practical to provide habitat. 4. Facility location and design must minimize impact on habitat and wildlife movement. 5. Before a building permit can be issued on the site the following must occur: a. The applicant must complete an interconnection agreement with a local utility and provide a copy of the agreement to the City. The system operator must provide a visible external disconnect if required by the utility. b. The City will require the establishment of an escrow account, from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota, to ensure vegetation is installed and establishes itself as identified in the approved permit, based on an estimated cost for plantings and labor provided by the applicant. The planting and screening plan must utilize the recommended plant types described in Section [153.400.060] and must be approved by the City. c. The City will require the posting of a bond, letter of credit or the establishment of an escrow account to ensure decommissioning. The decommissioning plan must provide a letter of credit that does not give credit towards salvage material. The guarantee shall be from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota. d. The applicant must submit proof that a current general liability policy covering bodily injury and property damage with limits of at least $1 million per occurrence and $2 million in the aggregate or the maximum liability thresholds set forth Minnesota Statutes, section 466.04, as amended, whichever is greater, to the City. e. Submit specification showing the maximum that the panels do not exceed 15 feet in height when oriented at maximum tilt. f. The screening shall fully obscure 100% view of the solar panels from any adjacent road right-of-way immediately upon screen completion in accordance with this section, and shall be completed prior to the remainder of solar facilities and panel installation. Effectiveness of screening shall be reviewed and approved by city staff prior to continuation of project installation. g. The landscaping plan shall be revised to show permanent vegetative screening designed to have a horizontal depth of at least 20 feet. h. Any fences or barriers installed for the project must be mounted on wood posts, and may not include any chain link, barbed or razor wire. The fence may not exceed eight (8) feet in height from the ground, and must incorporate wildlife- friendly design with a gap at the bottom for passage of birds and small animals. The City will utilize recommendations from the Minnesota DNR to determine if the fence design is wildlife-friendly. All fencing must comply with Character Area Standards and Fencing standards established in Section 153.400 of the Unified Development Code. i. All ground areas under solar array installs that are not occupied by equipment or essential access paths, must be planted with a deep rooted, native grass and pollinator seed mix suitable to the soil and moisture conditions of the immediate area. Plant growth must be stable and self-supporting within one (1) growing seasons from the date of building permit approval. The landscaping plan shall be revised to show the location of ground plantings including which seed mixes are proposed and where the mixes will be used. j. Power and communication lines that are not defined in this the UDC as Essential Services and running between banks of solar panels and the interconnection pole or other point of interconnection must be buried underground. k. Drainage and utility easements will be placed around the permitter of the property in accordance with the subdivision ordinance for both as needed maintenance and assuring compliance with the approvals. l. A MPCA General Stormwater Permit will be required. m. The applicant shall verify with MnDOT, and provide City proof of, need for a work within ROW permit that may be required for construction activities. n. The stormwater basin being constructed in the southwest portion of the project has no future access reserved to account for accessing to perform maintenance. The applicant must demonstrate how a backhoe would be able to access in the future to perform maintenance. 6. If any concrete is used onsite for construction, all wash outs from cement trucks shall not be dumped on site. 7. The required screening must be achieved within six (6) growing seasons from the date of project approval. If the screening is not established within 6 growing seasons, it must be implemented through the planting of mature vegetation to fully obscure (100%) view of the solar panels as described in current ordinance. 8. The applicant shall maintain landscaping and screening for the full term of the permit. The City may enter and inspect the property, outside the area protected around the array by fencing, at any reasonable time for the purpose of investigating a reported violation or to ascertain compliance or noncompliance with the current standards or approvals regulating screening. 9. The City reserves the right to utilize the vegetative escrow required with the permit to address noncompliance with approved screening if the applicant or operator does not bring the site into compliance within nine months. 10. If glare is reported as a nuisance staff will review the existing conditions and the applicant must address any concerns identified by staff to bring the use into compliance with the current regulations. 11. No lighting is proposed or approved with this approval. 12. The first 50 ft. of the access road off of MN 97 shall be either bituminous or concrete to prevent tracking sediment onto MN 97. 13. The applicant shall stake the required setback from MN 97 so that the Building Inspector can verify the setbacks before construction begins. 14. The applicant shall identify the boundaries of the wetland buffers in the field prior to construction of the facilities on the site. 15. Erosion control along wetland shall be required. 16. Signage must be installed that clearly identifies the array and emergency contacts that are responsible in the case of an emergency within three months of a final building permit being issued. Signage must be screened from public right of way and residential uses within 350 ft. 17. Signs, informational, or visual communication devices shall comply with applicable regulations. 18. All plans submitted for building permit approval shall be prepared by a licensed, professional engineer. 19. Any expansion of the Distribution SES shall require an amended conditional use permit. 20. The applicant shall complete a Developer Agreement with the City. The Agreement shall include financial guarantees acceptable to the City), to assure compliance with the Vegetative Escrow, Landscaping Plan, and Decommissioning Plan. The Development Agreement shall be signed by the City and the applicant before the City approves the final permit for the solar installation. 21. The applicant shall obtain all necessary permits prior to work on the site, including but not limited to: a. The Distribution Scale Solar Energy System shall comply with all applicable local, state and federal regulatory standards, including the current Uniform Building Code, the National Electric Code, the State Plumbing Code and the Minnesota Energy Code. b. Driveway access permits from the Minnesota Department of Transportation shall be secured for the access drives to the site from MN 97, before the City approves the final permit for the solar installation. c. The applicant shall obtain the required Watershed District permit(s). d. The applicant shall obtain the required grading and erosion control permit from the City. e. The applicant shall obtain the required building permit from the City. 22. The applicant shall comply with all applicable local, state, and federal permits and requirements for the new development on the parcel. 23. The City may revoke the Conditional Use Permit for the site if the site is not in compliance with any condition of this approval and if all permits and required work to comply with approvals from other local, state, and federal permits is not completed. 24. The applicant/operator of the Distribution SES shall pay all costs incurred by the city to monitor compliance with conditions of the Conditional Use Permit. 25. The applicant shall pay all fees and escrows associated with this application. Whereupon, said Resolution is hereby declared adopted on this 17 day of October 2023. Christine Maefsky, Mayor Courtney O’Connor, Applicant Michael Lubke, Owner Molly Minogue, Owner & ATTEST: Kyle Morell, City Administrator CITY OF SCANDIA, MINNESOTA RESOLUTION NO. 10-17-23-04 APPROVING CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT FOR A DISTRIBUTION SCALE SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEM LOCATED ON 19.032.20.13.0001 LOCATED AT 10929 SCANDIA TRAIL NORTH WHEREAS, TJ Ozomoru, ORIANA CSG 2020-10 LLC (the “applicant” or the “operator”), on behalf of Michael Lubke & Molly Minogue (the “owners”), made an application for a Conditional Use Permit to allow for a Distribution Solar Energy System (SES) to be located at PID 19.032.20.13.0001 located at 10929 Scandia Trail North: The West Half of the Northeast Quarter (W 1/2 of NE 1/4) of Section Nineteen (19), Township Thirty-two (32), Range Twenty (20), Washington County, Minnesota.. WHEREAS, the Planning Commission reviewed the request for the Conditional Use Permit (CUP) at a duly noticed Public Hearing on October 3, 2023, and recommended that the City Council approve the CUP, with conditions; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SCANDIA, WASHINGTON COUNTY, MINNESOTA, that it approves of a Conditional Use Permit to allow for a Distribution SES, located at 10929 Scandia Trail North, based on the following findings: 1. Objectives of the Comprehensive Plan include promoting the use of renewable energy systems on housing and in areas where such systems can be safely operated and produce a minimum level of visual impact. The Distribution SES is allowed through a Conditional Use Permit within the SES-O district and helps obtain the objectives of the Comprehensive Plan. Staff has included conditions to address the conditions established within the UDC. 2. The Distribution SES will promote and enhance the general public welfare, and will not be detrimental to or endanger the public health, safety, morals, or comfort. Reasonable conditions of approval can be added if the Planning Commission finds issues with the proposed SES. 3. The Distribution SES use will not be injurious to the use and enjoyment of other property in the immediate vicinity for the purposes already permitted, nor substantially diminish and impair property values or scenic views. Screening to roadways, public waters, and nearby dwellings is required as a condition of approval. The proposed system meets setbacks as required within the UDC. 4. The proposed Distribution SES will not impede development or improvement of surrounding properties. 5. Staff has included a condition that an access permit be granted by the Minnesota Department of Transportation. The proposed Distribution SES use is not anticipated to substantially increase use, cause undue wear, or cause any detriment that is atypical from regular use. 6. The proposed use is consistent with the applicable regulations of the AG-C District and is generally consistent with the requirements of the UDC. Any future changes to the Distribution SES will be required to conform with the applicable regulations of the district and the Conditional Use Permit must be amended to allow for the change. Reasonable conditions of approval have been added where the City finds issues with the proposed use. 7. The Conditional Use Permit generally meets the general and specific performance standards of the UDC. Staff has included conditions where the application does not meet these standards. FURTHER BE IT RESOLVED that the following conditions of approval shall be met: 1. The project shall be in substantial compliance with the plans submitted to the City on August 11, 2023, with the exception of where revisions are required with this approval. 2. Treatment of stormwater runoff should be consistent with MPCA storm water manual guidance for solar projects. 3. Native vegetation must be planted on the site wherever practical to provide habitat. 4. Facility location and design must minimize impact on habitat and wildlife movement. 5. Before a building permit can be issued on the site the following must occur: a. The applicant must complete an interconnection agreement with a local utility and provide a copy of the agreement to the City. The system operator must provide a visible external disconnect if required by the utility. b. The City will require the establishment of an escrow account, from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota, to ensure vegetation is installed and establishes itself as identified in the approved permit, based on an estimated cost for plantings and labor provided by the applicant. The planting and screening plan must utilize the recommended plant types described in Section [153.400.060] and must be approved by the City. c. The City will require the posting of a bond, letter of credit or the establishment of an escrow account to ensure decommissioning. The decommissioning plan must provide a letter of credit that does not give credit towards salvage material. The guarantee shall be from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota. d. The applicant must submit proof that a current general liability policy covering bodily injury and property damage with limits of at least $1 million per occurrence and $2 million in the aggregate or the maximum liability thresholds set forth Minnesota Statutes, section 466.04, as amended, whichever is greater, to the City. e. Submit specification showing the maximum that the panels do not exceed 15 feet in height when oriented at maximum tilt. f. The screening shall fully obscure 100% view of the solar panels from any adjacent road right-of-way immediately upon screen completion in accordance with this section, and shall be completed prior to the remainder of solar facilities and panel installation. Effectiveness of screening shall be reviewed and approved by city staff prior to continuation of project installation. g. The landscaping plan shall be revised to show permanent vegetative screening designed to have a horizontal depth of at least 20 feet. h. The landscaping plan shall be revised to show plantings that specifically serve the project including exact locations of plantings and a table that shows the common name, scientific name, and number of each type of planting. i. Any fences or barriers installed for the project must be mounted on wood posts, and may not include any chain link, barbed or razor wire. The fence may not exceed eight (8) feet in height from the ground, and must incorporate wildlife- friendly design with a gap at the bottom for passage of birds and small animals. The City will utilize recommendations from the Minnesota DNR to determine if the fence design is wildlife-friendly. All fencing must comply with Character Area Standards and Fencing standards established in Section 153.400 of the Unified Development Code. j. All ground areas under solar array installs that are not occupied by equipment or essential access paths, must be planted with a deep rooted, native grass and pollinator seed mix suitable to the soil and moisture conditions of the immediate area. Plant growth must be stable and self-supporting within one (1) growing seasons from the date of building permit approval. The landscaping plan shall be revised to show the location of ground plantings including which seed mixes are proposed and where the mixes will be used. k. Power and communication lines that are not defined in this the UDC as Essential Services and running between banks of solar panels and the interconnection pole or other point of interconnection must be buried underground. l. Drainage and utility easements will be placed around the permitter of the property in accordance with the subdivision ordinance for both as needed maintenance and assuring compliance with the approvals. m. A MPCA General Stormwater Permit will be required. n. The applicant shall verify with MnDOT, and provide City proof of, need for a work within ROW permit that may be required for construction activities. o. The infiltration basin being constructed in the southwest portion of the project has no future access reserved to account for accessing to perform maintenance. The applicant must demonstrate how a backhoe would be able to access in the future to perform maintenance. 6. If any concrete is used onsite for construction, all wash outs from cement trucks shall not be dumped on site. 7. The required screening must be achieved within six (6) growing seasons from the date of project approval. If the screening is not established within 6 growing seasons, it must be implemented through the planting of mature vegetation to fully obscure (100%) view of the solar panels as described in current ordinance. 8. The applicant shall maintain landscaping and screening for the full term of the permit. The City may enter and inspect the property, outside the area protected around the array by fencing, at any reasonable time for the purpose of investigating a reported violation or to ascertain compliance or noncompliance with the current standards or approvals regulating screening. 9. The City reserves the right to utilize the vegetative escrow required with the permit to address noncompliance with approved screening if the applicant or operator does not bring the site into compliance within nine months. 10. If glare is reported as a nuisance staff will review the existing conditions and the applicant must address any concerns identified by staff to bring the use into compliance with the current regulations. 11. No lighting is proposed or approved with this approval. 12. The first 50 ft. of the access road off of MN 97 shall be either bituminous or concrete to prevent tracking sediment onto MN 97. 13. The applicant shall stake the required setback from MN 97 so that the Building Inspector can verify the setbacks before construction begins. 14. The applicant shall identify the boundaries of the wetland buffers in the field prior to construction of the facilities on the site. 15. Erosion control along wetland shall be required. 16. Signage must be installed that clearly identifies the array and emergency contacts that are responsible in the case of an emergency within three months of a final building permit being issued. Signage must be screened from public right of way and residential uses within 350 ft. 17. Signs, informational, or visual communication devices shall comply with applicable regulations. 18. All plans submitted for building permit approval shall be prepared by a licensed, professional engineer. 19. Any expansion of the Distribution SES shall require an amended conditional use permit. 20. The applicant shall complete a Developer Agreement with the City. The Agreement shall include financial guarantees acceptable to the City), to assure compliance with the Vegetative Escrow, Landscaping Plan, and Decommissioning Plan. The Development Agreement shall be signed by the City and the applicant before the City approves the final permit for the solar installation. 21. The applicant shall obtain all necessary permits prior to work on the site, including but not limited to: a. The Distribution Scale Solar Energy System shall comply with all applicable local, state and federal regulatory standards, including the current Uniform Building Code, the National Electric Code, the State Plumbing Code and the Minnesota Energy Code. b. Driveway access permits from the Minnesota Department of Transportation shall be secured for the access drives to the site from MN 97, before the City approves the final permit for the solar installation. c. The applicant shall obtain the required Watershed District permit(s). d. The applicant shall obtain the required grading and erosion control permit from the City. e. The applicant shall obtain the required building permit from the City. 22. The applicant shall comply with all applicable local, state, and federal permits and requirements for the new development on the parcel. 23. The City may revoke the Conditional Use Permit for the site if the site is not in compliance with any condition of this approval and if all permits and required work to comply with approvals from other local, state, and federal permits is not completed. 24. The applicant/operator of the Distribution SES shall pay all costs incurred by the city to monitor compliance with conditions of the Conditional Use Permit 25. The applicant shall pay all fees and escrows associated with this application. Whereupon, said Resolution is hereby declared adopted on this 17 day of October 2023. Christine Maefsky, Mayor TJ Ozomoru, Applicant Michael Lubke, Owner Molly Minogue, Owner & ATTEST: Kyle Morell, City Administrator CITY OF SCANDIA, MINNESOTA RESOLUTION NO. 10-17-23-05 APPROVING CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT FOR A DISTRIBUTION SCALE SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEM LOCATED ON 19.032.20.13.0001 LOCATED AT 10929 SCANDIA TRAIL NORTH WHEREAS, Patrick Dalseth, SV CSG Scandia, LLC (the “applicant” or the “operator”), on behalf of Michael Lubke & Molly Minogue (the “owners”), made an application for a Conditional Use Permit to allow for a Distribution Solar Energy System (SES) to be located at PID 19.032.20.13.0001 located at 10929 Scandia Trail North: The West Half of the Northeast Quarter (W 1/2 of NE 1/4) of Section Nineteen (19), Township Thirty-two(32), Range Twenty (20), Washington County, Minnesota. WHEREAS, the Planning Commission reviewed the request for the Conditional Use Permit (CUP) at a duly noticed Public Hearing on October 3, 2023, and recommended that the City Council approve the CUP, with conditions; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SCANDIA, WASHINGTON COUNTY, MINNESOTA, that it approves of a Conditional Use Permit to allow for a Distribution SES, located at 10929 Scandia Trail North, based on the following findings: 1. Objectives of the Comprehensive Plan include promoting the use of renewable energy systems on housing and in areas where such systems can be safely operated and produce a minimum level of visual impact. The Distribution SES is allowed through a Conditional Use Permit within the SES-O district and helps obtain the objectives of the Comprehensive Plan. Staff has included conditions to address the conditions established within the UDC. 2. The Distribution SES will promote and enhance the general public welfare, and will not be detrimental to or endanger the public health, safety, morals, or comfort. Reasonable conditions of approval can be added if the Planning Commission finds issues with the proposed SES. 3. The Distribution SES use will not be injurious to the use and enjoyment of other property in the immediate vicinity for the purposes already permitted, nor substantially diminish and impair property values or scenic views. Screening to roadways, public waters, and nearby dwellings is required as a condition of approval. The proposed system meets setbacks as required within the UDC. 4. The proposed Distribution SES will not impede development or improvement of surrounding properties. 5. Staff has included a condition that an access permit be granted by the Minnesota Department of Transportation. The proposed Distribution SES use is not anticipated to substantially increase use, cause undue wear, or cause any detriment that is atypical from regular use. 6. The proposed use is consistent with the applicable regulations of the AG-C District and is generally consistent with the requirements of the UDC. Any future changes to the Distribution SES will be required to conform with the applicable regulations of the district and the Conditional Use Permit must be amended to allow for the change. Reasonable conditions of approval have been added where the City finds issues with the proposed use. 7. The Conditional Use Permit generally meets the general and specific performance standards of the UDC. Staff has included conditions where the application does not meet these standards. FURTHER BE IT RESOLVED that the following conditions of approval shall be met: 1. The project shall be in substantial compliance with the plans submitted to the City on August 26, 2023, with the exception of where revisions are required with this approval. 2. Treatment of stormwater runoff should be consistent with MPCA storm water manual guidance for solar projects. 3. Native vegetation must be planted on the site wherever practical to provide habitat. 4. Facility location and design must minimize impact on habitat and wildlife movement. 5. Before a building permit can be issued on the site the following must occur: a. The applicant must complete an interconnection agreement with a local utility and provide a copy of the agreement to the City. The system operator must provide a visible external disconnect if required by the utility. b. The City will require the establishment of an escrow account, from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota, to ensure vegetation is installed and establishes itself as identified in the approved permit, based on an estimated cost for plantings and labor provided by the applicant. The planting and screening plan must utilize the recommended plant types described in Section [153.400.060] and must be approved by the City. c. The City will require the posting of a bond, letter of credit or the establishment of an escrow account to ensure decommissioning. The decommissioning plan must provide a letter of credit that does not give credit towards salvage material. The guarantee shall be from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota. d. The applicant must submit proof that a current general liability policy covering bodily injury and property damage with limits of at least $1 million per occurrence and $2 million in the aggregate or the maximum liability thresholds set forth Minnesota Statutes, section 466.04, as amended, whichever is greater, to the City. e. Submit specification showing the maximum that the panels do not exceed 15 feet in height when oriented at maximum tilt. f. The screening shall fully obscure 100% view of the solar panels from any adjacent road right-of-way immediately upon screen completion in accordance with this section, and shall be completed prior to the remainder of solar facilities and panel installation. Effectiveness of screening shall be reviewed and approved by city staff prior to continuation of project installation. g. Any fences or barriers installed for the project must be mounted on wood posts, and may not include any chain link, barbed or razor wire. The fence may not exceed eight (8) feet in height from the ground, and must incorporate wildlife- friendly design with a gap at the bottom for passage of birds and small animals. The City will utilize recommendations from the Minnesota DNR to determine if the fence design is wildlife-friendly. All fencing must comply with Character Area Standards and Fencing standards established in Section 153.400 of the Unified Development Code. h. All ground areas under solar array installs that are not occupied by equipment or essential access paths, must be planted with a deep rooted, native grass and pollinator seed mix suitable to the soil and moisture conditions of the immediate area. Plant growth must be stable and self-supporting within one (1) growing seasons from the date of building permit approval. The landscaping plan shall be revised to show the location of ground plantings including which seed mixes are proposed and where the mixes will be used. i. Power and communication lines that are not defined in this the UDC as Essential Services and running between banks of solar panels and the interconnection pole or other point of interconnection must be buried underground. j. Drainage and utility easements will be placed around the permitter of the property in accordance with the subdivision ordinance for both as needed maintenance and assuring compliance with the approvals. k. A MPCA General Stormwater Permit will be required. l. The applicant shall verify with MnDOT, and provide City proof of, need for a work within ROW permit that may be required for construction activities. m. The stormwater basin being constructed in the southwest portion of the project has no future access reserved to account for accessing to perform maintenance. The applicant must demonstrate how a backhoe would be able to access in the future to perform maintenance. 6. If any concrete is used onsite for construction, all wash outs from cement trucks shall not be dumped on site. 7. The required screening must be achieved within six (6) growing seasons from the date of project approval. If the screening is not established within 6 growing seasons, it must be implemented through the planting of mature vegetation to fully obscure (100%) view of the solar panels as described in current ordinance. 8. The applicant shall maintain landscaping and screening for the full term of the permit. The City may enter and inspect the property, outside the area protected around the array by fencing, at any reasonable time for the purpose of investigating a reported violation or to ascertain compliance or noncompliance with the current standards or approvals regulating screening. 9. The City reserves the right to utilize the vegetative escrow required with the permit to address noncompliance with approved screening if the applicant or operator does not bring the site into compliance within nine months. 10. If glare is reported as a nuisance staff will review the existing conditions and the applicant must address any concerns identified by staff to bring the use into compliance with the current regulations. 11. No lighting is proposed or approved with this approval. 12. The first 50 ft. of the access road off of MN 97 shall be either bituminous or concrete to prevent tracking sediment onto MN 97. 13. The applicant shall stake the required setback from MN 97 so that the Building Inspector can verify the setbacks before construction begins. 14. The applicant shall identify the boundaries of the wetland buffers in the field prior to construction of the facilities on the site. 15. Erosion control along wetland shall be required. 16. Signage must be installed that clearly identifies the array and emergency contacts that are responsible in the case of an emergency within three months of a final building permit being issued. Signage must be screened from public right of way and residential uses within 350 ft. 17. Signs, informational, or visual communication devices shall comply with applicable regulations. 18. All plans submitted for building permit approval shall be prepared by a licensed, professional engineer. 19. Any expansion of the Distribution SES shall require an amended conditional use permit. 20. The applicant shall complete a Developer Agreement with the City. The Agreement shall include financial guarantees acceptable to the City), to assure compliance with the Vegetative Escrow, Landscaping Plan, and Decommissioning Plan. The Development Agreement shall be signed by the City and the applicant before the City approves the final permit for the solar installation. 21. The applicant shall obtain all necessary permits prior to work on the site, including but not limited to: a. The Distribution Scale Solar Energy System shall comply with all applicable local, state and federal regulatory standards, including the current Uniform Building Code, the National Electric Code, the State Plumbing Code and the Minnesota Energy Code. b. Driveway access permits from the Minnesota Department of Transportation shall be secured for the access drives to the site from MN 97, before the City approves the final permit for the solar installation. c. The applicant shall obtain the required Watershed District permit(s). d. The applicant shall obtain the required grading and erosion control permit from the City. e. The applicant shall obtain the required building permit from the City. 22. The applicant shall comply with all applicable local, state, and federal permits and requirements for the new development on the parcel. 23. The City may revoke the Conditional Use Permit for the site if the site is not in compliance with any condition of this approval and if all permits and required work to comply with approvals from other local, state, and federal permits is not completed. 24. The applicant/operator of the Distribution SES shall pay all costs incurred by the city to monitor compliance with conditions of the Conditional Use Permit 25. The applicant shall pay all fees and escrows associated with this application. Whereupon, said Resolution is hereby declared adopted on this 17 day of October 2023. Christine Maefsky, Mayor Patrick Dalseth, Applicant Michael Lubke, Owner Molly Minogue, Owner & ATTEST: Kyle Morell, City Administrator 1 | P a g e Date of Meeting: October 3, 2023 To: Chair Loeffler and Members of the Planning Commission From: T.J. Hofer, Consultant City Planner Re: Multiple Conditional Use Permits for Distribution SES at 10929 Scandia Trail North Applicant: Patrick Dalseth, SV CSG Scandia, LLC Courtney O'Connor, Gordian Energy Systems and DIVOCSG N LLC TJ Ozomoru, Oriana CSG 2020-10 LLC Zoning: AG-C, SM-O, SES-O Owner: Michael Lubke & Molly Minogue Future Land Use: Agricultural Core Location: PID: 1903220130001 10929 Scandia Trail North, Scandia, MN 55073 Review Deadline December 9, 2023 The applicants are each requesting Conditional Use Permits (CUP) to allow for Distribution Solar Energy Systems (SES) on the same parcel located at 10929 Scandia Trail North. BACKGROUND Three applications have been received for three separate solar array fields on the same property. The property is approximately 80.08 acres along Scandia Trail North/MN 97, west of the intersection of MN 97 and Manning Trail North/CR 15. The property is zoned Agricultural Core (AG-C) and is within the Shoreland Overlay Management District (SM-O) and the Solar Energy System Overlay District (SES-O). The property currently is used for agriculture and has a single- 2 | P a g e family dwelling. The shoreland overlay extends from an unnamed Natural Environment Lake that occupies a large portion of the western and center of the parcel. The Unified Development Code (UDC) Section 153.300.030 (BB) was amended in April of 2023 to create the SES-O and establish higher standards for Distribution SES uses. Part of this amendment allows for Distribution SES within the SM-O, granted certain conditions are met. Distribution SES are allowed with a CUP in areas where the SES-O allows. The Distribution SES use has a large number of conditions that be met which are detailed later in the staff report. The SES-O is not a traditional zoning district that is mapped but instead establishes standards where it applies based primarily on setback from roads and proximity to protected waterbodies. The UDC states that Distribution SES uses are exempt from the Residential and Agricultural Accessory Structure standards regarding the square footage and number of structures permitted on a parcel but must comply with the setback and lot coverage standards established in Section [153.200.030]. Staff has consolidated the applications into one staff report. The three applications are reviewed as individual projects, and three resolutions are attached for the Planning Commission to make motions on. The applications have been made by and are reviewed below in the following order: • Patrick Dalseth, SV CSG Scandia, LLC (Sunvest) • Courtney O'Connor, Gordian Energy Systems and DIVOCSG N LLC (Gordian) • TJ Ozomoru, Oriana CSG 2020-10 LLC (New Energy Equity or NEE) EVALUATION OF REQUEST Staff has prepared a matrix that details how the three applications meet or do not meet the use specific standards for Distribution SES. This matrix is attached. Below the standards for the CUP are reviewed. Where staff has found issues with the submittals, staff has noted this and has included conditions to address these issues. Conditional Use Permit – Sunvest Distribution SES Chapter 153.500.060 Subd. 1(C)(I) of the UDC lists the general standards to meet to grant a CUP or IUP. Below these standards are repeated in italics, with the staff’s findings following: 3 | P a g e 1. The proposed use will be in compliance with and shall not have a negative effect upon the Comprehensive Plan, including public facilities and capital improvement plans. Objectives of the Comprehensive Plan include promoting the use of renewable energy systems on housing and in areas where such systems can be safely operated and produce a minimum level of visual impact. The Distribution SES is allowed through a Conditional Use Permit within the SES-O district and helps obtain the objectives of the Comprehensive Plan. Staff has included conditions to address the conditions established within the UDC. 2. The establishment, maintenance or operation of the proposed use will promote and enhance the general public welfare and will not be detrimental to or endanger the public health, safety, morals or comfort. The Distribution SES will promote and enhance the general public welfare and will not be detrimental to or endanger the public health, safety, morals, or comfort. Reasonable conditions of approval can be added if the Planning Commission finds issues with the proposed SES. 3. The proposed use will not be injurious to the use and enjoyment of other property in the immediate vicinity for the purposes already permitted, nor substantially diminish and impair property values or scenic views. The Distribution SES use will not be injurious to the use and enjoyment of other property in the immediate vicinity for the purposes already permitted, nor substantially diminish and impair property values or scenic views. Screening to roadways, public waters, and nearby dwellings is required as a condition of approval. The proposed system meets setbacks as required within the UDC. 4. The establishment of the proposed use will not impede the normal and orderly development and improvement of surrounding property for uses permitted in the district. The proposed Distribution SES will not impede development or improvement of surrounding properties. 5. Adequate public facilities and services are available or can be reasonably provided to accommodate the use which is proposed. Staff has included a condition that an access permit be granted by the Minnesota Department of Transportation. The proposed Distribution SES use is not anticipated to substantially increase use, cause undue wear, or cause any detriment that is atypical from regular use. 6. The proposed use shall conform to the applicable regulations of the district in which it is located and all other applicable standards of this Chapter. 4 | P a g e The proposed use is consistent with the applicable regulations of the AG-C District and is generally consistent with the requirements of the UDC. Any future changes to the Distribution SES will be required to conform with the applicable regulations of the district and the Conditional Use Permit must be amended to allow for the change. Reasonable conditions of approval can be added if the Planning Commission finds issues with the proposed use. Staff has identified the following issues to be addressed: n. Any fences or barriers installed for the project must be mounted on wood posts, and may not include any chain link, barbed or razor wire. The fence may not exceed eight (8) feet in height from the ground and must incorporate a wildlife- friendly design with a gap at the bottom for the passage of birds and small animals. The City will utilize recommendations from the Minnesota DNR to determine if the fence design is wildlife-friendly. The applicant has submitted details for a fence around the array that meets the requirement of the code. Chain link or plastic fences that are visible from the right-of-way or public sidewalk are not permitted. Fences used for agricultural purposes such as horse pastures, livestock, etc., are excepted from this requirement. Fence standards are provided in [Section 153.400.060 Subd. 4]. Staff has included a condition that the fence meet the requirements within the UDC. The applicant is also showing a six-foot vinyl fence on the north side of the property. Specifications for this fence have not been submitted. Staff has included a condition that the applicant shall submit specifications and details about the vinyl fence before a building permit can be issued. q. All ground areas under solar array installs that are not occupied by equipment or essential access paths, must be planted with a deep rooted, native grass and pollinator seed mix suitable to the soil and moisture conditions of the immediate area. Plant growth must be stable and self-supporting within one (1) growing seasons from the date of building permit approval. If approved, the City may allow agricultural pasture plantings under the array. If the agricultural pasture ceases, the ground area shall be planted as required with native grass and pollinator seed mix. The applicant has not shown ground cover plantings on the proposed landscape plan. Staff has included a condition that a revised landscaping plan showing the use of these mixes be submitted before a building permit can be issued. t. All Distribution SES facilities must be designed and located in order to prevent reflective glare toward any inhabited buildings on adjacent properties, as well as adjacent street rights-of-way. Steps to control glare nuisance may include selective placement of the system, screening on the side of the solar array facing the reflectors, reducing use of the reflector system, or other remedies that limit glare. Distribution SES utilizing a reflector system must conduct a glare study to identify the impacts of the system on occupied buildings and transportation 5 | P a g e rights-of-way within a half mile of the project boundary. The glare study must also address aviation impacts. The applicant has not addressed glare within their narrative. Based on the location, orientation, and screening along the south side of the array, staff does not believe that glare will be an issue. Staff has included a condition that if glare is reported as a nuisance staff will review the existing conditions and the applicant must address any concerns identified by staff. 7. The proposed use complies with the general and specific performance standards as specified by this Section and this Chapter. The Conditional Use Permit generally meets the general and specific performance standards of the UDC. Staff has included conditions where the application does not meet these standards. Conditional Use Permit – New Energy Equity Distribution SES Chapter 153.500.060 Subd. 1(C)(I) of the UDC lists the general standards to meet to grant a CUP or IUP. Below these standards are repeated in italics, with the staff’s findings following: 1. The proposed use will be in compliance with and shall not have a negative effect upon the Comprehensive Plan, including public facilities and capital improvement plans. Objectives of the Comprehensive Plan include promoting the use of renewable energy systems on housing and in areas where such systems can be safely operated and produce a minimum level of visual impact. The Distribution SES is allowed through a Conditional Use Permit within the SES-O district and helps obtain the objectives of the Comprehensive Plan. Staff has included conditions to address the conditions established within the UDC. 2. The establishment, maintenance or operation of the proposed use will promote and enhance the general public welfare and will not be detrimental to or endanger the public health, safety, morals or comfort. The Distribution SES will promote and enhance the general public welfare and will not be detrimental to or endanger the public health, safety, morals, or comfort. Reasonable conditions of approval can be added if the Planning Commission finds issues with the proposed SES. 3. The proposed use will not be injurious to the use and enjoyment of other property in the immediate vicinity for the purposes already permitted, nor substantially diminish and impair property values or scenic views. The Distribution SES use will not be injurious to the use and enjoyment of other property in the immediate vicinity for the purposes already permitted, nor substantially diminish 6 | P a g e and impair property values or scenic views. Screening to roadways, public waters, and nearby dwellings is required as a condition of approval. The proposed system meets setbacks as required within the UDC. 4. The establishment of the proposed use will not impede the normal and orderly development and improvement of surrounding property for uses permitted in the district. The proposed Distribution SES size and impact will not impede development or improvement of surrounding properties. 5. Adequate public facilities and services are available or can be reasonably provided to accommodate the use which is proposed. Staff has included a condition that an access permit be granted by the Minnesota Department of Transportation. The proposed Distribution SES use is not anticipated to substantially increase use, cause undue wear, or cause any detriment that is atypical from regular use. 6. The proposed use shall conform to the applicable regulations of the district in which it is located and all other applicable standards of this Chapter. The proposed use is consistent with the applicable regulations of the AG-C District and is generally consistent with the requirements of the UDC. Any future changes to the Distribution SES will be required to conform with the applicable regulations of the district and the Conditional Use Permit must be amended to allow for the change. Reasonable conditions of approval can be added if the Planning Commission finds issues with the proposed use. Staff has identified the following issues to be addressed: j. Permanent vegetative screening shall be designed to have a horizontal depth of at least twenty (20) feet. Proposed screening does not meet the standards for the use. All vegetative screening must have a depth of at least 20 feet. Staff has included a condition that the landscaping plan be revised to meet the standards for the use. k. At least seventy(70) percent of the area of the vegetative buffer, as measured in square feet, must be composed of coniferous plantings interspersed throughout the screening. The rest of the vegetative buffer must be composed of densely branched trees and shrubs, as approved by the Zoning Administrator. A landscaping plan must be provided that shows screening elements, including the species of any vegetation used for screening. Exact number and location of each species was not provided in the submittal and is required. Staff has included a condition that the applicant submit a revised landscaping plan before a building permit can be issued. 7 | P a g e A landscaping plan and schedule was submitted with the Gordian submittal that details landscaping around the NEE array. If this is accurate to the applicant’s plan, the landscaping plan should be submitted by the applicant. n. Any fences or barriers installed for the project must be mounted on wood posts, and may not include any chain link, barbed or razor wire. The fence may not exceed eight (8) feet in height from the ground and must incorporate a wildlife- friendly design with a gap at the bottom for the passage of birds and small animals The City will utilize recommendations from the Minnesota DNR to determine if the fence design is wildlife-friendly. The applicant has submitted details for a fence around the array that meets the requirements of the code. Chain ink or plastic fences that are visible from the right-of-way or public sidewalk are not permitted. Fences used for agricultural purposes, such as horse pastures, livestock, etc., are exempted from this requirement. Fence standards are provided in [Section 153.400.060 Subd. 4]. Staff has included a condition that the fence meets the requirements within the UDC. The applicant is also showing a six-foot vinyl fence on the north side of the property. Specifications for this fence have not been submitted. Staff has included a condition that the applicant shall submit specifications and details about the vinyl fence before a building permit can be issued. q. All ground areas under solar array installs that are not occupied by equipment or essential access paths, must be planted with a deep rooted, native grass and pollinator seed mix suitable to the soil and moisture conditions of the immediate area. Plant growth must be stable and self-supporting within one (1) growing seasons from the date of building permit approval. If approved, the City may allow agricultural pasture plantings under the array. If the agricultural pasture ceases, the ground area shall be planted as required with native grass and pollinator seed mix. The applicant has not shown ground cover plantings on the proposed landscape plan, but has stated that best management practices of seed type and seasonal conditions will be used. Staff has included a condition that a revised landscaping plan showing the use of these mixes be submitted before a building permit can be issued. 7. The proposed use complies with the general and specific performance standards as specified by this Section and this Chapter. The Conditional Use Permit generally meets the general and specific performance standards of the UDC. Staff has included conditions where the application does not meet these standards. 8 | P a g e Conditional Use Permit – Gordian Distribution SES Chapter 153.500.060 Subd. 1(C)(I) of the UDC lists the general standards to meet to grant a CUP or IUP. Below these standards are repeated in italics, with the staff’s findings following: 1. The proposed use will be in compliance with and shall not have a negative effect upon the Comprehensive Plan, including public facilities and capital improvement plans. Objectives of the Comprehensive Plan include promoting the use of renewable energy systems on housing and in areas where such systems can be safely operated and produce a minimum level of visual impact. The Distribution SES is allowed through a Conditional Use Permit within the SES-O district and helps obtain the objectives of the Comprehensive Plan. Staff has included conditions to address the conditions established within the UDC. 2. The establishment, maintenance or operation of the proposed use will promote and enhance the general public welfare and will not be detrimental to or endanger the public health, safety, morals or comfort. The Distribution SES will promote and enhance the general public welfare and will not be detrimental to or endanger the public health, safety, morals, or comfort. Reasonable conditions of approval can be added if the Planning Commission finds issues with the proposed SES. 3. The proposed use will not be injurious to the use and enjoyment of other property in the immediate vicinity for the purposes already permitted, nor substantially diminish and impair property values or scenic views. The Distribution SES use will not be injurious to the use and enjoyment of other property in the immediate vicinity for the purposes already permitted, nor substantially diminish and impair property values or scenic views. Screening to roadways, public waters, and nearby dwellings is required as a condition of approval. The proposed system meets setbacks as required within the UDC. 4. The establishment of the proposed use will not impede the normal and orderly development and improvement of surrounding property for uses permitted in the district. The proposed Distribution SES size and impact will not impede development or improvement of surrounding properties. 5. Adequate public facilities and services are available or can be reasonably provided to accommodate the use which is proposed. Staff has included a condition that an access permit be granted by the Minnesota Department of Transportation. The proposed Distribution SES use is not anticipated to 9 | P a g e substantially increase use, cause undue wear, or cause any detriment that is atypical from regular use. 6. The proposed use shall conform to the applicable regulations of the district in which it is located and all other applicable standards of this Chapter. The proposed use is consistent with the applicable regulations of the AG-C District and is generally consistent with the requirements of the UDC. Any future changes to the Distribution SES will be required to conform with the applicable regulations of the district and the Conditional Use Permit must be amended to allow for the change. Reasonable conditions of approval can be added if the Planning Commission finds issues with the proposed use. Staff has identified the following issues to be addressed: j. Permanent vegetative screening shall be designed to have a horizontal depth of at least twenty (20) feet. Proposed screening does not meet the standards for the use. All vegetative screening must have a depth of at least 20 feet. Staff has included a condition that the landscaping plan be revised to meet the standards for the use. n. Any fences or barriers installed for the project must be mounted on wood posts, and may not include any chain link, barbed or razor wire. The fence may not exceed eight (8) feet in height from the ground, and must incorporate wildlife- friendly design with a gap at the bottom for passage of birds and small animals. The City will utilize recommendations from the Minnesota DNR to determine if the fence design is wildlife-friendly. The applicant has submitted details for a fence around the array that meets the requirement of the code. Chain link or plastic fences that are visible from the right-of-way or public sidewalk are not permitted. Fences used for agricultural purposes such as horse pastures, livestock, etc., are excepted from this requirement. Fence standards are provided in [Section 153.400.060 Subd. 4]. Staff has included a condition that the fence meet the requirements within the UDC. The applicant is also showing a six-foot vinyl fence on the north side of the property. Specifications for this fence have not been submitted. Staff has included a condition that the applicant shall submit specifications and details about the vinyl fence before a building permit can be issued. q. All ground areas under solar array installs that are not occupied by equipment or essential access paths, must be planted with a deep rooted, native grass and pollinator seed mix suitable to the soil and moisture conditions of the immediate area. Plant growth must be stable and self-supporting within one (1) growing seasons from the date of building permit approval. If approved, the City may allow agricultural pasture plantings under the array. If the agricultural pasture 10 | P a g e ceases, the ground area shall be planted as required with native grass and pollinator seed mix. The applicant has not shown ground cover plantings on the proposed landscape plan, but has stated that best management practices of seed type and seasonal conditions will be used. Specification of a seed mix from BWSR were also included in the submittal. Staff has included a condition that a revised landscaping plan showing the use of these mixes be submitted before a building permit can be issued. 7. The proposed use complies with the general and specific performance standards as specified by this Section and this Chapter. The Conditional Use Permit generally meets the general and specific performance standards of the UDC. Staff has included conditions where the application does not meet these standards. ANALYSIS Review Comments The submittal was sent to city staff and other regulatory agencies for review and comment. Fire Department The Fire Chief noted that the facilities would need to have clear signage for contact information in the event of an emergency. Staff has included a condition that signage be posted that is legible from the access road detailing emergency contacts including phone numbers. Additionally, the Fire Chief stated the Fire Department would want to meet and have training from each company to know how to access and serve the facilities in the event of an emergency. Staff has included a condition that this must be completed within three months of a final building permit inspection. Finally, the Chief noted that standards allow up to one megawatt per array. The site containing three facilities each could be seen as utilizing a loophole in the existing standards. Engineering Department The City Engineer has made comment on the application and conditions have been included to address the concerns and issues identified: • All Projects o Drainage and utility easements will be placed around the permitter of the property in accordance with the subdivision ordinance for both as needed maintenance and assuring compliance with the approvals. 11 | P a g e o The decommissioning plan must provide a letter of credit that does not give credit towards salvage material. o A MPCA General Stormwater Permit will be required. o The first 50 ft. of the access road off of MN 97 shall be either bituminous or concrete to prevent tracking sediment onto MN 97. o The applicant shall verify with MnDOT, and provide City proof of, need for a work within ROW permit that may be required for construction activities. o Erosion control along wetland shall be required. o If any concrete is used onsite for construction, all wash outs from cement trucks shall not be dumped on site. • SunVest o Stormwater basin being constructed in the southwest portion of the project has no future access reserved to account for accessing to perform maintenance. Demonstrate how a backhoe would be able to access in the future to perform maintenance • NEE o Infiltration basin being constructed in the southwest portion of the project has no future access reserved to account for accessing to perform maintenance. Demonstrate how a backhoe would be able to access in the future to perform maintenance • Gordian o Stormwater basin being constructed in the southwest portion of the project has no future access reserved to account for accessing to perform maintenance. Demonstrate how a backhoe would be able to access in the future to perform maintenance. Comfort Lake Forest Lake Watershed District At the time of writing this staff report, the CMSCWD had not provided any comments. Washington Conservation District At the time of writing this staff report, the Washington Conservation District had not provided any comments. Washington County At the time of writing this staff report, Washington County had not provided any comments. Public Works Department The Public Works Director had no comment. 12 | P a g e Staff Analysis The proposed uses will be a second principal use on the property. Based on precedent set by the City this has been allowed. Staff has identified an issue with the code that should be addressed. The UDC currently allows two or more uses on a site through planned unit developments, but does not state that only one use is allowed. In the past the City has approved CUPs for Distribution SES on a property with a single-family dwelling. Staff is recommending that the CUP be approved regardless of this issue, but is asking for direction to fix the issue within the UDC and past approvals. Staff finds that the proposed plan is generally consistent with the Comprehensive Plan and UDC and has included conditions to address where the plan is not consistent. Inconsistencies are mainly related to landscaping and fencing. None of the proposals showed where plantings would be used and only one included a seed mix. The NEE submittal did not include information about plantings regarding exact species and number, however, staff believes this information is included in the Gordian submittal. NEE will need to submit the documents for it to be a part of their application. Staff has prepared an exhibit using all the applications to determine an approximate planting schedule for the entire site. All site plans show a vinyl fence between MN 97 and the screening proposed to the north of the NEE array. Details were not submitted for this fence. A vinyl fence is not allowed in the AG-C district unless it is made to resemble stone or wood, with an exception specifically for Distribution SES if it is a temporary fence for the use of scenic canvas. Staff has included conditions in the approvals to address issues where they have been identified. COMMISSION ACTION The Planning Commission can do one of the following: 1. Recommend approval, with or without conditions, of the attached ordinance and resolutions. 2. Recommend denial, with findings, of the attached ordinance and resolutions. 3. Table the request for further review/study. Staff recommends that the Planning Commission open the public hearing, receive any public comment that may be offered. The Planning Commission can hold the three public hearings concurrently with the understanding that any comment received applies to all three projects, unless specified by a commentor. Sunvest Approval of each conditional use permit includes a resolution. The following findings and conditions of approval are recommended for the Sunvest application: 13 | P a g e 1. Objectives of the Comprehensive Plan include promoting the use of renewable energy systems on housing and in areas where such systems can be safely operated and produce a minimum level of visual impact. The Distribution SES is allowed through a Conditional Use Permit within the SES-O district and helps obtain the objectives of the Comprehensive Plan. Staff has included conditions to address the conditions established within the UDC. 2. The Distribution SES will promote and enhance the general public welfare, and will not be detrimental to or endanger the public health, safety, morals, or comfort. Reasonable conditions of approval can be added if the Planning Commission finds issues with the proposed SES. 3. The Distribution SES use will not be injurious to the use and enjoyment of other property in the immediate vicinity for the purposes already permitted, nor substantially diminish and impair property values or scenic views. Screening to roadways, public waters, and nearby dwellings is required as a condition of approval. The proposed system meets setbacks as required within the UDC. 4. The proposed Distribution SES will not impede development or improvement of surrounding properties. 5. Staff has included a condition that an access permit be granted by the Minnesota Department of Transportation. The proposed Distribution SES use is not anticipated to substantially increase use, cause undue wear, or cause any detriment that is atypical from regular use. 6. The proposed use is consistent with the applicable regulations of the AG-C District and is generally consistent with the requirements of the UDC. Any future changes to the Distribution SES will be required to conform with the applicable regulations of the district and the Conditional Use Permit must be amended to allow for the change. Reasonable conditions of approval have been added where the City finds issues with the proposed use. 7. The Conditional Use Permit generally meets the general and specific performance standards of the UDC. Staff has included conditions where the application does not meet these standards. FURTHER BE IT RESOLVED that the following conditions of approval shall be met: 1. The project shall be in substantial compliance with the plans submitted to the City on August 26, 2023, with the exception of where revisions are required with this approval. 2. Treatment of stormwater runoff should be consistent with MPCA storm water manual guidance for solar projects. 3. Native vegetation must be planted on the site wherever practical to provide habitat. 4. Facility location and design must minimize impact on habitat and wildlife movement. 5. Before a building permit can be issued on the site the following must occur: a. The applicant must complete an interconnection agreement with a local utility and provide a copy of the agreement to the City. The system operator must provide a visible external disconnect if required by the utility. 14 | P a g e b. The City will require the establishment of an escrow account, from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota, to ensure vegetation is installed and establishes itself as identified in the approved permit, based on an estimated cost for plantings and labor provided by the applicant. The planting and screening plan must utilize the recommended plant types described in Section [153.400.060] and must be approved by the City. c. The City will require the posting of a bond, letter of credit or the establishment of an escrow account to ensure decommissioning. The decommissioning plan must provide a letter of credit that does not give credit towards salvage material. The guarantee shall be from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota. d. The applicant must submit proof that a current general liability policy covering bodily injury and property damage with limits of at least $1 million per occurrence and $2 million in the aggregate or the maximum liability thresholds set forth Minnesota Statutes, section 466.04, as amended, whichever is greater, to the City. e. Submit specification showing the maximum that the panels do not exceed 15 feet in height when oriented at maximum tilt. f. The screening shall fully obscure 100% view of the solar panels from any adjacent road right-of-way immediately upon screen completion in accordance with this section, and shall be completed prior to the remainder of solar facilities and panel installation. Effectiveness of screening shall be reviewed and approved by city staff prior to continuation of project installation. g. Any fences or barriers installed for the project must be mounted on wood posts, and may not include any chain link, barbed or razor wire. The fence may not exceed eight (8) feet in height from the ground, and must incorporate wildlife- friendly design with a gap at the bottom for passage of birds and small animals. The City will utilize recommendations from the Minnesota DNR to determine if the fence design is wildlife-friendly. All fencing must comply with Character Area Standards and Fencing standards established in Section 153.400 of the Unified Development Code. h. All ground areas under solar array installs that are not occupied by equipment or essential access paths, must be planted with a deep rooted, native grass and pollinator seed mix suitable to the soil and moisture conditions of the immediate area. Plant growth must be stable and self-supporting within one (1) growing seasons from the date of building permit approval. The landscaping plan shall be revised to show the location of ground plantings including which seed mixes are proposed and where the mixes will be used. i. Power and communication lines that are not defined in this the UDC as Essential Services and running between banks of solar panels and the interconnection pole or other point of interconnection must be buried underground. 15 | P a g e j. Drainage and utility easements will be placed around the permitter of the property in accordance with the subdivision ordinance for both as needed maintenance and assuring compliance with the approvals. k. A MPCA General Stormwater Permit will be required. l. The applicant shall verify with MnDOT, and provide City proof of, need for a work within ROW permit that may be required for construction activities. m. The stormwater basin being constructed in the southwest portion of the project has no future access reserved to account for accessing to perform maintenance. The applicant must demonstrate how a backhoe would be able to access in the future to perform maintenance. 6. If any concrete is used onsite for construction, all wash outs from cement trucks shall not be dumped on site. 7. The required screening must be achieved within six (6) growing seasons from the date of project approval. If the screening is not established within 6 growing seasons, it must be implemented through the planting of mature vegetation to fully obscure (100%) view of the solar panels as described in current ordinance. 8. The applicant shall maintain landscaping and screening for the full term of the permit. The City may enter and inspect the property, outside the area protected around the array by fencing, at any reasonable time for the purpose of investigating a reported violation or to ascertain compliance or noncompliance with the current standards or approvals regulating screening. 9. The City reserves the right to utilize the vegetative escrow required with the permit to address noncompliance with approved screening if the applicant or operator does not bring the site into compliance within nine months. 10. If glare is reported as a nuisance staff will review the existing conditions and the applicant must address any concerns identified by staff to bring the use into compliance with the current regulations. 11. No lighting is proposed or approved with this approval. 12. The first 50 ft. of the access road off of MN 97 shall be either bituminous or concrete to prevent tracking sediment onto MN 97. 13. The applicant shall stake the required setback from MN 97 so that the Building Inspector can verify the setbacks before construction begins. 14. The applicant shall identify the boundaries of the wetland buffers in the field prior to construction of the facilities on the site. 15. Erosion control along wetland shall be required. 16. Signage must be installed that clearly identifies the array and emergency contacts that are responsible in the case of an emergency within three months of a final building permit being issued. Signage must be screened from public right of way and residential uses within 350 ft. 17. Signs, informational, or visual communication devices shall comply with applicable regulations. 18. All plans submitted for building permit approval shall be prepared by a licensed, professional engineer. 16 | P a g e 19. Any expansion of the Distribution SES shall require an amended conditional use permit. 20. The applicant shall complete a Developer Agreement with the City. The Agreement shall include financial guarantees acceptable to the City), to assure compliance with the Vegetative Escrow, Landscaping Plan, and Decommissioning Plan. The Development Agreement shall be signed by the City and the applicant before the City approves the final permit for the solar installation. 21. The applicant shall obtain all necessary permits prior to work on the site, including but not limited to: a. The Distribution Scale Solar Energy System shall comply with all applicable local, state and federal regulatory standards, including the current Uniform Building Code, the National Electric Code, the State Plumbing Code and the Minnesota Energy Code. b. Driveway access permits from the Minnesota Department of Transportation shall be secured for the access drives to the site from MN 97, before the City approves the final permit for the solar installation. c. The applicant shall obtain the required Watershed District permit(s). d. The applicant shall obtain the required grading and erosion control permit from the City. e. The applicant shall obtain the required building permit from the City. 22. The applicant shall comply with all applicable local, state, and federal permits and requirements for the new development on the parcel. 23. The City may revoke the Conditional Use Permit for the site if the site is not in compliance with any condition of this approval and if all permits and required work to comply with approvals from other local, state, and federal permits is not completed. 24. The applicant/operator of the Distribution SES shall pay all costs incurred by the city to monitor compliance with conditions of the Conditional Use Permit 25. The applicant shall pay all fees and escrows associated with this application. New Energy Equity Approval of each conditional use permit includes a resolution. The following findings and conditions of approval are recommended for the NEE application: 1. Objectives of the Comprehensive Plan include promoting the use of renewable energy systems on housing and in areas where such systems can be safely operated and produce a minimum level of visual impact. The Distribution SES is allowed through a Conditional Use Permit within the SES-O district and helps obtain the objectives of the Comprehensive Plan. Staff has included conditions to address the conditions established within the UDC. 2. The Distribution SES will promote and enhance the general public welfare, and will not be detrimental to or endanger the public health, safety, morals, or comfort. Reasonable conditions of approval can be added if the Planning Commission finds issues with the proposed SES. 17 | P a g e 3. The Distribution SES use will not be injurious to the use and enjoyment of other property in the immediate vicinity for the purposes already permitted, nor substantially diminish and impair property values or scenic views. Screening to roadways, public waters, and nearby dwellings is required as a condition of approval. The proposed system meets setbacks as required within the UDC. 4. The proposed Distribution SES will not impede development or improvement of surrounding properties. 5. Staff has included a condition that an access permit be granted by the Minnesota Department of Transportation. The proposed Distribution SES use is not anticipated to substantially increase use, cause undue wear, or cause any detriment that is atypical from regular use. 6. The proposed use is consistent with the applicable regulations of the AG-C District and is generally consistent with the requirements of the UDC. Any future changes to the Distribution SES will be required to conform with the applicable regulations of the district and the Conditional Use Permit must be amended to allow for the change. Reasonable conditions of approval have been added where the City finds issues with the proposed use. 7. The Conditional Use Permit generally meets the general and specific performance standards of the UDC. Staff has included conditions where the application does not meet these standards. FURTHER BE IT RESOLVED that the following conditions of approval shall be met: 1. The project shall be in substantial compliance with the plans submitted to the City on August 11, 2023, with the exception of where revisions are required with this approval. 2. Treatment of stormwater runoff should be consistent with MPCA storm water manual guidance for solar projects. 3. Native vegetation must be planted on the site wherever practical to provide habitat. 4. Facility location and design must minimize impact on habitat and wildlife movement. 5. Before a building permit can be issued on the site the following must occur: a. The applicant must complete an interconnection agreement with a local utility and provide a copy of the agreement to the City. The system operator must provide a visible external disconnect if required by the utility. b. The City will require the establishment of an escrow account, from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota, to ensure vegetation is installed and establishes itself as identified in the approved permit, based on an estimated cost for plantings and labor provided by the applicant. The planting and screening plan must utilize the recommended plant types described in Section [153.400.060] and must be approved by the City. c. The City will require the posting of a bond, letter of credit or the establishment of an escrow account to ensure decommissioning. The decommissioning plan must provide a letter of credit that does not give credit towards salvage material. The 18 | P a g e guarantee shall be from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota. d. The applicant must submit proof that a current general liability policy covering bodily injury and property damage with limits of at least $1 million per occurrence and $2 million in the aggregate or the maximum liability thresholds set forth Minnesota Statutes, section 466.04, as amended, whichever is greater, to the City. e. Submit specification showing the maximum that the panels do not exceed 15 feet in height when oriented at maximum tilt. f. The screening shall fully obscure 100% view of the solar panels from any adjacent road right-of-way immediately upon screen completion in accordance with this section, and shall be completed prior to the remainder of solar facilities and panel installation. Effectiveness of screening shall be reviewed and approved by city staff prior to continuation of project installation. g. The landscaping plan shall be revised to show permanent vegetative screening designed to have a horizontal depth of at least 20 feet. h. The landscaping plan shall be revised to show plantings that specifically serve the project including exact locations of plantings and a table that shows the common name, scientific name, and number of each type of planting. i. Any fences or barriers installed for the project must be mounted on wood posts, and may not include any chain link, barbed or razor wire. The fence may not exceed eight (8) feet in height from the ground, and must incorporate wildlife- friendly design with a gap at the bottom for passage of birds and small animals. The City will utilize recommendations from the Minnesota DNR to determine if the fence design is wildlife-friendly. All fencing must comply with Character Area Standards and Fencing standards established in Section 153.400 of the Unified Development Code. j. All ground areas under solar array installs that are not occupied by equipment or essential access paths, must be planted with a deep rooted, native grass and pollinator seed mix suitable to the soil and moisture conditions of the immediate area. Plant growth must be stable and self-supporting within one (1) growing seasons from the date of building permit approval. The landscaping plan shall be revised to show the location of ground plantings including which seed mixes are proposed and where the mixes will be used. k. Power and communication lines that are not defined in this the UDC as Essential Services and running between banks of solar panels and the interconnection pole or other point of interconnection must be buried underground. l. Drainage and utility easements will be placed around the permitter of the property in accordance with the subdivision ordinance for both as needed maintenance and assuring compliance with the approvals. m. A MPCA General Stormwater Permit will be required. 19 | P a g e n. The applicant shall verify with MnDOT, and provide City proof of, need for a work within ROW permit that may be required for construction activities. o. The infiltration basin being constructed in the southwest portion of the project has no future access reserved to account for accessing to perform maintenance. The applicant must demonstrate how a backhoe would be able to access in the future to perform maintenance. 6. If any concrete is used onsite for construction, all wash outs from cement trucks shall not be dumped on site. 7. The required screening must be achieved within six (6) growing seasons from the date of project approval. If the screening is not established within 6 growing seasons, it must be implemented through the planting of mature vegetation to fully obscure (100%) view of the solar panels as described in current ordinance. 8. The applicant shall maintain landscaping and screening for the full term of the permit. The City may enter and inspect the property, outside the area protected around the array by fencing, at any reasonable time for the purpose of investigating a reported violation or to ascertain compliance or noncompliance with the current standards or approvals regulating screening. 9. The City reserves the right to utilize the vegetative escrow required with the permit to address noncompliance with approved screening if the applicant or operator does not bring the site into compliance within nine months. 10. If glare is reported as a nuisance staff will review the existing conditions and the applicant must address any concerns identified by staff to bring the use into compliance with the current regulations. 11. No lighting is proposed or approved with this approval. 12. The first 50 ft. of the access road off of MN 97 shall be either bituminous or concrete to prevent tracking sediment onto MN 97. 13. The applicant shall stake the required setback from MN 97 so that the Building Inspector can verify the setbacks before construction begins. 14. The applicant shall identify the boundaries of the wetland buffers in the field prior to construction of the facilities on the site. 15. Erosion control along wetland shall be required. 16. Signage must be installed that clearly identifies the array and emergency contacts that are responsible in the case of an emergency within three months of a final building permit being issued. Signage must be screened from public right of way and residential uses within 350 ft. 17. Signs, informational, or visual communication devices shall comply with applicable regulations. 18. All plans submitted for building permit approval shall be prepared by a licensed, professional engineer. 19. Any expansion of the Distribution SES shall require an amended conditional use permit. 20. The applicant shall complete a Developer Agreement with the City. The Agreement shall include financial guarantees acceptable to the City), to assure compliance with the Vegetative Escrow, Landscaping Plan, and Decommissioning Plan. The Development 20 | P a g e Agreement shall be signed by the City and the applicant before the City approves the final permit for the solar installation. 21. The applicant shall obtain all necessary permits prior to work on the site, including but not limited to: a. The Distribution Scale Solar Energy System shall comply with all applicable local, state and federal regulatory standards, including the current Uniform Building Code, the National Electric Code, the State Plumbing Code and the Minnesota Energy Code. b. Driveway access permits from the Minnesota Department of Transportation shall be secured for the access drives to the site from MN 97, before the City approves the final permit for the solar installation. c. The applicant shall obtain the required Watershed District permit(s). d. The applicant shall obtain the required grading and erosion control permit from the City. e. The applicant shall obtain the required building permit from the City. 22. The applicant shall comply with all applicable local, state, and federal permits and requirements for the new development on the parcel. 23. The City may revoke the Conditional Use Permit for the site if the site is not in compliance with any condition of this approval and if all permits and required work to comply with approvals from other local, state, and federal permits is not completed. 24. The applicant/operator of the Distribution SES shall pay all costs incurred by the city to monitor compliance with conditions of the Conditional Use Permit 25. The applicant shall pay all fees and escrows associated with this application. Gordian Approval of each conditional use permit includes a resolution. The following findings and conditions of approval are recommended for the Gordian application: 1. Objectives of the Comprehensive Plan include promoting the use of renewable energy systems on housing and in areas where such systems can be safely operated and produce a minimum level of visual impact. The Distribution SES is allowed through a Conditional Use Permit within the SES-O district and helps obtain the objectives of the Comprehensive Plan. Staff has included conditions to address the conditions established within the UDC. 2. The Distribution SES will promote and enhance the general public welfare, and will not be detrimental to or endanger the public health, safety, morals, or comfort. Reasonable conditions of approval can be added if the Planning Commission finds issues with the proposed SES. 3. The Distribution SES use will not be injurious to the use and enjoyment of other property in the immediate vicinity for the purposes already permitted, nor substantially diminish and impair property values or scenic views. Screening to roadways, public waters, and 21 | P a g e nearby dwellings is required as a condition of approval. The proposed system meets setbacks as required within the UDC. 4. The proposed Distribution SES will not impede development or improvement of surrounding properties. 5. Staff has included a condition that an access permit be granted by the Minnesota Department of Transportation. The proposed Distribution SES use is not anticipated to substantially increase use, cause undue wear, or cause any detriment that is atypical from regular use. 6. The proposed use is consistent with the applicable regulations of the AG-C District and is generally consistent with the requirements of the UDC. Any future changes to the Distribution SES will be required to conform with the applicable regulations of the district and the Conditional Use Permit must be amended to allow for the change. Reasonable conditions of approval have been added where the City finds issues with the proposed use. 7. The Conditional Use Permit generally meets the general and specific performance standards of the UDC. Staff has included conditions where the application does not meet these standards. FURTHER BE IT RESOLVED that the following conditions of approval shall be met: 1. The project shall be in substantial compliance with the plans submitted to the City on August 25, 2023, with the exception of where revisions are required with this approval. 2. Treatment of stormwater runoff should be consistent with MPCA storm water manual guidance for solar projects. 3. Native vegetation must be planted on the site wherever practical to provide habitat. 4. Facility location and design must minimize impact on habitat and wildlife movement. 5. Before a building permit can be issued on the site the following must occur: a. The applicant must complete an interconnection agreement with a local utility and provide a copy of the agreement to the City. The system operator must provide a visible external disconnect if required by the utility. b. The City will require the establishment of an escrow account, from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota, to ensure vegetation is installed and establishes itself as identified in the approved permit, based on an estimated cost for plantings and labor provided by the applicant. The planting and screening plan must utilize the recommended plant types described in Section [153.400.060] and must be approved by the City. c. The City will require the posting of a bond, letter of credit or the establishment of an escrow account to ensure decommissioning. The decommissioning plan must provide a letter of credit that does not give credit towards salvage material. The guarantee shall be from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota. d. The applicant must submit proof that a current general liability policy covering bodily injury and property damage with limits of at least $1 million per 22 | P a g e occurrence and $2 million in the aggregate or the maximum liability thresholds set forth Minnesota Statutes, section 466.04, as amended, whichever is greater, to the City. e. Submit specification showing the maximum that the panels do not exceed 15 feet in height when oriented at maximum tilt. f. The screening shall fully obscure 100% view of the solar panels from any adjacent road right-of-way immediately upon screen completion in accordance with this section, and shall be completed prior to the remainder of solar facilities and panel installation. Effectiveness of screening shall be reviewed and approved by city staff prior to continuation of project installation. g. The landscaping plan shall be revised to show permanent vegetative screening designed to have a horizontal depth of at least 20 feet. h. Any fences or barriers installed for the project must be mounted on wood posts, and may not include any chain link, barbed or razor wire. The fence may not exceed eight (8) feet in height from the ground, and must incorporate wildlife- friendly design with a gap at the bottom for passage of birds and small animals. The City will utilize recommendations from the Minnesota DNR to determine if the fence design is wildlife-friendly. All fencing must comply with Character Area Standards and Fencing standards established in Section 153.400 of the Unified Development Code. i. All ground areas under solar array installs that are not occupied by equipment or essential access paths, must be planted with a deep rooted, native grass and pollinator seed mix suitable to the soil and moisture conditions of the immediate area. Plant growth must be stable and self-supporting within one (1) growing seasons from the date of building permit approval. The landscaping plan shall be revised to show the location of ground plantings including which seed mixes are proposed and where the mixes will be used. j. Power and communication lines that are not defined in this the UDC as Essential Services and running between banks of solar panels and the interconnection pole or other point of interconnection must be buried underground. k. Drainage and utility easements will be placed around the permitter of the property in accordance with the subdivision ordinance for both as needed maintenance and assuring compliance with the approvals. l. A MPCA General Stormwater Permit will be required. m. The applicant shall verify with MnDOT, and provide City proof of, need for a work within ROW permit that may be required for construction activities. n. The stormwater basin being constructed in the southwest portion of the project has no future access reserved to account for accessing to perform maintenance. The applicant must demonstrate how a backhoe would be able to access in the future to perform maintenance. 6. If any concrete is used onsite for construction, all wash outs from cement trucks shall not be dumped on site. 23 | P a g e 7. The required screening must be achieved within six (6) growing seasons from the date of project approval. If the screening is not established within 6 growing seasons, it must be implemented through the planting of mature vegetation to fully obscure (100%) view of the solar panels as described in current ordinance. 8. The applicant shall maintain landscaping and screening for the full term of the permit. The City may enter and inspect the property, outside the area protected around the array by fencing, at any reasonable time for the purpose of investigating a reported violation or to ascertain compliance or noncompliance with the current standards or approvals regulating screening. 9. The City reserves the right to utilize the vegetative escrow required with the permit to address noncompliance with approved screening if the applicant or operator does not bring the site into compliance within nine months. 10. If glare is reported as a nuisance staff will review the existing conditions and the applicant must address any concerns identified by staff to bring the use into compliance with the current regulations. 11. No lighting is proposed or approved with this approval. 12. The first 50 ft. of the access road off of MN 97 shall be either bituminous or concrete to prevent tracking sediment onto MN 97. 13. The applicant shall stake the required setback from MN 97 so that the Building Inspector can verify the setbacks before construction begins. 14. The applicant shall identify the boundaries of the wetland buffers in the field prior to construction of the facilities on the site. 15. Erosion control along wetland shall be required. 16. Signage must be installed that clearly identifies the array and emergency contacts that are responsible in the case of an emergency within three months of a final building permit being issued. Signage must be screened from public right of way and residential uses within 350 ft. 17. Signs, informational, or visual communication devices shall comply with applicable regulations. 18. All plans submitted for building permit approval shall be prepared by a licensed, professional engineer. 19. Any expansion of the Distribution SES shall require an amended conditional use permit. 20. The applicant shall complete a Developer Agreement with the City. The Agreement shall include financial guarantees acceptable to the City), to assure compliance with the Vegetative Escrow, Landscaping Plan, and Decommissioning Plan. The Development Agreement shall be signed by the City and the applicant before the City approves the final permit for the solar installation. 21. The applicant shall obtain all necessary permits prior to work on the site, including but not limited to: a. The Distribution Scale Solar Energy System shall comply with all applicable local, state and federal regulatory standards, including the current Uniform 24 | P a g e Building Code, the National Electric Code, the State Plumbing Code and the Minnesota Energy Code. b. Driveway access permits from the Minnesota Department of Transportation shall be secured for the access drives to the site from MN 97, before the City approves the final permit for the solar installation. c. The applicant shall obtain the required Watershed District permit(s). d. The applicant shall obtain the required grading and erosion control permit from the City. e. The applicant shall obtain the required building permit from the City. 22. The applicant shall comply with all applicable local, state, and federal permits and requirements for the new development on the parcel. 23. The City may revoke the Conditional Use Permit for the site if the site is not in compliance with any condition of this approval and if all permits and required work to comply with approvals from other local, state, and federal permits is not completed. 24. The applicant/operator of the Distribution SES shall pay all costs incurred by the city to monitor compliance with conditions of the Conditional Use Permit. 25. The applicant shall pay all fees and escrows associated with this application. RECOMMENDATION Staff recommends the Planning Commission: Motion recommend approval of the attached resolution to approve a Conditional Use Permit to allow for a Distribution SES as applied for by Sunvest, with conditions as described by staff within the staff report. Motion recommend approval of the attached resolution to approve a Conditional Use Permit to allow for a Distribution SES as applied for by New Energy Equity, with conditions as described by staff within the staff report. Motion recommend approval of the attached resolution to approve a Conditional Use Permit to allow for a Distribution SES as applied for by Gordian, with conditions as described by staff within the staff report. 25 | P a g e Attachments 1. Review Matrix prepared by T.J. Hofer, Consultant City Planner 2. Draft Resolution 10-17-23-XX Sunvest Conditional Use Permit 3. Draft Resolution 10-17-23-XX NEE Conditional Use Permit 4. Draft Resolution 10-17-23-XX Gordian Conditional Use Permit 5. Tree Exhibit prepared by T.J. Hofer, Consultant City Planner 6. Location Map 7. Zoning Map 8. 2040 Future Land Use Map 9. Sunvest Application 10. Sunvest Submitted Plans 11. NEE Application 12. NEE Submitted Plans 13. Gordian Application 14. Gordian Submitted Plans Unified Development Code (UDC) Section 153.300.030 (BB) (BB) Solar Energy System – Distribution Scale (Distribution SES). As a principal use, a Distribution SES is permitted to the extent that it is the primary use on a property and operates to distribute energy to predominantly off-site users. Such system must comply with the following requirements: I. Districts and Size Limits a. Within the SES-O Overlay District, Distribution SES are limited as a Conditional Use in the AG-C, R-C, and I-P zoning districts. b. Distribution SES are prohibited in the following areas: i. Within the Lower St. Croix River Overlay District, within the Shoreland Management Overlay District as it applies to Recreational Development Lakes, the Floodplain Overlay Districts, and the shoreland areas of Falls Creek. ii. Within wetlands to the extent required by the Minnesota Wetlands Conservation Act, and within associated wetland setback areas as designated by the City of Scandia. iii. All Base Zoning Districts not identified in Chapter 153.300.030 Subd. 1 (BB) I.a. iv. Within any setbacks or buffer areas established within the Base Zoning District or applicable Overlay District. c. Distribution SES, within the Shoreland Management Overlay District, must also meet the following: i. The site is within the shoreland of a Natural Environment Lake and all parcels adjacent to the Natural Environment Lake are zoned AG-C. ii. No intensive vegetation clearing shall be allowed. iii. No placement of structures and facilities on slopes over 12%. iv. Treatment of stormwater runoff should be consistent with MPCA storm water manual guidance for solar projects. v. Native vegetation must be planted on the site wherever practical to provide habitat. vi. Best management practices for managing erosion control are utilized. vii. Facility location and design must demonstrate that the facility will minimize impact on habitat and wildlife movement. Compliance with these standards must be shown on submitted plans. d. Distribution SES uses are exempt from the Residential and Agricultural Accessory Structure standards regarding the square footage and number of structures permitted on a parcel, but must comply with the setback and lot coverage standards established in Section [153.200.030]. II. Permit Application a. Existing Site Plans Required. The applicant for a Distribution SES must submit a detailed site plan of existing conditions, showing site boundaries; existing access roads, driveways, and easements; existing structures; setbacks; surface water drainage patterns, floodplains, Shoreland districts, delineated wetlands, toe and top of bluffs, ordinary high water mark and other protected natural resources; existing vegetation, soil types, topography (2-foot contour intervals), and all other items required in Section [153.500.050 and 153.500.060] for Conditional/Interim Use Permit applications or by the City. The Existing Site Plan must be at a graphic scale not less than 1:100. b. Proposed Site Plan Required. The applicant must submit a site plan of proposed conditions, including the proposed number, location and spacing of solar panels; proposed height of panels; location of access roads; planned location of underground or overhead electric lines connecting the solar farm to the building, substation or other electric load; new electrical equipment other than at the existing building or substation that is the connection point for the solar farm; proposed stormwater management facilities; proposed erosion and sediment control measures, and other information as required by the City. The Proposed Site Plan must be at a graphic scale not less than 1:100. Staff has reviewed the proposed landscaping plan and found it complies. Staff has included a condition to address this requirement. A grading permit will be required for work on the site. Staff has included a condition to address this requirement. - - New Energy Equity The applicant has provided fencing details that show fencing that will minimize the impact on habitat and wildlife movement. Staff has included a condition to address this requirement. Sunvest Gordian The site is within the shoreland of a Natural Environment Lake and all parcels adjacent to the Natural Environment Lake are zoned AG-C. No intensive vegetation clearing shall be allowed. No structures or facilities are proposed on slopes over 12%. Staff has included a condition to address this requirement. Stormwater management has been reviewed by the City Engineer and a permit from the Comfort Lake Forest Lake Watershed District will be required. Staff has included a condition to address this requirement. c. The application must include two vertical sketch elevations of the premises accurately drawn to a scale identified on the drawing, depicting the proposed solar energy conversion system and its relationship to the surrounding topography and public roadways. The sketches must depict the proposed system’s relationship to structures on adjacent lots as viewed from six (6) feet above ground level at the residential structure wall that site closest to the solar installation, one sketch showing the view without screening and the other sketch showing the view with proposed permanent screening. The sketch elevations must include a graphic scale not less than 1:50, or as needed to clearly show the vertical relationship between the proposed solar facilities and structures on adjacent lots. d. Use of Public Roads. The applicant must obtain all necessary approvals from the appropriate road authority for site access and driveways. e. Interconnection Agreement. The applicant must complete an interconnection agreement with a local utility and provide a copy of the agreement to the City before approval of electrical, building, or other required permits. The system operator must provide a visible external disconnect if required by the utility. f. Within the setback or any adjoining parcels owned by the landowner, utility poles shall be limited to one interconnection pole, for the solar array system. Additional poles required must meet all required setbacks. The proposed placement of all utility poles, ground equipment, and any proposed aerially mounted equipment must be shown in any proposed plans submitted. III. Development Agreement, Financial Guarantees, and Insurance. a. Conditional Use Permit. In addition to any other lawful conditions, the City also reserves option in imposing a development agreement in regards to the Distribution SES operation including repair, maintenance, and replacement and addressing all requirements set forth in Chapter 153.300.030 Subd. 1 (BB) Solar Energy System – Distribution Scale (Distribution SES). If the City elects to impose a development agreement, the development agreement must be executed before a building permit can be issued and must be recorded against the property. b. Vegetative Escrow. The City will require the establishment of an escrow account, from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota, to ensure vegetation is installed and establishes itself as identified in the approved permit, based on an estimated cost for plantings and labor provided by the applicant. The planting and screening plan must utilize the recommended plant types described in Section [153.400.060] and must be approved by the City. c. Decommissioning Plan. The applicant must submit a decommissioning plan to ensure that facilities are properly removed after their useful life. If the Distribution SES remains nonfunctional or inoperative for a continuous period of one year, the system shall be deemed to be abandoned and will constitute a public nuisance. The plan must include provisions for removal of all structures and foundations, restoration of soil and vegetation, and a plan ensuring financial resources will be available to fully decommission the site. The City will require the posting of a bond, letter of credit or the establishment of an escrow account to ensure decommissioning. The guarantee shall be from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota. d. Payment In Lieu of Taxes. Notwithstanding that Minnesota Statutes Section 272.02, Subdivision 24 (or its successor) classifies real property upon which a solar energy generating system is located that is used primarily for solar energy production (subject to the production tax under Minnesota Statutes Section 272.0295) as class 3a, the City may require the applicant to enter into a Payment In Lieu of Taxes Agreement to compensate the City for any prospective tax revenue that may be lost due to such reclassification. e. Liability Insurance. The applicant must maintain a current general liability policy covering bodily injury and property damage with limits of at least $1 million per occurrence and $2 million in the aggregate or the maximum liability thresholds set forth Minnesota Statutes, section 466.04, as amended, whichever is greater, and provide proof that it meets the insurance requirement to the City. IV. Performance Standards a. The limitations on the number or cumulative generating capacity of Distribution SES is regulated by Minnesota Statutes 216B.164 and related regulations. - The applicant has stated that insurance will be obtained at $2,000,000. Staff has included a condition that a building permit cannot be issued before the proof of insurance has been submitted and approved. The applicant has not provided proof of insurance at this time. Staff has included a condition that a building permit cannot be issued before the proof of insurance has been submitted and approved. Only one pole is proposed within the setback from MN 97. The proposed site plan complies. Staff has included a condition that the site plan must be in substantial compliance with the proposed plan that were reviewed with this application. The applicant has provided an Interconnection Agreement. Staff is working internally to determine a need for a development agreement. Staff has included a condition that a development agreement be established, but will remove the condition if deemed uncessary. A decommissioning plan is included in the submittal. Staff has noted that salvage value should not be used to reduce the letter of credit. Staff has included a condition that a building permit cannot be issued before the posting of a bond, letter of credit or the establishment of an escrow account for decommissioning has been submitted and approved. Staff has included a condition that a building permit cannot be issued before the vegetative escrow has been submitted and approved. The applicant has submitted the sketch elevations and staff has found them consistent with the requirements for screening. Access will be provided off of MN 97. Staff has included a condition that an access permit be granted from MNDOT before a building permit can be issued. - The City does not believe that a Payment In Lieu of Taxes Agreement is not needed as the land would likely remain agricultural if not developed for Distribuition SES The proposed use is capable of generating one megawatt. One megawatt is the maximum amount allowed. b. Distribution SES must comply with all applicable Local, State and Federal regulatory standards, including the State of Minnesota Uniform Building Code, as amended; the National Electric Code, as amended; the State Plumbing Code, as amended; and the Minnesota Energy Code, as amended. c. If the proposed Distribution SES is adjacent to areas designed or formally protected from development by Local, State and Federal agencies as a wildlife management area, scenic byway, or National Wild and Scenic corridor, the applicant must implement mitigation measures to protect the resource values of the designated wildlife area or scenic corridor as a condition of approval. Such measures may include, but are not limited to, maintaining wildlife travel corridors, setting the development back from the right-of-way or stream corridor, using the natural topography to screen the project, and retaining or planting vegetation that would fully obscure the view of the energy project within the scenic corridor. d. Setbacks. The City may require wider setbacks if it determines that the wider setbacks are warranted by the potential impacts to adjacent properties. The nearest solar panel of the Distribution SES must be setback a minimum of: i. 75 feet from all parcel boundaries ii. 350 feet from existing residential structures on adjacent parcels existing at the time of the permit application iii. 800 feet from the centerline of minor arterial roadways or 500 feet from the centerline of all other public road rights-of-way. iv. The structure setback requirements from the Ordinary High Water Level (OHWL) for that District if located in the Shoreland Overlay District. e. Ground-mounted solar energy systems may not exceed fifteen feet (15’) in height when oriented at maximum tilt. Building-integrated solar energy systems when at maximum tilt may not exceed the maximum height permitted in the Base Zoning District. f. All components of the Distribution SES must be screened by: i. Setbacks ii. Berming iii. Scenic canvas iv. Existing vegetation v. Terrain vi. Landscaping vii. A combination thereof. g. The solar array must be screened from view from: i. Adjacent road right-of-way. ii. Dwellings within five hundred feet (500’) of any component of the solar array. iii. Public waterbodies, as viewed from six (6) feet above the ordinary high water level. iv. The City may require greater screening as needed based on development patterns within the City and the adopted Comprehensive Plan. h. The visual screen must fully obscure (100%) view of the solar panels during leaf-on and leaf-off conditions. i. The screening shall fully obscure 100% view of the solar panels from any adjacent road right-of- way immediately upon screen completion in accordance with this section, and shall be completed prior to the remainder of solar facilities and panel installation. Effectiveness of screening shall be reviewed and approved by city staff prior to continuation of project installation. 1,731.16 ft. proposed. Over 200 ft. from unnamed lake on property. 98.91 ft. from wetland to the west. The proposed screening meets the screening requirements detailed within the UDC. Staff does not believe that greater screening is required based on the future land use guidance of surrounding parcels in the City’s Comprehensive Plan. Proposed screening does not meet the standards for the use. All vegetative screening must have a depth of at least 20 feet. Staff has included a condition that the landscaping plan be revised to meet the standards for the use. The proposed setbacks comply with the required setbacks. Staff has included a condition that for a building permit to be issued, the site plan must be in substantial compliance with the proposed plan that were reviewed with this application. Proposed screening does not meet the standards for the use. All vegetative screening must have a depth of at least 20 feet. Staff has included a condition that the landscaping plan be revised to meet the standards for the use. Screening is proposed through a mixture of existing vegetation, landscaping, and fencing. The proposed SES does not exceed 15 ft. in height when oriented at maximum tilt. Staff has included a condition that for a building permit to be issued, the arrays must not exceed 15 ft. when oriented at maximum tilt. Over 200 ft. from unnamed lake on property. Over 100 ft. from wetland to the west. 1,270.47 ft. proposed. 802.49 ft. Proposed 96.5 ft. proposed The applicant is proposing to install mature trees and a fence to meet the screening standard. Staff has included a condition that the site shall be fully screened before construction of the site can begin. The proposed screening appears to fully obscure the solar panels. Staff has included a condition that the screening be maintained in perpetuity unless the array is fully decommissioned and returned to a natural state. Over 200 ft. from unnamed lake on property. 800 ft. proposed 363 ft. proposed 75 ft. proposed.75 ft. proposed. 950 ft. proposed. The project is not adjacent to a wildlife management area, scenic byway, or National Wild and Scenic corridor. Staff has included a condition that the applicant comply with all applicable codes and regulations. j. Permanent vegetative screening shall be designed to have a horizontal depth of at least twenty (20) feet. Eastern Red Cedar 33 76.74%Eastern Red Cedar 124 57.67% White Spruce 4 9.30%White Spruce 22 10.23% White Cedar 6 13.95%White Cedar 18 8.37% Total 43 100.00%White Pine 27 12.56% Total Coniferous 43 100.00%Juneberry Shrub 5 2.33% Dogwood Shrub 5 2.33% Chokeberry Shrub 5 2.33% Highbush Cranberry Shrub 5 2.33% Wild Plum Shrub 4 1.86% Total 215 100.00% Total Coniferous 191 88.84% l. The required screening must be achieved within six (6) growing seasons from the date of project approval. If the screening is not established within 6 growing seasons, it must be implemented through the planting of mature vegetation to fully obscure (100%) view of the solar panels as described in Chapter 153.300.030 Subd. 1 (BB) III.i. The applicant is proposing all vegetative screening with a depth of at least 20 ft. Proposed screening does not meet the standards for the use. All vegetative screening must have a depth of at least 20 feet. Staff has included a condition that the landscaping plan be revised to meet the standards for the use. Proposed screening does not meet the standards for the use. All vegetative screening must have a depth of at least 20 feet. Staff has included a condition that the landscaping plan be revised to meet the standards for the use. - Screening from the water body (west) is proposed as two staggered rows of a mix of eastern red cedar, white spruce, Norway pine, white pine, and white cedar trees. Screening from the dwelling to the east is proposed as partly two staggered rows of a mix of eastern red cedar, white spruce, Norway pine, white pine, and white cedar trees and a single row of mature eastern red cedars for immediate screening. The applicant is only showing one row on the site plan. Staff has included a condition that the landscaping plan be revised.k. At least seventy(70) percent of the area of the vegetative buffer, as measured in square feet, must be composed of coniferous plantings interspersed throughout the screening. The rest of the vegetative buffer must be composed of densely branched trees and shrubs, as approved by the Zoning Administrator. A landscaping plan must be provided that shows screening elements, including the species of any vegetation used for screening. Screening on the south side of the site includes a 20 ft. wide mix of white pine, white spruce, and eastern red cedar. m. Table 153.300.030-4. Distribution SES Screening Summary Staff has included a condition that if screening is not established within six growing seasons, the applicant must plant mature vegetation to fully obscure view of the solar panels. Screening along the right-of-way (north) of the arrays is proposed as two staggered rows of a mix of eastern red cedar, white spruce, Norway pine, white pine, and white cedar trees and an additional row of trees from the fruit/shrub DNR list. Screening from the water body (west) is proposed as two staggered rows of a mix of eastern red cedar, white spruce, Norway pine, white pine, and white cedar trees. The applicant is only showing one row on the site plan. Staff has included a condition that the landscaping plan be revised. Screening from the dwelling to the east is proposed as partly two staggered rows of a mix of eastern red cedar, white spruce, Norway pine, white pine, and white cedar trees and a single row of mature eastern red cedars for immediate screening. Exact number and location of each species was not provided in submittal and is required. Landscaping plan and schedule may be a part of the Gordian submittal. Staff has included a condition that the applicant submit a revised landscaping plan before a building permit can be issued. n. Any fences or barriers installed for the project must be mounted on wood posts, and may not include any chain link, barbed or razor wire. The fence may not exceed eight (8) feet in height from the ground, and must incorporate wildlife-friendly design with a gap at the bottom for passage of birds and small animals. The City will utilize recommendations from the Minnesota DNR to determine if the fence design is wildlife-friendly. o. Scenic canvases. Temporary screening through the use of scenic canvases is only permissible if it has been approved as part of the project application or it is required as a permit condition. i. Scenic canvases may only be used to temporarily screen Distribution SES installations for a ii. Applicants shall supply a visual representation of the appearance of the canvas for review by the City. iii. If a canvas was not included as part of an original application but has been required as part of a conditional approval, then the applicant shall provide the City with a site plan and a visual sample of the canvas design based on the requirements of this section for the City's final approval. iv. Scenic canvas shall be attached to fencing, and shall have a natural vegetation or scenic views printed on the entire outward facing portion of the canvas to match the existing surroundings and vegetative screening of the Distribution SES. v. Canvases must be designed to accommodate wildlife movement. vi. Prohibitions. The following is prohibited from scenic canvases: 1. Canvases that include visible messages or depict images other than what is required are not eligible for use as scenic canvas. 2. Scenic canvases may not be used as a substitute for the implementation of vegetative screening or as a substitute for achieving the final required level of screening coverage within prescribed timeframes. vii. Scenic canvasing must be removed once vegetative screening is established. viii. Damage and replacement of canvases. If any canvas becomes damaged or fades to point it no longer camouflages prior to the completion of the compliance period to establish vegetative cover, said canvas must be replaced with sixty (60) days of notice to the landowner and owner of the Distribution SES. Should the owner fail to comply with this requirement, the City may replace said canvas at the owner's full expense as prescribed under the developer's agreement. p. Distribution SES are subject to stormwater management and erosion and sediment control best practices, including DNR guidelines on Wildlife Friendly Erosion Control, and NPDES permit requirements, and must obtain required permits from the MPCA, local Watershed District, City and others. q. All ground areas under solar array installs that are not occupied by equipment or essential access paths, must be planted with a deep rooted, native grass and pollinator seed mix suitable to the soil and moisture conditions of the immediate area. Plant growth must be stable and self-supporting within one (1) growing seasons from the date of building permit approval. If approved, the City may allow agricultural pasture plantings under the array. If the agricultural pasture ceases, the ground area shall be planted as required with native grass and pollinator seed mix. r. All plans submitted for Building Permit approval must be prepared by a licensed, professional engineer.- The applicant has not shown ground cover plantings on the proposed landscape plan, but has stated that best management practices of seed type and seasonal conditions will be used. Staff has included a condition that a revised landscaping plan showing the use of these mixes be submitted before a building permit can be issued. The applicant has not shown ground cover plantings on the proposed landscape plan. Staff has included a condition that a revised landscaping plan showing the use of these mixes be submitted before a building permit can be issued. The applicant has not shown ground cover plantings on the proposed landscape plan, but has stated that best management practices of seed type and seasonal conditions will be used. Specification of a seed mix from BWSR were also included in the submittal. Staff has included a condition that a revised landscaping plan showing the use of these mixes be submitted before a building permit can be issued. Staff has included a condition that the applicant must obtain all required permits and follow best management practices regarding stormwater management. The applicant has submitted details for a fence around the array that meets the requirement of the code. Chain link or plastic fences that are visible from the right-of-way or public sidewalk are not permitted. Fences used for agricultural purposes such as horse pastures, livestock, etc., are excepted from this requirement. Fence standards are provided in [Section 153.400.060 Subd. 4]. Staff has included a condition that the fence meet the requirements within the UDC. The applicant is also showing a six foot vinyl fence on the north side of the property. Specifications for this fence have not been submitted. Staff has included a condition that the applicant shall submit specification and details about the vinyl fence before a building permit can be issued. - The applicant is not proposing the use of scenic canvases. - m. Table 153.300.030-4. Distribution SES Screening Summary s. Power and communication lines that are not defined in this ordinance as Essential Services and running between banks of solar panels and the interconnection pole or other point of interconnection must be buried underground. Exemptions may be granted by the City in instances where shallow bedrock, water courses or other elements of the natural landscape interfere with the ability to bury lines, or the distance to a substation or other point of interconnection reasonably precludes burial. t. All Distribution SES facilities must be designed and located in order to prevent reflective glare toward any inhabited buildings on adjacent properties, as well as adjacent street rights-of-way. Steps to control glare nuisance may include selective placement of the system, screening on the side of the solar array facing the reflectors, reducing use of the reflector system, or other remedies that limit glare. Distribution SES utilizing a reflector system must conduct a glare study to identify the impacts of the system on occupied buildings and transportation rights-of-way within a half mile of the project boundary. The glare study must also address aviation impacts. u. The surface area of posts and related equipment for ground-mounted systems in combination with driveways, structures and other impervious surfaces on the parcel may not exceed the maximum lot coverage standard of the applicable Zoning District. v. If lighting is provided at the project, lighting must be shielded and downcast such that the light does not spill onto adjacent properties. w. If the Distribution SES remains nonfunctional or inoperative for a continuous period of one year, the system shall be deemed to be abandoned and will constitute a public nuisance. The owner must remove the abandoned system at their expense after obtaining a demolition permit. Removal includes the entire structure including transmission equipment. No lighting is proposed for the use. Staff has included a condition that allows the City to act on this requirement. The proposal is showing underground buried lines. Staff has included a condition that power and communication lines must be buried in accordance with this condition. The applicant has not addressed glare within their narrative. Based on the location, orientation, and screening along the south side of the array, staff does not believe that glare will be an issue. Staff has included a condition that if glare is report as a nuisance that the staff will review the existing conditions and the applicant must address any concerns identified by staff. The applicant has detailed how glare will be managed within their narrative. Based on the panels used, location, orientation, and screening glare should not be a concern. Staff has included a condition that if glare is report as a nuisance that the staff will review the existing conditions and the applicant must address any concerns identified by staff. Total impervious surface created from the proposed uses will be approximately 41,171.75. This equals a total of approximately 1.18% impervious surface on the lot. The applicant has not addressed glare within their narrative. Based on the location, orientation, and screening along the south side of the array, staff does not believe that glare will be an issue. Staff has included a condition that if glare is report as a nuisance that the staff will review the existing conditions and the applicant must address any concerns identified by staff. CITY OF SCANDIA, MINNESOTA RESOLUTION NO. 10-17-23-XX APPROVING CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT FOR A DISTRIBUTION SCALE SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEM LOCATED ON 19.032.20.13.0001 LOCATED AT 10929 SCANDIA TRAIL NORTH WHEREAS, Patrick Dalseth, SV CSG Scandia, LLC (the “applicant” or the “operator”), on behalf of Michael Lubke & Molly Minogue (the “owners”), made an application for a Conditional Use Permit to allow for a Distribution Solar Energy System (SES) to be located at PID 19.032.20.13.0001 located at 10929 Scandia Trail North: The West Half of the Northeast Quarter (W 1/2 of NE 1/4) of Section Nineteen (19), Township Thirty-two(32), Range Twenty (20), Washington County, Minnesota. WHEREAS, the Planning Commission reviewed the request for the Conditional Use Permit (CUP) at a duly noticed Public Hearing on October 3, 2023, and recommended that the City Council approve the CUP, with conditions; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SCANDIA, WASHINGTON COUNTY, MINNESOTA, that it approves of a Conditional Use Permit to allow for a Distribution SES, located at 10929 Scandia Trail North, based on the following findings: 1. Objectives of the Comprehensive Plan include promoting the use of renewable energy systems on housing and in areas where such systems can be safely operated and produce a minimum level of visual impact. The Distribution SES is allowed through a Conditional Use Permit within the SES-O district and helps obtain the objectives of the Comprehensive Plan. Staff has included conditions to address the conditions established within the UDC. 2. The Distribution SES will promote and enhance the general public welfare, and will not be detrimental to or endanger the public health, safety, morals, or comfort. Reasonable conditions of approval can be added if the Planning Commission finds issues with the proposed SES. 3. The Distribution SES use will not be injurious to the use and enjoyment of other property in the immediate vicinity for the purposes already permitted, nor substantially diminish and impair property values or scenic views. Screening to roadways, public waters, and nearby dwellings is required as a condition of approval. The proposed system meets setbacks as required within the UDC. 4. The proposed Distribution SES will not impede development or improvement of surrounding properties. 5. Staff has included a condition that an access permit be granted by the Minnesota Department of Transportation. The proposed Distribution SES use is not anticipated to substantially increase use, cause undue wear, or cause any detriment that is atypical from regular use. 6. The proposed use is consistent with the applicable regulations of the AG-C District and is generally consistent with the requirements of the UDC. Any future changes to the Distribution SES will be required to conform with the applicable regulations of the district and the Conditional Use Permit must be amended to allow for the change. Reasonable conditions of approval have been added where the City finds issues with the proposed use. 7. The Conditional Use Permit generally meets the general and specific performance standards of the UDC. Staff has included conditions where the application does not meet these standards. FURTHER BE IT RESOLVED that the following conditions of approval shall be met: 1. The project shall be in substantial compliance with the plans submitted to the City on August 26, 2023, with the exception of where revisions are required with this approval. 2. Treatment of stormwater runoff should be consistent with MPCA storm water manual guidance for solar projects. 3. Native vegetation must be planted on the site wherever practical to provide habitat. 4. Facility location and design must minimize impact on habitat and wildlife movement. 5. Before a building permit can be issued on the site the following must occur: a. The applicant must complete an interconnection agreement with a local utility and provide a copy of the agreement to the City. The system operator must provide a visible external disconnect if required by the utility. b. The City will require the establishment of an escrow account, from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota, to ensure vegetation is installed and establishes itself as identified in the approved permit, based on an estimated cost for plantings and labor provided by the applicant. The planting and screening plan must utilize the recommended plant types described in Section [153.400.060] and must be approved by the City. c. The City will require the posting of a bond, letter of credit or the establishment of an escrow account to ensure decommissioning. The decommissioning plan must provide a letter of credit that does not give credit towards salvage material. The guarantee shall be from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota. d. The applicant must submit proof that a current general liability policy covering bodily injury and property damage with limits of at least $1 million per occurrence and $2 million in the aggregate or the maximum liability thresholds set forth Minnesota Statutes, section 466.04, as amended, whichever is greater, to the City. e. Submit specification showing the maximum that the panels do not exceed 15 feet in height when oriented at maximum tilt. f. The screening shall fully obscure 100% view of the solar panels from any adjacent road right-of-way immediately upon screen completion in accordance with this section, and shall be completed prior to the remainder of solar facilities and panel installation. Effectiveness of screening shall be reviewed and approved by city staff prior to continuation of project installation. g. Any fences or barriers installed for the project must be mounted on wood posts, and may not include any chain link, barbed or razor wire. The fence may not exceed eight (8) feet in height from the ground, and must incorporate wildlife- friendly design with a gap at the bottom for passage of birds and small animals. The City will utilize recommendations from the Minnesota DNR to determine if the fence design is wildlife-friendly. All fencing must comply with Character Area Standards and Fencing standards established in Section 153.400 of the Unified Development Code. h. All ground areas under solar array installs that are not occupied by equipment or essential access paths, must be planted with a deep rooted, native grass and pollinator seed mix suitable to the soil and moisture conditions of the immediate area. Plant growth must be stable and self-supporting within one (1) growing seasons from the date of building permit approval. The landscaping plan shall be revised to show the location of ground plantings including which seed mixes are proposed and where the mixes will be used. i. Power and communication lines that are not defined in this the UDC as Essential Services and running between banks of solar panels and the interconnection pole or other point of interconnection must be buried underground. j. Drainage and utility easements will be placed around the permitter of the property in accordance with the subdivision ordinance for both as needed maintenance and assuring compliance with the approvals. k. A MPCA General Stormwater Permit will be required. l. The applicant shall verify with MnDOT, and provide City proof of, need for a work within ROW permit that may be required for construction activities. m. The stormwater basin being constructed in the southwest portion of the project has no future access reserved to account for accessing to perform maintenance. The applicant must demonstrate how a backhoe would be able to access in the future to perform maintenance. 6. If any concrete is used onsite for construction, all wash outs from cement trucks shall not be dumped on site. 7. The required screening must be achieved within six (6) growing seasons from the date of project approval. If the screening is not established within 6 growing seasons, it must be implemented through the planting of mature vegetation to fully obscure (100%) view of the solar panels as described in current ordinance. 8. The applicant shall maintain landscaping and screening for the full term of the permit. The City may enter and inspect the property, outside the area protected around the array by fencing, at any reasonable time for the purpose of investigating a reported violation or to ascertain compliance or noncompliance with the current standards or approvals regulating screening. 9. The City reserves the right to utilize the vegetative escrow required with the permit to address noncompliance with approved screening if the applicant or operator does not bring the site into compliance within nine months. 10. If glare is reported as a nuisance staff will review the existing conditions and the applicant must address any concerns identified by staff to bring the use into compliance with the current regulations. 11. No lighting is proposed or approved with this approval. 12. The first 50 ft. of the access road off of MN 97 shall be either bituminous or concrete to prevent tracking sediment onto MN 97. 13. The applicant shall stake the required setback from MN 97 so that the Building Inspector can verify the setbacks before construction begins. 14. The applicant shall identify the boundaries of the wetland buffers in the field prior to construction of the facilities on the site. 15. Erosion control along wetland shall be required. 16. Signage must be installed that clearly identifies the array and emergency contacts that are responsible in the case of an emergency within three months of a final building permit being issued. Signage must be screened from public right of way and residential uses within 350 ft. 17. Signs, informational, or visual communication devices shall comply with applicable regulations. 18. All plans submitted for building permit approval shall be prepared by a licensed, professional engineer. 19. Any expansion of the Distribution SES shall require an amended conditional use permit. 20. The applicant shall complete a Developer Agreement with the City. The Agreement shall include financial guarantees acceptable to the City), to assure compliance with the Vegetative Escrow, Landscaping Plan, and Decommissioning Plan. The Development Agreement shall be signed by the City and the applicant before the City approves the final permit for the solar installation. 21. The applicant shall obtain all necessary permits prior to work on the site, including but not limited to: a. The Distribution Scale Solar Energy System shall comply with all applicable local, state and federal regulatory standards, including the current Uniform Building Code, the National Electric Code, the State Plumbing Code and the Minnesota Energy Code. b. Driveway access permits from the Minnesota Department of Transportation shall be secured for the access drives to the site from MN 97, before the City approves the final permit for the solar installation. c. The applicant shall obtain the required Watershed District permit(s). d. The applicant shall obtain the required grading and erosion control permit from the City. e. The applicant shall obtain the required building permit from the City. 22. The applicant shall comply with all applicable local, state, and federal permits and requirements for the new development on the parcel. 23. The City may revoke the Conditional Use Permit for the site if the site is not in compliance with any condition of this approval and if all permits and required work to comply with approvals from other local, state, and federal permits is not completed. 24. The applicant/operator of the Distribution SES shall pay all costs incurred by the city to monitor compliance with conditions of the Conditional Use Permit 25. The applicant shall pay all fees and escrows associated with this application. Whereupon, said Resolution is hereby declared adopted on this 17 day of October 2023. Christine Maefsky, Mayor Patrick Dalseth, Applicant Michael Lubke, Owner Molly Minogue, Owner & ATTEST: Kyle Morell, City Administrator CITY OF SCANDIA, MINNESOTA RESOLUTION NO. 10-17-23-XX APPROVING CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT FOR A DISTRIBUTION SCALE SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEM LOCATED ON 19.032.20.13.0001 LOCATED AT 10929 SCANDIA TRAIL NORTH WHEREAS, TJ Ozomoru, ORIANA CSG 2020-10 LLC (the “applicant” or the “operator”), on behalf of Michael Lubke & Molly Minogue (the “owners”), made an application for a Conditional Use Permit to allow for a Distribution Solar Energy System (SES) to be located at PID 19.032.20.13.0001 located at 10929 Scandia Trail North: The West Half of the Northeast Quarter (W 1/2 of NE 1/4) of Section Nineteen (19), Township Thirty-two (32), Range Twenty (20), Washington County, Minnesota.. WHEREAS, the Planning Commission reviewed the request for the Conditional Use Permit (CUP) at a duly noticed Public Hearing on October 3, 2023, and recommended that the City Council approve the CUP, with conditions; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SCANDIA, WASHINGTON COUNTY, MINNESOTA, that it approves of a Conditional Use Permit to allow for a Distribution SES, located at 10929 Scandia Trail North, based on the following findings: 1. Objectives of the Comprehensive Plan include promoting the use of renewable energy systems on housing and in areas where such systems can be safely operated and produce a minimum level of visual impact. The Distribution SES is allowed through a Conditional Use Permit within the SES-O district and helps obtain the objectives of the Comprehensive Plan. Staff has included conditions to address the conditions established within the UDC. 2. The Distribution SES will promote and enhance the general public welfare, and will not be detrimental to or endanger the public health, safety, morals, or comfort. Reasonable conditions of approval can be added if the Planning Commission finds issues with the proposed SES. 3. The Distribution SES use will not be injurious to the use and enjoyment of other property in the immediate vicinity for the purposes already permitted, nor substantially diminish and impair property values or scenic views. Screening to roadways, public waters, and nearby dwellings is required as a condition of approval. The proposed system meets setbacks as required within the UDC. 4. The proposed Distribution SES will not impede development or improvement of surrounding properties. 5. Staff has included a condition that an access permit be granted by the Minnesota Department of Transportation. The proposed Distribution SES use is not anticipated to substantially increase use, cause undue wear, or cause any detriment that is atypical from regular use. 6. The proposed use is consistent with the applicable regulations of the AG-C District and is generally consistent with the requirements of the UDC. Any future changes to the Distribution SES will be required to conform with the applicable regulations of the district and the Conditional Use Permit must be amended to allow for the change. Reasonable conditions of approval have been added where the City finds issues with the proposed use. 7. The Conditional Use Permit generally meets the general and specific performance standards of the UDC. Staff has included conditions where the application does not meet these standards. FURTHER BE IT RESOLVED that the following conditions of approval shall be met: 1. The project shall be in substantial compliance with the plans submitted to the City on August 11, 2023, with the exception of where revisions are required with this approval. 2. Treatment of stormwater runoff should be consistent with MPCA storm water manual guidance for solar projects. 3. Native vegetation must be planted on the site wherever practical to provide habitat. 4. Facility location and design must minimize impact on habitat and wildlife movement. 5. Before a building permit can be issued on the site the following must occur: a. The applicant must complete an interconnection agreement with a local utility and provide a copy of the agreement to the City. The system operator must provide a visible external disconnect if required by the utility. b. The City will require the establishment of an escrow account, from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota, to ensure vegetation is installed and establishes itself as identified in the approved permit, based on an estimated cost for plantings and labor provided by the applicant. The planting and screening plan must utilize the recommended plant types described in Section [153.400.060] and must be approved by the City. c. The City will require the posting of a bond, letter of credit or the establishment of an escrow account to ensure decommissioning. The decommissioning plan must provide a letter of credit that does not give credit towards salvage material. The guarantee shall be from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota. d. The applicant must submit proof that a current general liability policy covering bodily injury and property damage with limits of at least $1 million per occurrence and $2 million in the aggregate or the maximum liability thresholds set forth Minnesota Statutes, section 466.04, as amended, whichever is greater, to the City. e. Submit specification showing the maximum that the panels do not exceed 15 feet in height when oriented at maximum tilt. f. The screening shall fully obscure 100% view of the solar panels from any adjacent road right-of-way immediately upon screen completion in accordance with this section, and shall be completed prior to the remainder of solar facilities and panel installation. Effectiveness of screening shall be reviewed and approved by city staff prior to continuation of project installation. g. The landscaping plan shall be revised to show permanent vegetative screening designed to have a horizontal depth of at least 20 feet. h. The landscaping plan shall be revised to show plantings that specifically serve the project including exact locations of plantings and a table that shows the common name, scientific name, and number of each type of planting. i. Any fences or barriers installed for the project must be mounted on wood posts, and may not include any chain link, barbed or razor wire. The fence may not exceed eight (8) feet in height from the ground, and must incorporate wildlife- friendly design with a gap at the bottom for passage of birds and small animals. The City will utilize recommendations from the Minnesota DNR to determine if the fence design is wildlife-friendly. All fencing must comply with Character Area Standards and Fencing standards established in Section 153.400 of the Unified Development Code. j. All ground areas under solar array installs that are not occupied by equipment or essential access paths, must be planted with a deep rooted, native grass and pollinator seed mix suitable to the soil and moisture conditions of the immediate area. Plant growth must be stable and self-supporting within one (1) growing seasons from the date of building permit approval. The landscaping plan shall be revised to show the location of ground plantings including which seed mixes are proposed and where the mixes will be used. k. Power and communication lines that are not defined in this the UDC as Essential Services and running between banks of solar panels and the interconnection pole or other point of interconnection must be buried underground. l. Drainage and utility easements will be placed around the permitter of the property in accordance with the subdivision ordinance for both as needed maintenance and assuring compliance with the approvals. m. A MPCA General Stormwater Permit will be required. n. The applicant shall verify with MnDOT, and provide City proof of, need for a work within ROW permit that may be required for construction activities. o. The infiltration basin being constructed in the southwest portion of the project has no future access reserved to account for accessing to perform maintenance. The applicant must demonstrate how a backhoe would be able to access in the future to perform maintenance. 6. If any concrete is used onsite for construction, all wash outs from cement trucks shall not be dumped on site. 7. The required screening must be achieved within six (6) growing seasons from the date of project approval. If the screening is not established within 6 growing seasons, it must be implemented through the planting of mature vegetation to fully obscure (100%) view of the solar panels as described in current ordinance. 8. The applicant shall maintain landscaping and screening for the full term of the permit. The City may enter and inspect the property, outside the area protected around the array by fencing, at any reasonable time for the purpose of investigating a reported violation or to ascertain compliance or noncompliance with the current standards or approvals regulating screening. 9. The City reserves the right to utilize the vegetative escrow required with the permit to address noncompliance with approved screening if the applicant or operator does not bring the site into compliance within nine months. 10. If glare is reported as a nuisance staff will review the existing conditions and the applicant must address any concerns identified by staff to bring the use into compliance with the current regulations. 11. No lighting is proposed or approved with this approval. 12. The first 50 ft. of the access road off of MN 97 shall be either bituminous or concrete to prevent tracking sediment onto MN 97. 13. The applicant shall stake the required setback from MN 97 so that the Building Inspector can verify the setbacks before construction begins. 14. The applicant shall identify the boundaries of the wetland buffers in the field prior to construction of the facilities on the site. 15. Erosion control along wetland shall be required. 16. Signage must be installed that clearly identifies the array and emergency contacts that are responsible in the case of an emergency within three months of a final building permit being issued. Signage must be screened from public right of way and residential uses within 350 ft. 17. Signs, informational, or visual communication devices shall comply with applicable regulations. 18. All plans submitted for building permit approval shall be prepared by a licensed, professional engineer. 19. Any expansion of the Distribution SES shall require an amended conditional use permit. 20. The applicant shall complete a Developer Agreement with the City. The Agreement shall include financial guarantees acceptable to the City), to assure compliance with the Vegetative Escrow, Landscaping Plan, and Decommissioning Plan. The Development Agreement shall be signed by the City and the applicant before the City approves the final permit for the solar installation. 21. The applicant shall obtain all necessary permits prior to work on the site, including but not limited to: a. The Distribution Scale Solar Energy System shall comply with all applicable local, state and federal regulatory standards, including the current Uniform Building Code, the National Electric Code, the State Plumbing Code and the Minnesota Energy Code. b. Driveway access permits from the Minnesota Department of Transportation shall be secured for the access drives to the site from MN 97, before the City approves the final permit for the solar installation. c. The applicant shall obtain the required Watershed District permit(s). d. The applicant shall obtain the required grading and erosion control permit from the City. e. The applicant shall obtain the required building permit from the City. 22. The applicant shall comply with all applicable local, state, and federal permits and requirements for the new development on the parcel. 23. The City may revoke the Conditional Use Permit for the site if the site is not in compliance with any condition of this approval and if all permits and required work to comply with approvals from other local, state, and federal permits is not completed. 24. The applicant/operator of the Distribution SES shall pay all costs incurred by the city to monitor compliance with conditions of the Conditional Use Permit 25. The applicant shall pay all fees and escrows associated with this application. Whereupon, said Resolution is hereby declared adopted on this 17 day of October 2023. Christine Maefsky, Mayor TJ Ozomoru, Applicant Michael Lubke, Owner Molly Minogue, Owner & ATTEST: Kyle Morell, City Administrator CITY OF SCANDIA, MINNESOTA RESOLUTION NO. 10-17-23-XX APPROVING CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT FOR A DISTRIBUTION SCALE SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEM LOCATED ON 19.032.20.13.0001 LOCATED AT 10929 SCANDIA TRAIL NORTH WHEREAS, Courtney O’Connor, Gordian Energy Systems and DIVOCSG N LLC (the “applicant” or the “operator”), on behalf of Michael Lubke & Molly Minogue (the “owners”), made an application for a Conditional Use Permit to allow for a Distribution Solar Energy System (SES) to be located at PID 19.032.20.13.0001 located at 10929 Scandia Trail North: THE WEST HALF OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER (W 1/2 OF NE 1/4) OF SECTION NINETEEN (19), TOWNSHIP THIRTY-TWO (32), RANGE TWENTY (20), WASHINGTON COUNTY, MINNESOTA, AND WHICH INCLUDES A STRIP OF LAND FIFTY (50) FEET IN WIDTH RUNNING OVER AND ACROSS THE WEST HALF OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER (W1/2 OF NE1/4} OF SECTION NINETEEN (19), TOWNSHIP THIRTY-TWO (32) NORTH, RANGE TWENTY (20) WEST; SAID STRIP OF LAND BEING TWENTY-FIVE (25) FEET IN WIDTH ON EACH SIDE OF A CENTER LINE WHICH CROSSES ABOVE DESCRIBED TRACT AND IS DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS TO-WIT COMMENCING AT A STAKE ON THE EAST LINE OF SAID SECTION, TWENTY (20) FEET SOUTH OF THE NORTHEAST CORNER THEREOF; RUNNING THENCE SOUTHWESTERLY ON A ONE DEGREE CURVE TO THE RIGHT FROM A LINE BEARING SOUTH FORTY- TWO DEGREES AND THIRTEEN MINUTES WEST (S 42? 13? W) AS A TANGENT; A DISTANCE OF ONE HUNDRED FORTY-SIX AND SEVEN- TENTHS (146.7) FEET THENCE SOUTH FORTY-THREE DEGREES AND FORTY-ONE MINUTES WEST (S 43 DEG 41' W) EIGHT THOUSAND ONE HUNDRED SEVENTY-FOUR AND FIVE-TENTHS (8174.5) FEET TO A STAKE ON THE WEST LINE OF SECTION THIRTY (30) IN SAID TOWNSHIP AND RANGE, SIX HUNDRED NINETY AND THREE-TENTHS (690.3) FEET SOUTH OF THE NORTHWEST CORNER THEREOF, WASHINGTON COUNTY, MINNESOTA. WHEREAS, the Planning Commission reviewed the request for the Conditional Use Permit (CUP) at a duly noticed Public Hearing on October 3, 2023, and recommended that the City Council approve the CUP, with conditions; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SCANDIA, WASHINGTON COUNTY, MINNESOTA, that it approves of a Conditional Use Permit to allow for a Distribution SES, located at 10929 Scandia Trail North, based on the following findings: 1. Objectives of the Comprehensive Plan include promoting the use of renewable energy systems on housing and in areas where such systems can be safely operated and produce a minimum level of visual impact. The Distribution SES is allowed through a Conditional Use Permit within the SES-O district and helps obtain the objectives of the Comprehensive Plan. Staff has included conditions to address the conditions established within the UDC. 2. The Distribution SES will promote and enhance the general public welfare, and will not be detrimental to or endanger the public health, safety, morals, or comfort. Reasonable conditions of approval can be added if the Planning Commission finds issues with the proposed SES. 3. The Distribution SES use will not be injurious to the use and enjoyment of other property in the immediate vicinity for the purposes already permitted, nor substantially diminish and impair property values or scenic views. Screening to roadways, public waters, and nearby dwellings is required as a condition of approval. The proposed system meets setbacks as required within the UDC. 4. The proposed Distribution SES will not impede development or improvement of surrounding properties. 5. Staff has included a condition that an access permit be granted by the Minnesota Department of Transportation. The proposed Distribution SES use is not anticipated to substantially increase use, cause undue wear, or cause any detriment that is atypical from regular use. 6. The proposed use is consistent with the applicable regulations of the AG-C District and is generally consistent with the requirements of the UDC. Any future changes to the Distribution SES will be required to conform with the applicable regulations of the district and the Conditional Use Permit must be amended to allow for the change. Reasonable conditions of approval have been added where the City finds issues with the proposed use. 7. The Conditional Use Permit generally meets the general and specific performance standards of the UDC. Staff has included conditions where the application does not meet these standards. FURTHER BE IT RESOLVED that the following conditions of approval shall be met: 1. The project shall be in substantial compliance with the plans submitted to the City on August 25, 2023, with the exception of where revisions are required with this approval. 2. Treatment of stormwater runoff should be consistent with MPCA storm water manual guidance for solar projects. 3. Native vegetation must be planted on the site wherever practical to provide habitat. 4. Facility location and design must minimize impact on habitat and wildlife movement. 5. Before a building permit can be issued on the site the following must occur: a. The applicant must complete an interconnection agreement with a local utility and provide a copy of the agreement to the City. The system operator must provide a visible external disconnect if required by the utility. b. The City will require the establishment of an escrow account, from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota, to ensure vegetation is installed and establishes itself as identified in the approved permit, based on an estimated cost for plantings and labor provided by the applicant. The planting and screening plan must utilize the recommended plant types described in Section [153.400.060] and must be approved by the City. c. The City will require the posting of a bond, letter of credit or the establishment of an escrow account to ensure decommissioning. The decommissioning plan must provide a letter of credit that does not give credit towards salvage material. The guarantee shall be from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota. d. The applicant must submit proof that a current general liability policy covering bodily injury and property damage with limits of at least $1 million per occurrence and $2 million in the aggregate or the maximum liability thresholds set forth Minnesota Statutes, section 466.04, as amended, whichever is greater, to the City. e. Submit specification showing the maximum that the panels do not exceed 15 feet in height when oriented at maximum tilt. f. The screening shall fully obscure 100% view of the solar panels from any adjacent road right-of-way immediately upon screen completion in accordance with this section, and shall be completed prior to the remainder of solar facilities and panel installation. Effectiveness of screening shall be reviewed and approved by city staff prior to continuation of project installation. g. The landscaping plan shall be revised to show permanent vegetative screening designed to have a horizontal depth of at least 20 feet. h. Any fences or barriers installed for the project must be mounted on wood posts, and may not include any chain link, barbed or razor wire. The fence may not exceed eight (8) feet in height from the ground, and must incorporate wildlife- friendly design with a gap at the bottom for passage of birds and small animals. The City will utilize recommendations from the Minnesota DNR to determine if the fence design is wildlife-friendly. All fencing must comply with Character Area Standards and Fencing standards established in Section 153.400 of the Unified Development Code. i. All ground areas under solar array installs that are not occupied by equipment or essential access paths, must be planted with a deep rooted, native grass and pollinator seed mix suitable to the soil and moisture conditions of the immediate area. Plant growth must be stable and self-supporting within one (1) growing seasons from the date of building permit approval. The landscaping plan shall be revised to show the location of ground plantings including which seed mixes are proposed and where the mixes will be used. j. Power and communication lines that are not defined in this the UDC as Essential Services and running between banks of solar panels and the interconnection pole or other point of interconnection must be buried underground. k. Drainage and utility easements will be placed around the permitter of the property in accordance with the subdivision ordinance for both as needed maintenance and assuring compliance with the approvals. l. A MPCA General Stormwater Permit will be required. m. The applicant shall verify with MnDOT, and provide City proof of, need for a work within ROW permit that may be required for construction activities. n. The stormwater basin being constructed in the southwest portion of the project has no future access reserved to account for accessing to perform maintenance. The applicant must demonstrate how a backhoe would be able to access in the future to perform maintenance. 6. If any concrete is used onsite for construction, all wash outs from cement trucks shall not be dumped on site. 7. The required screening must be achieved within six (6) growing seasons from the date of project approval. If the screening is not established within 6 growing seasons, it must be implemented through the planting of mature vegetation to fully obscure (100%) view of the solar panels as described in current ordinance. 8. The applicant shall maintain landscaping and screening for the full term of the permit. The City may enter and inspect the property, outside the area protected around the array by fencing, at any reasonable time for the purpose of investigating a reported violation or to ascertain compliance or noncompliance with the current standards or approvals regulating screening. 9. The City reserves the right to utilize the vegetative escrow required with the permit to address noncompliance with approved screening if the applicant or operator does not bring the site into compliance within nine months. 10. If glare is reported as a nuisance staff will review the existing conditions and the applicant must address any concerns identified by staff to bring the use into compliance with the current regulations. 11. No lighting is proposed or approved with this approval. 12. The first 50 ft. of the access road off of MN 97 shall be either bituminous or concrete to prevent tracking sediment onto MN 97. 13. The applicant shall stake the required setback from MN 97 so that the Building Inspector can verify the setbacks before construction begins. 14. The applicant shall identify the boundaries of the wetland buffers in the field prior to construction of the facilities on the site. 15. Erosion control along wetland shall be required. 16. Signage must be installed that clearly identifies the array and emergency contacts that are responsible in the case of an emergency within three months of a final building permit being issued. Signage must be screened from public right of way and residential uses within 350 ft. 17. Signs, informational, or visual communication devices shall comply with applicable regulations. 18. All plans submitted for building permit approval shall be prepared by a licensed, professional engineer. 19. Any expansion of the Distribution SES shall require an amended conditional use permit. 20. The applicant shall complete a Developer Agreement with the City. The Agreement shall include financial guarantees acceptable to the City), to assure compliance with the Vegetative Escrow, Landscaping Plan, and Decommissioning Plan. The Development Agreement shall be signed by the City and the applicant before the City approves the final permit for the solar installation. 21. The applicant shall obtain all necessary permits prior to work on the site, including but not limited to: a. The Distribution Scale Solar Energy System shall comply with all applicable local, state and federal regulatory standards, including the current Uniform Building Code, the National Electric Code, the State Plumbing Code and the Minnesota Energy Code. b. Driveway access permits from the Minnesota Department of Transportation shall be secured for the access drives to the site from MN 97, before the City approves the final permit for the solar installation. c. The applicant shall obtain the required Watershed District permit(s). d. The applicant shall obtain the required grading and erosion control permit from the City. e. The applicant shall obtain the required building permit from the City. 22. The applicant shall comply with all applicable local, state, and federal permits and requirements for the new development on the parcel. 23. The City may revoke the Conditional Use Permit for the site if the site is not in compliance with any condition of this approval and if all permits and required work to comply with approvals from other local, state, and federal permits is not completed. 24. The applicant/operator of the Distribution SES shall pay all costs incurred by the city to monitor compliance with conditions of the Conditional Use Permit. 25. The applicant shall pay all fees and escrows associated with this application. Whereupon, said Resolution is hereby declared adopted on this 17 day of October 2023. Christine Maefsky, Mayor Courtney O’Connor, Applicant Michael Lubke, Owner Molly Minogue, Owner & ATTEST: Kyle Morell, City Administrator 600/480VXFMR HV PREMISES LINE (8 ACRES) STORM WATER BASIN INVERTER/DISCO (1-8) (SUNGROW (1) PNL-P1 (1) SITE CONTRO (1) MOTOR CONT (1) DAS (1) TRANSFORM 20' ACCES GATE W/ KNOCK BOX 20' ACCES ROAD 8' FENCE (TYP.) EQUIPMENT PAD 75' SETBACK (TY 75' SETBACK (TYP.) EXISTING BAR WIRE FENCE 75'EXISTING POND 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 23355 5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 23355 5 2 2 20' 2 STAGGERED ROWS OF A MIX OF EASTERN RED CEDAR, WHITE SPRUCE, AND WHITE CEDAR TREES 1-4' TALL AND ONE ROW TO THE NORTH 2 2 EXISTI FEMA =ONE A FLOODPLAIN WETLAND EXISTI 200' SETBACK FROM HIGH WATER LEVEL ARRAY F a2541' AN a5.71 AC 1.503 DC WATER LEVEL 20' NORTH CONSISTING OF A MIX OF TREES OM THE FRUIT/SHRUB DNR LIST 1-2' TALL TAGGERED ROWS OF A MIX OF EASTERN RED CEDAR, WHITE SPRUCE, NORWAY PINE, WHITE AND WHITE CEDAR TREES 1-4' TALL PLANTED 16' O.C. 2 S EAS SPR PIN AN 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 355 5 5 5 5 56 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 78888 8999 910101010 10911111111 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 5 5 3 2 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 5 2 2 2 3 5 2 2 2 3 5 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 5 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 22232 22232 22232 22232 22 2 75 2.3 © Bolton & Menk, Inc - Web GIS 0 Legend Location Map This drawing is neither a legally recorded map nor a survey and is not intended to be used as one. This drawing is a compilation of records, information, and data located in various city, county, and state offices, and other sources affecting the area shown, and is to be used for reference purposes only. The City of Scandia is not responsible for any inaccuracies herein contained. Disclaimer: 9/29/2023 11:33 AM 527 Feet City Limits Parcels (7/1/2023) Lot Lines Parks Scandia_2022.sid Red: Band_1 Green: Band_2 Blue: Band_3 75 2.3 © Bolton & Menk, Inc - Web GIS 0 Legend Zoning Map This drawing is neither a legally recorded map nor a survey and is not intended to be used as one. This drawing is a compilation of records, information, and data located in various city, county, and state offices, and other sources affecting the area shown, and is to be used for reference purposes only. The City of Scandia is not responsible for any inaccuracies herein contained. Disclaimer: 9/29/2023 11:34 AM 527 Feet City Limits Parcels (7/1/2023) Lot Lines National Wetlands Inventory Parks Shoreland Overlay PUD Overlay Lakes Mining Overlay Saint Croix River District Zoning Agricultural Core Agricultural Preserves Rural Residential General Village Neighborhood Rural Commercial Rural Residential Neighborhood Village Historic Core Village Center Industrial Park Scandia_2022.sid Red: Band_1 Green: Band_2 Blue: Band_3 m i n n e s o t a RL Ate' m 1IqmIp E: y n _ 95 4 kz/1 Mfg i i / Z"] / iii - 1 _ Subject Property File No._____________ APPLICATION FOR PLANNING AND ZONING REQUEST City of Scandia, Minnesota 14727 209th Street North, Scandia, MN 55073 Phone 651/433-2274 Fax 651/433-5112 Web https://www.cityofscandia.com/ Please read before completing: The City will not begin processing an application that is incomplete. Detailed submission requirements may be found in the Scandia Development Code, available at the City office and website www.ccityofscandia.com) and in the checklist forms for the particular type of application. Application fees are due at the time of application and are not refundable. 1. Property Location: (street address, if applicable) 2. Washington County Parcel ID: 3. Complete Legal Description: (attach if necessary) 4. Owner(s):Phone: (h) (b) Street Address: E-Mail: City/ State: Zip: 5. Applicant/Contact Person:Phone: (h) (b) Street Address (Mailing): E-Mail: City/ State: Zip: 6.Requested Action(s): (check all that apply) ____ Variance ____ Variance Extension ____ Conditional Use Permit (CUP) ____ CUP Extension ____ CUP/ Open Space Subdivision. ____ CUP/ Planned Unit Development ____ Interim Use Permit (IUP) ____ Annual Operators Permit ____ Administrative Permit (type)____________________ ____ Site Plan Review (type)____________________ ____ Site Plan Modification ____ Site Plan Extension ____ Sign (Permanent) ____ Amendment (Development Code ) ____ Amendment (Comp. Plan ) ____ Subdivision, Minor ____ Subdivision, Preliminary Plat/Major ____ Subdivision, Final Plat ____ Environmental Review ____ Wetland Review 10929 Scandia Trail North, Scandia, MN 55073 1903220130001 The West Half of the Northeast Quarter (W 1/2 of NE 1/4) of Section Nineteen (19), Township Thirty-two (32), Range Twenty (20), Washington County, Minnesota. Michael Lubke and Molly Minogue 10929 Scandia Trail North Scandia 55073 Patrick Dalseth 330 W. State Street - Suite 1 Geneva, IL 60134 x 1 2 7/31/2013 CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT (CUP) OR INTERIM USE PERMIT (IUP) APPLICATION CHECKLIST City of Scandia, Minnesota 14727 209th Street North, Scandia, MN 55073 Phone 651/433-2274 Fax 651/433-5112 Web http://www.ci.scandia.mn.us GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: INCLUDED IN SUBMITTAL 1.Application Form  YES  NO 2.Fees  YES  NO 3.Escrow  YES  NO 4.Complete legal description  YES  NO 5.A description of the request, including type of business or activity and proposed number of employees  YES  NO 6.Aerial photo of site and 1/4 mile vicinity  YES  NO 7.Survey/Site Plan (2 full size and 2 copies reduced to 11” by 17”. Electronic files also preferred) Plan Sheet Requirements: Signature Name, address, phone number for owner, developer, surveyor, and engineer Date of preparation and revision dates North Arrow Graphic scale not less than 1:100  YES  NO SITE PLAN REQUIREMENTS, EXISTING AND PROPOSED: INCLUDED IN SUBMITTAL 1.Property lines and dimensions  YES  NO 2.Area in acres and square feet  YES  NO 3.Existing and proposed building locations and dimensions  YES  NO 4.Lowest floor elevation of proposed structure(s) YES  NO 5.Setbacks, including front, side, rear, wetland, shoreland, and right-of-way  YES  NO 6.Buildable area  YES  NO 7.Driveway location  YES  NO 8.Landscaping Plan  YES  NO 9.Grading, Drainage and Erosion Control Plan  YES  NO 10.Soil conditions and types  YES  NO 11.Building floor plan  YES  NO 12.Building elevations  YES  NO 13.Sanitary sewer and water plan  YES  NO 14.Wetlands  YES  NO 15.Wetland delineation report  YES  NO 16.Waterbodies and Ordinary High Water Level  YES  NO 17.Slopes (over 50 feet horizontal distance). 12% or greater in St. Croix River district, 18% or greater in Shoreland, and 25% or greater on all properties.  YES  NO 18.Topographic contours at 2-foot intervals and Bluff line, if applicable  YES  NO 19.Any other improvements to the property  YES  NO  arriving by the 19th arriving by the 19th x x    x x x x x x Requesting as a condition x NA x NA x x x x x x x x 3 600/ 4 8 0 V XFMR HV 1050' TO ADJACENT PROPERTY DWELLING 918' TO ADJACENT PROPERTY DWELLING 1177' TO ADJACENT PROPERTY DWELLING PREMISES LINE (8 ACRES) STORM WATER BASIN INVERTER/DISCONNECT RACK (1-8) (SUNGROW) SG125HV (1) PNL-P1 (1) SITE CONTROLLER (1) MOTOR CONTROLLER (1) DAS (1) TRANSFORMER T-P2 20' ACCES GATE W/ KNOCK BOX 20' ACCES ROAD 7' FENCE (TYP.) EQUIPMENT PAD CUST. OWNED RECLOSURE POLE 75' SETBACK (TYP.) TO PROPOSED POI CUST. OWNED GOAB POLE CUST. OWNED RISER POLE EXISTING OVERHEAD UTILITY 75' SETBACK (TYP.) EXISTING BARBED WIRE FENCE OVERALL PV SITE PLAN ON SHEET C.101 SEPARATE SOLAR ARRAY SEPARATE SOLAR ARRAY 75' SCANDIA TRAIL POINT OF INTERCONNECTION 503' TO ADJACENT PROPERTY DWELLING EXISTING POND SEE POINT OF INTERCONNECTION ON SHEET C.101 EXISTING SOLAR ARRAY 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 355 5 5 5 5 5666666666666 6 6 6777778888899991010101010911111111 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 23355 5 6-FOOT TALL, SIX PANEL LIVESTOCK FENCE ALONG RIDGELINE TO PROVIDE IMMEDIATE SCREENING 2 STAGGERED ROWS OF A MIX OF EASTERN RED CEDAR, WHITE SPRUCE, NORWAY PINE, WHITE PINE, AND WHITE CEDAR TREES 1-4' TALL AND ONE ROW TO THE NORTH CONSISTING OF A MIX OF TREES FROM THE FRUIT/SHRUB DNR LIST 1-2' TALL 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 23355 5 2 2 20' 2 STAGGERED ROWS OF A MIX OF EASTERN RED CEDAR, WHITE SPRUCE, AND WHITE CEDAR TREES 1-4' TALL AND ONE ROW TO THE NORTH 2 2 20' SV C S G S C A N D I A L L C SC A N D I A , M N 5 5 0 7 3 WA S H I N G T O N C O U N T Y , M I N N E S O T A (4 5 . 2 4 7 4 5 6 , - 9 2 . 8 8 0 5 8 6 ) NO. REVISIONS DATE DESCRIPTION SHEET NAME SHEET NUMBER REVISION PROJECT CONTRACTOR ENGINEER OWNER/DEVELOPER SHEET SIZE C: \ U s e r s \ e n r i q u e . v e g l i o \ D r o p b o x ( S u n V e s t S o l a r ) \ S u n V e s t S o l a r T e a m F o l d e r \ 1 P r o j e c t s \ 2 A c t i v e \ M i n n e s o t a \ P R O J - 0 1 2 3 4 S c a n d i a \ D e s i g n A n d E n g i n e e r i n g \ E n g i n e e r i n g D o c s \ S C A N D I A C U P \ _ C U P \ S V C S G S c a n d i a _ O v e r a l l S i t e P l a n _ C U P R e v 0 _ 2 0 2 3 9 1 4 _ L a n d s c a p i n g P l a n . d w g Pl o t t e d : 9/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 3 4 : 3 7 P M B y : En r i q u e V e g l i o 0 0 07/27/2023 CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT SITE PLANS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION INSTALLATION TO COMPLY WIHT 2017 ARTICEL 690 AND ALL APPLICABLE LOCA, STATE AND NATIONAL CODES OR REGULATIONS EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LABELED PER NEC 690 AND XCEL ENERGY REGULATIONS X' ACCESS ROADS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE ALL CONSTRUCTION, OPERATIONS, MAINTENANCE, AND UTILITY TRAFFIC THROUGHOUT THE SITE GENERAL NOTES 1 2 3 OVERALL SITE PLAN C.100 NORTH N GRAPHIC SCALE 1" = 150' LEGEND 600 / 4 8 0 V XF M R HV EQUIPMENT PAD INVERTER/DISCONNECT RACK PROPOSED OVERHEAD UTILITY ACCESS ROAD SINGLE AXIS TRACKER PROPOSED POWER POLE EXISTING OVERHEAD UTILITY PROPOSED FENCE LINE EXISTING PROPERTY LINE SETBACK LINE RIGHT OF WAY LINE PROPERTY BOUNDARY LINE Project Summary SV CSG Scandia, LLC ("The Project" or "Scandia CSG") respectively submits this application for a Conditional Use Permit ("CUP") to the City of Scandia. Scandia CSG is being developed by SunVest Solar, LLC, which wholly owns SV CSG Scandia, LLC, is an experienced, full-service solar developer with a track record of success developing 1 MW solar projects in Minnesota and larger community solar projects throughout the country. Scandia CSG requests that the City of Scandia Planning Commission and City Council, upon review, approve the Project to be permitted, constructed, own and operated by Scandia CSG. Scandia CSG is requesting a two-year time period to pull a building the Conditional Use. For review, the Project's detailed legal description, site plan and other specifications will follow. The Project will be located 1,500+ feet south of Scandia Trail North, east of Manning ~1/2 mile and sit south of the Northern States Power high voltage lines that cross the property. Please see site plan for a location map of the project. The Project will be south of a 1 MW solar project owned by Gordian Energy Systems. The Project is working on an agreement with Gordian Energy Systems to use their access to Scandia Trail North. A copy of this cross-access agreement will be provided to the city of Scandia once it is recorded before pulling a building permit. The Project plans to interconnect to Xcel Energy's local distribution system along this access road near the Gordian Energy Systems project outside of the 800 foot required setback. A notarized and recorded access agreement between the parties that guarantees shared access across the common access road shall be completed shortly after successful attainment by each party of their respective CUP. The proposed timing will allow us to know which parties we will need to have access agreements with. The Project will be marketed as a host for a community solar project under the Minnesota Solar Rewards Program. Under the Program, utility customers may subscribe to a solar project and receive a credit on the monthly electric bill based on the production of the project subscription. 5 Project Specifications LOCATION The Project will be located on the southeast side of Tax Parcel No. 1903220130001 with following legal descriptions: The West Half of the Northeast Quarter (W 1/2 of NE 1/4) of Section Nineteen (19), Township Thirty-two (32), Range Twenty (20), Washington County, Minnesota. OWNERSHIP Scandia CSG, LLC will be the Applicant, developer, owner and operator of the Project and has a long- term lease with the landowner to operate the project. PROJECT FACILITIES The Project facilities will include: Solar modules, inverters, steel racking, fencing, access road, one weather station, and interconnection poles. The access road connects with the Gordian Energy Systems Project to the north that runs out to Scandia Trail North. Only 1 interconnection pole is planned to be within the 800 foot setback. The project footprint is approximately eight acres. Scandia CSG selected the specific development area based on available land use guidance, significant landowner interest, interconnection suitability and optimal solar resource. SETBACKS City Requirements Proposed Setback Solar structures setback to centerline of road 800 feet 1,500+ feet Solar structures setback to neighboring property line 75 feet 75 feet Solar structures setback to neighboring property 350 feet 950+ feet CONSTRUCTION It is anticipated that construction of the Project will begin in the Fall of 2023 or the Spring of 2024 with intended completion of Q3 2024. Traffic during construction is estimated to a total of 25-35 trucks on the on-set of construction and tapering off thereafter. Traffic will include employees, pickup trucks, semi- trailers for delivery of equipment and other machinery. No overweight or over-sized loads are 6 anticipated for the Project. It is anticipated that 15 to 20 full time employees will be on site in the early stages of construction. This will reduce to a team of approximately 10 members toward the end of the construction activities. Typically, there will be a vehicle for each worker, approximately three (3) small vehicles for transferring equipment around the site, and temporary equipment needed to perform different construction tasks. Hours of construction will be within 7am – 9 pm. The total construction will take approximately 12-16 weeks. The first two (2) weeks will consist of pile driving with the balance of the construction timeline used for erecting the racking, panels and electrical equipment. Dust will be mitigated through the use of a water truck as needed. No outside visitors are anticipated to be on site. LANDSCAPING & SCREENING A 6-foot, vinyl, eight panel horse fence will run along the highest point of the ridge shown on the site plan and renderings, which will be aesthetically pleasing and fit into the rural character of the area nicely. This will ensure 100% screening from the road immediately as shown on the drawings from a 6-foot viewpoint from the highway. Although immediate screening from the neighbor’s viewpoint is not required, there will be 12 to 14 foot eastern red cedar trees planted along a section of the neighbors property line that will provide immediate screening. The screening that would be required will also be planted as shown on the site plan. The Project proposes landscaping on the northern and southern sides of the array. The landscaping to the north will be approximately 775 feet off the centerline of Scandia Trail North and will run parallel to the road from the existing vegetation/trees to the neighbor’s existing trees at a 20-foot minimum depth. There will be a mix of Eastern Red Cedar, White Spruce, Norway Pine, White Pine, and White Cedar trees 1 to 4 feet tall. These trees, native to Minnesota, are all on the approved tree list for Scandia in Chapter 2 3.11 (4) (G) and having a mix of the trees will make the tree line look more natural in the long term. The diverse mix of trees will also help ensure the long-term viability of the extra screening. North of the conifer trees, a mix of trees from the “Fruit/Shrub” DNR pack will be planted. This list consists of Chokecherry, Highbush Cranberry, Juneberry, Red-Osier Dogwood and Wild Plum and the plants will be 1 to 2 feet tall. The landscaping to the south will run parallel along the southern property line. The west and east sides of the array are screened by existing trees and vegetation. Please see the site plan and rendering for landscape details. The escrow required for landscaping will be deposited into an account with a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota to ensure vegetation is installed and establishes itself as identified in the approved permit, based on an estimated cost for plantings and labor. The escrow account will be created as part of the building permit process to ensure the most accurate costs of the plants and labor. 7 STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN The stormwater management plan can be viewed in the Proposed Stormwater Management, Sediment, and Erosion Control Plan at the end of the application and the Project will adhere to the Minnesota Environmental Protection Agency Construction Stormwater Permit requirements. This includes obtaining a SWPPP permit, following the state’s national pollutant discharge elimination system (NPDES), and the state disposal system (SDS) standards for sediment control and will be obtained prior to attaining a building permit. The proposed project discharges in a manner like the existing flow pattern in all modeled storm events and does not alter drainage patterns. The SWPPP will include the following: 1) Summary of general construction activity 2) Storm water mitigation and management resources 3) Wetland impacts 4) Project plans and specifications 5) Official Temporary erosion prevention measures 6) Official Temporary sediment control measures 7) Permanent erosion and sediment control measures, if needed 8) Best management practices (BMPs) regarding erosion control 9) Inspection and maintenance 10) Pollution prevention measures 11) Final stabilization plan for long-term soil stability As described in the Minnesota Stormwater Manual, better site design techniques have been incorporated to ensure a site maintains good drainage. All impervious surfaces are fully disconnected and routed over low maintenance grass prior to leaving the site. The MPCA’s spreadsheet tool has been used to calculate the volume of stormwater that must be treated on site from solar installations to meet the requirement of 1.1 inch of runoff from new impervious surfaces. A small basin (1700 ft^3) is proposed to make up the remainder of the volume required. The basin design will allow for a 48-hour drawdown time. Pretreatment is provided throughout the site by fully vegetative land cover that will be utilized as buffer. Runoff from access roads will not be channelized prior to discharge to the infiltration areas but allowed to freely sheet flow across the vegetated site. 8 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN Scandia CSG will comply with the Minnesota pollution Control Agency (MPCA) Construction Stormwater Permit Requirements, including obtaining a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System NPDES) stormwater permit prior to construction. The Project proposes no substantial grading or filling, as our racking equipment can accommodate the current terrain. Please refer to the Proposed Stormwater Management, Sediment, and Erosion Control Plan at the end of the application. The existing topography creates enough storage, so no grading is needed for this design. In addition to the silt fence, we propose a stormwater basin within the Project and permanent erosion control at the outlet. As can be seen on Stormwater Management, Sediment, and Erosion Control Plan, our permanent basin can hold a volume of 1,700 CF, exceeding the minimum requirement. PROJECT COMPONENTS Panel Type o Photovoltaic Panels Panel Size o Approximately 4 feet x 3 feet Panel Height o Approximately 8 feet Panel Material o Glass covering o Aluminum frame o Weatherized plastic backing Racking o Galvanized steel for pipes & frame Inverter & Transformers o Enclosed cabinets approximately 8 feet tall Access Roads o Short gravel roads to get to inverter/transformer just inside the fenced area Safety o Tempered glass solar panel covers, security fence, security camera 9 STEEL PIERS 10 TRACKING SYSTEM SCHEMATIC 11 AESTHETICS To limit reflection, solar PV panels are constructed of dark, light-absorbing materials. Today's panels reflect as little as two percent of the incoming sunlight depending on the angle of the sun and assuming use of anti-reflective coatings. The use of a tracking system will limit the height of the project to less than 11 feet. The Project will establish a native grass turf inside the fence, along with a pollinator friendly seed mix around the perimeter of the project. No reflector system will be used as part of the project. LIGHTING The Project does not anticipate having any lighting on-site. In the event security conditions arise that would require lighting, each light would be directed downward. OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE The Project will be operated and maintained by Scandia CSG and will be monitored off-site via a SCADA system and wireless phone connection by 1 employee. The site will be visited annually once or twice for the maintenance of the electrical system by 1 or 2 employees. It is anticipated there will be monthly and quarterly inspections of all equipment, vegetation management as well as snow removal as necessary. Inspections usually have 2 employees and vegetation management and snow removal crews are made up of 2 to 4 employees typically. The hours of operation are 24 hours a day, 7 days, a week, 365 days are year. The onsite activity is solar energy generation. Seed mixes for the native and pollinator-friendly grasses will be finalized prior to start of construction. Pending final stormwater design, a third seed mix could be in play should a wetland be delineated on-site. DECOMMISSIONING A decommissioning letter of credit to ensure decommissioning is completed when necessary will be created and finalized with a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota shortly before applying for building permits to ensure the most accurate costs. CONCLUSION The Project as designed and planned complies with the City of Scandia Code and Conditional Use Permit application process. The Project will work closely with the landowner and engage with the surrounding neighbors as necessary as the project progresses towards construction. The project respectfully requests the Scandia Planning Commission and City Council approve the Conditional Use Permit with a two-year window to pull a building permit and begin to establish the use. 12 T-1.00 SV CSG SCANDIA, LLC WASHINGTON COUNTY (45.247456, -92.880586) T-1.00 TITLE SHEET PV-1.00 ARRAY LAYOUT E-1.00 ONE-LINE DIAGRAM E-4.00 SPEC SHEETS E-5.00 NEC LABELS E-3.02 DETAILS E-3.03 DETAILS GN-2.00 GENERAL NOTES GN-1.00 GENERAL NOTES AND SYMBOLS E-3.00 DETAILS E-3.01 DETAILS PV-1.01 FENCE FOR SCREENING LAYOUT E-3.04 PERSPECTIVE DETAILS E-3.05 PERSPECTIVE DETAILS GN-1.00 GENERAL NOTES:SYMBOL LEGEND: xxxA M 25A 25A XXXA 100% SPD TYP. R 50/51, 50/51N, 27,59,81 METER xxxA xxxA xxxA xxxA xxxA R UMV UMV UMV R L ST DC GFP XXXA/3P 100% BPS XXXA FUSE GN-2.00 GENERAL NOTES: · · · x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx N89°45'58"W 1322.94 N2 ° 0 0 ' 3 5 " E 2 5 7 4 . 8 1 S1 ° 4 9 ' 2 6 " W 2 5 4 0 . 4 7 OHU OH U OH U OH U OH U OH U OHU OHU OH U OH U OH U OH U OH U OH U OH U OH U OHU OHU OH U OH U OH U OH U OHU OHU OH U OH U OH U OH U OHU OHU OHU OH U OH U OH U OHU OHU OHU OH U OH U OH U OHU OHU OHU OH U OHU OH U OH U OH U OHU OH U OH U OH U OH U OH U OH U OHU OH U OHU OHU OH U OH U OH U OHU OHU OHU OH U OH U OH U OHU OHU OHU OH U OH U OH U OHU OHU OHU OH U OH U OH U OH U OHU OHU OHU OHU OHU OHU OHU OHU OHU OHU OHU OHU OHU OHU OHU OHU OHU OHU OHU OHU OH U OH U OHU OH U OH U OH U OH U OH U OH U OHU OH U OH U OH U OH U OHU OHU OHU OHU OHU OH U OH U OH U OHU OHU OHU OH U OH U OH U OHU OHU OHU OH U OH U 9 7 0 9 7 5 9 8 0 9 8 5 9 9 0 995 995 99 5 990 600/48 0 V XFMR HV TO PROPOSED POI INVERTER/DISCONNECT RACK (1-8) (SUNGROW) SG125HV (1) PNL-P1 (1) SITE CONTROLLER (1) MOTOR CONTROLLER (1) DAS (1) TRANSFORMER T-P2 20' ACCES GATE W/ KNOCK BOX 20' ACCES ROAD 8' DEER KNOT FENCE (TYP.) EQUIPMENT PAD 75' SETBACK (TYP.) CUST. OWNED GOAB POLE CUST. OWNED RECLOSURE POLE CUST. OWNED RISER POLE UM V UM V UM V UM V UM V UM V UM V UM V UM V UM V UM V UM V 20'12'-6" 75' SETBACK 397' 397' 20' 20' 287'-2"20' 25' 25' 27'-5" SETBACK 5'-5" 30'-6" 8'-8" 33'-6" 8'-9"36'-9" PV-1.00N UTILITY OWNED EQUIPMENT R CUSTOMER RECLOSER POLE RELAY PROTECTION SYSTEM 50/51 27 59 8150/51N (SEE NOTE 4) UTILITY AC DISCONNECT, LOCKABLE 600A GOAB LOAD BREAK SWITCH WITH FUSING UTILITY METER POLE 34.5KV (SEE NOTE 3) R UTILITY RECLOSER POLE RELAY PROTECTION SYSTEM 50/51 27 59 8150/51N POI RPA M MAIN DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD MDP- M-01 1600A, 600V 3ɸ 4WIRE MIN. INTERUPTING RATING 50KA RMS SYM. 1600A/3P 100% ALSIG 20A/1P 20A/1P 20A/1P 20A/1P 60A/2P MM 40A/3P 175A/3P 30A/2P 50A/3P 15A/3P 15A/3P ACC-09ACC-08 ACC-07 AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER (T-P2) 10KVA 480V, 1ɸ PRI 240/120V 1ɸ SEC TENV NEMA 3R MIN. AUXILIARY PANELBOARD (P2) 60A, 240V, 1ɸ 3 WIRE NEMA 3R ACC-06 1600/SA CT SHORTENING BLOCK TYPE 1 SPD CPT 480V:120V THERMOSTATICALLY CONTROLLED SPACE HEATER IN EACH SWITCHBOARD SECTION AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER (T-P1) 30KVA 600V DELTA PRI 480/277V SOLID GROUNDED WYE SEC NEMA 3R MIN. ACC-05 ACC-04 ACC-03 4 AUXILIARY PANELBOARD (P1) 100A, 480V, 3ɸ 4WIRE NEMA 3R CLOSE-COUPLED CONNECTION (INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR) TO DAS ACC-02 5 LEGGED PAD-MOUNT 1000kVA TRANSFORMER Z=5.4% 600V : 12.47KV 30A 30A WITHIN GROUND MOUNTED ARRAY DCC-01 ACC-01 30A 30A ACC-01 400A 400A 175A/3P DCC-01 EQUIPMENT PAD E-1.00 GENERAL NOTES: 1.REFER TO SHEET E-1.03 AND E-1.04 FOR AC AND DC CONDUCTOR SCHEDULES. 2.MAIN STEP-UP TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH SURGE ARRESTERS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS 3.INTERNAL SWITCHBOARD COMPONENTS SHOWN FOR INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY. COMPONENTS WILL BE PROVIDED BY SWITCHBOARD MANUFACTURER. MODULE NEGATIVE HARNESS CONDUCTOR- FASTEN TO TORQUE TUBE WITH HEAVY DUTY UV-RESISTANT ZIP TIE OR EQUAL ROBUST MEANS OF SUPPORT (TYP.) POSITIVE HARNESS CONDUCTOR- FASTEN TO TORQUE TUBE WITH HEAVY DUTY UV-RESISTANT ZIP TIE OR EQUAL ROBUST MEANS OF SUPPORT (TYP.) HARNESS STRING CONNECTION (TYP.) FASTEN INTER-MODULE CONNECTIONS SUCH THAT THEY DO NOTE SHADE REAR SIDE MODULE CELLS (TYP.) HARNESS STRING CONNECTION (TYP.) MODULE POSITIVE & NEGATIVE J-BOXES (TYP.) TRACKER TORQUE TUBE LOOP CLAMP WEATHERHEAD PVC80 CONDUIT FROM 90 DEG ELBOW TO WEATHERHEAD PILE FOUNDATION PV STRING CONDUCTORS (TYP.) 36" MIN. DRIP LOOP DC COMBINER MODULES TORQUE TUBE WEATHER HEAD STRUT TO SUPPORT CONDUIT AWAY FROM PILE FOUNDATION GROUND LUG 5'-6" 3'-0" 3'-0" MIN. COMBINERS LOCATED SOUTH OF MODULES SCH. 80 PVC CONDUIT ABOVE GROUND (TYP.) DC STRING CIRCUITS TO COMBINER SCH. 40 PVC CONDUIT UNDERGROUND (TYP.) DC FEEDER CIRCUIT TO INVERTER PVC EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) DC COMBINER MODULES TORQUE TUBE WEATHER HEAD STRUT TO SUPPORT CONDUIT AWAY FROM PILE FOUNDATION GROUND LUG 5'-6" 3'-0" 1'-0" MIN. COMBINERS LOCATED NORTH OF MODULES SCH. 80 PVC CONDUIT ABOVE GROUND (TYP.) DC STRING CIRCUITS TO COMBINER SCH. 40 PVC CONDUIT UNDERGROUND (TYP.) DC FEEDER CIRCUIT TO INVERTER SUPPORT PVC EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) E-3.00 · · · NOT TO SCALEE3.00 2 E3.00 MODULE & HARNESS WIRING NOT TO SCALE 4 E3.00 SOURCE CIRCUIT WIRE MANAGEMENT- TRANSITION TO COMBINER SOURCE CIRCUIT WIRE MANAGEMENT NOT TO SCALE 3 E3.00 2 E3.00 MODULE & HARNESS WIRING NOT TO SCALE 4 E3.00 SOURCE CIRCUIT WIRE MANAGEMENT- TRANSITION TO COMBINER NOT TO SCALEE3.00 SOURCE CIRCUIT WIRE MANAGEMENT- TRANSITION TO COMBINER NOT TO SCALE 1 E3.00 SOURCE CIRCUIT WIRE MANAGEMENT- TRANSITION TO COMBINER NOT TO SCALEE3.00 NOT TO SCALE 2 E3.00 MODULE & HARNESS WIRING NOT TO SCALE 4 E3.00 SOURCE CIRCUIT WIRE MANAGEMENT- TRANSITION TO COMBINER SOURCE CIRCUIT WIRE MANAGEMENT NOT TO SCALE 3 E3.00 NOT TO SCALE 2 E3.00 MODULE & HARNESS WIRING NOT TO SCALE 4 E3.00 SOURCE CIRCUIT WIRE MANAGEMENT- TRANSITION TO COMBINER · · · CONDUIT WITH DC CONDUCTORS TO COMBINERS (TYP.) PVC EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) INV-8INV-7 COMMUNICATIONS CONDUIT (TYP.) INV-4 INV-5 INV-6INV-3INV-2 CONDUIT WITH DC CONDUCTORS TO COMBINERS (TYP.) CONDUIT WITH AC CONDUCTORS TO SWBD (TYP.) INV-1 GRADE 3'-0" COMMUNICATIONS CONDUIT TO DAS 7'-0"6'-0" E W DOUBLE DUPLEX WP GFI RECEPTACLE 120V, 20A WEATHER STATION DAS MODULE TRACKER MOTOR CONTROLLER (C-02) MODULE GPS MODULE TRACKER SITE DATA CONTROLLER (C-01) CONTROL CABLES COMM CONDUITS (TYP.) GHI AND ALBEDOMETER (3' EXTENDED OFF PILE FACING SOUTH) GRADE PNL-P1 3'-0" 7'-0"6'-0" POWER & COMM. WIRING SHALL MAINTAIN PHYSICAL SEPARATION.CONDUITS WITH CONTROL CABLES TO MODULE TRACKER MOTOR ELECTRONIC CONTROLLERS (TYP.) W E PTZ CAMERA, COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHT AND ARRANGEMENT WITH ALSOENERGY MET STATION SENSOR LEADS TO MET J-BOX PNL-P2T-P2 12'-0" MET STATION RACK EXACT COMPONENTS PENDING FINAL DAS DESIGN AC CONDUCTORS AC CONDUIT TO TRANSFORMER E-3.01 INVERTER RACK 1 NORTH ELEVATION NOT TO SCALE 1 E3.01 INVERTER RACK 1 SOUTH ELEVATION NOT TO SCALE 2 E3.01 FENCE FABRIC GROUND CLAMP OR APPROVED EQUAL (TYP.) GROUNDING CONDUCTOR MUST BE CONNECTED TO FENCE POSTS WOOD FENCE POST (TYP.) LOCK 8' 8'-0" 7'-0" 1'-0" GROUNDING CONDUCTOR MUST BE CONNECTED TO FENCE POSTS IRREVERSIBLE HIGH COMPRESSION CONNECTION BURNDY HYGROUND OR EQUAL (TYP.) FENCE FABRIC GROUND CLAMP OR APPROVED EQUAL (TYP.) WOOD FENCE POST (TYP.) GRADE GROUND ON EACH SIDE OF THE GATE A BURIED BONDING JUMPER ACROSS THE GATE IRREVERSIBLE HIGH COMPRESSION CONNECTION BURNDY HYGROUND OR EQUAL (TYP.) 1'-0" 7'-0" GRADE E-3.02 FENCE GROUNDING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE 1 E-3.02 GATE GROUNDING DETAIL2 E-3.02 NOT TO SCALE 52° 4'-10" 7'-61 2" 7'-111 2" 1'-6" MIN. BOTTOM OF DRIVELINE 3'-11 2" 7'-61 2" 4'-10" 1'-31 2" GRADE GRADE E-3.03 ARRAY TECHNOLOGIES 52° TRACKER NOT TO SCALE 1 E-3.03 ARRAY TECHNOLOGIES HORIZONTAL TRACKER NOT TO SCALE 1 E-3.03 6' VINYL FENCE FOR SCREENING 6' VINYL FENCE FOR SCREENING 4'-0" 1 2 3 4 6' VINYL FENCE FOR SCREENING 1 2 3 4 4 1 2 3 E-3.04 6' VINYL FENCE FOR SCREENING 6' VINYL FENCE FOR SCREENING 6'-0" 1 2 3 4 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" E-3.05 E-4.00 THIS PANEL HAS SECONDARY POWER SOURCE FROM PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM TURN-OFF PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM BREAKER PRIOR TO SERVICING PANEL. WARNING MAX AC OUTPUT CURRENT: AMPS MAX AC OUTPUT VOLTAGE: VOLTS LABEL #1 PLACE AT POINT OF INTERCONNECTION DUAL POWER SUPPLY WARNING LABEL #2 PLACE AT POINT OF INTERCONNECTION SOURCES: UTILITY GRID AND PV SOLAR ELECTRIC SYSTEM WARNING LABEL #3 PLACE AT UTILITY LOCKABLE DISCONNECT SOLAR GENERATOR UTILITY LOCKABLE AC DISCONNECT SWITCH AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY HIGH VOLTAGE- KEEP AWAY WARNING LABEL #4 PLACE AT PV SWITCHBOARD POTENTIAL ARC FLASH HAZARD WARNING LABEL #5 PLACE AT AC COMBINER PANEL TURN OFF AC DISCONNECT PRIOR TO WORKING INSIDE PANEL AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY HIGH VOLTAGE- KEEP AWAY WARNING LABEL #6 PLACE AT AC DISCONNECT POWER METER AND AC DISCONNECT TURN OFF INVERTER PRIOR TO OPERATING AC DISCONNECT AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY HIGH VOLTAGE- KEEP AWAY ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD WARNING LABEL #7 PLACE AT INVERTERS IF GROUND FAULT IS INDICATED ALL NORMALLY GROUNDED CONDUCTORS MAY BE UNGROUNDED AND ENERGIZED CAUTION: SOLAR ELECTRIC SYSTEM CONNECTED LABEL #8 PLACE ON DC DISCONNECTS AND INVERTERS CAUTION: SOLAR CIRCUIT LABEL #9 PLACE ON CONDUIT, JUNCTION BOXES AND COMBINER BOXES AT EVERY 10' WARNING LABEL #10 PLACE ON DC JUNCTION BOXES DC JUNCTION BOX PV ARRAY DC DISCONNECT WARNING -ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD- -DO NOT TOUCH TERMINALS- TERMINALS ON BOTH THE LINE AND LOAD SIDES MAY BE ENERGIZED IN THE OPEN POSITION LABEL #11 PLACE ON DC DISCONNECTS MAXIMUM CURRENT:A OPERATING VOLTAGE:Vdc ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD WARNING LABEL #12 PLACE ON DC DISCONNECTS AND AC DISCONNECTS DO NOT TOUCH TERMINALS TERMINALS ON THE LINE AND LOAD SIDES MAY BE ENERGIZED IN THE OPEN POSITION WARNING LABEL #13 PLACE AT PULL BOXES PULL BOX AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY HIGH VOLTAGE- KEEP AWAY SHEET NOTES: 1. SYSTEM LABELS SHALL BE PERMANENTLY ATTACHED BY MECHANICAL MEANS OR SECURED WITH UV-RESISTANT ADHESIVE. 2. MATERIALS USED IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE LABELS SHALL BE UV RESISTANT. 3. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, SUCH AS SWITCHBOARDS, PANELBOARDS, INDUSTRIAL CONTROL PANELS, METER SOCKET ENCLOSURES, AND MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS, THAT ARE IN OTHER THAN DWELLING OCCUPANCIES, AND ARE LIKELY TO REQUIRE EXAMINATION, ADJUSTMENT, SERVICING, OR MAINTENANCE WHILE ENERGIZED SHALL BE FIELD MARKED TO WARN QUALIFIED PERSONS OF POTENTIAL ELECTRIC ARC FLASH HAZARDS. THE MARKING SHALL BE LOCATED SO AS TO BE CLEARLY VISIBLE TO QUALIFIED PERSONS BEFORE EXAMINATION, ADJUSTMENT, SERVICING, OR MAINTENANCE OF THE EQUIPMENT. (NEC 110.16) 4. ALL INTERACTIVE SYSTEM(S) POINTS OF INTERCONNECTION WITH OTHER SOURCES SHALL BE MARKED AT AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION AT THE DISCONNECTING MEANS AS A POWER SOURCE AND WITH THE RATED AC OUTPUT CURRENT AND THE NOMINAL OPERATING AC VOLTAGE. (NEC 690.54) 5. DIRECT-CURRENT PV POWER SOURCES SHALL BE PERMANENTLY LABELED PER NEC 690.53 6. PROVIDE ALL ADDITIONAL LABELS AS REQUIRED PER NEC, NESC, AND OTHER APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS KEYED NOTES: 1. PROVIDE 9"X3" ENGLISH/SPANISH ELECTRICAL WARNING SIGN AT EACH OF THE SITE ENTRANCES AND EVERY 200' ALONG THE FENCE. 2. PROVIDE SITE DISCONNECT LOCATION PLACECARD AT EACH OF THE SITE ENTRANCES. MARK "YOU ARE HERE" AT EACH OF THE LOCATIONS ON THE MAP INV-1 LABEL #14 PLACE AT INVERTERS CB-1 LABEL #15 LABEL #16 PLACE AT DC COMBINER BOXES LABEL #17 PLACE AT SWITCHBOARDS LABEL #18 PLACE AT MAIN TRANSFORMERSXFMR T-1 MDP M-01 LABEL #19 PLACE AT PANELSPNL- P1 D-01 PLACE AT SYSTEM DISCONNECT x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x S1 ° 4 9 ' 2 6 " W 2 5 4 0 . 4 7 OH U OH U OH U OH U OHU OH U OH U OHU OHU OHU OHU OHU OHU OH U OH U OHU OH U OH U OH U OH U OHU OHU OHU OHU OH U OH U OHU OHU OHU OHU OHU OHU OHU OH U OH U OH U OH U OH U OH U OH U OHU OHU OHU OHU 9 7 0 9 7 5 9 8 0 9 8 5 9 9 0 995 995 99 5 600/480VXFMR HV UM V UM V UM V UM V E-5.00 CAUTION POWER TO THIS SITE IS SUPPLIED BY MULTIPLE SOURCES: DISCONNECT LOCATIONS ARE SHOWN BELOW SV CSG SCANDIA, LLC MAP OF PHOTOVOLTAIC POWER SOURCES DISCONNECTING MEANS SITE DISCONNECT LOCATION PLACECARD Level 2 Wetland Delineation Report SV CSG Scandia, LLC Washington County, Minnesota Prepared for: SV CSG Scandia, LLC 330 W. State Street Suite 1 Geneva, IL 60123 Prepared by: Area M Consulting, LLC Environmental Consultants 2023 Alameda Street Roseville, MN 55113 www.areamconsulting.com May 2023 AREAM 27 AREAM [Page Intentionally Left Blank] 28 AREAM I certify that, to the best of my knowledge, this wetland delineation and report were completed following current wetland standards as set forth by the USACE and BWSR. Findings in this report represent Area M’s best judgement based on conditions and information available at the time of the wetland delineation. _________________________________________________ Jonathan Knudsen, WDC, MS Principal Biologist/Wetland Specialist MN Certified Wetland Delineator 1307 29 SV CSG Scandia, LLC Level 2 Wetland Delineation May 2023 i AREAM TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................. 1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION .................................................................................................................... 1 OFF-SITE REVIEW .............................................................................................................................. 1 FIELD DELINEATION ......................................................................................................................... 2 RESULTS and RECOMMENDATIONS .............................................................................................. 3 REFERENCES ....................................................................................................................................... 6 TABLES Table 1. Study Area precipitation data. ................................................................................................ 3 APPENDICES Appendix A. Maps Appendix B: Soils Report - Hydric Rating by Soils Unit and Hydric Soil List – All components Appendix C: Field Photographs Appendix D: Wetland Data Forms 30 SV CSG Scandia, LLC Level 2 Wetland Delineation May 2023 1 AREAM INTRODUCTION Area M Consulting (Area M) conducted a wetland delineation for the SV CSG Scandia, LLC (Project) located within Washington County, Minnesota. The Area M biologist conducted a routine Level 2 Delineation, as defined by the Board of Water and Soil Resources (BWSR), within the entire Project boundaries following procedures and methods outlined by the United States Army Core of Engineers (USACE) Wetland Delineation Manual (USACE, 1987), Northcentral and Northeast Regional Supplement (USACE, 2012), and BWSR Guidance for Offsite Hydrology/Wetland Determinations (2016). This wetland delineation report is assembled to inform design and to assist the Client with meeting regulatory requirements necessary for permitting a community solar garden (CSG) in Washington County. PROJECT DESCRIPTION The Project will be located within PID: 1903220130001, which encompasses approximately 80.1 acres, located west of Scandia, MN in Section 19, T32N:R20W (Study Area) (Appendix A). The Study Area includes a rolling plateau with three distinct wetland/waterbody basins. A residence and associated driveway and lawn are present in the north-central portion of the Study Area. Open fields, typically cropped with corn/soybeans, are present in the eastern half and northwestern corner of the Study Area. The remainder of the Study Area is wooded, with birch (Betula papyrifera) and oak (Acer spp.) dominating the forest communities. A three-phase transmission line bisects the property from northeast to southwest. The surrounding landscape is a mosaic of farmland, wooded hillsides, lakes, and residential/commercial buildings associated with Forest Lake and Scandia. OFF-SITE REVIEW Prior to fieldwork, Area M conducted a comprehensive desktop review of data sources available within the public domain to identify the presence/absence and extent of wetlands that could occur within the Study Area. Areas with hydric signatures, suggesting potential wetland conditions, were evaluated in greater detail during the field investigation. The following data sources were reviewed; the analysis of each data set is discussed in greater detail later in this section.  Hydrologic soil data  Antecedent precipitation data  Mapped Wetlands/Waterbodies ▪U.S. Fish and Wildlife Services (USFWS) National Wetland Inventory (NWI) ▪MNDNR updated NWI ▪MNDNR Public Waters Inventory (PWI) ▪National Hydrography Dataset (NHD)  Elevation Data ▪MN Department of Natural Resources (MNDNR) Light Detection and Ranging (LiDAR) Data 31 SV CSG Scandia, LLC Level 2 Wetland Delineation May 2023 2 AREAM ▪ United States Geological Survey (USGS) topographic maps Mapped Wetland Data The NWI (USFWS, 2023), MN NWI update (MNDNR, 2023a), PWI (MNDNR, 2023b) and NHD data sets were reviewed for the presence of mapped wetlands and/or waterbodies within the Study Area. Three large wetlands/waterbodies from these datasets intersect the Study Area (Appendix A). Furthermore, a Minnesota Public Water from the PWI dataset is present in the west-central portion of the Study Area. The 100-Year FEMA flood plain extends eastward from the Public Water into the adjacent field. Soils The Web Soil Survey (NRCS, 2023) was accessed to summarize mapped soil types which occur within the Study Area. Soil units with hydric components are present within the basins where the NWI/PWI/NHD features are mapped (Appendix A). The full list of hydric soils components and attributes are listed in Appendix B. Topographic Data Elevation and topographic data from the USGS and MNDNR were reviewed within the Study Area to identify potential basins and depressional areas which could be indicative of wetlands. The Study Area includes a terrace with no clear aspect. Three clear depressional basins are present in the southern, southwestern, and western portion of the Study Area (Appendix A). The total topographic relief of the Study Area is approximately 10 feet. Off-site Summary Overall, the off-site review suggests three wetlands are present within the Study Area (Appendix A). The entire Study Area was investigated in greater detail during the field survey. FIELD DELINEATION Methodology Suspected wetlands identified during the off-site analysis were investigated in the field using routine on- site delineation methods in accordance with the USACE Wetlands Delineation Manual (USACE, 1987) and the Regional Supplement to the Corps of Engineers Wetland Delineation Manual: Northcentral and Northeast Region (Version 2.0) (USACE, 2010). This included the characterization of vegetation, soils, and hydrology on-site. Wetlands are defined by the USACE as “areas that are inundated or saturated by surface or groundwater at a frequency and duration sufficient to support, and under normal circumstances do support, a prevalence of vegetation typically adapted for life in saturated soil conditions.” For an area to be delineated as a regulated wetland, the vegetative, hydrologic, and soil characteristics must all be present and consistent with federal and state classification criteria. Transects were established in representative transition zones, perpendicular between suspected wetland and upland areas. Survey Points were recorded along each transect, moving from upland to wetland to identify the wetland boundary. Wetland criteria were evaluated at each Survey Point and a Wetland Determination Form – Northcentral and Northeast Region (Form) was completed. Additional Survey Points were collected within unique vegetation communities (if present) to document and characterize baseline hydrology, soils, 32 SV CSG Scandia, LLC Level 2 Wetland Delineation May 2023 3 AREAM and vegetation within the Study Area. Determination of wetland type was based on the classification system developed by Cowardin et al. (1979) and the USFWS Circular 39 system (Shaw & Fredine 1956). Plant communities were classified using Wetland Plants and Plant Communities of Minnesota and Wisconsin system (Eggers and Reed, 1997). The entire Study Area was surveyed in the field to confirm the absence of additional wetlands. Additionally, the Ordinary High Water Level (OHWL) of the Minnesota Public Water was mapped in field following standards presented by the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources (MNDNR) (Scherek and Yakel, 1993). The location and boundaries of wetland features identified by Area M during field surveys were recorded in the field using a Trimble Geoexplorer 6000 which typically achieves accuracy within 2 feet. A map depicting wetland boundaries, survey points, and transects is included in Appendix A. Representative photographs of the Study Area are included in Appendix C. Field Forms are included in Appendix D. Antecedent Precipitation Analysis Antecedent Precipitation conditions were evaluated using the NRCS Method for Evaluating Antecedent Moisture Conditions. Data from the Minnesota Climatology Working Group and Natural Resources Conservation Service. WETS Tables suggest moisture conditions were wetter than normal during the field survey on May 12, 2023 (Table 2). These conditions were taken into consideration when conducting the delineation. Table 1. Study Area precipitation data. Field Conditions Area M conducted the field delineation on May 12, 2023. Field conditions were wet. The temperature was approximately 60 degrees Fahrenheit and mostly cloudy with minimal wind. The farm fields were not yet cropped/plowed during the survey. Field Review Summary Based upon this routine Level 2 Wetland Delineation, it is the professional opinion of Area M that three large wetlands are present within the Study Area (Appendix A). Wetland 1: Type 2/Type 5 – Fresh Wet Meadow/Shallow Open Water – 9.9 Acres Wetland 1, a Minnesota Public Water and small wetland fringe, intersects the west-central portion of the Study Area. The total waterbody is approximately 12 acres, with 9.25 acres intersecting the Study Area. The waterbody, contained within a well-defined basin, consists of an open shallow water component with Value First Prior Month April Second Prior Month March Third Prior Month February estimated precipitation total for this location: 4.88 2.77 2.75 30% chance this location will have less than: 2.10 1.13 0.64 30% chance this location will have more than: 3.32 1.91 1.22 type of month Wet Wet wet monthly score 3 * 3 = 9 2 * 3 = 6 1 * 3 = 3 Multi-Month Score: 18 (Wet) 33 SV CSG Scandia, LLC Level 2 Wetland Delineation May 2023 4 AREAM a dense cattail (Typha angustifolio) fringe. The OHWL was identified in the field using vegetative evidence, as tree evidence and water-formed evidence were rare. Therefore, the OHWL was mapped by following the inundated/saturated monoculture of cattails before it transitioned into a reed canary grass (Phalaris arundinacea)-dominated community (see photos is Appendix C). The OHWL was mapped at approximately 698-699 feet elevation. Surrounding the Public Water is a Type 2 Fresh (Wet) Meadow, transitioning from a Type 5 Shallow Open Water community. At Sampling Point 1-1, within the Fresh (Wet) Meadow component of Wetland 1, the plant community was hydrophytic and dominated by reed canary grass and cattails (Typha angustifolia). Soils were hydric, with high muck and organic material components (A10). Soils were saturated to the surface in many areas and a water table was observed within 6 inches (A2, A3). Several secondary hydrology indicators were present, including Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9), FAC-Neutral Test (D5), and Geomorphic Position (D2). In the adjacent upland, at Sampling Point SP 1-2, soils were non- hydric and very distinct from those found in the basin. Wetland hydrology indicators were also not observed. The plant community in the upland was non-hydric and dominated by a thick Poa mat. Wetland 1 was mapped by following the slight to pronounced topographic transition between concave and convex landforms, coupled with the extent of reed canary grass dominance. The total wetland fringe surrounding the public water was approximately 6.5 acres within the Study Area Wetland 2: Type 2/Type 5/Type 8 – Fresh Wet Meadow/Shallow Open Water/Open Bog – 1.7 Acres Wetland 2, located in the southwestern corner of the Study Area, consists of an open bog surrounded by a shallow marsh and a very small wetland fringe. The entire system is contained within a well-defined basin, and lidar review indicates there are no defined inlets or outlets. At Sampling Point 2-1, within the Fresh (Wet) Meadow component of Wetland 2, the plant community was hydrophytic and dominated by sedge (Carex sp.) and reed canary grass. Soils were hydric, with muck, organic, and histic components (A1, A3, C7). Soils were saturated at 2 inches, with a water table observed at 6 inches (A2, A3). Several secondary hydrology indicators were present, including Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9), FAC-Neutral Test (D5), and Geomorphic Position (D2). In the adjacent upland, at Sampling Point SP 2-2, soils were non- hydric, sandy, and very distinct from those found in the basin. Wetland hydrology indicators were also not observed, and the steep basin had a clear distinction between wetland and upland. The plant community in the upland was hydric, and dominated by birch, oak (Acer rubrum), black currant (Ribes nigrum), buckthorn (Rhamnus cathartica), and Poa. Wetland 2 was mapped by following the very pronounced topographic transition between concave and convex landforms, and presence of soils saturation. Wetland 3: Type 2/Type 5 – Fresh Wet Meadow/Shallow Open Water/– 3.0 Acres Wetland 3, located in the southern portion of the Study Area, consists of a shallow marsh surrounded by a variable wetland fringe. Wetland 3 is contained within a defined basin, and lidar review indicates there are no defined inlets or outlets. At Sampling Point 3-1, within the Fresh (Wet) Meadow component of Wetland 3, the plant community was hydrophytic and dominated by reed canary grass and cattails. Soils were hydric, with high muck and organic material components (A10). Soils were saturated at 1 inch, with a water table observed within 8 inches (A2, A3). Several secondary hydrology indicators were present, including Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9), FAC-Neutral Test (D5), and Geomorphic Position (D2). In the adjacent upland, at Sampling Point SP 3-2, soils were non-hydric and very distinct from those found in the 34 SV CSG Scandia, LLC Level 2 Wetland Delineation May 2023 5 AREAM basin. Wetland hydrology indicators were also not observed. The plant community in the upland was non- hydric and dominated by a Poa and dandelions (Taraxacum officinale). Wetland 3 was mapped by following the slight to pronounced topographic transition between concave and convex landforms, coupled with the extent of reed canary grass dominance and presence of saturated soils. RESULTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Based upon this routine Level 2 Wetland Delineation, it is the professional opinion of Area M that the Study Area contains three features (Wetland 1, Wetland 2, and Wetland 3) that satisfy the criteria to be wetlands/waterbodies pursuant to the Army Corps of Engineers' 1987 Manual with subsequent clarification memoranda and pursuant to confirmation by the USACE (Appendix A). Activities impacting wetlands and waterways are regulated through both the Local Government Unit (LGU) and USACE, which administer the Wetland Conservation Act (WCA) and Clean Water Act (CWA), respectively. Furthermore, Wetland 1 is a Minnesota Public Water, administered by the MNDNR and subject to additional regulation, if impacted. The wetlands and wetland boundaries described within this report are described based on the conditions in the field at the time of the survey and subject to verification by state, federal, and local agencies, which have final authority over wetland presence, extent, and jurisdictional status. 35 SV CSG Scandia, LLC Level 2 Wetland Delineation May 2023 6 AREAM REFERENCES Board of Water and Soil Resources. 2010. Wetland Conservation Act: Choosing the Appropriate Method. BWSR Technical Guidance July 1, 2010. BWSR and USACE. 2016. Guidance for Offsite Hydrology/Wetland Determination. St. Paul District. Eggers, Steve D., and Donald M. Reed. 1997. Wetland plants and communities of Minnesota and Wisconsin. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, St. Paul District. Jamestown, ND: Environmental Laboratory. 1987. Corp of Engineers Wetlands Delineation Manual. Wetlands Research Program. Technical Report Y-87-1. Department of the Army, Waterways Experiment Station, US Army Corp of Engineers. Vicksburg, Mississippi, USA. Environmental Laboratory. 2012. Regional Supplement to the Corps of Engineers Wetland Delineation Manual: Northcentral and Northeast Region (Version 2.0). U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, U.S. Army Engineer Research and Development Center, Vicksburg, Mississippi, USA. Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS). 2016. Web Soil Survey. (United States Department of Agriculture) Retrieved from http://www.websoilsurvey.nrcs.usda.gov Minnesota Department of Natural Resources. 2019a. National Wetland Inventory Update: Wetlands online map viewer. Downloaded from: http://mndnr.maps.arcgis.com/apps/OnePane/basicviewer/index.html Minnesota Department of Natural Resources. 2019b. Public Waters Inventory Shapefiles. Downloaded from: https://gisdata.mn.gov/dataset/water-mn-public-waters Minnesota Department of Natural Resources (MNDNR). 2019c. MN State Climatology Website. MNDNR Ecological and Water Resources Division. State Climatology Office. Retrieved from: http://climate.umn.edu/gridded_data/precip/monthly/monthly_gridded_precip.asp Scherek, J. and G. Yakel. 1993. Guidelines for Ordinary High Water Level (OHWL) Determinations. Minnesota Department of Natural Resources. St. Paul, MN. United States Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS). 2019. National Wetland Inventory: Wetlands Online Mapper. Retrieved from http://www.fws.gov/wetlands/data/mapper.HTML 36 AREAM Appendix A: Maps 37 T33 R19W T33 R20WT33 R21W T32 R21W T32 R19W T32 R20W T31 R21W T31 R20W T31 R19W 1718171618151514161713141813 212019 2019222322212024242319 282930 27 29302726282925263025 3231 33 3234343231333635313536 6 5 4 3 5 632125461 7 8 9 10 11 12 7 8 11 12 7910 18 17 16 1415 13 18 181716141315 19 20 23 242122 19 20 21 22 23 24 19 30 2829 27 26 25 30 302925262827 31 3635323334 31 32 33 34 35 3136 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 61 7 10989 11101112 1287 7 18 1617 15 14 16 15 1413 13 181718 17 19 2322 2221 1920232124241920 2730 27 262629 30282825253029 Sources: Esri, HERE, Garmin, USGS, Intermap, INCREMENT P, NRCan, Esri Japan, METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), Esri Korea, Esri (Thailand), NGCC, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS Map 1. Location MapSV CSG Scandia, LLC ^_Project Location Study Area 1-Mile Buffer 5-Mile Buffer County Boundary Township Boundary Section Boundary ^_ Isanti Anoka Hennepin Chisago Wright Carver Washington Sherburne Dakota Ramsey Mille Lacs Scott PineKanabec Sources: Esri, Garmin, USGS, NPS Washington County, MN 78.2 Acres S11 T32N:R20W 45.251801 Lat -92.880373 Long ² 0 5,200 10,4002,600 Feet AREAM 1:100,000 38 Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, Map 2. 1:24,000 Topographic MapSV CSG Scandia, LLC Project Site 0.5-Mile Buffer Washington County, MN ² 0 1,250 2,500625Feet AREAM 1:24,000 39 A Source: Esri, Maxar, Earthstar Geographics, and the GIS User ² 0 230 460115Feet Map 3. Wetland Resources MapSV CSG Scandia, LLC NHD Flowline NHD Waterbody NWI PWI Flowlline PWI Waterbody Floodway 100-Year Floodplain Washington County, MN AREA M 40 9 8 8 986 9 9 2 9 9 0 9 7 2 974 9 8 0 9 8 2 9 7 6 984 994 978 996 9 7 0 96 8 96 6 9 9 8 9 7 2 9 8 0 99 2 99 0 99 4 98 2 984 97 2 980 98 4 99 4 99 4 9 7 0 992 9 6 8 994 9 8 4 9 8 4 978 978 980 98 2 970 974 9 7 8 976 976 97 6 988 9 9 2 9 6 8 96 6 990 9 8 2 98 6 9 8 8 996 9 7 4 99 2 97 8 980 9 8 8 9 7 4 9 7 8 984 98 8 98 4 9 9 0 978 976 980 982 992 990 984 9 8 2 976 990 990 99 0 990 97 2 9 9 2 9 9 0 9 7 0 99 6 984 9 8 8 9 8 2 982 9 8 6 994 986 99 6 982 98 4 9 8 0 97 8 976 99 4 974 9 8 4 9 6 8 9 7 0 992 98 2 998 976 988 99 6 9 8 6 984 992 9 7 4 9 7 2 970 99 6 986 996 996 972 9 8 0 98 4 990 980 982 994 9 7 8 98 8 974 982 994 990 97 6 9 7 2 9 8 0 9 9 4 9 9 2 99 4 996 Source: Esri, Maxar, Earthstar Geographics, and the GIS User ² 0 230 460115Feet Map 4. Lidar Map Study Area Contour Interval Index (10-ft) Intermediate (2-ft) High Low AREAM SV CSG Scandia, LLC Washington County, MN 41 Wetland 1 Wetland 2 Wetland 3 Source: Esri, Maxar, Earthstar Geographics, and the GIS User ² 0 200 400100Feet Map 6. Shoreland MapSV CSG Scandia, LLC Study Area OHWL Delineated Wetland Shoreland District (1000-ft OHWL Buffer)Washington County, 1:3,860 AREAM 42 AREAM Appendix B: Soils Report Hydric Rating by Soils Unit and Hydric Soil List – All components 43 Hydric Rating by Map Unit—Washington County, Minnesota (Lubke_Solar_Sunvest) Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 5/30/2023 Page 1 of 5 50 1 0 3 0 0 50 1 0 4 0 0 50 1 0 5 0 0 50 1 0 6 0 0 50 1 0 7 0 0 50 1 0 8 0 0 50 1 0 9 0 0 50 1 1 0 0 0 50 1 1 1 0 0 50 1 0 3 0 0 50 1 0 4 0 0 50 1 0 5 0 0 50 1 0 6 0 0 50 1 0 7 0 0 50 1 0 8 0 0 50 1 0 9 0 0 50 1 1 0 0 0 50 1 1 1 0 0 508900 509000 509100 509200 509300 509400 509500 508900 509000 509100 509200 509300 509400 509500 45° 15' 14'' N 92 ° 5 3 ' 1 2 ' ' W 45° 15' 14'' N 92 ° 5 2 ' 3 9 ' ' W 45° 14' 43'' N 92 ° 5 3 ' 1 2 ' ' W 45° 14' 43'' N 92 ° 5 2 ' 3 9 ' ' W N Map projection: Web Mercator Corner coordinates: WGS84 Edge tics: UTM Zone 15N WGS84 0 200 400 800 1200 Feet 0 50 100 200 300 Meters Map Scale: 1:4,630 if printed on A portrait (8.5" x 11") sheet. Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. 44 MAP LEGEND MAP INFORMATION Area of Interest (AOI) Area of Interest (AOI) Soils Soil Rating Polygons Hydric (100%) Hydric (66 to 99%) Hydric (33 to 65%) Hydric (1 to 32%) Not Hydric (0%) Not rated or not available Soil Rating Lines Hydric (100%) Hydric (66 to 99%) Hydric (33 to 65%) Hydric (1 to 32%) Not Hydric (0%) Not rated or not available Soil Rating Points Hydric (100%) Hydric (66 to 99%) Hydric (33 to 65%) Hydric (1 to 32%) Not Hydric (0%) Not rated or not available Water Features Streams and Canals Transportation Rails Interstate Highways US Routes Major Roads Local Roads Background Aerial Photography The soil surveys that comprise your AOI were mapped at 1:15,800. Warning: Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. Enlargement of maps beyond the scale of mapping can cause misunderstanding of the detail of mapping and accuracy of soil line placement. The maps do not show the small areas of contrasting soils that could have been shown at a more detailed scale. Please rely on the bar scale on each map sheet for map measurements. Source of Map: Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey URL: Coordinate System: Web Mercator (EPSG:3857) Maps from the Web Soil Survey are based on the Web Mercator projection, which preserves direction and shape but distorts distance and area. A projection that preserves area, such as the Albers equal-area conic projection, should be used if more accurate calculations of distance or area are required. This product is generated from the USDA-NRCS certified data as of the version date(s) listed below. Soil Survey Area: Washington County, Minnesota Survey Area Data: Version 18, Sep 6, 2022 Soil map units are labeled (as space allows) for map scales 1:50,000 or larger. Date(s) aerial images were photographed: Jul 30, 2022—Sep 1, 2022 The orthophoto or other base map on which the soil lines were compiled and digitized probably differs from the background imagery displayed on these maps. As a result, some minor shifting of map unit boundaries may be evident. Hydric Rating by Map Unit—Washington County, Minnesota (Lubke_Solar_Sunvest) Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 5/30/2023 Page 2 of 5 45 Hydric Rating by Map Unit Map unit symbol Map unit name Rating Acres in AOI Percent of AOI 12D Emmert gravelly loamy coarse sand, 15 to 25 percent slopes 0 13.7 17.5% 155B Chetek sandy loam, 1 to 6 percent slopes 0 28.0 35.8% 155C Chetek sandy loam, 6 to 12 percent slopes 0 14.0 17.9% 302B Rosholt sandy loam, 2 to 6 percent slopes 0 10.5 13.5% 541 Rifle muck 100 1.5 1.9% 1055 Aquolls and Histosols, ponded 100 10.5 13.4% Totals for Area of Interest 78.3 100.0% Hydric Rating by Map Unit—Washington County, Minnesota Lubke_Solar_Sunvest Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 5/30/2023 Page 3 of 5 46 Description This rating indicates the percentage of map units that meets the criteria for hydric soils. Map units are composed of one or more map unit components or soil types, each of which is rated as hydric soil or not hydric. Map units that are made up dominantly of hydric soils may have small areas of minor nonhydric components in the higher positions on the landform, and map units that are made up dominantly of nonhydric soils may have small areas of minor hydric components in the lower positions on the landform. Each map unit is rated based on its respective components and the percentage of each component within the map unit. The thematic map is color coded based on the composition of hydric components. The five color classes are separated as 100 percent hydric components, 66 to 99 percent hydric components, 33 to 65 percent hydric components, 1 to 32 percent hydric components, and less than one percent hydric components. In Web Soil Survey, the Summary by Map Unit table that is displayed below the map pane contains a column named 'Rating'. In this column the percentage of each map unit that is classified as hydric is displayed. Hydric soils are defined by the National Technical Committee for Hydric Soils (NTCHS) as soils that formed under conditions of saturation, flooding, or ponding long enough during the growing season to develop anaerobic conditions in the upper part (Federal Register, 1994). Under natural conditions, these soils are either saturated or inundated long enough during the growing season to support the growth and reproduction of hydrophytic vegetation. The NTCHS definition identifies general soil properties that are associated with wetness. In order to determine whether a specific soil is a hydric soil or nonhydric soil, however, more specific information, such as information about the depth and duration of the water table, is needed. Thus, criteria that identify those estimated soil properties unique to hydric soils have been established (Federal Register, 2002). These criteria are used to identify map unit components that normally are associated with wetlands. The criteria used are selected estimated soil properties that are described in "Soil Taxonomy" (Soil Survey Staff, 1999) and "Keys to Soil Taxonomy" (Soil Survey Staff, 2006) and in the "Soil Survey Manual" (Soil Survey Division Staff, 1993). If soils are wet enough for a long enough period of time to be considered hydric, they should exhibit certain properties that can be easily observed in the field. These visible properties are indicators of hydric soils. The indicators used to make onsite determinations of hydric soils are specified in "Field Indicators of Hydric Soils in the United States" (Hurt and Vasilas, 2006). References: Federal Register. July 13, 1994. Changes in hydric soils of the United States. Federal Register. September 18, 2002. Hydric soils of the United States. Hydric Rating by Map Unit—Washington County, Minnesota Lubke_Solar_Sunvest Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 5/30/2023 Page 4 of 5 47 Hurt, G.W., and L.M. Vasilas, editors. Version 6.0, 2006. Field indicators of hydric soils in the United States. Soil Survey Division Staff. 1993. Soil survey manual. Soil Conservation Service. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 18. Soil Survey Staff. 1999. Soil taxonomy: A basic system of soil classification for making and interpreting soil surveys. 2nd edition. Natural Resources Conservation Service. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 436. Soil Survey Staff. 2006. Keys to soil taxonomy. 10th edition. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. Rating Options Aggregation Method: Percent Present Component Percent Cutoff: None Specified Tie-break Rule: Lower Hydric Rating by Map Unit—Washington County, Minnesota Lubke_Solar_Sunvest Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 5/30/2023 Page 5 of 5 48 Hydric Soil List - All Components This table lists the map unit components and their hydric status in the survey area. This list can help in planning land uses; however, onsite investigation is recommended to determine the hydric soils on a specific site (National Research Council, 1995; Hurt and others, 2002). The three essential characteristics of wetlands are hydrophytic vegetation, hydric soils, and wetland hydrology (Cowardin and others, 1979; U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, 1987; National Research Council, 1995; Tiner, 1985). Criteria for all of the characteristics must be met for areas to be identified as wetlands. Undrained hydric soils that have natural vegetation should support a dominant population of ecological wetland plant species. Hydric soils that have been converted to other uses should be capable of being restored to wetlands. Hydric soils are defined by the National Technical Committee for Hydric Soils (NTCHS) as soils that formed under conditions of saturation, flooding, or ponding long enough during the growing season to develop anaerobic conditions in the upper part (Federal Register, 1994). These soils, under natural conditions, are either saturated or inundated long enough during the growing season to support the growth and reproduction of hydrophytic vegetation. The NTCHS definition identifies general soil properties that are associated with wetness. In order to determine whether a specific soil is a hydric soil or nonhydric soil, however, more specific information, such as information about the depth and duration of the water table, is needed. Thus, criteria that identify those estimated soil properties unique to hydric soils have been established (Federal Register, 2002). These criteria are used to identify map unit components that normally are associated with wetlands. The criteria used are selected estimated soil properties that are described in "Soil Taxonomy" (Soil Survey Staff, 1999) and "Keys to Soil Taxonomy" (Soil Survey Staff, 2006) and in the "Soil Survey Manual" (Soil Survey Division Staff, 1993). If soils are wet enough for a long enough period of time to be considered hydric, they should exhibit certain properties that can be easily observed in the field. These visible properties are indicators of hydric soils. The indicators used to make onsite determinations of hydric soils are specified in "Field Indicators of Hydric Soils in the United States" (Hurt and Vasilas, 2006). Hydric soils are identified by examining and describing the soil to a depth of about 20 inches. This depth may be greater if determination of an appropriate indicator so requires. It is always recommended that soils be excavated and described to the depth necessary for an understanding of the redoximorphic processes. Then, using the completed soil descriptions, soil scientists can compare the soil features required by each indicator and specify which indicators have been matched with the conditions observed in the soil. The soil can be identified as a hydric soil if at least one of the approved indicators is present. Map units that are dominantly made up of hydric soils may have small areas, or inclusions, of nonhydric soils in the higher positions on the landform, and map units dominantly made up of nonhydric soils may have inclusions of hydric soils in the lower positions on the landform. The criteria for hydric soils are represented by codes in the table (for example, 2). Definitions for the codes are as follows: Hydric Soil List - All Components---Washington County, Minnesota Lubke_Solar_Sunvest Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 5/30/2023 Page 1 of 3 49 1.All Histels except for Folistels, and Histosols except for Folists. 2.Soils in Aquic suborders, great groups, or subgroups, Albolls suborder, Historthels great group, Histoturbels great group, Pachic subgroups, or Cumulic subgroups that: A.Based on the range of characteristics for the soil series, will at least in part meet one or more Field Indicators of Hydric Soils in the United States, or B.Show evidence that the soil meets the definition of a hydric soil; 3.Soils that are frequently ponded for long or very long duration during the growing season. A.Based on the range of characteristics for the soil series, will at least in part meet one or more Field Indicators of Hydric Soils in the United States, or B.Show evidence that the soil meets the definition of a hydric soil; 4.Map unit components that are frequently flooded for long duration or very long duration during the growing season that: A.Based on the range of characteristics for the soil series, will at least in part meet one or more Field Indicators of Hydric Soils in the United States, or B.Show evidence that the soil meets the definition of a hydric soil; Hydric Condition: Food Security Act information regarding the ability to grow a commodity crop without removing woody vegetation or manipulating hydrology. References: Federal Register. July 13, 1994. Changes in hydric soils of the United States. Federal Register. Doc. 2012-4733 Filed 2-28-12. February, 28, 2012. Hydric soils of the United States. Soil Survey Division Staff. 1993. Soil survey manual. Soil Conservation Service. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 18. Soil Survey Staff. 1999. Soil taxonomy: A basic system of soil classification for making and interpreting soil surveys. 2nd edition. Natural Resources Conservation Service. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 436. Soil Survey Staff. 2010. Keys to soil taxonomy. 11th edition. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. Vasilas, L.M., G.W. Hurt, and C.V. Noble, editors. Version 7.0, 2010. Field indicators of hydric soils in the United States. Hydric Soil List - All Components---Washington County, Minnesota Lubke_Solar_Sunvest Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 5/30/2023 Page 2 of 3 50 Report—Hydric Soil List - All Components Hydric Soil List - All Components–MN163-Washington County, Minnesota Map symbol and map unit name Component/Local Phase Comp. pct. Landform Hydric status Hydric criteria met (code) 12D: Emmert gravelly loamy coarse sand, 15 to 25 percent slopes Emmert 90 Pitted outwash plains No — Kingsley 5 —No — Chetek 5 —No — 155B: Chetek sandy loam, 1 to 6 percent slopes Chetek 80-100 Outwash plains,terraces No — Rosholt 0-10 Outwash plains,terraces No — Mahtomedi 0-5 Outwash plains,terraces No — Scott Lake 0-5 Outwash plains,terraces No — 155C: Chetek sandy loam, 6 to 12 percent slopes Chetek 80-100 Outwash plains,terraces No — Mahtomedi 0-10 Outwash plains,terraces No — Rosholt 0-10 Outwash plains,terraces No — 302B: Rosholt sandy loam, 2 to 6 percent slopes Rosholt 70-100 Terraces,hillslopes,flat s No — Scott Lake 0-15 Hillslopes,flats,terrace s No — Antigo 0-10 Flats,terraces,hillslope s No — Chetek 0-5 Flats,hillslopes,terrace s No — Cress 0-5 Flats,terraces,hillslope s No — 541: Rifle muck Rifle 85 Depressions Yes 1,3 Cathro 8 Depressions Yes 1,3 Markey 7 Depressions Yes 1,3 1055: Aquolls and Histosols, ponded Aquolls-Ponded 55 Depressions on moraines Yes 2,3 Histosols-Ponded 45 Depressions on moraines Yes 1,3 Data Source Information Soil Survey Area: Washington County, Minnesota Survey Area Data: Version 18, Sep 6, 2022 Hydric Soil List - All Components---Washington County, Minnesota Lubke_Solar_Sunvest Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 5/30/2023 Page 3 of 3 51 AREAM Appendix C: Field Photographs 52 AREAM General upland Project landscape viewed to the south from the southcentral portion of the Study Area General upland forest landscape viewed to the east from the southwestern portion of the Study Area 53 AREAM Wetland 1, viewed to the west from the center of the Study Area OHWM of Wetland 1 (red line), viewed to the southwest from the eastern extent of the feature v 54 AREAM Wetland 2, viewed to the south from the south-central portion of the Study Area Wetland 3, viewed to the west from the southwestern portion of the Study Area 55 AREAM Appendix D: Wetland Data Sheets 56 Project/Site: Applicant/Owner:State: Investigator(s): Landform (hillside, terrace, etc.): Slope (%):Lat: Soil Map Unit Name: X Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology Are “Normal Circumstances” present?Yes X No Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Yes X Yes X Yes X Yes X ) 1. 2.(A) 3. 4.(B) 5. (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum 1. 2. 3.x 1 = 4.x 2 = 5.x 3 = x 4 = x 5 = 1.Column Totals:(A)(B) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.X 7.X 8.4 - Morphological Adaptations1 (Provide supporting 9. 10. Woody Vine Stratum 1. 2. Yes X WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM – Northcentral and Northeast SV CSG Scandia, LLC Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: Dominance Test worksheet: No No No VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? basin - fringe 2 - Dominance Test is >50% Yes 0 =Total Cover 1 - Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation 0 2.00Prevalence Index = B/A = 0 Multiply by: 140 (Plot size: 0 70 Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation1 (Explain) OBL species FACW species FAC species Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 0 140 0 70FACW FACW Typha angustifolio 40 Herb Stratum 5ft(Plot size: Phalaris arundinacea 10Hydrophyllum virginianum FACW ) Type 2 wetland fringe extending out from PWI Basin. Remarks: (Include photo numbers here or on a separate sheet.) =Total Cover Yes 0 Indicator Status Dominant Species? City/County:Washington Sampling Date:5/12/2023 Sunvest MN SP 1-1Sampling Point: SP on fringe of wetland, beyond area with standing water. Antecedent precipitation was much higher than normal during the survey. -92.882286 NAD 83 Concave J Knudsen S19 32N, 20WSection, Township, Range: Local relief (concave, convex, none): 1 Long:45.250149 Datum: Remarks: 1055 - Aquolls and histosols, ponded PEM/PWI/NHDNWI classification: Yes NoAre climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?(If no, explain in Remarks.) naturally problematic?(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) significantly disturbed? UPL species (Plot size:Tree Stratum 30ft Absolute % Cover Total % Cover of: 15ft ) 70 Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?No Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: No 0 Prevalence Index worksheet: 2 2 100.0% Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 1Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 3 - Prevalence Index is ≤3.01 FACU species =Total Cover (Plot size:30ft ) =Total Cover No 20 US Army Corps of Engineers 57 Sampling Point: %%Type1 Loc2 100 100 X Type: Depth (inches):Hydric Soil Present?Yes No Primary Indicators (minimum of one is required; check all that apply) X X X X X Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Surface Water Present?Yes X Water Table Present?Yes X Saturation Present?Yes X Wetland Hydrology Present?Yes X No Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Redox FeaturesDepth (inches)Color (moist) 10YR 3/1 10YR 2/1 Muck Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Histic Epipedon (A2) Black Histic (A3)Stripped Matrix (S6) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) Dark Surface (S7) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and Matrix Texture Remarks 6-8 Color (moist) Histosol (A1) 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, MS=Masked Sand Grains.2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Hydric Soil Indicators:Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: Coast Prairie Redox (A16) Iron-Manganese Masses (F12) Red Parent Material (F21) Very Shallow Dark Surface (F22) Other (Explain in Remarks) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Sandy Redox (S5) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Stratified Layers (A5) 2 cm Muck (A10) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Depleted Matrix (F3) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Redox Depressions (F8) Surface Water (A1) High Water Table (A2) Saturation (A3) Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Secondary Indicators (minimum of two required) unless disturbed or problematic. wetland hydrology must be present, Muck - hitting roots Greasy - some sand 0-6 Muck 6 5 cm Mucky Peat or Peat (S3) Greasy, saturated Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: HYDROLOGY Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Aquatic Fauna (B13) True Aquatic Plants (B14) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Oxidized Rhizospheres on Living Roots (C3) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Thin Muck Surface (C7) Gauge or Well Data (D9) Other (Explain in Remarks) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Drainage Patterns (B10) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) Remarks: SP 1-1SOIL Restrictive Layer (if observed): Remarks: Saturated soils Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Crayfish Burrows (C8) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Sediment Deposits (B2) Drift Deposits (B3) Water Marks (B1) Iron Deposits (B5) Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) (includes capillary fringe) Geomorphic Position (D2) 0 No No No Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Field Observations: US Army Corps of Engineers X 58 Project/Site: Applicant/Owner:State: Investigator(s): Landform (hillside, terrace, etc.): Slope (%):Lat: Soil Map Unit Name: X Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology Are “Normal Circumstances” present?Yes X No Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Yes X Yes X Yes X Yes X ) 1. 2.(A) 3. 4.(B) 5. (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum 1. 2. 3.x 1 = 4.x 2 = 5.x 3 = x 4 = x 5 = 1.Column Totals:(A)(B) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.4 - Morphological Adaptations1 (Provide supporting 9. 10. Woody Vine Stratum 1. 2. Yes X =Total Cover (Plot size:30ft ) =Total Cover No 10 80 Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?No Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: No 70 Prevalence Index worksheet: 0 1 0.0% Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 1Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 3 - Prevalence Index is ≤3.01 FACU species UPL species (Plot size:Tree Stratum 30ft Absolute % Cover Total % Cover of: 15ft ) NWI classification: Yes NoAre climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?(If no, explain in Remarks.) naturally problematic?(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) significantly disturbed? City/County:Washington Sunvest MN Sampling Date: 5/12/2023 Sampling Point: SP 1-2 SP raised bank, beyond cattail/RCG fringe. Antecedent precipitation was much higher than normal during the survey. -92.882195 NAD 83 None J Knudsen S19 32N, 20WSection, Township, Range: Local relief (concave, convex, none): 3 Long:45.25250162 Datum: Remarks: 1055 - Aquolls and histosols, ponded PEM/PWI/NHD linear to convex berm/bank with poa grasses Remarks: (Include photo numbers here or on a separate sheet.) =Total Cover Yes 0 Indicator Status Dominant Species? (Plot size: Taraxacum officinale 10Phalaris arundinacea FACW ) FACU FACU Poa pratensis 60 Herb Stratum 5ft Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation1 (Explain) OBL species FACW species FAC species Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 0 300 0 80 Bank 2 - Dominance Test is >50% No 0 =Total Cover 1 - Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation 280 3.75Prevalence Index = B/A = 0 Multiply by: 20 (Plot size: 0 10 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM – Northcentral and Northeast Region SV CSG Scandia, LLC Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: Dominance Test worksheet: No No No VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? US Army Corps of Engineers 59 Sampling Point: %%Type1 Loc2 100 100 Type: Depth (inches):Hydric Soil Present?Yes No X Primary Indicators (minimum of one is required; check all that apply) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Surface Water Present?Yes X Water Table Present?Yes X Saturation Present?Yes X Wetland Hydrology Present?Yes No X Geomorphic Position (D2) No No No Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Field Observations: SP 1-3SOIL Restrictive Layer (if observed): Remarks: Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Crayfish Burrows (C8) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Sediment Deposits (B2) Drift Deposits (B3) Water Marks (B1) Iron Deposits (B5) Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) (includes capillary fringe) 5 cm Mucky Peat or Peat (S3) Very distinct from wetalnd Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: HYDROLOGY Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Aquatic Fauna (B13) True Aquatic Plants (B14) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Oxidized Rhizospheres on Living Roots (C3) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Thin Muck Surface (C7) Gauge or Well Data (D9) Other (Explain in Remarks) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Drainage Patterns (B10) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) Remarks: Surface Water (A1) High Water Table (A2) Saturation (A3) Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Secondary Indicators (minimum of two required) unless disturbed or problematic. wetland hydrology must be present, some sand Sandier, some rocks 0-12 Loamy/Clayey 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, MS=Masked Sand Grains.2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Hydric Soil Indicators:Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: Coast Prairie Redox (A16) Iron-Manganese Masses (F12) Red Parent Material (F21) Very Shallow Dark Surface (F22) Other (Explain in Remarks) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Sandy Redox (S5) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Stratified Layers (A5) 2 cm Muck (A10) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Depleted Matrix (F3) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Redox Depressions (F8) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and Matrix Texture Remarks 12-20 Color (moist) Histosol (A1) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Histic Epipedon (A2) Black Histic (A3)Stripped Matrix (S6) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) Dark Surface (S7) Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Redox FeaturesDepth (inches)Color (moist) 10YR 4/4 10YR 3/3 Loamy/Clayey US Army Corps of Engineers 60 Project/Site: Applicant/Owner:State: Investigator(s): Landform (hillside, terrace, etc.): Slope (%):Lat: Soil Map Unit Name: X Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology Are “Normal Circumstances” present?Yes X No Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Yes X Yes X Yes X Yes X ) 1. 2.(A) 3. 4.(B) 5. (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum 1. 2. 3.x 1 = 4.x 2 = 5.x 3 = x 4 = x 5 = 1.Column Totals:(A)(B) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.X 7.X 8.4 - Morphological Adaptations1 (Provide supporting 9. 10. Woody Vine Stratum 1. 2. Yes X =Total Cover (Plot size:30ft ) =Total Cover 10 60 Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?No Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: No 15 Prevalence Index worksheet: 3 5 60.0% Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 1Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 3 - Prevalence Index is ≤3.01 FACU species UPL species Yes FACU (Plot size: 10 Tree Stratum Yes 30ft 10 Absolute % Cover FAC Total % Cover of: 15ft ) NWI classification: Yes NoAre climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?(If no, explain in Remarks.) naturally problematic?(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) significantly disturbed? City/County:Washington Sampling Date:5/12/2023 Sunvest MN SP 1-3Sampling Point: SP on small, forested edge of Wetland 1. Antecedent precipitation was much higher than normal during the survey. -92.884535 NAD 83 Concave J Knudsen S19 32N, 20WSection, Township, Range: Local relief (concave, convex, none): 1 Long:45.249207 Datum: Remarks: 1055 - Aquolls and histosols, ponded PEM/PWI/NHD Type 2 wetland fringe extending out from PWI Basin. Remarks: (Include photo numbers here or on a separate sheet.) =Total Cover Yes 20 Indicator Status Dominant Species? (Plot size: FAC 5 Phryma leptostachya Rhamnus cathartica ) FACW UPL Yes Typha angustifolio 50 15 Herb Stratum 5ft Yes 10 Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation1 (Explain) OBL species FACW species FAC species Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 50 270 10 95 basin - forested 2 - Dominance Test is >50% No 60 =Total Cover 1 - Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation 60 2.84Prevalence Index = B/A = 0 Multiply by: 100 (Plot size: Prunus virginiana 20 0 FACU 50 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM – Northcentral and Northeast Region SV CSG Scandia, LLC Betula papyrifera Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: Dominance Test worksheet: No No No VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Acer rubrum Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? US Army Corps of Engineers 61 Sampling Point: %%Type1 Loc2 100 100 X Type: Depth (inches):Hydric Soil Present?Yes No Primary Indicators (minimum of one is required; check all that apply) X X X X Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Surface Water Present?Yes X Water Table Present?Yes X Saturation Present?Yes X Wetland Hydrology Present?Yes X No Geomorphic Position (D2) 4 No No No Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Field Observations: SP 1-3SOIL Restrictive Layer (if observed): Remarks: flowign water Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Crayfish Burrows (C8) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Sediment Deposits (B2) Drift Deposits (B3) Water Marks (B1) Iron Deposits (B5) Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) (includes capillary fringe) 10 5 cm Mucky Peat or Peat (S3) Greasy, saturated Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: HYDROLOGY Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Aquatic Fauna (B13) True Aquatic Plants (B14) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Oxidized Rhizospheres on Living Roots (C3) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Thin Muck Surface (C7) Gauge or Well Data (D9) Other (Explain in Remarks) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Drainage Patterns (B10) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) Remarks: Surface Water (A1) High Water Table (A2) Saturation (A3) Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Secondary Indicators (minimum of two required) unless disturbed or problematic. wetland hydrology must be present, Muck - hitting roots Some sand component 0-4 Muck 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, MS=Masked Sand Grains.2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Hydric Soil Indicators:Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: Coast Prairie Redox (A16) Iron-Manganese Masses (F12) Red Parent Material (F21) Very Shallow Dark Surface (F22) Other (Explain in Remarks) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Sandy Redox (S5) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Stratified Layers (A5) 2 cm Muck (A10) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Depleted Matrix (F3) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Redox Depressions (F8) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and Matrix Texture Remarks 4-6 Color (moist) Histosol (A1) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Histic Epipedon (A2) Black Histic (A3)Stripped Matrix (S6) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) Dark Surface (S7) Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Redox FeaturesDepth (inches)Color (moist) 10YR 3/1 10YR 2/1 Muck US Army Corps of Engineers X 62 Project/Site: Applicant/Owner:State: Investigator(s): Landform (hillside, terrace, etc.): Slope (%):Lat: Soil Map Unit Name: X Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology Are “Normal Circumstances” present?Yes X No Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Yes X Yes X Yes X Yes X ) 1. 2.(A) 3. 4.(B) 5. (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum 1. 2. 3.x 1 = 4.x 2 = 5.x 3 = x 4 = x 5 = 1.Column Totals:(A)(B) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.X 7.X 8.4 - Morphological Adaptations1 (Provide supporting 9. 10. Woody Vine Stratum 1. 2. Yes X =Total Cover (Plot size:30ft ) =Total Cover 20 50 Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?No Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: No 0 Prevalence Index worksheet: 2 2 100.0% Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 1Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 3 - Prevalence Index is ≤3.01 FACU species UPL species (Plot size:Tree Stratum 30ft Absolute % Cover Total % Cover of: 15ft ) NWI classification: Yes NoAre climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?(If no, explain in Remarks.) naturally problematic?(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) significantly disturbed? City/County:Washington Sampling Date:5/12/2023 Sunvest MN SP 2-1Sampling Point: SP on fringe of wetland, within pronounced basin. Bog. Antecedent precipitation was much higher than normal during the survey. -92.884103 NAD 83 Concave J Knudsen S19 32N, 20WSection, Township, Range: Local relief (concave, convex, none): 1 Long:45.247507 Datum: Remarks: 541 - Rifle muck Type 2 wetland fringe Remarks: (Include photo numbers here or on a separate sheet.) =Total Cover Yes 0 Indicator Status Dominant Species? (Plot size: Carex sp. ) FACW FACW Typha angustifolio 30 Herb Stratum 5ft Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation1 (Explain) OBL species FACW species FAC species Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 0 100 0 50 basin 2 - Dominance Test is >50% Yes 0 =Total Cover 1 - Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation 0 2.00Prevalence Index = B/A = 0 Multiply by: 100 (Plot size: 0 50 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM – Northcentral and Northeast Region SV CSG Scandia, LLC Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: Dominance Test worksheet: No No No VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? US Army Corps of Engineers NWI 63 Sampling Point: %%Type1 Loc2 100 100 100 X X Type: Depth (inches):Hydric Soil Present?Yes No Primary Indicators (minimum of one is required; check all that apply) X X X X X X Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Surface Water Present?Yes X Water Table Present?Yes X Saturation Present?Yes X Wetland Hydrology Present?Yes X No Geomorphic Position (D2) 2 No No No Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Field Observations: SP 2-1SOIL Restrictive Layer (if observed): Remarks: Saturated soils - spaghnum bog Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Crayfish Burrows (C8) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Sediment Deposits (B2) Drift Deposits (B3) Water Marks (B1) Iron Deposits (B5) Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) (includes capillary fringe) 5 5 cm Mucky Peat or Peat (S3) Histosols and peat Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: HYDROLOGY Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Aquatic Fauna (B13) True Aquatic Plants (B14) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Oxidized Rhizospheres on Living Roots (C3) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Thin Muck Surface (C7) Gauge or Well Data (D9) Other (Explain in Remarks) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Drainage Patterns (B10) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) Remarks: Surface Water (A1) High Water Table (A2) Saturation (A3) Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Secondary Indicators (minimum of two required) unless disturbed or problematic. wetland hydrology must be present, Dark greasy Peat Mucky peat. Sand 0-1 Muck 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, MS=Masked Sand Grains.2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Hydric Soil Indicators:Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: Coast Prairie Redox (A16) Iron-Manganese Masses (F12) Red Parent Material (F21) Very Shallow Dark Surface (F22) Other (Explain in Remarks) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Sandy Redox (S5) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Stratified Layers (A5) 2 cm Muck (A10) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Depleted Matrix (F3) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Redox Depressions (F8) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and Matrix Texture Remarks 1-4 Color (moist) Histosol (A1) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Histic Epipedon (A2) Black Histic (A3)Stripped Matrix (S6) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) Dark Surface (S7) 4-10 10YR 2/1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Redox FeaturesDepth (inches)Color (moist) 10YR 5/4 10YR 2/1 Peat Mucky Peat US Army Corps of Engineers X 64 Project/Site: Applicant/Owner:State: Investigator(s): Landform (hillside, terrace, etc.): Slope (%):Lat: Soil Map Unit Name: X Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology Are “Normal Circumstances” present?Yes X No Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Yes X Yes X Yes X Yes X ) 1. 2.(A) 3. 4.(B) 5. (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum 1. 2. 3.x 1 = 4.x 2 = 5.x 3 = x 4 = x 5 = 1.Column Totals:(A)(B) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.X 7. 8.4 - Morphological Adaptations1 (Provide supporting 9. 10. Woody Vine Stratum 1. 2. Yes X WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM – Northcentral and Northeast Region SV CSG Scandia, LLC Acer rubrum Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: Dominance Test worksheet: No No No VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Betula papyrifera Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? Slope 2 - Dominance Test is >50% No 120 =Total Cover 1 - Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation 108 3.70Prevalence Index = B/A = 0 Multiply by: 0 (Plot size: Rhamnus cathartica 35 0 FAC 0 15 Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation1 (Explain) OBL species FACW species FAC species Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 75 303 15 82FAC FACU Yes Poa sp. 25 20 Herb Stratum 5ft Yes (Plot size: UPL 5 Anemone quinquefolia Ribes nigrum ) Mostly FAC Remarks: (Include photo numbers here or on a separate sheet.) =Total Cover Yes 40 Indicator Status Dominant Species? City/County:Washington Sampling Date:5/12/2023 Sunvest MN SP 2-2Sampling Point: SP on slope of bank - very pronounced basin and short transitions area. Antecedent precipitation was much higher than normal during the survey. -92.883963 NAD 83 Convex J Knudsen S19 32N, 20WSection, Township, Range: Local relief (concave, convex, none): 5 Long:45.247555 Datum: Remarks: 12D - Emmert gravelly loamy coars sand, 15-25 percent slopes NoneNWI classification: Yes NoAre climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?(If no, explain in Remarks.) naturally problematic?(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) significantly disturbed? UPL species Yes FAC (Plot size: 25 Tree Stratum Yes 30ft 10 Absolute % Cover FACU Total % Cover of: 15ft ) 27 Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?No Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: No 27 Prevalence Index worksheet: 3 5 60.0% Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 1Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 3 - Prevalence Index is ≤3.01 FACU species =Total Cover (Plot size:30ft ) =Total Cover 2 US Army Corps of Engineers 65 Sampling Point: %%Type1 Loc2 100 100 100 Type: Depth (inches):Hydric Soil Present?Yes No X Primary Indicators (minimum of one is required; check all that apply) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Surface Water Present?Yes X Water Table Present?Yes X Saturation Present?Yes X Wetland Hydrology Present?Yes No X 10-18 10YR 4/4 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Redox FeaturesDepth (inches)Color (moist) 10YR 5/3 10YR 3/1 Sandy Sandy Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Histic Epipedon (A2) Black Histic (A3)Stripped Matrix (S6) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) Dark Surface (S7) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and Matrix Texture Remarks 3-10 Color (moist) Histosol (A1) 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, MS=Masked Sand Grains.2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Hydric Soil Indicators:Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: Coast Prairie Redox (A16) Iron-Manganese Masses (F12) Red Parent Material (F21) Very Shallow Dark Surface (F22) Other (Explain in Remarks) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Sandy Redox (S5) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Stratified Layers (A5) 2 cm Muck (A10) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Depleted Matrix (F3) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Redox Depressions (F8) Surface Water (A1) High Water Table (A2) Saturation (A3) Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Secondary Indicators (minimum of two required) unless disturbed or problematic. wetland hydrology must be present, Brown sand, some organics Lighter brown, dry larger sand, some wetness 0-3 Sandy 5 cm Mucky Peat or Peat (S3) Histosols and peat Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: HYDROLOGY Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Aquatic Fauna (B13) True Aquatic Plants (B14) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Oxidized Rhizospheres on Living Roots (C3) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Thin Muck Surface (C7) Gauge or Well Data (D9) Other (Explain in Remarks) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Drainage Patterns (B10) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) Remarks: SP 2-2SOIL Restrictive Layer (if observed): Remarks: dry Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Crayfish Burrows (C8) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Sediment Deposits (B2) Drift Deposits (B3) Water Marks (B1) Iron Deposits (B5) Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) (includes capillary fringe) Geomorphic Position (D2) No No No Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Field Observations: US Army Corps of Engineers 66 Project/Site: Applicant/Owner:State: Investigator(s): Landform (hillside, terrace, etc.): Slope (%):Lat: Soil Map Unit Name: X Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology Are “Normal Circumstances” present?Yes X No Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Yes X Yes X Yes X Yes X ) 1. 2.(A) 3. 4.(B) 5. (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum 1. 2. 3.x 1 = 4.x 2 = 5.x 3 = x 4 = x 5 = 1.Column Totals:(A)(B) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.X 7.X 8.4 - Morphological Adaptations1 (Provide supporting 9. 10. Woody Vine Stratum 1. 2. Yes X =Total Cover (Plot size:30ft ) =Total Cover 20 80 Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?No Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: No 0 Prevalence Index worksheet: 2 2 100.0% Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 1Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 3 - Prevalence Index is ≤3.01 FACU species UPL species (Plot size:Tree Stratum 30ft Absolute % Cover Total % Cover of: 15ft ) NWI classification: Yes NoAre climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?(If no, explain in Remarks.) naturally problematic?(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) significantly disturbed? City/County:Washington Sampling Date:5/12/2023 Sunvest MN SP 3-1Sampling Point: SP on fringe of wetland beyond basin. Antecedent precipitation was much higher than normal during the survey. -92.88258 NAD 83 Concave J Knudsen S19 32N, 20WSection, Township, Range: Local relief (concave, convex, none): 2 Long:45.24735 Datum: Remarks: 1055 - Aquolls and histosols, ponded NWI/NHD Type 2 wetland fringe extending out from NWI Remarks: (Include photo numbers here or on a separate sheet.) =Total Cover Yes 0 Indicator Status Dominant Species? (Plot size: Typha angustifolia ) FACW FACW Phalaris arundinacea 60 Herb Stratum 5ft Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation1 (Explain) OBL species FACW species FAC species Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 0 160 0 80 basin - fringe 2 - Dominance Test is >50% Yes 0 =Total Cover 1 - Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation 0 2.00Prevalence Index = B/A = 0 Multiply by: 160 (Plot size: 0 80 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM – Northcentral and Northeast Region SV CSG Scandia, LLC Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: Dominance Test worksheet: No No No VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? US Army Corps of Engineers 67 Sampling Point: %%Type1 Loc2 100 X Type: Depth (inches):Hydric Soil Present?Yes No Primary Indicators (minimum of one is required; check all that apply) X X X X X Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Surface Water Present?Yes X Water Table Present?Yes X Saturation Present?Yes X Wetland Hydrology Present?Yes X No Geomorphic Position (D2) 1 No No No Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Field Observations: SP 3-1SOIL Restrictive Layer (if observed): Remarks: Saturated soils Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Crayfish Burrows (C8) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Sediment Deposits (B2) Drift Deposits (B3) Water Marks (B1) Iron Deposits (B5) Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) (includes capillary fringe) 8 5 cm Mucky Peat or Peat (S3) Greasy, saturated Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: HYDROLOGY Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Aquatic Fauna (B13) True Aquatic Plants (B14) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Oxidized Rhizospheres on Living Roots (C3) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Thin Muck Surface (C7) Gauge or Well Data (D9) Other (Explain in Remarks) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Drainage Patterns (B10) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) Remarks: Surface Water (A1) High Water Table (A2) Saturation (A3) Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Secondary Indicators (minimum of two required) unless disturbed or problematic. wetland hydrology must be present, Mucky0-10 Muck 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, MS=Masked Sand Grains.2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Hydric Soil Indicators:Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: Coast Prairie Redox (A16) Iron-Manganese Masses (F12) Red Parent Material (F21) Very Shallow Dark Surface (F22) Other (Explain in Remarks) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Sandy Redox (S5) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Stratified Layers (A5) 2 cm Muck (A10) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Depleted Matrix (F3) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Redox Depressions (F8) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and Matrix Texture RemarksColor (moist) Histosol (A1) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Histic Epipedon (A2) Black Histic (A3)Stripped Matrix (S6) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) Dark Surface (S7) Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Redox FeaturesDepth (inches)Color (moist) 10YR 2/1 US Army Corps of Engineers X 68 Project/Site: Applicant/Owner:State: Investigator(s): Landform (hillside, terrace, etc.): Slope (%):Lat: Soil Map Unit Name: X Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology Are “Normal Circumstances” present?Yes X No Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Yes X Yes X Yes X Yes X ) 1. 2.(A) 3. 4.(B) 5. (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum 1. 2. 3.x 1 = 4.x 2 = 5.x 3 = x 4 = x 5 = 1.Column Totals:(A)(B) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.4 - Morphological Adaptations1 (Provide supporting 9. 10. Woody Vine Stratum 1. 2. Yes X WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM – Northcentral and Northeast Region SV CSG Scandia, LLC Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: Dominance Test worksheet: No No No VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? Bank 2 - Dominance Test is >50% Yes 0 =Total Cover 1 - Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation 280 4.00Prevalence Index = B/A = 0 Multiply by: 0 (Plot size: 0 0 Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation1 (Explain) OBL species FACW species FAC species Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 0 280 0 70FACU FACU Poa pratensis 50 Herb Stratum 5ft(Plot size: Taraxacum officinale 5Trifolium repens FACU ) linear to convex berm/bank with poa grasses Remarks: (Include photo numbers here or on a separate sheet.) =Total Cover Yes 0 Indicator Status Dominant Species? City/County:Washington Sampling Date:5/12/2023 Sunvest MN SP 3-2Sampling Point: SP on raised bank, beyond cattail/RCG fringe. Antecedent precipitation was much higher than normal during the survey. -92.882195 NAD 83 None J Knudsen S19 32N, 20WSection, Township, Range: Local relief (concave, convex, none): 3 Long:45.25250162 Datum: Remarks: 12D - Emmert gravelly loamy coarse sand, 15-25 percent slopes NoneNWI classification: Yes NoAre climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?(If no, explain in Remarks.) naturally problematic?(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) significantly disturbed? UPL species (Plot size:Tree Stratum 30ft Absolute % Cover Total % Cover of: 15ft ) 70 Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?No Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: No 70 Prevalence Index worksheet: 0 2 0.0% Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 1Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 3 - Prevalence Index is ≤3.01 FACU species =Total Cover (Plot size:30ft ) =Total Cover No 15 US Army Corps of Engineers Midwest Region – Version 2.069 Sampling Point: %%Type1 Loc2 100 100 Type: Depth (inches):Hydric Soil Present?Yes No X Primary Indicators (minimum of one is required; check all that apply) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Surface Water Present?Yes X Water Table Present?Yes X Saturation Present?Yes X Wetland Hydrology Present?Yes No X Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Redox FeaturesDepth (inches)Color (moist) 10YR 5/3 10YR 3/1 Sandy Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Histic Epipedon (A2) Black Histic (A3)Stripped Matrix (S6) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) Dark Surface (S7) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and Matrix Texture Remarks 4-15 Color (moist) Histosol (A1) 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, MS=Masked Sand Grains.2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Hydric Soil Indicators:Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: Coast Prairie Redox (A16) Iron-Manganese Masses (F12) Red Parent Material (F21) Very Shallow Dark Surface (F22) Other (Explain in Remarks) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Sandy Redox (S5) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Stratified Layers (A5) 2 cm Muck (A10) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Depleted Matrix (F3) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Redox Depressions (F8) Surface Water (A1) High Water Table (A2) Saturation (A3) Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Secondary Indicators (minimum of two required) unless disturbed or problematic. wetland hydrology must be present, loamy sand - some organics dry 0-4 Sandy 5 cm Mucky Peat or Peat (S3) Very distinct from wetand Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: HYDROLOGY Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Aquatic Fauna (B13) True Aquatic Plants (B14) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Oxidized Rhizospheres on Living Roots (C3) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Thin Muck Surface (C7) Gauge or Well Data (D9) Other (Explain in Remarks) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Drainage Patterns (B10) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) Remarks: SP 3-2SOIL Restrictive Layer (if observed): Remarks: Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Crayfish Burrows (C8) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Sediment Deposits (B2) Drift Deposits (B3) Water Marks (B1) Iron Deposits (B5) Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) (includes capillary fringe) Geomorphic Position (D2) No No No Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Field Observations: US Army Corps of Engineers Midwest Region – Version 2.070 MnRAM_3.2_Score_Sheet.xls 123456789 10111213 14 1516171819202122232425262728293031323334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364656667686970717273747576777879808182838485868788899091929394 9596979899100101102103104105106107108109110111112113114115116117118119120121122123124125126127128129130131 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X Y Z AA AB AC AD AE AF MnRAM 3.2 Digital Worksheet, Side 2 Question Description Rating Highest-rated: 1 Veg. Table 2, Option 4 0.10 0.1 TOTAL VEG Rating 0.1 L 4 Listed, rare, special plant species?n next 5 Rare community or habitat?n next 6 Pre-European-settlement conditions?n next 7 hydrogeo & topo #N/A I Depressional/Isolated 8 Water depth (inches)FT Depress'l/Flow-through Water depth (% inundation)Trib Depress'l/Tributary 9 Local watershed/immedita drainage (acres)R Riverine 10 Existing wetland size Lac Lacustrine 11 SOILS: Up/Wetland (survey classification + site)Peat Peatland 12 Outlet characteristics for flood retention A 1 Flood Floodplain 13 Outlet characteristics for hydrologic regime A 1 S Slope 14 Dominant upland land use (within 500 ft)B 0.5 0.5 O Other 15 Soil condition (wetland)A 1 16 Vegetation (% cover)10%L 0.1 17 Emerg. veg. flood resistance B 0.5 18 Sediment delivery A 1 19 Upland soils (based on soil group)A 0.1 20 Stormwater runoff pretreatment & detention B 0.5 0.5 21 Subwatershed wetland density B 0.5 22 Channels/sheet flow A 1 23 Adjacent naturalized buffer average width (feet)300 H WQ 1 M 0.5 24 Adjacent Area Management: % Full 100%1 1 1 adjacent area mgmt: % Manicured 0%0 adjacent area mgmt: % Bare 0%0 25 Adjacent Area Diversity & Structure: % Native 60%0.6 3 0.76 adjacent area diversity: % Mixed 30%0.15 adjacent area diversity: % Sparse/Inv./Exotic 10%0.01 26 Adjacent Area Slope: % Gentle 60%0.6 3 0.76 adjacent area slope: % Moderate 30%0.15 adjacent area slope: % Steep 10%0.01 Habitat n/a formulator 27 Downstream sensitivity/WQ protection A 1 E49 0.00 "=IF(E49="n/a",1,0)" 28 Nutrient loading B 0.5 E50 0.00 "=IF(E50="n/a",1.5,0)" 29 Shoreline wetland?N N E51 0.00 "=IF(E51="n/a",2,0)" 30 Rooted shoreline vegetation (%cover )80%1 Add 0.00 31 Wetland in-water width (in feet, average)5 0.1 32 Emergent vegetation erosion resistance B 0.5 33 Shoreline erosion potential C 0.1 1 34 Bank protection/upslope veg.B 0.5 35 Rare Wildlife N N 36 Scarce/Rare/S1/S2 local community N N CC Rtg Ltr 37 Vegetation interspersion cover (see diagram 1)6 M 0.5 1 0.1 L 38 Community interspersion (see diagram 2)1 L 0.1 0 2 0.1 L 39 Wetland detritus B 0.5 3 0.5 M 40 Wetland interspersion on landscape B 0.5 0.5 4 0.5 M 41 Wildlife barriers A 1 5 1 H 42 Amphibian breeding potential-hydroperiod A 1 6 0.5 M 43 Amphibian breeding potential--fish presence A 1 7 1 H 44 Amphibian & reptile overwintering habitat B 0.5 8 0.1 L 45 Wildlife species (list)Raccoon, warblers, RWBB, Song sparrow N/A N/A N/A 46 Fish habitat quality C 0.1 -"Pick an example from the image" 47 Fish species (list) 48 Unique/rare educ./cultural/rec.opportunity N N 49 Wetland visibility C 0.1 50 Proximity to population N 0.1 1 L 0.1 51 Public ownership C 0.1 2 M 0.5 52 Public access C 0.1 3 H 1 53 Human influence on wetland A 1 4 H 1 54 Human influence on viewshed B 0.5 N/A N/A N/A 55 Spatial buffer B 0.5 -"Pick an example from the image" 56 Recreational activity potential C 0.1 57 Commercial crop--hydrologic impact N/A N/A Vegetative formula58 GW - Wetland soils R R or D 0.1 "=C4", the Weighted Average Option 4 from Veg. Worksheet59 GW - Subwatershed land use D R or D 160 GW - Wetland size and soil group D R or D 1 Characteristic Hydrology formula61 GW - Wetland hydroperiod D R or D 1 "=(E17+E18+E19+F24)/4" F24 is the reverse rating62 GW - Inlet/Outlet configuration R R or D 0.163 GW - Surrounding upland topographic relief D R or D 1 Flood Attenuation Formula breakout (not linked to D72) (E16 is reverse rated)64 Restoration potential w/o flooding N Y or N 4.2 n/a formula is:65 Landowners affected by restoration E a b c Enter valid choice none 0.666667 ((E16+(F18+E23)/2+(E19+E22)/2+(E24+E25)/2+(F20+E21+E26)/3)/5)66A Existing wetland size (acres) [from #10]0 __ acres flood outlet 0.583333 ((F18+E23)/2+(E19+E22)/2+(E24+E25)/2+(F20+E21+E26)/3)/466BTotal wetland restoration size (acres)__ acres 0.1 F-T 0.76 ((E16+(F18+E23)/2+(E19+E22)/2+(E24+E25)/2+ E26)/5)66C (Calculated) Potential New Wetland Area [B-A]0 __ acres ####both 0.7 ((F18+E23)/2+(E19+E22)/2+(E24+E25)/2+ E26)/467Average width of naturalized upland buffer (potent 0 feet 0.1 value:####68 Likelihood of restoration success a b c Enter valid choice69Hydrologic alteration type Outlet, Tile, Ditch, GW pump, Wtrshd div., Filling70Potential wetland type (Circ. 39)1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 871Wetland sensitivity to stormwater B E a b c72Additional stormwater treatment needs A a b c Water Quality--Wetland "=(D6*2+E18+F24+(G27+G28+G34)/3+E22+E40)/7" Function Name Formula shown to the right.Shoreline Protection Vegetative Diversity/Integrity 0.10 L "=IF(E41="y",((E42+E43+E44+E45+E46)/5),"N/A")" Hydrology - Characteristic 0.75 High N/A H38 =Habitat formula breakout/lookup (E22 is RR) Special Features Bump is below.none 0 0.505333 (D6*2+E51+F49+F50+E52+E53+(I27+G28+G31)/3+E17+F24)/10 Flood Attenuation 0.67 High 49 1 0.505926 (D6*2+E51+ F50+E52+E53+(I27+G28+G31)/3+E17+F24)/9501.5 0.55037 (D6*2+E51+F49+ E52+E53+(I27+G28+G31)/3+E17+F24)/9 Water Quality--Downstream 0.75 High 51 2 0.505926 (D6*2+ F49+F50+E52+E53+(I27+G28+G31)/3+E17+F24)/949&50 2.5 0.556667 (D6*2+E51+ E52+E53+(I27+G28+G31)/3+E17+F24)/8 Water Quality--Wetland 0.52 Med 49&51 3 0.506667 (D6*2+ F50+E52+E53+(I27+G28+G31)/3+E17+F24)/850&51 3.5 0.556667 (D6*2+ F49+ E52+E53+(I27+G28+G31)/3+E17+F24)/8 Shoreline Protection N/A N/A 49&50&51 4.5 0.564762 (D6*2+ E52+E53+(I27+G28+G31)/3+E17+F24)/7 Characteristic Wildlife Habitat Structure 0.51 0.51 Med Characteristic Fish Habitat formula Maintenance of Characteristic Fish Habitat 0.53 0.53 Med Maintenance of Characteristic Amphibian Habitat 0.58 Med Characteristic Amphibian Habitat formula (see Lookup breakout below) E112=VLOOKUP(E54,T116:U117,2,FALSE) Aesthetics/Recreation/Education/Cultural 0.31 0.31 Low Amphibian Habitat Formula Breakout Commercial use N/A N/A 0 0 0.00 Amphibian breeding is controlling factor10.58 "=((E55)*(E56+(I27*2)+E53+E18+F24)/6)"Special Features listing:- Aesthetics/Rec/Ed/Cultural formulaGroundwater Interaction dischargeGroundwater Functional Index no special indicators Restoration Potential (draft formula)N/A N/A "=E69" Commercial use reflects just the rating for the question.Stormwater Sensitivity (not active) Special Features Bump-up reference tableaFish Habitat=EbVeg=EcAesthetics=EdnAND #5=Y, then Wildlife=EgWildlife/Fish=EhAesthetics=E Fi n a l Ra t i n g Ra t i n g Ca t e g o r y "IF(E65=".1",(E62+E63+E64+2*E65+E66+E67+E68)/8,(E61+E62 +E63+E64+E65+E66+E67+E68)/8)" Fu n c t i o n a l R a t i n g S u m m a r i e s "=IF(D41="Y",((E58*2+G28+E22+F24+E40+E43+E42+F45)/9),(( E58*2+G28+E22+F24+E40)/6))" Ra w sc o r e Ad d i t i o n a l q u e s t i o n s Di g i t a l w o r k s h e e t , s e c t i o n I I Di g i t a l w o r k s h e e t , s e c t i o n I These are supplemental Lookup Tables and Intermediary formulas: User entry Community Interspersion LookUp Open Water Interspersion LookUp Hydrogeology and Topography LookUp % effectively drained: This comes in from Side 1 automatically using the weighted average. To use the highest rated veg. Community rating, please manually overwrite that value (shown to the right) into the field at E5. Enter data starting here. Yellow boxes are used in calculations. Scroll down to answer more questions and see formula calculations Th e s e a r e t h e f o r m u l a s f o r t h e f i n a l f u n c t i o n a l r a t i n g s s h o w n a t t h e WETLAND 3_Scandia_Function_MnRAM_Excel_Spreadsheet_Version.xls 1 7/6/2023 71 MnRAM_3.2_Score_Sheet.xls 7273747576777879808182838485868788899091929394 9596979899100101102103104105106107108109110111112113114115116117118119120121122123124125126127128129130131132133134135136137138139140141 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N P 58 GW - Wetland soils R R or D 0.159 GW - Subwatershed land use D R or D 160 GW - Wetland size and soil group D R or D 161 GW - Wetland hydroperiod D R or D 162 GW - Inlet/Outlet configuration R R or D 0.163 GW - Surrounding upland topographic relief D R or D 164Restoration potential w/o flooding N Y or N 4.265Landowners affected by restoration E a b c Enter valid choice66AExisting wetland size (acres) [from #10]0 __ acres66BTotal wetland restoration size (acres)__ acres 0.166C(Calculated) Potential New Wetland Area [B-A]0 __ acres ####67 Average width of naturalized upland buffer (poten 0 __ feet 0.1 value:####68 Likelihood of restoration success a b c Enter valid choice69Hydrologic alteration type Outlet, Tile, Ditch, GW pump, Wtrshd div., Filling70Potential wetland type (Circ. 39)1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 871Wetland sensitivity to stormwater B E a b c72Additional stormwater treatment needs A a b c Function Name Formula shown to the right. Vegetative Diversity/Integrity 0.10 L Hydrology - Characteristic 0.75 High Flood Attenuation 0.67 High Water Quality--Downstream 0.75 High Water Quality--Wetland 0.52 Med Shoreline Protection N/A N/A Characteristic Wildlife Habitat Structure 0.51 0.51 Med Maintenance of Characteristic Fish Habitat 0.53 0.53 Med Maintenance of Characteristic Amphibian Habitat 0.58 Med Aesthetics/Recreation/Education/Cultural 0.31 0.31 Low Commercial use N/A N/A 0 Special Features listing:-____ Groundwater Interaction dischargeGroundwater Functional Index no special indicators Restoration Potential (draft formula)N/A N/AStormwater Sensitivity (not active) Ad d i t i o n a l q u e s t i o n s % effectively drained: Fi n a l Ra t i n g Ra t i n g Ca t e g o r y Fu n c t i o n a l R a t i n g S u m m a r i e s Ra w sc o r e WETLAND 3_Scandia_Function_MnRAM_Excel_Spreadsheet_Version.xls3 7/6/202372 Soil Types 73 MnRAM_3.2_Score_Sheet.xls 132133134135136137138139140141 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X Y Z AA AB AC AD AE AFIVeg=EjNAND #35 =Y, Wildlife=EqischargGW=recharge, GW=ErischargY and GW=recharge, GW=EuAesthetics=E Recharge/Discharge TendencyR0.1D1-Enter "R" or "D" WETLAND 3_Scandia_Function_MnRAM_Excel_Spreadsheet_Version.xls 2 7/6/2023 74 Soil Types 75 76 2 The milestone schedule is outlined in Attachment 4 to the attached MN DIA. Please review this closely as this has particular requirements including the manner and method of providing notice for completion of certain milestone line items. Please note that you need to provide or verify certain information or signatures on the following: 1.) Provide contact or identifying information on Sheets 251, 271, 272 and 273 of the attached MN DIA, 2.) Sign the MN DIA on Sheet 273, 3.) Sign Attachment 4 to the attached MN DIA, 4.) Sign the attached Statement of Work associated with Attachments 2 and 6 and the above engineering indicative cost estimate for the MN DIA, and, 5.) Provide the 24/7 contact information on Attachment 5, par. 9.3 to the attached MN DIA. Please also note that this cover letter and related attachments, including the MN DIA use GPS coordinates to refer to the location of this project have obtained a street address for this project e will need to enter into an amendment to replace the GPS coordinates in the MN DIA with the street address. You have the option of further proceeding with this project at the capacity allowed based on the provisions of the attached MN DIA, consistent with MN DIP 5.1.2, if within 30 Business Days of this letter you sign and return the attached MN DIA with the other information and signatures detailed above. If this is not timely done, your application shall be deemed withdrawn and the attached proposed MN DIA cannot be used. Consistent with MN DIP 5.6.4.1. by the time you sign the MN DIA you also must pay either the full amount of the above estimated cost, or pay at least one-third of the above estimated cost and provide an appropriate Letter of Credit acceptable to Xcel Energy for the remainder. A form of an acceptable Letter of Credit is attached. You agree to pay the actual costs consistent with the MN DIA and comply with all provisions of the applicable agreements and tariffs. Pursuant to Minn. R. 7835.4750, please note that the Commission’s interconnection standards as established in MPUC Docket No. E002/M-18-714 (or subsequent docket) are set forth in our Section 10 Tariff which as of the date of this letter is available at this link: https://www.xcelenergy.com/staticfiles/xe- responsive/Company/Rates%20&%20Regulations/Rate%20Cases/Me_Section_10.pdf Consistent with the MPUC’s January 22, 2020 order in Docket No. E-999/CI-16-521, the Minnesota Technical Requirements comprise both the TIIR and TSM which first become effective on July 1, 2020. After this effective date, the current versions of the TIIR and the Area EPS Operator’s TSM can be accessed at the following link:https://www.xcelenergy.com/working_with_us/how_to_interconnect . In the event that this link changes over time or no longer points to the then-current TIIR or TSM, the Interconnection Customer can contact the Area EPS Operator for instruction on how to access the then-current versions of these documents. In addition to the information in the MN DIA, we want to alert you that for us to execute this MN DIA, if the name of your corporation or LLC on the MN DIA is not registered with the Minnesota Secretary of State (either as a Minnesota corporation, Minnesota LLC, or as an out of state corporation or LLC transacting business in Minnesota) you will need to provide documentation showing that this is a legal entity. 77 78 4 Please upload the executed MN DER Interconnection Agreement (MN DIA) package (including attachments) to the portal. and submit payment as listed below: Wire transfer Checks Bank: Wells Fargo Banks, N.A. Xcel Energy City/Stage: San Francisco, CA Customer Receivables - MNDER Routing/ABA: 121-000-248 PO Box 59, Minneapolis, MN 55440-0059 Acct No: 31966 Acct Name: NSPM Please contact me at if you have any questions regarding this information. We look forward to working with you to bring more DER choices to our customers. Thank you, Blake.Wenthe@xcelenergy.com Blake Wenthe 79 80 DATE: WORK REQUESTED BY: WORK LOCATION: ADDRESS: PROJECT/SITE NAME: CASE NUMBER: If payments are by wire transfer, send to: Bank: Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. City/State: San Francisco, CA Routing/ABA: 121-000-248 Acct No: 31966 Acct Name: NSPM If by check: Xcel Energy Customer Receivables - MNDER PO Box 59 Minneapolis, MN 555440-0059 CONSISTING OF: See MN DIA Attachment 2 and Attachment 6 for breakdown of the costs. One-third of the estimated cost is to be paid within 30 days and a Letter of Credit issued to cover the remaining estimated payment consistent with the Section 10 tariff and MN DIA. Above-named entity agrees to comply with all provisions of the Section 10 tariff and where applicable the Section 9 tariff. These cost estimates are based on historical costs from similar Xcel Energy projects. Actual costs can vary significantly and the customer will be responsible for the actual costs of the project. This statement of work is valid for 30 days from the date of this notice. If either the signed agreement or initial one-third payment is received after this date, the SOW will not be in countersigned by Xcel Energy, and the project is subject to rejection, loss of queue position, and will require a new application to be submitted to be considered. Please complete signature(s) electronically through the interconnection portal and submit payment using one of the options below. For questions, reach out to MN Distributed Energy Resources at . Please include the project Case # and “IA Payment” in wire/check notes, and submit payment as follows: SV CSG Scandia, LLC Scandia 45.247456, -92.880586, Scandia, MN., 55073 Hamlin Solar 4145860 May 3, 2023 81 82 83 84 85 86 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 250 ARTICLE 1. SCOPE AND LIMITATIONS OF AGREEMENT ................................................................. 10-251 ARTICLE 2. INSPECTION, TESTING, AUTHORIZATION, AND RIGHT OF ACCESS ......................... 10-254 ARTICLE 3. EFFECTIVE DATE, TERM, TERMINATION, AND DISCONNECTION ............................. 10-255 ARTICLE 4. COST RESPONSIBILITY FOR INTERCONNECTION FACILITIES AND DISTRIBUTION UPGRADES ........................................................................................................................................... 10-258 ARTICLE 5. COST RESPONSIBILITY FOR NETWORK UPGRADES ................................................. 10-258 ARTICLE 6. BILLING, PAYMENT, MILESTONES, AND FINANCIAL SECURITY ................................. 10-260 ARTICLE 7. ASSIGNMENT, LIABILITY, NON-WARRANTY, INDEMNITY, FORCE MAJEURE, CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, AND DEFAULT .................................................................................. 10-261 ARTICLE 8. INSURANCE ..................................................................................................................... 10-264 ARTICLE 9. CONFIDENTIALITY .......................................................................................................... 10-264 ARTICLE 10. DISPUTES ...................................................................................................................... 10-266 ARTICLE 11. TAXES ............................................................................................................................. 10-267 ARTICLE 12. MISCELLANEOUS .......................................................................................................... 10-267 ARTICLE 13. NOTICES ........................................................................................................................ 10-270 ARTICLE 14. SIGNATURES ................................................................................................................. 10-273 ATTACHMENT 1: GLOSSARY OF TERMS .......................................................................................... 10-274 ATTACHMENT 2: DESCRIPTION AND COSTS OF THE DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCE, INTERCONNECTION FACILITIES, AND METERING EQUIPMENT ................................................... 10-280 ATTACHMENT 3: ONE-LINE DIAGRAM DEPICTING THE DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCE, INTERCONNECTION FACILITIES, METERING EQUIPMENT, AND UPGRADES ............................. 10-281 ATTACHMENT 4: MILESTONES .......................................................................................................... 10-282 ATTACHMENT 5: ADDITIONAL OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE AREA EPS OPERATOR’S DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM AND AFFECTED SYSTEMS NEEDED TO SUPPORT THE INTERCONNECTION CUSTOMER’S NEEDS .......................................................... 10-283 ATTACHMENT 6: AREA EPS OPERATOR’S DESCRIPTION OF DISTRIBUTION AND NETWORK UPGRADES AND GOOD FAITH ESTIMATES OF UPGRADE COSTS .............................................. 10-284 (Continued on Sheet No. 10-251) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 87 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 251 This Interconnection Agreement (“Agreement”) is made and entered into , 2023 by Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation, doing business as Xcel Energy (“Area EPS Operator”), and SV CSG Scandia LLC (“Interconnection Customer”) each hereinafter sometimes referred to individually as “Party” or both referred to collectively as the “Parties.” Area EPS Operator Information Area EPS Operator: Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Attention: DER Interconnection Address: 414 Nicollet Mall (401 - 6th Floor) City: Minneapolis State: MN Zip: 55401 Phone: 1-800-895-4999 Email: SRCMN@xcelenergy.com (for Solar*Rewards Community (Community Solar Gardens)) SolarProgramMN@xcelenergy.com (for all other DER interconnections) Interconnection Customer Information Interconnection Customer: S Attention: Address: City:State: Zip: Phone: 6308427904 Email: tim@sunvest.com Interconnection Customer Application No: 04145860 Distributed Energy Resource Information (To be completed by the Area EPS Operator) Type of DER System (e.g.Solar, Wind, CHP, Solar+Storage): Solar PV Nameplate Rating: 1000 kW (ac); DER capacity (as described in MN DIP 5.14.3): 1000.000 kW (ac) Address of DER System: (DER Street Address or GPS Coordinates, if applicable) 45.24 -92.88 City: Scandia State: Minnesota Zipcode: 55073 In consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein, the Parties agree as follows: 1. Article 1. Scope and Limitations of Agreement 1.1 This Agreement is intended to provide for the Interconnection Customer to interconnect at the Point of Common Coupling and operate a Distributed Energy Resource with a Nameplate Rating of 10 Megawatts (MW) or less in parallel with the Arena EPS at the location identified above and in the Interconnection Application. (Continued on Sheet No. 10-252) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 88 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 252 1.2 This Agreement shall be used for all Interconnection Applications submitted under the Minnesota Distributed Energy Resources Interconnection Process (MN DIP) except for those submitted and processed under the Simplified Process contained in MN DIP Section 2 or qualify and chooses under MN DIP Section 1.1.5 for the Uniform Statewide Contract to replace the need for this Agreement. 1.3 This Agreement governs the terms and conditions under which the Interconnection Customer’s Distributed Energy Resource will interconnect with, and operate in parallel with, the Area EPS Operator’s Distribution System. 1.4 Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings specified in the Glossary of Terms in Attachment 1, the MN DIP, or the body of this Agreement. 1.5 This Agreement does not constitute an agreement to purchase or deliver the Interconnection Customer’s power. The purchase or delivery of power and other services that the Interconnection Customer may require will be covered under separate agreements, if any. The Interconnection Customer will be responsible for separately making all necessary arrangements (including scheduling) for delivery of electricity with the applicable Area EPS Operator. 1.6 Nothing in this Agreement is intended to affect any other agreement between the Area EPS Operator and the Interconnection Customer. 1.7 Responsibilities of the Parties 1.7.1 The Parties shall perform all obligations of this Agreement in accordance with the MN DIP, Minnesota Technical Requirements, all Applicable Laws and Regulations, Operating Requirements, and Good Utility Practice. 1.7.2 The Interconnection Customer shall construct, interconnect, operate and maintain its Distributed Energy Resource and construct, operate, and maintain its Interconnection Facilities in accordance with the applicable manufacturer’s recommended maintenance schedule and, in accordance with this Agreement, and with Good Utility Practice. 1.7.3 The Area EPS Operator shall construct, operate, and maintain its Distribution System and its Interconnection Facilities in accordance with this Agreement, and with Good Utility Practice. (Continued on Sheet No. 10-253) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 89 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 253 1.7.4 The Interconnection Customer agrees to construct its facilities or systems in accordance with the Minnesota Technical Requirements and this Agreement; including, applicable specifications that meet or exceed those provided by the National Electrical Safety Code, the American National Standards Institute, IEEE, Underwriter’s Laboratory, and Operating Requirements in effect at the time of construction and other applicable national and state codes and standards. The Interconnection Customer agrees to design, install, maintain, and operate its Distributed Energy Resource so as to reasonably minimize the likelihood of a disturbance adversely affecting or impairing the system or equipment of the Area EPS Operator and any Affected Systems. 1.7.5 Each Party shall operate, maintain, repair, and inspect, and shall be fully responsible for the facilities that it now owns or subsequently owns unless otherwise specified in the Attachments to this Agreement. Each Party shall be responsible for the safe installation, maintenance, repair and condition of their respective lines and appurtenances on their respective sides of the point of common coupling. The Area EPS Operator and the Interconnection Customer, as appropriate, shall provide Interconnection Facilities that adequately protect the Area EPS Operator’s Distribution System, personnel, and other persons from damage and injury. The allocation of responsibility for the design, installation, operation, maintenance and ownership of Interconnection Facilities shall be delineated in the Attachments to this Agreement. 1.7.6 The Area EPS Operator shall coordinate with all Affected Systems to support the interconnection. 1.8 Parallel Operation Obligations Once the Distributed Energy Resource has been authorized to commence parallel operation, the Interconnection Customer shall abide by all rules and procedures pertaining to the parallel operation of the Distributed Energy Resource in the applicable control area, including, but not limited to; 1) the rules and procedures concerning the operation of generation set forth in the Tariff or by the applicable system operator(s) for the Area EPS Operator’s Distribution System provided or referenced in an attachment to this Agreement and; 2) the Operating Requirements set forth in Attachment 5 of this Agreement. The Minnesota Technical Requirements for interconnection are covered in a separate document, a copy of which has been made available to the Interconnection Customer and incorporated and made part of this Agreement by this reference. 1.9 Metering As described in MN DIP 5.4, the Interconnection Customer shall be responsible for the Area EPS Operator’s reasonable and necessary cost for the purchase, installation, operation, maintenance, testing, repair, and replacement of metering and data acquisition equipment specified in Attachments 2 and 3 of this Agreement. The Interconnection Customer’s metering (and data acquisition, as required) equipment shall conform to applicable industry rules and Operating Requirements. (Continued on Sheet No. 10-254) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 90 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 254 1.10 Distributed Energy Resource Capabilities and Grid Reliability 1.10.1 The Minnesota Technical Requirements outlines the Parties responsibilities consistent with IEEE 1547 Standard for Interconnection and Interoperability of Distributed Energy Resources with Associated Electric Power Systems Interfaces which provides requirements relevant to the interconnection and interoperability performance, operation and testing, and, to safety, maintenance and security considerations. 1.10.2 The Area EPS Operator may offer the Interconnection Customer the option to utilize required DER capabilities to mitigate Interconnection Customer costs related to Upgrades or Interconnection Facilities to address anticipated system impacts from the engineering review (i.e., Initial Review, Supplemental Review, or Study Process described in the MN DIP.) 2. Article 2. Inspection, Testing, Authorization, and Right of Access 2.1 Equipment Testing and Inspection As described in MN DIP Section 5.7, the Interconnection Customer shall test and inspect its Distributed Energy Resource and Interconnection Facilities prior to interconnection pursuant to Minnesota Technical Requirements and this Agreement. 2.2 Authorization Required Prior to Parallel Operation As described in MN DIP Section 5.8, the Area EPS Operator shall use Reasonable Efforts to list applicable parallel operation requirements by attaching the Minnesota Technical Requirements and/or including them in Attachment 5 to this Agreement. Additionally, the Area EPS Operator shall notify the Interconnection Customer of any changes to these requirements as soon as they are known. Pursuant to the MN DIP 5.8.2, the Interconnection Customer shall not operate its Distributed Energy Resource in parallel with the Area EPS Operator’s Distribution System without prior written authorization of the Area EPS Operator. 2.3 Right of Access 2.3.1 Upon reasonable notice, the Area EPS Operator may send a qualified person to the premises of the Interconnection Customer at or immediately before the time the Distributed Energy Resource first produces energy to inspect the interconnection, and observe the commissioning of the Distributed Energy Resource (including any required testing), startup, and operation for a period of up to three Business Days after initial startup of the unit. In addition, the Interconnection Customer shall notify the Area EPS Operator at least five Business Days prior to conducting any on-site verification testing of the Distributed Energy Resource. (Continued on Sheet No. 10-255) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 91 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 255 2.3.2 Following the initial inspection process described above, at reasonable hours, and upon reasonable notice, or at any time without notice in the event of an emergency or hazardous condition, the Area EPS Operator shall have access to the Interconnection Customer’s premises for any reasonable purpose in connection with the performance of the obligations imposed on it by this Agreement or if necessary to meet its legal obligation to provide service to its customers. 2.3.3 Each Party shall be responsible for its costs associated with following this article as outlined in MN DIP Section 5.7.2 and the Minnesota Technical Requirements. 3. Article 3. Effective Date, Term, Termination, and Disconnection 3.1 Effective Date This Agreement shall become effective upon execution by the Parties. 3.2 Term of Agreement This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date and shall remain in effect from the Effective Date unless terminated earlier in accordance with article 3.3 of this Agreement. 3.3 Termination No termination shall become effective until the Parties have complied with all Applicable Laws and Regulations applicable to such termination. 3.3.1 The Interconnection Customer may terminate this Agreement at any time by giving the Area EPS Operator 20 Business Days written notice. Either Party may terminate this Agreement after Default pursuant to article 7.7. 3.3.3 Upon termination of this Agreement, the Distributed Energy Resource will be disconnected from the Area EPS Operator’s Distribution System. All costs required to effectuate such disconnection shall be borne by the terminating Party, unless such termination resulted from the non-terminating Party’s Default of this MN DIA or such non-terminating Party otherwise is responsible for these costs under this MN DIA. 3.3.4 The termination of this Agreement shall not relieve either Party of its liabilities and obligations, owed or continuing at the time of the termination. 3.3.5 The provisions of this article shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement. (Continued on Sheet No. 10-256) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 92 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 256 3.4 Temporary Disconnection Temporary disconnection shall continue only for so long as reasonably necessary under Good Utility Practice. 3.4.1 Emergency Conditions Under Emergency Conditions, the Area EPS Operator may immediately suspend interconnection service and temporarily disconnect the Distributed Energy Resource. The Area EPS Operator shall use Reasonable Efforts to notify the Interconnection Customer promptly when it becomes aware of an Emergency Condition that may reasonably be expected to affect the Interconnection Customer’s operation of the Distributed Energy Resource. The Interconnection Customer shall use Reasonable Efforts to notify the Area EPS Operator promptly when it becomes aware of an Emergency Condition that may reasonably be expected to affect the Area EPS Operator’s Distribution System or any Affected Systems. To the extent information is known, the notification shall describe the Emergency Condition, the extent of the damage or deficiency, the expected effect on the operation of both Parties’ facilities and operations, its anticipated duration, and the necessary corrective action. 3.4.2 Routine Maintenance, Construction, and Repair The Area EPS Operator may interrupt interconnection service or curtail the output of the Distributed Energy Resource and temporarily disconnect the Distributed Energy Resource from the Area EPS Operator’s Distribution System when necessary for routine maintenance, construction, or repairs on the Area EPS Operator’s Distribution System. The Area EPS Operator shall use Reasonable Efforts to provide the Interconnection Customer with three Business Days notice prior to such interruption. The Area EPS Operator shall use Reasonable Efforts to coordinate such reduction or temporary disconnection with the Interconnection Customer. 3.4.3 Forced Outage During any forced outage, the Area EPS Operator may suspend interconnection service to effect immediate repairs on the Area EPS Operator’s Distribution System. The Area EPS Operator shall use Reasonable Efforts to provide the Interconnection Customer with prior notice. If prior notice is not given, the Area EPS Operator shall, upon request, provide the Interconnection Customer written documentation after the fact explaining the circumstances of the disconnection. (Continued on Sheet No. 10-257) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 93 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 257 3.4.4 Adverse Operating Effects The Area EPS Operator shall notify the Interconnection Customer as soon as practicable if, based on Good Utility Practice, operation of the Distributed Energy Resource may cause disruption or deterioration of service to other customers served from the same electric system, or if operating the Distributed Energy Resource could cause damage to the Area EPS Operator’s Distribution System or Affected Systems. Supporting documentation used to reach the decision to disconnect shall be provided to the Interconnection Customer upon request. If, after notice, the Interconnection Customer fails to remedy the adverse operating effect within a reasonable time, the Area EPS Operator may disconnect the Distributed Energy Resource. The Area EPS Operator shall provide the Interconnection Customer with five Business Day notice of such disconnection, unless the provisions of article 3.4.1 apply. 3.4.5 Modification of the Distributed Energy Resource The Interconnection Customer must receive written authorization from the Area EPS Operator before making any change to the Distributed Energy Resource that may have a material impact on the safety or reliability of the Distribution System. Such authorization shall not be unreasonably withheld if the modification is not a Material Modification. Material Modifications, including an increase nameplate rating or capacity, may require the Interconnection Customer to submit a new Interconnection Application as described in MN DIP Section 1.6.2. If the Interconnection Customer makes such modification without the Area EPS Operator’s prior written authorization, the latter shall have the right to temporarily disconnect the Distributed Energy Resource. 3.4.6 Reconnection The Parties shall cooperate with each other to restore the Distributed Energy Resource, Interconnection Facilities, and the Area EPS Operator’s Distribution System to their normal operating state as soon as reasonably practicable following a temporary disconnection. 3.4.7 Treatment Similar to Other Retail Customers If the Interconnection Customer receives retail electrical service at the same site as the Distributed Energy Resource, it may also be disconnected consistent with the rules and practices for disconnecting other retail electrical customers. 3.4.8 Disconnection for Default If the Interconnection Customer is in Default it may be disconnected after a 60 day written notice is provided and the Default is not cured during this 60 day notice. This provision does not apply to disconnection based on Emergency Conditions. (Continued on Sheet No. 10-258) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 94 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 258 4. Article 4. Cost Responsibility for Interconnection Facilities and Distribution Upgrades 4.1 Interconnection Facilities 4.1.1 The Interconnection Customer shall pay for the cost of the Interconnection Facilities itemized in Attachment 2 of this Agreement. The Area EPS Operator shall provide a good faith estimate cost, including overheads, for the purchase and construction of its Interconnection Facilities and provide a detailed itemization of such costs. Costs associated with Interconnection Facilities may be shared with other entities that may benefit from such facilities by agreement of the Interconnection Customer, such other entities, and the Area EPS Operator. 4.1.2 The Interconnection Customer shall be responsible for its share of all reasonable expenses, including overheads, associated with (1) owning, operating, maintaining, repairing, and replacing its own Interconnection Facilities, and (2) operating, maintaining, repairing, and replacing the Area EPS Operator’s Interconnection Facilities. 4.2 Distribution Upgrades The Area EPS Operator shall design, procure, construct, install, and own the Distribution Upgrades described in Attachment 6 of this Agreement. The Area EPS Operator shall provide a good faith estimate cost, including overheads, for the purchase and construction of the Distribution Upgrades and provide a detailed itemization of such costs. If the Area EPS Operator and the Interconnection Customer agree, the Interconnection Customer may construct Distribution Upgrades that are located on land owned by the Interconnection Customer. The actual cost of the Distribution Upgrades, including overheads, shall be directly assigned to the Interconnection Customer. 5. Article 5. Cost Responsibility for Network Upgrades 5.1 Applicability No portion of this Article 5 shall apply unless the interconnection of the Distributed Energy Resource requires Network Upgrades. 5.2 Network Upgrades The Area EPS Operator or the Transmission Owner shall design, procure, construct, install, and own the Network Upgrades described in Attachment 6 of this Agreement. The Area EPS Operator shall provide a good faith estimate cost, including overheads, for the purchase and construction of the Network Upgrades and provide a detailed itemization of such costs. If the Area EPS Operator and the Interconnection Customer agree, the Interconnection Customer may construct Network Upgrades that are located on land owned by the Interconnection Customer. Unless the Area EPS Operator elects to pay for Network Upgrades, the actual cost of the Network Upgrades, including overheads, shall be borne initially by the Interconnection Customer. (Continued on Sheet No. 10-259) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 95 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 259 5.2.1 Repayment of Amounts Advanced for Network Upgrades The Interconnection Customer shall be entitled to a cash repayment, equal to the total amount paid to the Area EPS Operator and Affected System operator, if any, for Network Upgrades, including any tax gross-up or other tax-related payments associated with the Network Upgrades, and not otherwise refunded to the Interconnection Customer, to be paid to the Interconnection Customer on a dollar-for-dollar basis for the non-usage sensitive portion of transmission charges, as payments are made under the Area EPS Operator’s Tariff and Affected System’s Tariff for transmission services with respect to the Distributed Energy Resource. Any repayment shall include interest calculated in accordance with the methodology set forth in FERC’s regulations at 18 C.F.R. § 35.19a(a)(2)(iii) from the date of any payment for Network Upgrades through the date on which the Interconnection Customer receives a repayment of such payment pursuant to this subparagraph. The Interconnection Customer may assign such repayment rights to any person. 5.2.1.1 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Interconnection Customer, the Area EPS Operator, and any applicable Affected System operators may adopt any alternative payment schedule that is mutually agreeable so long as the Area EPS Operator and said Affected System operators take one of the following actions no later than five years from the Commercial Operation Date: (1) return to the Interconnection Customer any amounts advanced for Network Upgrades not previously repaid, or (2) declare in writing that the Area EPS Operator or any applicable Affected System operators will continue to provide payments to the Interconnection Customer on a dollar-for-dollar basis for the non-usage sensitive portion of transmission charges, or develop an alternative schedule that is mutually agreeable and provides for the return of all amounts advanced for Network Upgrades not previously repaid; however, full reimbursement shall not extend beyond 20 years from the commercial operation date. 5.2.1.2 If the Distributed Energy Resource fails to achieve commercial operation, but it or another Distributed Energy Resource is later constructed and requires use of the Network Upgrades within five (5) years of being constructed, the Area EPS Operator and Affected System operator (after receiving payment in the amount of the cost to build these Network Upgrades from the other Distributed Energy Resource who is expected to use the Network Upgrades) shall at that time reimburse the Interconnection Customer for the amounts advanced for the Network Upgrades. Before any such reimbursement can occur, the Interconnection Customer, or the entity that ultimately constructs the Distributed Energy Resource, if different, is responsible for identifying the entity to which reimbursement must be made. (Continued on Sheet No. 10-260) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 96 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 260 5.3 Special Provisions for Affected Systems Unless the Area EPS Operator provides, under this Agreement, for the repayment of amounts advanced to any applicable Affected System operators for Network Upgrades, the Interconnection Customer and Affected System operator shall enter into an agreement that provides for such repayment. The agreement shall specify the terms governing payments to be made by the Interconnection Customer to Affected System operator as well as the repayment by Affected System operator. 5.4 Rights Under Other Agreements Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, nothing herein shall be construed as relinquishing or foreclosing any rights, including but not limited to firm transmission rights, capacity rights, transmission congestion rights, or transmission credits, that the Interconnection Customer shall be entitled to, now or in the future, under any other agreement or tariff as a result of, or otherwise associated with, the transmission capacity, if any, created by the Network Upgrades, including the right to obtain cash reimbursements or transmission credits for transmission service that is not associated with the Distributed Energy Resource. 6. Article 6. Billing, Payment, Milestones, and Financial Security 6.1 Billing and Payment Procedures and Final Accounting 6.1.1 The Area EPS Operator shall bill the Interconnection Customer for the design, engineering, construction, and procurement costs of Interconnection Facilities and Upgrades contemplated by this Agreement, and the Interconnection Customer shall pay each bill, pursuant to the MN DIP 5.6.5, or as otherwise agreed to by the Parties. 6.1.2 Within 80 Business Days (approximately 4 calendar months) of completing the construction and installation of the Area EPS Operator’s Interconnection Facilities and/or Upgrades described in the Attachments to this Agreement, the Area EPS Operator shall provide the Interconnection Customer with a final accounting report, as described in the MN DIP 5.6.6. 6.2 Milestones Pursuant to the MN DIP 4.4.5, 5.6.2 and 5.6.3, the Parties shall agree on milestones for which each Party is responsible and list them in Attachment 4 of this Agreement. 6.3 Financial Security Arrangements Pursuant to the MN DIP 5.6.4, the Interconnection Customer shall provide the Area EPS Operator, at the Interconnection Customer’s option, a guarantee, letter of credit or other form of security that is reasonably acceptable to the Area EPS Operator and is consistent with the Minnesota Uniform Commercial Code. Such security for payment shall be in an amount sufficient to cover the costs for constructing, designing, procuring, and installing the applicable portion of the Area EPS Operator’s Interconnection Facilities and Upgrades and shall be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis for payments made to the Area EPS Operator under this Agreement during its term. In addition: (Continued on Sheet No. 10-261) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 97 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 261 6.3.1 The guarantee must be made by an entity that meets the creditworthiness requirements of the Area EPS Operator, and contain terms and conditions that guarantee payment of any amount that may be due from the Interconnection Customer, up to an agreed-to maximum amount. 6.3.2 The letter of credit must be issued by a financial institution or insurer reasonably acceptable to the Area EPS Operator and must specify a reasonable expiration date not sooner than sixty (60) Business Days (three calendar months) after the due date for the issuance of the final bill. 7. Article 7. Assignment, Liability, Non-Warranty, Indemnity, Force Majeure, Consequential Damages, and Default 7.1 Assignment This Agreement may be assigned by either Party upon 15 Business Days prior written notice and opportunity to object by the other Party; provided that: 7.1.1 Either Party may assign this Agreement without the consent of the other Party to any affiliate of the assigning Party with an equal or greater credit rating and with the legal authority and operational ability to satisfy the obligations of the assigning Party under this Agreement, provided that the Interconnection Customer promptly notifies the Area EPS Operator of any such assignment. 7.1.2 The Interconnection Customer shall have the right to assign this Agreement, without the consent of the Area EPS Operator, for collateral security purposes to aid in providing financing for the Distributed Energy Resource, provided that the Interconnection Customer will promptly notify the Area EPS Operator of any such assignment. 7.1.3 Any attempted assignment that violates this article is void and ineffective. Assignment shall not relieve a Party of its obligations, nor shall a Party’s obligations be enlarged, in whole or in part, by reason thereof. An assignee is responsible for meeting the same financial, credit, and insurance obligations as the Interconnection Customer. Where required, consent to assignment will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. 7.2 Limitation of Liability Each Party’s liability to the other Party for any loss, cost, claim, injury, liability, or expense, including reasonable attorney’s fees, relating to or arising from any act or omission in its performance of this Agreement, shall be limited to the amount of direct damage actually incurred. In no event shall either Party be liable to the other Party for any indirect, special, consequential, or punitive damages, except as authorized by this Agreement. (Continued on Sheet No. 10-262) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 98 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 262 7.3 Non-Warranty The Area EPS Operator does not give any warranty, expressed or implied, as to the adequacy, safety, or other characteristics of any structures, equipment, wires, appliances or devices owned, installed or maintained by the Interconnection Customer, including without limitation the Distributed Energy Resource and any structures, equipment, wires, appliances or devices not owned, operated or maintained by the Area EPS Operator. 7.4 Indemnity 7.4.1 This provision protects each Party from liability incurred to third parties as a result of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement. Liability under this provision is exempt from the general limitations on liability found in article 7.2. 7.4.2 The Parties shall at all times indemnify, defend, and hold the other Party harmless from, any and all damages, losses, claims, including claims and actions relating to injury to or death of any person or damage to property, demand, suits, recoveries, costs and expenses, court costs, attorney fees, and all other obligations by or to third parties, arising out of or resulting from the other Party’s action or failure to meet its obligations under this Agreement on behalf of the indemnifying Party, except in cases of gross negligence or intentional wrongdoing by the indemnified Party. 7.4.3 This indemnification obligation shall apply notwithstanding any negligent or intentional acts, errors or omissions of the Indemnified Party, but the Indemnifying Party’s liability to indemnify the Indemnified Party shall be reduced in proportion to the percentage by which the Indemnified Party’s negligent or intentional acts, errors or omissions caused the damage. 7.4.4 Neither Party shall be indemnified for its damages resulting from its sole negligence, intentional acts or willful misconduct. These indemnity provisions shall not be construed to relieve any insurer of its obligation to pay claims consistent with the provisions of a valid insurance policy. 7.4.5 If an indemnified person is entitled to indemnification under this article as a result of a claim by a third party, and the indemnifying Party fails, after notice and reasonable opportunity to proceed under this article, to assume the defense of such claim, such indemnified person may at the expense of the indemnifying Party contest, settle or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, or pay in full, such claim. 7.4.6 If an indemnifying party is obligated to indemnify and hold any indemnified person harmless under this article, the amount owing to the indemnified person shall be the amount of such indemnified person’s actual loss, net of any insurance or other recovery. (Continued on Sheet No. 10-263) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 99 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 263 7.4.7 Promptly after receipt by an indemnified person of any claim or notice of the commencement of any action or administrative or legal proceeding or investigation as to which the indemnity provided for in this article may apply, the indemnified person shall notify the indemnifying party of such fact. Any failure of or delay in such notification shall not affect a Party’s indemnification obligation unless such failure or delay is materially prejudicial to the indemnifying party. 7.5 Consequential Damages Other than as expressly provided for in this Agreement, neither Party shall be liable under any provision of this Agreement for any losses, damages, costs or expenses for any special, indirect, incidental, consequential, or punitive damages, including but not limited to loss of profit or revenue, loss of the use of equipment, cost of capital, cost of temporary equipment or services, whether based in whole or in part in contract, in tort, including negligence, strict liability, or any other theory of liability; provided, however, that damages for which a Party may be liable to the other Party under another agreement will not be considered to be special, indirect, incidental, or consequential damages hereunder. 7.6 Force Majeure If a Force Majeure Event prevents a Party from fulfilling any obligations under this Agreement, the Party affected by the Force Majeure Event (Affected Party) shall promptly notify the other Party, either in writing or via the telephone, of the existence of the Force Majeure Event. The notification must specify in reasonable detail the circumstances of the Force Majeure Event, its expected duration, and the steps that the Affected Party is taking to mitigate the effects of the event on its performance. The Affected Party shall keep the other Party informed on a continuing basis of developments relating to the Force Majeure Event until the event ends. The Affected Party will be entitled to suspend or modify its performance of obligations under this Agreement (other than the obligation to make payments) only to the extent that the effect of the Force Majeure Event cannot be mitigated by the use of Reasonable Efforts. The Affected Party will use Reasonable Efforts to resume its performance as soon as possible. 7.7 Default 7.7.1 No Default shall exist where such failure to discharge an obligation (other than the payment of money) is the result of a Force Majeure Event as defined in this Agreement or the result of an act or omission of the other Party. Upon a Default, the non-defaulting Party shall give written notice of such Default to the defaulting Party. Except as provided in article 7.6.2, the defaulting Party shall have 60 calendar days from receipt of the Default notice within which to cure such Default; provided however, if such Default is not capable of cure within 60 calendar days, the defaulting Party shall commence such cure within 20 calendar days after notice and continuously and diligently complete such cure within six months from receipt of the Default notice; and, if cured within such time, the Default specified in such notice shall cease to exist. (Continued on Sheet No. 10-264) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 100 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 264 7.7.2 If a Default is not cured as provided in this article, or if a Default is not capable of being cured within the period provided for herein, the non-defaulting Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by written notice at any time until cure occurs, and be relieved of any further obligation hereunder and, whether or not that Party terminates this Agreement, to recover from the defaulting Party all amounts due hereunder, plus all other damages and remedies to which it is entitled at law or in equity. The provisions of this article will survive termination of this Agreement. 8. Article 8. Insurance 8.1 An Area EPS Operator may only require an Interconnection Customer to purchase insurance covering damages pursuant to the MN DIP 5.10. 8.2 The Area EPS Operator agrees to maintain general liability insurance or self-insurance consistent with the Area EPS Operator’s commercial practice. Such insurance or self-insurance shall not exclude coverage for the Area EPS Operator’s liabilities undertaken pursuant to this Agreement. 8.3 The Parties further agree to notify each other whenever an accident or incident occurs resulting in any injuries or damages that are included within the scope of coverage of such insurance, whether or not such coverage is sought. 8.4 Failure of the Interconnection Customer or Area EPS Operator to enforce the minimum levels of insurance does not relieve the Interconnection Customer from maintaining such levels of insurance or relieve the Interconnection Customer of any liability. 9. Article 9. Confidentiality 9.1 Confidential Information shall mean any confidential and/or proprietary information provided by one Party to the other Party that is clearly marked or otherwise designated “Confidential.” For purposes of this Agreement, design, operating specifications, and metering data provided by the Interconnection Customer may be deemed Confidential Information regardless of whether it is clearly marked or otherwise designated as such. If requested by either Party, the other Party shall provide in writing the basis for asserting that the information warrants confidential treatment. Parties providing a Governmental Authority trade secret, privileged or otherwise not public or nonpublic data under the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act, Minnesota Statutes Chapter 13, shall identify such data consistent with the Commission’s September 1, 1999 Revised Procedures for Handling Trade Secret and Privileged Data, available online at: https://mn.gov/puc/puc-documents/#4 (Continued on Sheet No. 10-265) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 101 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 265 9.2 Confidential Information does not include information previously in the public domain with proper authorization, required to be publicly submitted or divulged by Governmental Authorities (after notice to the other Party and after exhausting any opportunity to oppose such publication or release), or necessary to be publicly divulged in an action to enforce this Agreement. Each Party receiving Confidential Information shall hold such information in confidence and shall not disclose it to any third party nor to the public without the prior written authorization from the Party providing that information, except to fulfill obligations under this Agreement, or to fulfill legal or regulatory requirements that could not otherwise be fulfilled by not making the information public. 9.2.1 Each Party shall hold in confidence and shall not disclose Confidential Information, to any person (except employees, officers, representatives and agents, who agree to be bound by this section). Confidential Information shall be clearly marked as such on each page or otherwise affirmatively identified. If a court, government agency or entity with the right, power, and authority to do so, requests or requires either Party, by subpoena, oral disposition, interrogatories, requests for production of documents, administrative order, or otherwise, to disclose Confidential Information, that Party shall provide the other Party with prompt notice of such request(s) or requirements(s) so that the other Party may seek an appropriate protective order or waive compliance with the terms of this Agreement. In the absence of a protective order or waiver the Party shall disclose such confidential information which, in the opinion of its counsel, the party is legally compelled to disclose. Each Party will use reasonable efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded any confidential information so furnished. 9.2.2 Critical infrastructure information or information that is deemed or otherwise designated by a Party as Critical Energy/Electric Infrastructure Information (CEII) pursuant to FERC regulation, 18 C.F.R. §388.133, as may be amended from time to time, may be subject to further protections for disclosure as required by FERC or FERC regulations or orders and the disclosing Party’s CEII policies. 9.2.3 Each Party shall employ at least the same standard of care to protect Confidential Information obtained from the other Party as it employs to protect its own Confidential Information. 9.2.4 Each Party is entitled to equitable relief, by injunction or otherwise, to enforce its rights under this provision to prevent the release of Confidential Information without bond or proof of damages, and may seek other remedies available at law or in equity for breach of this provision. (Continued on Sheet No. 10-266) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 102 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 266 10. Article 10. Disputes 10.1 The Parties agree to attempt to resolve all disputes arising out of the interconnection process and associated study and interconnection agreements according to the provisions of this article and MinnesotaAdministrative Rules 7829.1500-7829.1900.More information on the Commission’s Consumer Affairs Office dispute resolution services is available on the Commission’s website: https://mn.gov/puc/consumers/help/complaint/ 10.2 Prior to a written Notice of Dispute, the Party shall contact the other Party and raise the issue and the relief sought in an attempt to resolve the issue immediately. 10.3 In the event of a dispute, the disputing Party shall provide the other Party a written Notice of Dispute containing the relevantknown facts pertaining to the dispute, the specific dispute and the relief sought, and express notice by thedisputing Party that it is invoking the procedures under this article. The Interconnection Customer may utilize the Commission’s Consumer Affairs Office’s complaint/inquiry form and Informal Complaint dispute resolution process to assist with the written Notice of Dispute. The notice shall be sent to the non-disputing Party’s email address and physical address set forth in the interconnection agreement or Interconnection Application, if there is no interconnection agreement. If the Interconnection Customer chooses not to utilize the Commission’s Consumer Affair Office dispute resolution process, the Interconnection Customer shall provide an informational electronic copy of the Notice of Dispute to the Consumer Affairs Office at the Commission at consumer.puc@state.mn.us. 10.4 The non-disputing Party shall acknowledge the notice within three (3) Business Days of its receipt and identify a representative with the authority to make decisions for the non-disputing Party with respect to the dispute. 10.5 The non-disputing Party shall provide the disputing Party with relevant regulatory and/or technical details and analysis regarding the Area EPS Operator interconnection requirements under dispute within ten (10) Business Days of the date of the Notice of Dispute. Within twenty (20) Business Days of the date of the Notice of Dispute, the Parties’ authorized representatives will be required to meet and confer to try to resolve the dispute. Parties shall operate in good faith and use best efforts to resolve the dispute. 10.6 If a resolution is not reached in the thirty (30) Business Days from the date of the notice described in section 10.3, the Parties may 1) if mutually agreed, continue negotiations for up to an additional twenty (20) Business Days; or 2) either Party may request the Commission’s Consumer Affairs Office provide mediation in an attempt to resolve the dispute within twenty (20) Business Days with the opportunity to extend this timeline upon mutual agreement. Alternatively, both Parties by mutual agreement may request mediation from an outside third-party mediator with costs to be shared equally between the Parties. (Continued on Sheet No. 10-267) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 103 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 267 10.7 If the results of the mediation are not accepted by one or more Parties and there is still disagreement, the dispute shall proceed to the Commission’s Formal Complaint process as described in Minn. Rules 7829.1700-1900 unless mutually agreed to continue with informal dispute resolution. 10.8 At any time, either Party may file a complaint before the Commission pursuant to Minn. Stat. §216B.164, if applicable, and Commission rules outlined in Minn. Rules Ch. 7829. 11. Article 11. Taxes 11.1 The Parties agree to follow all applicable tax laws and regulations, consistent with Internal Revenue Service and any other relevant local, state and federal requirements. 11.2 Each Party shall cooperate with the other to maintain the other Party’s tax status. It is incumbent on the Party seeking to maintain its tax status to provide formal written notice to the other Party detailing what exact cooperation it is seeking from the other Party well prior to any deadline by which any such action would need to be taken. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to adversely affect, if applicable, the Area EPS Operator’s tax exempt status with respect to the issuance of bonds including, but not limited to, local furnishing bonds. 12. Article 12. Miscellaneous 12.1 Governing Law, Regulatory Authority, and Rules The validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement and each of its provisions shall be governed by the Minnesota Public Utilities Commission and the laws of the state of Minnesota, without regard to its conflicts of law principles. This Agreement is subject to all Applicable Laws and Regulations. Each Party expressly reserves the right to seek changes in, appeal, or otherwise contest any laws, orders, or regulations of a Governmental Authority. 12.2 Amendment The Parties may amend this Agreement by a written instrument duly executed by both Parties under the process described below, or under article 12.12 of this Agreement. If the Parties seek to amend this Agreement by a written instrument duly executed by both Parties, this amendment will need to receive Commission approval prior to it being effective. The Area EPS Operator and Interconnection Customer may seek Commission approval of an amendment to the Interconnection Agreement for use between them for a specific Interconnection Application in the following ways: (Continued on Sheet No. 10-268) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 104 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 268 12.2.1 File a Petition with the Commission, or 12.2.2 File a Notice with the Commission of the proposed amendment. The Notice should include a copy of the amendment showing in redline format how the amendment would alter the MN DIA between the Area EPS Operator and Interconnection Customer for the Interconnection Application at issue. If no objection or notice of intent to object is filed within 30 days, then the proposed amendment would be considered to be approved by the Commission. If there is a timely filed objection of notice of intent to object, then the proposed amendment would not be considered to have been approved by the Commission and could only be used if the Commission subsequently issues a written order authorizing its use. 12.2.3 Commission approval of an amendment to the Interconnection Agreement is not needed where such an amendment only addresses updating or correcting: 1) information specified in the Interconnection Application; 2) exhibits or attachments to the Interconnection Agreement as long as they are not additional agreements or requirements not covered in the MN DIP or Minnesota Technical Requirements; or 3) information provided in the blank lines to the MN DIA or Uniform Statewide Contract forms. 12.3 No Third-Party Beneficiaries This Agreement is not intended to and does not create rights, remedies, or benefits of any character whatsoever in favor of any persons, corporations, associations, or entities other than the Parties, and the obligations herein assumed are solely for the use and benefit of the Parties, their successors in interest and where permitted, their assigns. 12.4 Waiver 12.4.1 The failure of a Party to this Agreement to insist, on any occasion, upon strict performance of any provision of this Agreement will not be considered a waiver of any obligation, right, or duty of, or imposed upon, such Party. 12.4.2 Any waiver at any time by either Party of its rights with respect to this Agreement shall not be deemed a continuing waiver or a waiver with respect to any other failure to comply with any other obligation, right, duty of this Agreement. Termination or default of this Agreement for any reason by Interconnection Customer shall not constitute a waiver of the Interconnection Customer’s legal rights to obtain an interconnection from the Area EPS Operator. Any waiver of this Agreement shall, if requested, be provided in writing. (Continued on Sheet No. 10-269) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 105 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 269 12.5 Entire Agreement This Agreement, including all Attachments, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with reference to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings or agreements, oral or written, between the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. There are no other agreements, representations, warranties, or covenants which constitute any part of the consideration for, or any condition to, either Party’s compliance with its obligations under this Agreement. This Agreement can only be amended or modified in writing signed by both Parties. 12.6 Multiple Counterparts This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which is deemed an original but all constitute one and the same instrument. Electronic signatures are acceptable if the Area EPS Operator has made such a determination pursuant to MN DIP 1.2.1.1. 12.7 No Partnership This Agreement shall not be interpreted or construed to create an association, joint venture, agency relationship, or partnership between the Parties or to impose any partnership obligation or partnership liability upon either Party. Neither Party shall have any right, power or authority to enter into any agreement or undertaking for, or act on behalf of, or to act as or be an agent or representative of, or to otherwise bind, the other Party. 12.8 Severability If any provision or portion of this Agreement shall for any reason be held or adjudged to be invalid or illegal or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority, (1) such portion or provision shall be deemed separate and independent, (2) the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to restore insofar as practicable the benefits to each Party that were affected by such ruling, and (3) the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. 12.9 Security Arrangements Infrastructure security of electric system equipment and operations and control hardware and software is essential to ensure day-to-day reliability and operational security. All public utilities are expected to meet basic standards for system infrastructure and operational security, including physical, operational, and cyber-security practices. 12.10 Environmental Releases Each Party shall notify the other Party, first orally and then in writing, of the release of any hazardous substances, any asbestos or lead abatement activities, or any type of remediation activities related to the Distributed Energy Resource or the Interconnection Facilities, each of which may reasonably be expected to affect the other Party. The notifying Party shall (1) provide the notice as soon as practicable, provided such Party makes a good faith effort to provide the notice bno later than 24 hours after such Party becomes aware of the occurrence, and (2) promptly furnish to the other Party copies of any publicly available reports filed with any governmental authorities addressing such events. (Continued on Sheet No. 10-270) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 106 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 270 12.11 Subcontractors Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent a Party from utilizing the services of any subcontractor as it deems appropriate to perform its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that each Party shall require its subcontractors to comply with all applicable terms and conditions of this Agreement in providing such services and each Party shall remain primarily liable to the other Party for the performance of such subcontractor. 12.11.1 The creation of any subcontract relationship shall not relieve the hiring Party of any of its obligations under this Agreement. The hiring Party shall be fully responsible to the other Party for the acts or omissions of any subcontractor the hiring Party hires as if no subcontract had been made; provided, however, that in no event shall the Area EPS Operator be liable for the actions or inactions of the Interconnection Customer or its subcontractors with respect to obligations of the Interconnection Customer under this Agreement. Any applicable obligation imposed by this Agreement upon the hiring Party shall be equally binding upon, and shall be construed as having application to, any subcontractor of such Party. 12.11.2 The obligations under this article will not be limited in any way by any limitation of subcontractor’s insurance. 12.12 Inclusion of Area EPS Operator Tariffs and Rules The interconnection services provided under this Agreement shall at all times be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the tariff schedules and rules applicable to the electricservice provided by the Area EPS Operator, which tariff schedules and rules are hereby incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the Area EPS Operator shall have the right to unilaterally file with the Minnesota Public Utilities Commission pursuant to the Commission’s rules and regulations, an application for change in rates, charges, classification, service, tariff, or rule or any agreement relating thereto. The Interconnection Customer shall also have the right to unilaterally file with the Commission, pursuant to the Commission’s rules and regulations, an application for change in rates, charges, classification, service, tariff, or rule or any agreement relating thereto. Each Party shall be have the right to protest any such filing by the other Party and/or to participate fully in any proceeding before the Commission in which such modifications may be considered, pursuant to the Commission’s rules and regulations. 13. Article 13. Notices 13.1 General Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, any written notice, demand, or request required or authorized in connection with this Agreement (“Notice”) shall be deemed properly given if delivered in person, delivered by recognized national currier service, or sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, to the person specified below: (Continued on Sheet No. 10-271) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 107 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 271 If to the Interconnection Customer: Interconnection Customer: Attention: Address: City: State: Zip: Phone: Email: If to the Area EPS Operator: Area EPS Operator: Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota Corporation Attention: DER Interconnection Program Address: 414 Nicollet Mall (401 - 6th Floor) City: Minneapolis State: MN Zip: 55401 Phone: 1-800-895-4999 Email: SRCMN@xcelenergy.com (for solar garden interconnections) SolarProgramMN@xcelenergy.com (for all other DER interconnections) 13.2 Billing and Payment Billings and payments shall be sent to the addresses set out below: Interconnection Customer: Attention: Attention: Address: City: State: Zip: Area EPS Operator: Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota Corporation Attention: DER Interconnection Program Address: P.O. Box 59 City: Minneapolis State: MN Zip: 55440-0059 (Continued on Sheet No. 10-272) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 108 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 272 13.3 Alternative Forms of Notice Any notice or request required or permitted to be given by either Party to the other and not required by this Agreement to be given in writing may be so given by telephone or email to the telephone numbers and email addresses set out below: If to the Interconnection Customer: Interconnection Customer: Attention: Attention: Address: City: State: Zip: Phone: Email: If to the Area EPS Operator: Area EPS Operator: Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota Corporation Attention: DER Interconnection Program Address: 414 Nicollet Mall (401 - 6th Floor) City: Minneapolis State: MN Zip: 55401 Phone: 1-800-895-4999 Email: SRCMN@xcelenergy.com (for solar garden interconnections) SolarProgramMN@xcelenergy.com (for all other DER interconnections) 13.4 Designated Operating Representative The Parties may also designate operating representatives to conduct the communications which may be necessary or convenient for the administration of this Agreement. This person will also serve as the point of contact with respect to operations and maintenance of the Party’s facilities. Interconnection Customer’s Operating Representative: Interconnection Customer: Attention: Attention: Address: City: State: Zip: Phone: Email: (Continued on Sheet No. 10-273) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No.E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 109 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 273 Area EPS Operator’s Operating Representative: Area EPS Operator: Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota Corporation Attention: DER Interconnection Program Address: 414 Nicollet Mall (401 - 6th Floor) City: Minneapolis State: MN Zip: 55401 Phone: 1-800-895-4999 Email: SRCMN@xcelenergy.com (for solar garden interconnections) SolarProgramMN@xcelenergy.com (for all other DER interconnections) 13.5 Changes to the Notice Information Either Party may change this information by giving five Business Days written notice to the other Party prior to the effective date of the change. 14. Article 14. Signatures IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized representatives. For Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation (Area EPS Operator)– Signature: Name: Title: Date: For the Interconnection Customer Signature: Name: SV CSG Scandia LLC Title: Date: (Continued on Sheet No. 10-274) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 110 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 274 Attachment 1: Glossary of Terms – Another Area EPS Operator’s system, or Transmission Owner’s Transmission System, or Transmission System connected generation which may be affected by the proposed interconnection. – A person designated in writing by the Interconnection Customer to represent or provide information to the Area EPS on the Interconnection Customer’s behalf throughout the interconnection process. - The electric power distribution system connected at the Point of Common Coupling. – An entity that owns, controls, or operates the electric power distribution systems that are used for the provision of electric service in Minnesota. – Monday through Friday, excluding Holidays as defined by Minn. Stat. §645.44, Subd. 5. See MN DIP 5.2.1 for more on computation of time. - UL 1741 listing is a common form of DER inverter certification. See MN DIP Attachment 4: Certification Codes and Standards and Attachment 5: Certification of Distributed Energy Resource Equipment. – See MN DIA Article 9. (DER) – A source of electric power that is not directly connected to a bulk power system. DER includes both generators and energy storage technologies capable of exporting active power to an EPS. An interconnection system or a supplemental DER device that is necessary for compliance with this standard is part of a DER.For the purpose of the MN DIP and MN DIA, the DER includes the Customer’s Interconnection Facilities but shall not include the Area EPS Operator’s Interconnection Facilities. – The Area EPS facilities which are not part of the Local EPS, Transmission System or any generation system. – The additions, modifications, and upgrades to the Distribution System at or beyond the Point of Common Coupling to facilitate interconnection of the DER and render the distribution service necessary to effect the Interconnection Customer’s connection to the Distribution System. Distribution Upgrades do not include Interconnection Facilities. – Agreement(s) shall become effective upon execution by the Parties. – The facilities that deliver electric power to a load. (Continued on Sheet No. 10-275) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 111 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 275 – a condition or situation: (1) that in the judgment of the Party making the claim is imminently likely to endanger life or property; or (2) that, in the case of the Area EPS Operator, is imminently likely (as determined in a non-discriminatory manner) to cause a material adverse effect on the security of, or damage to the Distribution System, the Area EPS Operator’s Interconnection Facilities or the Distribution Systems of others to which the Distribution System is directly connected; or (3) that, in the case of the Interconnection Customer, is imminently likely (as determined in a non-discriminatory manner) to cause a material adverse effect on the security of, or damage to, the Distributed Energy Resource or the Interconnection Customer’s Interconnection Facilities. – The procedure as described in MN DIP Section 3 for evaluating an Interconnection Application for a Distributed Energy Resource that meets the eligibility requirements of MN DIP section 3.1. – An act of God, labor disturbance, act of the public enemy, war, insurrection, riot, fire, storm or flood, explosion, breakage or accident to machinery or equipment, an order, regulation or restriction imposed by governmental, military or lawfully established civilian authorities, or another cause beyond a Party’s control. A Force Majeure Event does not include an act of negligence or intentional wrongdoing. – Any of the practices, methods and acts engaged in or approved by a significant portion of the electric industry during the relevant time period, or any of the practices, methods and act which, in the exercise of reasonable judgment in light of the facts known at the time the decision was made, could have been expected to accomplish the desired result at a reasonable cost consistent with good business practices, reliability, safety and expedition. Good Utility Practice is not intended to be limited to the optimum practice, method, or act to the exclusion of all others, but rather to be acceptable practices, methods, or acts generally accepted in the region. – Any federal, state, local or other governmental regulatory or administrative agency, court, commission, department, board, or other governmental subdivision, legislature, rulemaking board, tribunal, or other governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Parties, their respective facilities, or the respective services they provide, and exercising or entitled to exercise any administrative, executive, police, or taxing authority or power; provided, however, that such term does not include the Interconnection Customer, the Area EPS Operator, or any Affiliate thereof. The Minnesota Public Utilities Commission is the authoritygoverning interconnection requirements unless otherwise provided for in the Minnesota Technical Requirements. – The terms and conditions between the Area EPS Operator and Interconnection Customer (Parties). See MN DIP Section 1.1.5 for when the Uniform Statewide Contract or MN DIA applies. – The Interconnection Customer’s request to interconnect a new or modified, as described in MN DIP Section 1.6, Distributed Energy Resource. See MN DIP Attachment 2 Simplified Application Form and MN DIP Attachment 3 Interconnection Application Form. – The person or entity, including the Area EPS Operator, whom will be the owner of the DER that proposes to interconnect a DER(s) with the Area EPS Operator’s DistributionSystem. The Interconnection Customer is responsible for ensuring the Distributed Energy Resource(s) is designed, operated and maintained in compliance with the Minnesota Technical Requirements. (Continued on Sheet No. 10-276) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 112 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 276 – The Area EPS Operator’s Interconnection Facilities and the Interconnection Customer’s Interconnection Facilities. Collectively, Interconnection Facilities include all facilities and equipment between the Distributed Energy Resource and Customer Interconnection System and the Point of Common Coupling, including any modification, additions or upgrades that are necessary to physically and electrically interconnect the Distributed Energy Resource to the Area EPS Operator’s System. Some examples of Customer Interconnection Facilities include: supplemental DER devices, inverters, and associated wiring and cables up to the Point of DER Connection. Some examples of Area EPS Operator Interconnection Facilities include sole use facilities; such as, line extensions, controls, relays, switches, breakers, transformers and shall not include Distribution Upgrades or Network Upgrades. – A modification to machine data, equipment configuration or to the interconnection site of the DER at any time after receiving notification by the Area EPS Operator of a complete Interconnection Application that has a material impact on the cost, timing, or design of any Interconnection Facilities or Upgrades, or a material impact on the cost, timing or design of any Interconnection Application with a later Queue Position or the safety or reliability of the Area EPS.1 - The Minnesota Distributed Energy Resource Interconnection Agreement. See MN DIP Section 1.1.5 for when the Uniform Statewide Contract or MN DIA applies. – The Minnesota Distributed Energy Resource Interconnection Process. The statewide interconnection standards. – The term including all of the DER technical interconnection requirement documents for the state of Minnesota; including: 1) Attachment 2 Distributed Generation Interconnection Requirements established in the Commission’s September 28, 2004 Order in E-999/CI-01-1023) until superseded and upon Commission approval of updated Minnesota DER Technical Interconnection and Interoperability Requirements in E-999/CI-16-521 (anticipated February 2019.) 1 A Material Modification shall include, but may not be limited to, a modification from the approved Interconnection Application that: (1) changes the physical location of the point of common coupling; such that it is likely to have an impact on technical review; (2) increases the nameplate rating or output characteristics of the Distributed Energy Resource; (3) changes or replaces generating equipment, such as generator(s), inverter(s), transformers, relaying, controls, etc., and substitutes equipmentthat is not like-kind substitution in certification, size, ratings, impedances, efficiencies orcapabilities of the equipment; (4)changes transformer connection(s) or grounding; and/or (5) changes to a certified inverter with different specifications or different inverter control settings or configuration. A Material Modification shall not include a modification from the approved Interconnection Application that: (1) changes the ownership of a Distributed Energy Resource; (2) changes the address of the Distributed Energy Resource, so long as the physical point of common coupling remains the same; (3) changes or replacesgenerating equipment such as generator(s), inverter(s), solar panel(s), transformers,relaying,controls, etc. and substitutes equipment that isalikekind substitution in certification, size, ratings, impedances, efficiencies or capabilities of the equipment; and/or (4) increases the DC/AC ratio butdoes not increase the maximum AC output capability of the Distributed Energy Resource. (Continued on Sheet No. 10-277) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 113 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 277 nominal voltage (V), current (A), maximum active power (kWac), apparent power (kVA), and reactive power (kvar) at which a DER is capable of sustained operation. For a Local EPS with multiple DER units, the aggregate nameplate rating is equal to the sum of all DERs nameplate rating in the Local EPS, not including aggregate capacity limiting mechanisms such as coincidence factors, plant controller limits, etc. that may be applicable for specific cases. (Aggregate Nameplate Rating). The nameplate ratings referenced in the MN DIP are alternating current nameplate DER ratings See MN DIP Section 5.14 on Capacity of the Distributed Energy Resource. – Additions, modifications, and upgrades to the Transmission System required at or beyond the point at which the DER interconnects with the Area EPS Operator’s System to accommodate the interconnection with the DER to the Area EPS Operator’s System. Network Upgrades do not include Distribution Upgrades. – The disputing Party shall provide the other Party this written notice containing the relevant known facts pertaining to the dispute, the specific dispute and the relief sought, and express notice by the disputing Party that it is invoking the procedures under MN DIP 5.3. – Any operating and technical requirements that may be applicable due to the Transmission Provider’s technical requirements or Minnesota Technical Requirements, including those set forth in this Agreement. – The Area EPS Operator and the Interconnection Customer. – The point where the Interconnection Facilities connect with the Area EPS Operator’s Distribution System. See figure 1. Equivalent, in most cases, to “service point” as specified by the Area EPS Operator and described in the National Electrical Code and the National Electrical Safety Code. (Continued on Sheet No. 10-278) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 114 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 278 (Source: IEEE 1547) – When identified as the Reference Point of Applicability, the point where an individual DER is electrically connected in a Local EPS and meets the requirements of this standard exclusive of any load present in the respective part of the Local EPS (e.g., terminals of the inverter when no supplemental DER device is required.) For DER Unit(s) that are not self-sufficient to meet the requirements without (a) supplemental DER device(s), the point of DER connection is the point where the requirements of this standard are met by DER in conjunction with (a) supplemental DER device(s) exclusive of any load present in the respective part of the Local EPS. – The order of a valid Interconnection Application, relative to all other pending valid Interconnection Applications, that is established based upon the date- and time- of receipt of the complete Interconnection Application as described in MN DIP sections 1.5.2 and 1.8. (Continued on Sheet No. 10-279) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By: Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 115 Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Section No. 10 Original Sheet No. 279 – With respect to an action required to be attempted or taken by a Party under these procedures, efforts that are timely and consistent with Good Utility Practice and are otherwise substantially equivalent to those a Party would use to protect its own interests. – The location, either the Point of Common Coupling or the Point of DER Connection, where the interconnection and interoperability performance requirements specified in IEEE 1547 apply. With mutual agreement, the Area EPS Operator and Customer may determine a point between the Point of Common Coupling and Point of DER Connection. See Minnesota DER Technical Interconnection and Interoperability Requirements for more information. – The procedure for evaluating an Interconnection Application for a certified inverter-based DER no larger than 20 kW that uses the screens described in MN DIP section 3.2. The Simplified process includes simplified procedures. MN DIP Attachment 2 Simplified Application Form includes a brief set of terms and conditions and the option for an Interconnection Agreement described in MN DIP 1.1.5. See MN DIP Section 2 Simplified Process. – The procedure for evaluating an Interconnection Application that includes the MN DIP Section 4 scoping meeting, system impact study, and facilities study. – The Area EPS Operator’s Tariff filed in compliance with the Minnesota Distributed Energy Resource Interconnection Procedures (MN DIP) and approved by the Minnesota Public Utilities Commission (MPUC or Commission). – The entity that owns, leases or otherwise possesses an interest in the portion of theTransmission System relevant to the Interconnection. – The entity (or its designated agent) that owns, leases, controls, or operates transmission facilities used for the transmission of electricity. The term Transmission Provider includes the Transmission Owner when the Transmission Owner is separate from the Transmission Provider. The Transmission Provider may include the Independent System Operator or Regional Transmission Operator. – The facilities owned, leased, controlled or operated by the Transmission Provider or the Transmission Owner that are used to provide transmission service. See the Commission’s July 26, 2000 Order Adopting Boundary Guidelines for Distinguishing Transmission from Generation and Distribution Assets in Docket No. E-999/CI-99/1261. – State of Minnesota’s standard, uniform contract that must be applied to all qualifying new and existing interconnections between a utility and DER having capacity less than 40 kilowatts if interconnecting with a cooperative or municipal utility and 1,000 kilowatts if interconnecting with a public utility. (Minn. Rules 7835.9910) – The required additions and modifications to the Area EPS Operator’s Transmission or Distribution System at or beyond the Point of Interconnection. Upgrades may be Network Upgrades or Distribution Upgrades. Upgrades do not include Interconnection Facilities. (Continued on Sheet No. 10-280) Date Filed: 12-14-18 By:Christopher B. Clark Effective Date: 05-09-19 President, Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation Docket No. E002/M-18-714 Order Date: 05-09-19 116 __________ ________________________________________ Equipment, including the Distributed Energy Resource, Interconnection Facilities, and metering equipment shall be itemized and identified as being owned by the Interconnection Customer or the Area EPS Operator. The Area EPS Operator will provide a good faith estimate itemized cost, including administrative overheads, of its Interconnection Facilities and metering equipment, and a good faith estimate itemized cost of the annual operation and maintenance expenses associated with its Interconnection Facilities and metering equipment. The Area EPS shall inform the Interconnection Customer of the option to either pay the metering costs upfront or through a monthly metering fee and provide the customer a copy of the tariff with the metering fee pursuant to MN DIP 5.4. The DER (as defined in Glossary to the MN DIA) is owned by the Interconnection Customer. The Interconnection Facilities (as defined in Glossary to the MN DIA) consist of all facilities and equipment between the DER and the Point of Common Coupling and are composed of the Area EPS Operator’s Interconnection Facilities and the Interconnection Customers’ Interconnection Facilities. Except as specified below, the Interconnection Customer’s Interconnection Facilities owned by the Interconnection Customer consist of: supplemental DER devices, inverters, and associated wiring and cables up to the Point of DER Connection; and the Area EPS Operator Interconnection Facilities owned by the Area EPS Operator include sole use facilities such as, line extensions, controls, relays, switches, breakers, transformers, and any recloser facility dedicated for use by the DER. This definition does not include other equipment owned by the Area EPS Operator such as Distribution Upgrades or Network Upgrades. 4145860 45.247456, -92.880586, Scandia, MN., 55073 117 The above pricing is per production meter. Where telemetry has been installed, but the applicable rate above does not reference a *, then a mobile network charge of $25.00 per month shall be applied in addition to that rate. * Includes monthly mobile network costs and annual maintenance At of the time of signing this MN DIA, the following upfront metering and/or telemetry charges apply: $for the meter and meter enclosure. o Billing Meter For installation of Main Service Metering equipment for this site. Main service metering is _________ kV Primary pole mounted. Cost of CTs and PTs are added to the Area EPS Interconnection Costs. Communication provisions for meter billing data: The preferred method of gathering billing data from both Main Service and Production meters would be to utilize the cellular communication system required for telemetry. 5.4.2 Pay a tariffed monthly charge for the actual, DER-related meter and metering-related replacement costs may be billed separately to the Interconnection Customer after these costs are incurred. (customer is responsible for maintenance and replacement costs)(metering costs are pre-paid) 34.5 118 119 120 The Area EPS Operator shall also provide requirements that must be met by the Interconnection Customer prior to initiating parallel operation with the Area EPS Operator’s Distribution System. Additional operating and maintenance requirements for an Affected System needed to support the Interconnection Customer’s needs may be addressed in a separate agreement as described in Article 5.3. These Operating and Maintenance Requirements (Attachment 5), in this Attachment to the Minnesota Distributed Energy Resource Interconnection Agreement (MN DIA) (as adopted in the Area EPS Operator tariff), provide the specific operating information and requirements for, and facilitates the operation of, the Interconnection Customer’s Distributed Energy Resource (DER). The Interconnection Customer must operate the DER in accordance with the Minnesota Technical Requirements, this Attachment 5, as well as all provisions of applicable Area EPS Operator Minnesota tariffs. Unless otherwise defined in this Attachment, capitalized terms herein shall have the meaning provided such terms in the MN DIA. Consistent with the MPUC’s January 22, 2020 order in Docket No. E-999/CI-16-521, the Minnesota Technical Requirements comprise both the TIIR and TSM which first become effective on July 1, 2020. After this effective date, the current versions of the TIIR and the Area EPS Operator’s TSM can be accessed at the following link: https://www.xcelenergy.com/working_with_us/how_to_interconnect. Over time, the then-current versions of the TIIR and TSM shall apply. In the event that this link changes over time or no longer points to the then-current TIIR or TSM, the Interconnection Customer can contact the Area EPS Operator for instruction on how to access the then-current versions of these documents. Nothing in this Attachment is intended to or shall be construed as limiting Area EPS Operator’s rights under the Area EPS Operator Minnesota tariffs. In the event of a conflict between this Operating and Maintenance Agreement and any law, regulation and/or the Area EPS Operator Minnesota tariff, the law, regulation or Area EPS Operator Minnesota tariff shall control, and the conflicting Operating and Maintenance Agreement provision shall have no effect. In the event of such a conflict, the remaining terms of this Operating and Maintenance Agreement shall remain in effect. This Operating and Maintenance Agreement may be reviewed and amended by the Parties periodically to allow the operation of the DER to change to meet the needs of both Area EPS Operator and Interconnection Customer, provided that change does not negatively affect the 4145860 45.247456, -92.880586, Scandia, MN., 55073 121 operation of the distribution or transmission system of Area EPS Operator. In addition, the Parties may amend this Operating and Maintenance Agreement to reflect operating changes required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the matters governed by this Attachment, such as changes required by the Minnesota Public Utility Commission, the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission or the Midwest Independent System Operator. If the power factor, or any other provision of this Attachment 5, at any time is in the sole determination of the Area EPS Operator no longer consistent with the provisioning of adequate quality of electricity for retail customers of the Area EPS Operator, or for other reliability or safety considerations or other reasons addressed in Sections 2 and 3 below, then this shall be considered to be an Emergency Condition (as described in MN DIA). If the Interconnection Customer has not countersigned an amendment to this Amendment 5 tendered to it by the Area EPS Operator to address and resolve this Emergency Condition, the Area EPS Operator shall be able to take all actions to address this Emergency Condition as set forth in the MN DIA. Any such amendment may include reasonable requirements to show proof that applicable changes have been made to the DER. This Attachment sets forth the technical terms pursuant to which Interconnection Customer may export energy to Area EPS Operator from the DER. This Attachment does not provide for the amount, metering, billing and accounting for the export of energy from the DER, nor does it constitute Area EPS Operator’s agreement to purchase or pay for any such energy. Any such arrangements will be provided for in a separate written agreement. “Distributed Energy Resources” (DERs) include all sources, including energy storage systems. All sources interconnected in parallel with Xcel Energy’s system require an interconnection review. “Engineering Study” means the system impact study or facilities study performed by Area EPS Operator as part of the interconnection process conducted pursuant to the MN DIP. “Area EPS Operator Control Center Contact” is as defined in Section 9.2. “Interconnection Customer Control Center Contact” is as defined in Section 9.3. Unless specifically defined otherwise, all measurements and performance requirements will be measured at the Reference Point of Applicability (RPA), as defined by IEEE 1547. 122 The power factor of the DER and connected load shall be as follows. Inverter based interconnections shall, at minimum, be designed to be capable of operating fully at a power factor range of 90% leading to 90% lagging at the inverter terminals. The specific power factor for this DER is specified in par. 2.1.1 below. Normal operation: 2.1.1.Interconnection Customer will operate the DER as an inverter-based DER at a fixed power factor, as identified by the Engineering Study, to mitigate voltage or power quality issues resulting from the interconnection of the DER. Operation outside the specified power factor range is not allowed at any time without permission by Area EPS Operator. It is the responsibility of Interconnection Customer and not Area EPS Operator to assure that all equipment is sized properly so as to not curtail real power production if that is an objective of the Interconnection Customer. Interconnection Customer shall operate the DER at a fixed power factor of _____________. The use of the term “leading” means the DER is absorbing reactive power. The use of the term “lagging” means the DER is injecting reactive power. This power factor is specified at the reference point of applicability (RPA). This power factor is subject to change over time through an amendment to this Attachment 5 in order to maintain appropriate quality of electricity to the retail customers of the Area EPS Operator and for reliability and safety issues as more distributed energy resources are added to a feeder, feeders are reconfigured, as load changes on a feeder, or for other reasons. These possible changes to the power factor are highlighted here to help set expectations that changes to the power factor set forth in Attachment 5 should be expected over time. 2.1.2.In the future, permanent Distribution System reconfigurations, capacity constraints, or other external factors may require that the DER be served from another system and/or may also require that the DER change power factor within the limits identified in Section 2.0 in order to prevent voltage rise or otherwise help to assure the safe and reliable operation of the Distribution System. Contingency operation: 2.2.1.Temporary system conditions, such as overvoltage, may require the Area EPS Operator Control Center Contact, in accordance with good utility practice and avoiding, to the extent reasonably possible, a reduction in the DER output (in the sole discretion of Area EPS Operator), to direct the Interconnection Customer Control Center Contact to disconnect or partially curtail the output of the DER. In some cases, and in its sole discretion, Area EPS Operator may permit Interconnection Customer to partially operate or fully restore operation by temporarily applying different power factor settings. 0.96 absorbing VARs 123 The DER shall delay entry into service by an intentional minimum delay of 300 seconds when the Area EPS Operator Distribution System steady state voltage and frequency are within the ranges specified in Table 4 of IEEE 1547-2018. This entry into service requirement shall also apply for return to service after a DER trips. The DER shall increase output of active power, or exchange of active power for energy storage, during entry into service as specified in Clause 4.10.3.c of IEEE 1547-2018 with an entry into service time period setting of 300 seconds. This entry into service requirement shall also apply for return to service after a DER trips. In order to mitigate voltage or power quality issues, the Area EPS Operator reserves the right, based upon the Engineering Study or field experience, to specify modifications to the settings in Sections 3.1 and 3.2. Interconnection Customer may also be required to ensure that the inverters for the DER allow random or preprogrammed time delays between the startup of multiple inverters. The Interconnection Customer shall ensure that at all times Area EPS Operator has access to a manually operated three-phase ganged lockable service disconnect switch. If transfer trip has been installed, then Interconnection Customer shall also ensure that Area EPS Operator has access to a breaker that can remotely control the DER from Area EPS Operator’s systems. To the extent allowed by law, Area EPS Operator shall provide notice to the Interconnection Customer explaining the reason for the disconnection. If there is an emergency described in Section 4.1.1 or 4.1.2 below and prior notice is not reasonably possible, Area EPS Operator shall, after the fact, provide to the Interconnection Customer as to why the disconnection was required. Where reasonably possible, Area EPS Operator shall use commercially reasonable efforts to reconnect the DER in a timely manner. Interconnection Customer agrees and consents to Area EPS Operator’s remote tripping or manual disconnection, as reasonably necessary under good utility practice, of the breaker for the DER including, but not limited to, in the following circumstances, as system conditions exceed parameters defined in any IEEE, NESC or ANSI standards: 4.1.1.Electric distribution or DER emergency 4.1.2.Public emergency 4.1.3.Abnormal feeder operation 4.1.4.Planned switching 4.1.5.Interconnection Customer’s failure to promptly respond to and execute on Area EPS Operator’s request to curtail the output of, or disconnect, the DER. If the DER has tripped offline due to an interruption on the Distribution System, Interconnection Customer shall contact the Area EPS Operator “Electric 124 Emergency/Outage” Number 800-895-1999 to report the unplanned interruption or outage. Upon the occurrence of an emergency outage(s) (defined as any unplanned interruption of Area EPS Operator’s Distribution System), Interconnection Customer shall do the following: If there is automation installed on the feeder, then the DER will be automatically disconnected from Area EPS Operator’s electric Distribution System when not served by the normal source. Area EPS Operator shall use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly restore the DER to service, consistent with good utility practice. Unless otherwise directed by the Area EPS Operator, during a momentary (defined as an interruption of electric service to a customer with disruption less than or equal to 5 minutes) or extended Distribution System interruption, the Interconnection Customer shall follow the requirements of Section 3.0 when returning their system to service. If the DER causes radio, television or electrical service interference to other customers, via the electric power system or interference with the operation of Area EPS Operator, the Interconnection Customer shall disconnect the DER. The Interconnection Customer shall either effect repairs to the DER or reimburse Area EPS Operator for the cost of any required Area EPS Operator modifications due to the interference. At its sole discretion Area EPS Operator may modify its electric Distribution System. Area EPS Operator shall utilize good utility practice in performing these modifications, and provide notice consistent with good utility practices such as by providing telephone notice to the contact in Section 9 below. Area EPS Operator shall include the DER in its permanent substation and distribution system reconfigurations and consider accommodations to Interconnection Customer consistent with good utility practice. The DER must be designed and interconnected such that the reliability and the service quality for all customers of the electrical power system are not compromised. The Interconnection Customer is responsible for all costs associated with the installation, operation, and maintenance of the DER. The Interconnection Customer shall be 125 responsible for any expenses, which may be incurred by Area EPS Operator as a result of any changes or modifications of the Interconnection Customer’s DER. Any changes to the design or component parts of the DER shall follow the MN DIP process. During contingency operations, should voltage or power quality issues arise from operation of the DER, at the direction of the Area EPS Operator Control Center Contact the Interconnection Customer shall disconnect the DER if, in Area EPS Operator’s sole discretion, it believes disconnection would facilitate maintaining compliance with ANSI- C84.1-2016 voltage requirements or other relevant industry standard. During contingency operations, if the DER creates loading, overloading or protection issues, at the direction of the Area EPS Operator Control Center Contact the Interconnection Customer shall disconnect the DER if, in Area EPS Operator’s sole discretion, it believes disconnection is consistent with good utility practice. The Area EPS Operator may, in its sole discretion, disconnect the DER during abnormal system conditions or contingency operations. The DER shall not be reconnected to the system until the Area EPS Operator indicates the conditions requiring the DER to be disconnected are resolved. DER shall cease operation for loss of DER ground referencing equipment, if applicable, or loss of any other required DER component related to the safe and reliable operation of the DER. Each Party shall contact each other for planned and emergency operational issues related to the DER, when reasonable. In order to permit Area EPS Operator and Interconnection Customer to take immediate action, Interconnection Customer and Area EPS Operator shall at all times provide to each other the contact information for emergency and planned outages, who shall be available twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week and be able to take action with respect to the operation of the DER and the Distribution System, respectively. In order to maintain expedient restoration of the system, please note that Xcel Energy may not be able to contact the Interconnection Customer during emergency outages. The Interconnection Customer should report Xcel Energy outages to Xcel Energy through the Electric Outage Call Center number listed below. 126 The contact information for Xcel Energy that is available to Interconnection Customer twenty (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week to report Xcel Energy outages affecting the Interconnection Customer, and for updates on expected restoration of service during unplanned outages, is: Electric Outage Call Center (800) 895-1999 The contact information for Interconnection Customer’s Control Center that is available to Xcel Energy twenty (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week is: ____________________________________________ Each Party shall keep the other informed of their above-identified contact information in this Section 9. Notice of changes to this information shall be provided immediately pursuant to Article 13 of the MN DIA. At all times, Area EPS Operator shall have access to the disconnect switch of the DER for any reasonable purpose in connection with: the performance of its obligations under the MN DIA (including this Operating and Maintenance Agreement); to meet its obligation to operate the Area EPS Operator system safely and reliably; to comply with law or regulation; or, to provide service to its customers. At all times, the Interconnection Customer shall give Area EPS Operator access to Area EPS Operator’s equipment and facilities located on the Interconnection Customer’s premises when necessary for Area EPS Operator to: perform its obligations under the MN DIA (including this Operating and Maintenance Agreement); meet its obligation to operate the Area EPS Operator system safely and reliably; to comply with law or regulation; or, provide service to its customers. Consistent with the above, in order to allow Xcel Energy to have reasonably safe access, the Interconnection Customer needs to build, maintain, or otherwise always have in place, all of the following: 1.) a road grade no steeper at any point than 12% on any private road at this site; 2.) a permanent drivable (road) surface associated with this site so that Xcel Energy on a 24 hour a day, seven days a week, basis can access its equipment, including but not limited to lines, poles, transformers, billing meters, underground facilities and other facilities, but excluding production meters. The drivable road surface also needs to include appropriate turn-around locations. The road and turn-around need to be reasonably sufficient to support the use of a 10 ton truck (loaded with transformers, poles, and crews) and hauling a heavily-loaded trailer. A violation of any of these provisions at any time shall be considered to be a violation of the Interconnection Agreement that allows Xcel Energy to disconnect the 127 Interconnection Customer shall maintain the system in good working order. Interconnection Customer shall perform maintenance in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and intervals. When telemetry is required, the Interconnection Customer is financially responsible for the communications channel associated with Area EPS Operator’s Remote Monitoring System. The communication channel shall comply with Area EPS Operator requirements and standards. If the communications cabinet and/or communication channel is provided by Area EPS Operator, the Interconnection Customer shall be responsible for operating and maintenance costs, and replacement of any failed parts or materials. Interconnection Customer shall be responsible for costs associated with emergency repairs, scheduled repairs, or replacement of parts for the telemetry system. Interconnection Customer shall be responsible for replacement costs for advanced metering equipment, such as an ION meter. Interconnection Customer is responsible for assuring network equipment functions properly to facilitate communications between the Area EPS Operator communications cabinet and all meters on site. Any failure of Interconnection Customer provided equipment between the communication cabinet and meters shall be repaired or replaced by the Interconnection Customer within seven (7) calendar days of the first day of improper functioning of this equipment. This includes wiring, connectors, switches, panels, all other hardware, fiber or Ethernet, Remote Terminal Unit (RTU), 120 V power source, etc. To the extent this equipment is not working properly, there may be delayed payment for generation. Failure of the Interconnection Customer to repair the improperly working equipment within this seven (7) calendar day period may result in disconnection of the DER from Area EPS Operator’s Distribution System, with permission to reconnect only granted after the situation is corrected. The Interconnection Customer shall notify Area EPS Operator, in writing of plans for any modifications to the DER interconnection equipment at least twenty (20) business days prior to undertaking such modification. 128 Modification or replacement with respect to any of the interconnection equipment, including all power conversion equipment, protective systems, DER control systems, the transfer switches/breakers, VT’s & CT’s, generating capacity and associated wiring shall be included in the notification to Area EPS Operator. Any such proposed modification shall also comply with any applicable requirement in the MN DIP or MN DIA. The Interconnection Customer agrees not to commence installation of any modifications to the DER until Area EPS Operator has approved the modification, in writing. Area EPS Operator shall have a minimum of five (5) business days and a maximum of ten (10) business days, to review and respond to the modification, after the receipt of the information required to review the modifications. Interconnection Customer may request underground facilities where Company standard construction is overhead facilities. The Company will determine if the request will not adversely affect the reliability, operational integrity, or schedule of required work. The Interconnection Customer shall be responsible for Operating, Maintenance and Replacement costs of the special facilities. In this context, the term “special facilities” means facilities which the Company builds or installs which differ from the Company’s typical construction standards. For example, this would include the situation where the Interconnection Customer, for aesthetics, permitting, or any other reason, requests underground facilities even though from a technical perspective overhead facilities would be sufficient. Perpetual easements will be granted Company at no cost to the Company whenever any portion of the underground Distribution System is located on private land. Said easements also will allow the Company access for inspection, maintenance, and repair of Company facilities. 129 130 131 Landowner Address City/Zip WARREN A JOHNSON 21139 MANNING TRL N SCANDIA MN 55073 GLORIA WONG 10051 OTTOWA AVE N STILLWATER MN 55082 JOHN J & SHARENE PELTIER PO BOX 1151 FOREST LAKE MN 55025 KEVIN R & SUZANNE NICKELSON 11262 SCANDIA TRL N SCANDIA MN 55073 TRENT NICKELSON 11081 SCANDIA TRL N SCANDIA MN 55073 SCANDIA TRAIL SOLAR LLC 700 UNIVERSE BLVD JUNO BEACH FL 33408 XCEL ENERGY 414 NICOLLET MALL MINNEAPOLIS MN 55401 LOREN J & LINDA M NICKELSON 36120 TAMARACK RD CROSSLAKE MN 56442 FERGUS R WOOLEY JR & LAURA J FEARING 11292 MAYBERRY TRL N SCANDIA MN 55073 MARK C & NANETTE ALTNOW 11250 MAYBERRY TRL N SCANDIA MN 55073 PATRICIA & CHRISTOPHER JOHNSON 20360 MANNING TRL N SCANDIA MN 55073 RUTH VOGT 20495 KIRBY AVE N SCANDIA MN 55073 10929 Scandia Trail N Neighboring Scandia Landowners 132 Impervious Surface Calculation (sq ft) - 10929 Scandia Trail N, Scandia MN Impervious Surface Area (sq ft) Sunvest - SV CSG Scandia LLC: Posts 16.50 equipment pad 890.00 Gordian - DIVOCS: Posts 6.95 equipment pad 2,310.00 NEE - Oriana: Posts 5.74 equipment pad 2,310.00 Shared Solar Driveway and Entrances 42,660.00 Homesite: Gravel Driveway 10,067.00 Home/Ag Shed 2,267.00 Total 60,533.19 10929 Scandia Trail North (65 acres above OHWL)2,831,400.00 Impervious Surface Coverage Ratio Current 0.44% Shared Solar Driveway and Entrances 1.51% Impervious Surface Coverage Ratio Proposed (Homesite + Sunvest array only)0.47% Impervious Surface Coverage Ratio Proposed (Homesite + Gordian array only)0.52% Impervious Surface Coverage Ratio Proposed (Homesite + NEE array only)0.52% Impervious Surface Coverage Ratio Proposed (All three projects + Homesite + shared solar driveway)2.14% 133 Proposed Stormwater Management, Sediment, and Erosion Control Plan 134 600 / 4 8 0 V XFM R HV 990 99 5 99 5 9 9 5 9 7 0 9 7 5 9 9 0 995 995 9 8 0 98 5 DRAINAGE AREA 2 3.71 AC DRAINAGE AREA 3 1.31 AC DRAINAGE AREA 1 3.06 AC PROPOSED BASIN PROPOSED BELOW GROUND STORAGE: 1,700 CF -5.24 % -0.0 1 % -3.42% - 0 . 0 1 % -4.81% 895 SV C S G S C A N D I A L L C SC A N D I A , M N 5 5 0 7 3 WA S H I N G T O N C O U N T Y , M I N N E S O T A (4 5 . 2 4 7 4 5 6 , - 9 2 . 8 8 0 5 8 6 ) NO. REVISIONS DATE DESCRIPTION SHEET NAME SHEET NUMBER REVISION PROJECT CONTRACTOR ENGINEER OWNER/DEVELOPER SHEET SIZE C: \ U s e r s \ e n r i q u e . v e g l i o \ D r o p b o x ( S u n V e s t S o l a r ) \ S u n V e s t S o l a r T e a m F o l d e r \ 1 P r o j e c t s \ 2 A c t i v e \ M i n n e s o t a \ P R O J - 0 1 2 3 4 S c a n d i a \ D e s i g n A n d E n g i n e e r i n g \ E n g i n e e r i n g D o c s \ S C A N D I A C U P \ _ C U P \ S V C S G S c a n d i a _ S i t e H y d r o l o g y P l a n _ C U P R e v 0 _ 2 0 2 3 0 7 2 5 . d w g Pl o t t e d : 8 / 1 / 2 0 2 3 1 1 : 4 3 P M B y : E n r i q u e V e g l i o 0 0 07/27/2023 CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT SITE PLANS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION INSTALLATION TO COMPLY WIHT 2017 ARTICEL 690 AND ALL APPLICABLE LOCA, STATE AND NATIONAL CODES OR REGULATIONS EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LABELED PER NEC 690 AND XCEL ENERGY REGULATIONS X' ACCESS ROADS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE ALL CONSTRUCTION, OPERATIONS, MAINTENANCE, AND UTILITY TRAFFIC THROUGHOUT THE SITE GENERAL NOTES 1 2 3 SITE HYDROLOGY C.102 NORTH N GRAPHIC SCALE 60'0 1" = 60' 60'30' LEGEND 60 0 / 4 8 0 V XF M R HV EQUIPMENT PAD INVERTER/DISCONNECT RACK PROPOSED OVERHEAD UTILITY ACCESS ROAD PROPOSED POWER POLE EXISTING OVERHEAD UTILITY PROPOSED FENCE LINE EXISTING PROPERTY LINE SETBACK LINE DRAINAGE AREA LINE PORPOSED STORMWATER BASIN SILT FENCE LINE LIMITS OF DISTURBANCE LINE VEGETATION BUFFER 135 Decommissioning Plan SV CSG Scandia, LLC 136 Table of Contents 1 - Introduction............................................................................................................................... 1 2 - Summary Statement of Expected Residual Value .................................................................. 1 3 - Basis of Plan Narrative ............................................................................................................. 1 4 - Schedule of Removal and Restoration Costs .......................................................................... 3 5 - Schedule of Salvage Values ...................................................................................................... 4 137 1.0 Introduction The purpose of this report is to describe the decommissioning process for the SV CSG Scandia solar photovoltaic generation facility (“the project”) located at 10929 Scandia Trail North, Scandia, MN 55073. The project consists of 2,522 solar modules mounted to a driven pile, Single Axis Tracker system. After final circuit consolidation at the equipment pad mounted switchboard, the system’s voltage will be stepped-up to distribution level at a transformer and interconnected, onto an existing utility distribution circuit. The project converts approximately 8 acres of agricultural land into a power generation facility. Construction includes solar modules mounted on driven steel piles, inverters, concrete transformer and equipment pads, and gravel access roads. 2.0 Summary Statement of Expected Decommissioning Cost The expected residual value of the solar facility is the difference between the removal/restoration cost and the salvage value. The decommissioning cost to remove the solar PV facility and reestablish the property back to a grassy field is not expected to exceed a net expenditure of $39,115.66. 3.0 Basis of Plan Narrative The following is a list of assumptions and clarifications to further define the methodology used to establish the scope and values of the removal costs and salvage values. 3.1 General • The intent of the decommissioning work will be to fully remove the solar facility, dispose of any components, and restore the site to a permanently stabilized grassed field. • The service life of the facility is assumed to be 35 years. Because of this there is inherent uncertainty with pricing estimates that far into the future. All dollar amounts are in net present value (NPV). It is assumed that all values will inflate/deflate consistent with inflation, therefore, the NPV comparison of removal cost to salvage value will remain relevant at the end of the service life. • Costs associated with this plan represent a “turn key” operation for a general contractor to be hired for this work, including permits, mobilization, contingency, etc. • Haul costs assume a maximum distance of 60 miles between the project and nearest disposal or recycling facility. • No maximum duration has been assigned for this work. It has been assumed that this work would be handled by a single crew without full time site personnel. 138 3.2 Civil Infrastructure • Topsoil used to backfill excavations will be borrowed from onsite locations. No topsoil import is included. • Removal of rip rap at stormwater basins is included. • Aggregate removal will be the full depth of the aggregate section for roads, equipment pads, and other areas utilizing aggregate. No aggregate will be buried. Includes subgrade scarification prior to backfilling with topsoil. • Turf establishment includes mulch, fertilizer, and water as necessary to achieve 70% ground cover as required to satisfy the NPDES Construction General Permit. • Sediment control cost consists of silt fence but could also be fiber logs. Location of sediment control will be downslope from exposed soils only in areas where sedimentation offsite or into onsite water bodies can reasonably be expected. • Trees and shrubs shall be protected and shall remain in place. 3.3 Structural Infrastructure • Steel pile foundation removal is estimated at 25% the effort and cost as pile installation. • Steel racking removal is estimated at 50% the effort and cost of racking installation. 3.4 Electrical Infrastructure • PV modules to be recycled. Assumption is that the module value will be based off the module wattage. i.e. a higher wattage module will be worth more than a lower one. • Switchgear including transformers will be removed from their respective concrete pads and recycled or returned to the manufacturer. • Copper wiring will be dug up (if required) and recycled. • Aluminum wiring will be dug up (if required) and recycled. • Customer owned site riser or interconnection poles shall be removed. • A two-person crew can dismantle a string inverter and recycle the components. • Transformers are pad mounted and weigh approximately 8,500 pounds. These are dry type transformers, so there is no need for any oil disposal. • Underground power and communication cables can be removed by excavating with a power trencher or excavator. 3.5 Recycling PV Modules • Recycling solar modules have environmental benefits such as o Creating a useful and sustainable method of disposal o Providing raw materials for repurposing and reprocessing o Recovering up to 90% of the photovoltaic glass and up to 95% of the o semiconductor material necessary for further production o Recycling of rare earth metals. 139 4.0 Schedule of Removal and Restoration Costs Removal and Restoration Costs CIVIL INFRASTRUCTURE QUANTITY UNITS $/UNIT COST NOTES 1 Road Aggregate, Rip Rap, and Geotextile Removal 1312.5 ft3 $ 1.00 $ 1,312.50 Remove full section of aggregate road, rip rap, and geotextile fabrics 2 Road Aggregate, Rip Rap, and Geotextile Haul and Offsite Disposal 1312.5 ft3 $ 3.66 $ 4,800.00 Hauling offsite 3 Topsoil Backfill 7500 ft3 $ 1.00 $ 7,500.00 Onsite relocation of topsoil to backfill road and equipment pad excavations 4 Fence Removal 3,200 ft $ 1.00 $ 3,200.00 Includes fence mesh, post framing, concrete foundations, gates, etc. 5 Fence Haul and Offsite Disposal 16,000 lbs $ 0.05 $ 800.00 6 Concrete Equipment Pad Removal 1 EA $ 5,000.00 $ 5,000.00 7 Concrete Waste Haul and Offsite Disposal 1 EA $ 2,500.00 $ 2,500.00 8 Site Grading 1 Acres $ 5,000.00 $ 5,000.00 Grading smooth all areas disturbed by removals, excavations, etc, assumed (0.1 x project area) + Road Area + Equipment Pad Area 9 Turf Establishment 8 Acres $ 1,500.00 $ 12,000.00 Hydroseed all areas disturbed by removals, excavations, etc 10 Sediment Control 1067 ft $ 10.00 $ 10,666.67 Silt fence installation Structural Infrastructure 11 Foundation Removal 666 EA $ 18.71 $ 12,461.56 ~25% of Install cost 12 Foundation Haul and Offsite Disposal 666 EA $ 5.96 $ 3,971.50 13 Racking Removal 93744 lbs $ 0.33 $ 30,883.81 ~50% of Install cost 14 Racking Haul and Offsite Disposal 93744 lbs $ 0.03 $ 2,863.18 Electrical Infrastructure 15 Removal of Solar Modules 2,522 EA $ 5.00 $ 12,610.00 16 Removal of String Inverters 8 EA $ 1,000.00 $ 8,000.00 17 Removal of Switchgear/Xfmr 1 EA $ 5,000.00 $ 5,000.00 18 Removal of Riser and Interconnection Poles 4 EA $ 1,000.00 $ 4,000.00 19 Removal of SCADA/Aux Panel/Weather Station 1 EA $ 200.00 $ 200.00 20 Removal of DC Copper Wire 1,754 lbs $ 2.00 $ 3,508.00 21 Removal of AC Aluminum Wires 1,800 lbs $ 2.00 $ 3,600.00 Total Cost $ 139,877.22 140 5.0 Schedule of Salvage Values 6.0 Schedule of Summary Summary Description Cost Units Decommissioning Estimate (DE) $ 139,877.22 $ Salvage Estimate (SE) $ 100,761.56 $ Total Cost (DE-SE) $ 39,115.66 $ Factor of Safety (FoS) 1.075 Total Cost with FoS $ 42,049.33 $ Average Inflation rate 2.50% % Time Period 35 Years Total Cost with FoS and Inflation after Time Period $ 97,357.75 $ Salvage Values Structural Infrastructure QUANTITY UNITS $/UNIT VALUE 1 Steel Pile 130032 lbs $ 0.10 $ 12,678.12 2 Steel Racking 93744 lbs $ 0.10 $ 9,140.04 3 Fence 3,200 ft $ 0.49 $ 1,560.00 Electrical Infrastructure QUANTITY UNITS $/UNIT VALUE 4 PV Modules 2,522 $/Panel $ 29.00 $ 73,138.00 5 Equipment Switchgear in Xfmrs 1 EA $ 1,200.00 $ 1,200.00 6 DC Copper Wires 1,754 lbs $ 1.10 $ 1,929.40 7 AC Aluminum Wires 1,800 lbs $ 0.62 $ 1,116.00 Total $ 100,761.56 141 142 PILOT SEED MIXES: These new “Pilot” seed mixes have been developed for a variety of restoration, conservation and stormwater uses. Goals were to meet the needs of common project types and to create direction for emerging topics such as biofuels, buffers, conservation grazing, and pollinators. All of the mixes were developed for specific functions and incorporate pollinator habitat to the extent possible. The mixes will remain as pilot mixes for a couple years until we understand how they are performing before we work to make them official state mixes. In many cases these mixes should be considered starting points for developing site specific mixes. Note: Oats cover crop is included as a component of these seed mixes with the exception of some wetland mixes where cover species are not necessary. Winter wheat (at a similar rate to oats) may be selected in some cases where germination is needed later in the fall, followed by further green‐up the following spring (oats will not come back the follow spring unless it re‐establishes from seed). Function: Pollinator Planting Area: NE Specialization: Intent: Low growing native vegetation establishment for under solar panels in Northeastern MN Scientific Name Common Name Seeds/ sq ft Cover Rate (lb/ac) % Mix (by sqft) % Mix (by wt) Avena sativa Oats* (See Cover crop note) 11.13 37.88 Total Guild: 11.13 37.88 19.27% 88.4% Forb Achillea millefolium Common Yarrow 0.66 0.01 Allium stellatum Prairie Wild Onion 0.73 0.18 Anemone canadesis Canada Anemone 0.18 0.06 Aquilegia canadensis Columbine 0.44 0.03 Asclepias tuberosa Butterfly Milkweed 0.1 0.06 Euthamia graminifolia Grass‐leaved Goldenrod 1.4 0.01 Galium boreale Northern Bedstraw 0.28 0.01 Geranium maculatum Wild Geranium 0.02 0.01 Liatris aspera Rough Blazing Star 0.25 0.04 Penstemon grandiflorus Large‐flowered Beard Tongue 0.5 0.10 Potentilla arguta Prairie Cinquefoil 0.1 0.00 Pycnanthemum virginianum Virginia Mountain Mint 0.82 0.01 July 5, 2018 BWSR Pilot Seed Mixes Finalized Low Growing Solar Array Mix Northeast 143 Rudbeckia hirta Black‐eyed Susan 1.58 0.07 Sisyrinchium campestre Field Blue‐eyed Grass 0.52 0.03 Smilacina racemosa False Solomons Seal 0.01 0.07 Solidago nemoralis Gray Goldenrod 1.2 0.01 Solidago ptarmicoides Upland White Aster 1 0.04 Symphyotrichum ericoides Heath Aster 0.8 0.01 Symphyotrichum laeve Smooth Aster 0.63 0.03 Symphyotrichum lateriflorum Calico Aster 1 0.01 Zizia aptera Heart‐leaved Alexanders 0.55 0.12 Total Guild: 12.77 0.91 22.11% 2.1% Graminoid Bromus kalmii Kalm's Brome 3 1.02 Danthonia spicata Poverty Grass 6 0.65 Festuca rubra Red Fescue 12 1.42 Koeleria macrantha Junegrass 4.59 0.06 Legume Astragalus canadensis Canada Milk Vetch 0.4 0.06 Dalea candida White Prairie Clover 1.7 0.24 Dalea purpurea Purple Prairie Clover 1.02 0.19 Total Guild: 3.12 0.49 5.40% 1.1% Sedge Carex bicknellii Bicknell's Sedge 0.95 0.15 Carex brevior Short Sedge 2.1 0.20 Carex scoparia Lance‐fruited Oval sedge 2.1 0.07 Total Guild: 5.15 0.42 8.92% 1.0% Total Seed Mix: 57.76 42.85 Total Guild: 25.59 3.15 44.30% 7.4% 144 600/ 4 8 0 V XFMR HV 1050' TO ADJACENT PROPERTY DWELLING 918' TO ADJACENT PROPERTY DWELLING 1177' TO ADJACENT PROPERTY DWELLING PREMISES LINE (8 ACRES) STORM WATER BASIN INVERTER/DISCONNECT RACK (1-8) (SUNGROW) SG125HV (1) PNL-P1 (1) SITE CONTROLLER (1) MOTOR CONTROLLER (1) DAS (1) TRANSFORMER T-P2 20' ACCES GATE W/ KNOCK BOX 20' ACCES ROAD 8' FENCE (TYP.) EQUIPMENT PAD CUST. OWNED RECLOSURE POLE 75' SETBACK (TYP.) TO PROPOSED POI CUST. OWNED GOAB POLE CUST. OWNED RISER POLE EXISTING OVERHEAD UTILITY 75' SETBACK (TYP.) EXISTING BARBED WIRE FENCE OVERALL PV SITE PLAN ON SHEET C.101 SEPARATE SOLAR ARRAY SEPARATE SOLAR ARRAY 75' SCANDIA TRAIL POINT OF INTERCONNECTION 503' TO ADJACENT PROPERTY DWELLING EXISTING POND SEE POINT OF INTERCONNECTION ON SHEET C.101 EXISTING SOLAR ARRAY 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 355 5 5 5 5 56 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 78888 8999 910101010 10911111111 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 23355 5 6-FOOT TALL, SIX PANEL LIVESTOCK FENCE ALONG RIDGELINE TO PROVIDE IMMEDIATE SCREENING 2 STAGGERED ROWS OF A MIX OF EASTERN RED CEDAR, WHITE SPRUCE, NORWAY PINE, WHITE PINE, AND WHITE CEDAR TREES 1-4' TALL AND ONE ROW TO THE NORTH CONSISTING OF A MIX OF TREES FROM THE FRUIT/SHRUB DNR LIST 1-2' TALL 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 23355 5 2 2 20' 2 STAGGERED ROWS OF A MIX OF EASTERN RED CEDAR, WHITE SPRUCE, AND WHITE CEDAR TREES 1-4' TALL AND ONE ROW TO THE NORTH 2 2 20' SV C S G S C A N D I A L L C SC A N D I A , M N 5 5 0 7 3 WA S H I N G T O N C O U N T Y , M I N N E S O T A (4 5 . 2 4 7 4 5 6 , - 9 2 . 8 8 0 5 8 6 ) NO. REVISIONS DATE DESCRIPTION SHEET NAME SHEET NUMBER REVISION PROJECT CONTRACTOR ENGINEER OWNER/DEVELOPER SHEET SIZE C: \ U s e r s \ e n r i q u e . v e g l i o \ D r o p b o x ( S u n V e s t S o l a r ) \ S u n V e s t S o l a r T e a m F o l d e r \ 1 P r o j e c t s \ 2 A c t i v e \ M i n n e s o t a \ P R O J - 0 1 2 3 4 S c a n d i a \ D e s i g n A n d E n g i n e e r i n g \ E n g i n e e r i n g D o c s \ S C A N D I A C U P \ _ C U P \ S V C S G S c a n d i a _ O v e r a l l S i t e P l a n _ C U P R e v 0 _ 2 0 2 3 9 1 4 _ L a n d s c a p i n g P l a n . d w g Pl o t t e d : 9 / 1 4 / 2 0 2 3 2 : 0 6 P M B y : E n r i q u e V e g l i o 0 0 07/27/2023 CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT SITE PLANS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION INSTALLATION TO COMPLY WIHT 2017 ARTICEL 690 AND ALL APPLICABLE LOCA, STATE AND NATIONAL CODES OR REGULATIONS EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LABELED PER NEC 690 AND XCEL ENERGY REGULATIONS X' ACCESS ROADS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE ALL CONSTRUCTION, OPERATIONS, MAINTENANCE, AND UTILITY TRAFFIC THROUGHOUT THE SITE GENERAL NOTES 1 2 3 OVERALL SITE PLAN C.100 NORTH N GRAPHIC SCALE 1" = 150' LEGEND 600 / 4 8 0 V XF M R HV EQUIPMENT PAD INVERTER/DISCONNECT RACK PROPOSED OVERHEAD UTILITY ACCESS ROAD SINGLE AXIS TRACKER PROPOSED POWER POLE EXISTING OVERHEAD UTILITY PROPOSED FENCE LINE EXISTING PROPERTY LINE SETBACK LINE RIGHT OF WAY LINE PROPERTY BOUNDARY LINE 145 43,566 sq. ft. 2.14%, please see calcs attached .06 acre Michael Lubke and Molly Minogue 146 COMFORT LAKE 44 Lake Street South Suite A, Forest Lake, MN 55025 - WATERSHED DISTRICT- FOREST LAKE Phone 651.395.5850 I info@clflwd.org I www.clflwd.org PYOrud"i.Vlff'YOtM"" \.V�,...-"R,e-jOt.t.r·ce:s,· E.Permit and Field Inspection Fee Deposit IMPORTANT INFORMATION (PLEASE READ): Field inspection fee deposit will be cumulative for the categories below. Prior to permit approval and issuance by the Comfort Lake Forest Lake Watershed District (CLFLWD) Board, the applicant must submit a permit and field inspection fee deposit to cover CLFLWD costs of reviewing application materials, monitoring permit compliance, and addressing non-compliance. Costs incurred by the CLFLWD greater than the deposit balance will be billed to the applicant. Unused portions of the deposit balance will be returned to the party designated below when District staff confirm that the permit closeout requirements have been met. On permit issuance, the applicant becomes the permittee and is legally responsible for permit violations. A co-applicant or contractor may share responsibility for a violation. However, any CLFL WD costs incurred will be assessed against the fee deposit. Nrune of party to receive remainder of permit fee deposit upon closeout: ____________ _ Address of party receiving remainder of permit fee deposit: __________________ _ Permit Application for Approval of: (Check all that apply) Permit Application Fee D I Application Fee (nonrefundable) Field Inspection Fee Deposit (CLFLWD cost of inspection, analysis, and compliance monitoring) Rule 2.0 Stormwater Management □ Rule 2.2.1(a) -Subdivision resulting in 3 lots $2,000 $ □ Additional lots greater than above standard $100 / additional lot $ □ Rule 2.2.1(b-d) -All other stormwater rule applications $3,000 $ Rule 3.0 Erosion Control □ Activities/Grading less than 1 acre $1,000 $ □ 1.0 -4.99 acres $1,250 5.0 -19.99 acres $1,500 $ □ 20.0 or more acres $2,000 $ Rules 4.0 -7.0 □ Rule 4.0 Lake, Stream, and Wetland Buffer Requirements $1,500 $ □ Rule 6.o Stream and Lake Crossings $1,500 $ □ Rule 7.0 Floodplain and Drainage Alterations $500 $ TOTAL PERMIT AND FIELD INSPECTION FEE DEPOSIT $ F P f .er ormance 1nanc1a F" . I A ssurance D epos1 Additional Project Information (required) The CLFLWD Board will determine a performance financial assurance amount in addition to the Permit and Field Inspection Fee Deposit. The amount of the financial assurance will be based on the following criteria. Total Area of Disturbed Land Surface as a Result of This Project (acres) Estimated Construction Cost of Stormwater Management Facilities (includes ponds, pipes, etc.) $ SUBMITTAL INSTRUCTIONS Version Date: 10/11/2021 Board Approved Page 2 of 3 x 10 1,500 1,510 Patrick Dalseth 330 West State St., STE 1 Geneva, IL 60134 147 August 11, 2023 L&M CSG SOLAR ARRAY PROJECT SUMMARY 1 MW AC COMMUNITY SOLAR GARDEN Prepared for: SCANDIA PLANNING COMMISSION Applicant Details: Applicant: ORIANA CSG 2020-10 LLC Applicant Address: 2670 Patton Rd, Roseville, MN 55113 Applicant Parent Company: New Energy Equity, LLC DBA New Energy Equity Agreement Type: Land Lease located on Private Land Permitting Point of Contact: TJ Ozomoru Phone Number / Email: 612-469-3371 Development@newenergyequity.com Real Property Owner(s): Michael Lubke and Molly Minogue Location: 10929 SCANDIA TRAIL N SCANDIA, MN. The West Half of the Northeast Quarter (W 1/2 of NE 1/4) of Section Nineteen (19), Township Thirty-two (32), Range Twenty (20), Washington County, Minnesota. Page | 2 August 11, 2023 Table of Contents Page # 1. Executive Summary ............................................................................................3 2. Purpose ................................................................................................................4 3. Overview .............................................................................................................4 4. Project Components ............................................................................................4 5. Visual Resource Analysis ...................................................................................7 6. Construction ........................................................................................................8 7. Vegetation Management .....................................................................................10 8. Operations & Emergency Response ...................................................................11 9. Fire Prevention ....................................................................................................16 10. Insurance Information .........................................................................................16 11. Economic Impact Analysis .................................................................................16 12. State Code Clarifications ....................................................................................18 13. Conclusion ..........................................................................................................18 Exhibit List Exhibit Letter • Local Jurisdictions Permit Application Form....................................................A • Site Plan Set.......................................................................................................B • ALTA/NSPS Land Title Survey ........................................................................C • Landscape Plan Summary .................................................................................D • Sheep Grazing Partnership Summary ................................................................E • Indicative Equipment Specification Sheets .......................................................F • Level 2 Wetland Delineation Report .................................................................G • Decommissioning Plan ......................................................................................H • Site Rules ...........................................................................................................I • Emergency Response Plan ................................................................................J • About New Energy Equity and Allete ...............................................................K • Proof of Project Interconnection Acceptance ....................................................L • Proof of Project Site Control .............................................................................M Page | 3 August 11, 2023 1. Executive Summary: 1 2 ORIANA CSG 2020-10 LLC a subsidiary of New Energy Equity, LLC, (“Applicant”) respectively submits 3 this application for a Conditional Use Permit ("CUP") to the City of Scandia for 5-acre community solar 4 “dual use” garden. The location is identified as a dual use as it will provide agricultural benefit in addition 5 to energy generation. 6 7 ORIANA CSG 2020-10 LLC requests that the Scandia Planning Commission, upon review, approves for the 8 Project to be permitted, constructed, own and operated by ORIANA CSG 2020-10 LLC. ORIANA CSG 9 2020-10 LLC is requesting a two-year time period to pull a building permit and establ ish the Conditional 10 Use. 11 12 The site was selected based on its physical characteristics, proximity to existing electrical infrastructure and 13 distribution lines, zoning and permitting requirements, and landowner participation. The Solar Facility’s final 14 design will follow all regulatory, technical, and environmental guidance, requests, rules and requirements of 15 the Utility, Town, City, County, Involved Agencies, as well as following National Electrical Safety Code, 16 the U.S. Department of Labor and Occupational Safety and Health Standards for the safety and protection of 17 landowners, general public, and property. 18 19 Proposed design will not have any adverse effects the neighboring properties, including no direct sight, odors, 20 dust, gas, smoke, fumes, vibrations, glare, or noise during operation. During construction we intend to follow 21 general good practices and any recommendations from the city or any involved agencies. We do not request 22 the city to provide any services or county personnel to support the Solar Facility construction or operation. 23 24 For review, the Project's detailed legal description, site plan and other specifications will follow. 25 26 Location: The Project will be located on the southeast side of Tax Parcel No. 1903220130001 with following 27 legal descriptions: 28 The West Half of the Northeast Quarter (W 1/2 of NE 1/4) of Section Nineteen (19), Township Thirty-two 29 (32), Range Twenty (20), Washington County, Minnesota. 30 ORIANA CSG 2020-10 LLC is being developed by New Energy Equity, LLC; an experienced, full-service 31 solar developer with a track record of success developing 1 MW solar projects all t hroughout Minnesota. 32 33 Setbacks: 34 City Requirements Proposed Setback Solar structures setback to centerline of road 800 feet 800 feet Solar structures setback to neighboring property line 75 feet 75 feet Solar structures setback to neighboring property 350 feet 800+ feet Compliance with Local Laws: It is the intent of the Applicant to meet or exceed the requirements of all the 35 conditions of the applicable local ordinances without any Variances; 36 Page | 4 August 11, 2023 Interconnection: The Solar Facility will be grid connected to the Xcel service territory, on a distributio n 37 level three phase power line that has available hosting capacity and an approved interconnection queue 38 position held by the Applicant. The Project plans to interconnect along this access road near the Gordian 39 Energy Systems project outside of the 800-foot required setback. Proof of Project Interconnection 40 Acceptance is attached. The energy generated from the Solar Facility would be distributed to Xcel for daily 41 electrical use by Xcel customers enrolled in the Community Solar Garden Program. The final Solar Facility 42 system size will be determined based on final system design as approved by Applicant and Xcel 43 44 Applicant has provided a copy of the current Site Plan Set attached. 45 46 47 2. Purpose: 48 49 The overall purpose of the Solar Facility is to provide customers with a cost-effective source of reliable 50 renewable solar electricity. Additional Project objectives include: 51 • Develop a generation facility that is feasible, quick to construct and easy to operate while providing the 52 local utility and its customers with a cost-effective, cleaner alternative. 53 • Establish emission-free solar electricity and reduce greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions while avoiding, 54 minimizing, and mitigating the impacts to the environment. 55 • Generate electricity without utility water supply needs. 56 • Provide other important economic and environmental benefits to the local utility and the Municipality, 57 including improving local air quality and public health, developing local energy sources, promoting local 58 jobs, and diversifying the energy supply; and 59 • Render solar energy to the community and meet the State’s Energy Plan and Climate Action Framework 60 61 The Applicants preference would be for the residents and businesses of the county to participate in the 62 Applicants Community Solar Garden Program and be the direct beneficiaries of reduced electricity rates. 63 64 3. Overview: 65 66 • Grid tied distributed generation system. 67 • Minimal noise within array fence generated during solar power generation (inverter), none outside 68 project fence, none at night. 69 • No traffic disturbance during Project operation. 70 • Minimal visual impact, uniform solar arrays. 71 • Minimal ground disturbance to the Solar Site, including the surrounding environment. 72 • Solar panels secured to ground by use of a racking system to minimize ground grading. 73 • Project plan utilizes pollinator habitat guidelines to incorporate best practices that ensure the Solar 74 Facility can become a resilient, functional landscape that maintains ecological diversity. 75 76 4. Project Components: 77 78 The project consists of approx. 4x3 feet photovoltaic solar modules mounted to a driven pile, Single Axis 79 Tracking system. Modules will be arranged into rows arranged from east to west. Rows of solar modules 80 will connect to an inverter. The inverters transform the direct current power generated by the photovoltaic 81 system to alternating current power, which is then connected to the existing distribution line at the point of 82 Page | 5 August 11, 2023 interconnection. All electrical conduits within the array fence will be buried. Both direct current (DC) and 83 alternating current (AC) conductors will be trenched in conduit. After final circuit consolidation at the PV 84 system pad mounted switchboard, the system’s voltage will be stepped -up to distribution level at the Utility 85 owned transformer and interconnected, onto an existing utility distribution circuit. 86 87 The racking system manufacturer’s engineer will provide certification that the design of the foundations and 88 panels are within accepted professional standards, given local soil and climate controls. The equipment is 89 designed to withstand wind up to one hundred and five MPH and fifty pounds per square foot of snow. Each 90 Solar Facility will have one to two concrete equipment pads, to support interconnection and metering 91 equipment, and above ground typical utility poles to support interconnection of the distribution powerline. 92 Indicative Manufacturer Equipment Specification Sheets are attached . 93 94 95 Page | 6 August 11, 2023 96 97 Environmental Considerations: 98 99 During the planning and development process, the Applicant has completed desktop diligence; including, 100 but not limited to: 101 • Significant locations of rare or high-quality wetlands, forests, grasslands, ponds, streams, and other types 102 of habitats, ecosystems, and ecological areas. 103 • Unique or unusual geological features or landforms. 104 • Wetlands that are currently mapped by the National Wetlands Inventory. 105 • Animals and plants that are rare in Minnesota, including but not limited to those listed as Endangered 106 and Threatened by the State of MN and/or the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. 107 108 The current Site Plan Set utilizes this combination of data and expertise to avoid and/or minimize impacts, 109 identify as well as identify and implement appropriate setbacks. Wetlands Delineation Report is attached. 110 Additional environmental studies to determine onsite conditional and mitigation requirements will be 111 performed later in the process following an approval of the Conditional Use Permit. 112 113 In the event that an unidentified environmental resource is found to exist after local land use permitting is 114 completed, the Applicant would update the Site Plan set accordingly, conduct necessary regulatory review, 115 and follow all applicable state and federal regulations prior to submitting for a building permit. 116 Page | 7 August 11, 2023 Storm Water Management Measures 117 The Project will adhere to the Minnesota Environmental Protection Agency Construction Stormwater Permit 118 requirements, including obtaining a SWPPP permit, following the state’s national pollutant discharge 119 elimination system (NPDES), and the state disposal system (SDS) standards for sediment control. The intent 120 is to slow down the velocity of water runoff, improving the permeability of the soil, promoting insect and 121 wildlife habitat, and not using row crop pesticides. Stormwater Guidance for Solar Projects from the MPCA 122 is attached. 123 124 Impervious Surface Calculation 125 The projects impervious surfaces include steel racking posts, concrete equipment pads, driveway surfaces, 126 and residential structures. Calculations for coverage are listed below. 127 128 129 130 Page | 8 August 11, 2023 5. Visual Resource Analysis: 131 132 The combination of existing unrelated visual impacts, and the Applicants’ proposed landscape plans provides 133 adequate screening for the location. Visual resources in the area of the Solar Facility have been affected by 134 past and present actions including, distribution utilities, transmission utilities, highway/roadway 135 construction, commercial and residential development: Locations of residential, historical or recreation, have 136 been considered during the project planning and development. There are no known inventoried aesthetic 137 resources are located off-site within the potential visual field of the proposed solar arrays. 138 139 • Appearance: Solar projects have similar characteristics to a greenhouse or single-story residence 140 Usually no more than 10 feet high, solar farms are often enclosed by fencing and/or landscaping to 141 minimize visual impacts. 142 • Noise: Solar projects are effectively silent. Tracking motors and inverters may produce an ambient hum 143 that is not typically audible from outside the enclosure. 144 • Odor: Solar projects do not produce any byproduct or odor. 145 • Traffic: Solar projects do not attract high volumes of additional traffic as they do not require frequent 146 maintenance after installation. The expected traffic volume is less than a single-family home. 147 148 Glare: 149 150 To limit reflection, solar PV panels are constructed of dark, light-absorbing materials. Today's panels reflect 151 as little as two percent of the incoming sunlight depending on the angle of the sun and assuming use of anti-152 reflective coatings. In general, the concept of efficient solar power is to absorb as much light as possible 153 while reflecting as little light as possible, standard solar panels produce less glare and reflectance than 154 standard window glass. The solar panels will be coated with a anti reflective coating, which ensures the solar 155 panel reflects a lower percentage of light than smooth water. 156 157 Considering landscaping and fencing surrounding the Solar Facility as well anti reflective coatings on the 158 solar panels, roadways, buildings, and flights paths will not be impacted by glare from the panels. 159 160 6. Construction: 161 162 It is anticipated that construction of the Project will begin in the Fall of 2023 or the Spring of 2024 with 163 intended completion of Q3 2024. Traffic during construction is estimated to a total of 25 -35 trucks on the 164 on-set of construction and tapering off thereafter. Traffic will include employees, pickup trucks, semi -trailers 165 for delivery of equipment and other machinery. No overweight or over-sized loads are anticipated for the 166 Project. 167 168 Typical Process: 169 170 The construction process typically takes approximately three to six months, weather dependent to ensure safe 171 site conditions for work personal. A licensed survey team, prior to any commencement of construction, will 172 stake the Solar Site physical boundaries and construction footprints. The survey team will stake the path 173 through any right of ways (“ROWs”) for the Interconnection Lines and/or provide a detailed map using GPS 174 coordinates. Construction activities would include installation, operation and mainte nance facility 175 Page | 9 August 11, 2023 construction, road and access construction, Interconnection Line trenching, installation of a buried 176 Interconnection Line, cleanup, and site reclamation. 177 178 Temporary construction staging areas, including material laydown, storage, equipment a ssembly, 179 construction trailers, construction worker parking and portable toilet facilities are anticipated during the 180 duration of construction activities. Construction Operating hours during construction will be 8am - 6pm. No 181 water supply will be required. 182 183 Applicant will use appropriate temporary (construction-related) erosion and sediment control best 184 management practices through construction. 185 186 Applicant agrees to the Site Rules attached. 187 188 Construction Phasing / Soil Stabilization/ Erosion and Sediment Control: 189 190 • Phase 1: Will consist of construction of an entrance and laydown area to support the 191 commencement of construction of the Project. 192 • Phase 2: Will consist of establishment of required perimeter buffers and establishment of all 193 temporary and permanent ESC and stormwater management measures. 194 • Phase 3: Will consist of all clearing and grubbing in the panel area. All seeded areas should be 195 mulched or blanketed to minimize the potential for failure to establish an adequate vegetative cover. 196 Mulching may also be used as a temporary stabilization of some disturbed areas in non-germinating 197 seasons. The final stabilization will be reviewed and approved by the local jurisdictions. All disturbed 198 areas shall immediately receive temporary or permanent seeding according to state guidelines. 199 200 Equipment: 201 202 Equipment will be used for construction, including but not limited to passenger vehicles, pickup trucks, 203 excavator, road grader, dump trucks, compactor, trencher, skid steer track loader, piling and drilling machine 204 and forklifts will be on site almost every day throughout the construction process. 205 206 Drain Tile: 207 208 Applicant will be responsible for maintaining any existing drain tile system underneath the array and 209 replacing any damage to tile occurring during construction, or any time prior to or during 210 decommissioning. 211 212 Existing drain tile lines will be identified upon the completion of the ALTA survey prior to construction. 213 214 Transportation Plan: 215 216 Multiple truckloads of equipment, gravel and aggregates will be delivered throughout the construction 217 period. Materials would be sourced locally where available. Construction crews will access to the p ublic 218 roadway as depicted in the Site Plan Set, utilizing a permanent access entrance for operations, and a 219 temporary construction entrance for mobilization and construction. To ensure safe access to the site during 220 Page | 10 August 11, 2023 and after construction of the Solar Facility, Applicant is committed to incorporating all reasonable road 221 improvements and traffic related recommendations from the Town/City/County and Involved Agencies. 222 Construction will involve multiple semi-trailer deliveries. Road access will be controlled for erosion control 223 during construction. Construction crew parking will be located entirely within the site. No additional 224 permanent parking is required unless required by local regulations. Maintenance crews will park within the 225 site access road and turnaround area. 226 227 Once installation is complete minimal low frequency access is required, as further described in the 228 Operations and Maintenance Basic Scope of Services. 229 230 Temporary Roads and Parking Surfaces: 231 232 Existing roads will be utilized as much as possible for temporary access during construction. Temporary 233 roads that are not located along existing roads and that require heavy equipment to cross agricultural fields 234 during construction will use the following: 235 236 • Install geotextile matting designed for soil separation over exposed topsoil (or subsoil if topsoil is 237 stripped) surface prior to placing a 4-inch layer of crushed rock for the road surface. 238 • Complete removal of the temporary access fill and geotextile required for temporary access during 239 construction or decommissioning will be removed upon completion of task. 240 • The topsoil and subsoil shall be de-compacted by tillage after the roads are removed and seeded as 241 described above. 242 243 Waste Materials: 244 245 The construction of the Solar Facility will generate a variety of non-hazardous wastes during construction, 246 such as paper, cardboard, plastic, and wooden pallets. Any waste or debris will be the responsibility of the 247 Applicant and will be gathered in a dumpster that will be removed during construction progress as necessary. 248 A waste management plan will be implemented during construction. 249 250 7. Vegetation Management 251 252 Temporary Vegetative Cover: 253 254 Vegetative cover is important to promote soil health and minimize erosion losses. Maintaining healthy 255 vegetative cover will help reduce the proliferation of noxious and invasive weeds. The goals of maintaining 256 vegetative cover are: 257 258 • Protect soils from erosion losses and promote healthy soil by establishing and maintaining a vegetated 259 surface and healthy root zone during construction and throughout the operational phase. 260 • During construction temporary erosion control will be provided by mulching a nd the use of temporary 261 vegetative cover as well as other measures outlined in the storm water management measures. 262 263 Permanent Vegetative Cover: 264 Page | 11 August 11, 2023 265 A properly designed and maintained vegetative cover will improve the surrounding community, surface, and 266 ground water quality, increase biodiversity, and improve onsite soil health. The goal is to have a vegetative 267 community that stabilizes the site to minimize erosion. The permanent vegetative cover is designed to be 268 sustainable with low maintenance and high ecological significance. The Applicant will utilize commercially 269 reasonable efforts to contract with a local company to maintain the Solar Facility. 270 • Ground cover within the fenced portion of the array will follow best management practices for the seed 271 type and seasonal conditions. The entire site will be stabilized and maintained with vegetative cover; 272 areas beneath the solar arrays will be planted with grass to stabilize the site. 273 • Seed Type: facilities must be adequately vegetated to meet stormwater and erosion/sedimentation 274 control guidelines; Solar facilities are subject to state and local ordinances with regard to spread of 275 noxious and invasive plant species; and it is an industry best-practice to ensure that solar panels are not 276 shaded by plants. 277 • Substitution of like kind seed mixes/species lists must be provided to the local government 278 organization staff that are reviewing the project for compliance at time of submitting the erosion and 279 sediment control permit. 280 281 Soils: 282 283 When considering the design of this project we have put significant focus on minimizing potential project 284 effects on future land use. This plan includes measures that have been developed to maintain and / or improve 285 the quality of soil resource with the expectation that the site can be returned to row crop agricultural use at 286 the end of the project operation. The Applicant’s goal is to improve and maintain soil health during the 287 operational phase of the project by sustaining soil functions including groundwater recharge, carbon 288 sequestration, water quality and minimizing soil loss due to erosion. 289 290 • To the extent practical, the solar facility will be developed without modifying grades. 291 • Wherever possible, facility roads are laid out over existing access roads. 292 • Pile drivers will be track mounted to lessen the soil compaction caused. 293 • Construction equipment travel will be limited when soils are visibly saturated. 294 • Deep-rooted perennial vegetation will be used to promote the development of soil structure and reduce 295 compaction potential. 296 297 Vegetation Maintenance: 298 299 Maintenance of a site plays a vital role in the eventual success of any native landscape installation, especially 300 during the establishment period of years one through five. The site is a planned dual use solar facility, which 301 will provide agricultural benefit in addition to provide energy generation. This is accomplished using sheep 302 grazing inside the fence-line of the Solar Facility. Mechanical maintenance through traditional methods is 303 supplemented as needed, for example, in the grass buffer strip area outside the fence. 304 305 • Active management in all areas of the solar site should include an annual inspection followed by 306 necessary vegetation maintenance to encourage healthy nat ive species while discouraging non-307 native/invasive species. During the growing season of the first year of establishment, the site should be 308 inspected a minimum of three times. 309 Page | 12 August 11, 2023 • During the germination year, mow the project area to control annual weed develo pment and to aid in 310 the growth of the seedlings by reducing weed competition. Operator shall establish a timeframe for 311 cutting the grass and maintaining other plant material growth. 312 • Native species have evolved to produce massive and deep root systems which allow them to endure 313 long periods of drought. To develop these remarkable root systems, the plants produce only a limited 314 amount of above-ground vegetation during year one. There is much more happening below the surface 315 than above and year two will bring additional above-ground vegetation. 316 • During the third growing season the vegetation has expanded, and the species are producing blossoms 317 and seeds. 318 • In years following the first growing season, vegetation management services are utilized to control 319 weed species within the developing native landscape. Typical services include spot herbicide spraying, 320 spot mowing, and herbicide wicking. 321 • The equipment typically used on sites this size are small tractors and ATVs , in addition to sheep 322 grazing the site. 323 324 Vegetated Buffer Management: 325 326 Watering: 327 • Roots of newly planted stock must not dry out completely for extended periods of times especially during 328 the first growing season. Such stress may kill them. Water each plant thoroughly right after planting to 329 settle the soil around the roots, then check soil near the base of plants to a depth of six inches. Water soil 330 when it feels dry. The frequency and the amount of water depend on the character of the soils. Water 331 about once a week to ten days from April to September in clay or other heavy soils; twice a week watering 332 may be needed in sandy or little soil. Continue to keep the roots of evergreen trees moist until the ground 333 freezes as they will continue to perspire and lose moisture over the winter months. Allow the wat er to 334 run at a trickle for one‐half to one hour on each plant depending on the size and soil type. 335 336 Pruning: 337 • Trees and shrubs require only a shortening of more vigorous branches the first year or two to keep a 338 symmetrical appearance. After the second year, begin the following program of maintenance pruning. 339 340 Shade Trees: 341 • After the first year, remove one to two of the lowest limbs until the lowest are at the ultimate desired 342 height. Most trees can be trimmed any time of year. 343 344 Evergreen Trees And Shrubs: 345 • Trees do not typically get pruned. Shrubs in June or July. Do not remove more than one half of the new 346 growth. 347 348 Deciduous Shrubs: 349 • Spring flowering varieties should be pruned after flowering. Summer Flowering varieties should be 350 pruned in late fall or early spring. 351 352 Perennials And Ornamental Grasses: 353 • Cut back to a few inches in late fall or early spring. 354 Page | 13 August 11, 2023 355 8. Operations & Emergency Response: 356 357 General: 358 The Project will be operated and maintained the Applicant. It is anticipated there will be monthly and 359 quarterly inspections of all equipment, vegetation management as well as snow removal as necessary. Seed 360 mixes for the native and pollinator-friendly grasses will be finalized prior to start of construction. Pending 361 final stormwater design, a third seed mix could be in play should a wetland be delineated on -site. The Solar 362 Facility site will operate 7 days a week, generating electricity during daylight hours by a qualified operations 363 and maintenance provider, either internal or external and/or manufacturer warranty services, to be determined 364 (the “Operator”). 365 366 Service Description Frequency System Monitoring Operator will monitor the System via the Applicant supplied DAS Daily Event Notification Operator shall create an Event in the Enterprise Asset Management System (Bluepoint) and notify the Asset Manager when: the DAS generates a valid alarm, the System experiences an underperformance condition, or a deficiency is identified onsite during a site visit. Severity: • High Priority events represent conditions that are either causing damage to System or significantly reducing electrical output of System. - Upon Asset Manager approval, truck roll within 24 hours. • Medium Priority events affect System electrical output, but not to a significant degree. - Upon Asset Manager approval, truck roll within 72 hours. • Low Priority events do not impact System electrical output. - Upon Asset Manager approval, truck roll within 7 business days or combined with another previously scheduled visit. As necessary per occurrence Diagnostic and troubleshooting Any diagnostic or troubleshooting work performed on site to develop the Corrective Action Plan, including travel time. As needed Equipment Warranty Maintenance and Enforcement • Operator shall maintain System equipment warranty and perform all preventative maintenance as specified by System equipment manufacturer. • All warranty diagnostic and data collection for the purposes of submitting a system warranty claim included in basic services. • Operator shall perfect and enforce all System warranties and coordinate the corrective actions performed by the manufacturer under the warranty claim. • Operator work performed on System warranty not reimbursed by Manufacturer will be included in Basic Services. • Warranty Maintenance and enforcement that can’t be completed due to the good standing and solvency of the System Equipment Manufacturer will be considered Additional Work. As necessary per occurrence Page | 14 August 11, 2023 Warranty Repairs All labor performed onsite to replace warrantied equipment and return the System to full electrical output. As needed Corrective Maintenance All corrective action, including travel time, performed to complete the Corrective Action Plan. As needed Verification of Electric Revenue Meter Operator shall verify that the electric revenue meter is operational with an accuracy tolerance band of plus or minus 5%. If the Electric Revenue Meter is outside this tolerance band, Operator shall promptly cause the meter to be repaired or replaced pursuant to “Equipment Warranty and Maintenance Enforcement” if considered a warranty claim, or as additional work if not considered a warranty claim. Once every 5 years Semi-Annual System Performance Report and Visual and Mechanical Inspection Will consist of the following: • Performance report (Actual vs Forecast vs Weather adjusted output model) for the report period • List of Events for the report period pulled from Bluepoint • Operator will visit the System between no sooner than five (5) months and no later than seven (7) months after the previous Annual Preventative Maintenance Inspection was completed and complete a visual and mechanical inspection of the System, noting all non-conformances, and documenting through a checklist that will be provided as part of the Semi-Annual System Performance Report. Once every 6 months Annual Preventative Maintenance and Performance Report TBD Annually Annual Report – Performance Summary Performance report (Actual vs Forecast vs Weather adjusted output model) for the report period. Annually Annual Report – Work Order Summary Report List of Events for the report period from Bluepoint. Annually Annual Report – Preventative Maintenance Visual & Mechanical Inspection and Checklist Visual & Mechanical Inspection checklist which includes inspection and maintenance activities for the following: • General Site Observations • Array • Racking • Tracker (If applicable) • Conduit • Inverters • Accumulation Panel(s) • Disconnect(s) • Transformer(s) • DAS & Weather sensors • Equipment manufacturer warranty maintenance Annually Annual Report - Infrared Thermal Imaging Operator Shall perform infrared thermography of the following: • 25% of system PV modules if handheld IRT is performed. Shall otherwise be 100% completed by aerial drone as part of “Annual Report – System Performance Data” • Hand-held IRT imaging of Inverter enclosures, combiner boxes, Annually Page | 15 August 11, 2023 accumulation panels, disconnects, and transformers. Annual Report - System Performance Data Operator shall collect one of the following: • Perform I/V curve tracing on a random 25% of the PV Module strings. Comments will accompany any results that suggest there is a problem • Perform Aerial Drone Infrared Thermography of the entire System array. Thermography will be performed at a minimum of 500 w/m2. Drone analysis will be provided to the customer as both a printout and an interactive online report. Annually System Performance Analysis Any System performance analytics, configuration or assessment initiated by Asset Manager will be considered additional work. As needed General Requests for Information Additional System tests, written reports, site visits and other related activities as requested by Asset Manager that are outside of the services detailed in this agreement. As needed Solar PV Module Cleaning Cleaning of the PV Modules as requested by Asset Manager. Operator shall monitor and recommend any special cleaning needs that may be required as a result of System conditions. As needed Minimum Vegetation Management and Snow Plowing Operator shall establish a timeframe for cutting the grass and maintaining other plant material growth in order to maintain the System to the Asset Manager’s requirements. Upon Asset Manager’s approval, Operator will execute the approved mowing plan. As needed, estimated 3 x per year 367 Emergency Response: 368 369 Solar Facility is monitored 24 hours a day, 365 days a year remotely through a computer data acquisition 370 system (DAS) so that appropriate personal can be dispatched to investigate potential problems. 371 372 In the event of an onsite emergency, an AC Generator Disconnect (Isolation) Switch provides 24 -hour/7-day 373 unlimited access and manual control. The disconnect switch must be rated for the voltage and current 374 requirements of the installation. Disconnecting means shall be rated to interrupt the maximum generator 375 output; meet applicable Underwriters Laboratories (UL), American National Standards Institute (ANSI), and 376 IEEE standards; and shall be installed to meet the NEC and all related applicable local, state, and federal 377 codes. It will be clearly marked with permanent larger letters: “Generator Disconnect Switch”. A detailed 378 draft emergency response plan is attached. 379 380 Site Security: 381 382 Limiting access to the Solar Facility to non-authorized personnel is necessary both to ensure the safety of the 383 public and to protect equipment from potential theft and vandalism. Some, or all, of the perimeter of the 384 Solar Facility and Equipment Pads, are fenced with an approximately eight -foot-high fence. Surveillance 385 Page | 16 August 11, 2023 methods such as security cameras, motion detector, or heat sensors may be installed at locations along the 386 Solar Facility boundary as determined necessary. No lighting will be installed. 387 388 9. Decommissioning Plan Overview: 389 390 The intent of the decommissioning work will be to fully remove the solar facility, dispose of any components, 391 and restore the site to a grassy field. The Applicant has contractual obligations to the landowner regarding 392 decommissioning arising out of Section 4.4 of the lease. These obligations include removal of all equipment, 393 timelines for removal, owner’s rights to remove the solar facility upon failure by the Project Company, and 394 establishment of a monetary security for removal in the form of a bond, escrow, or letter of credit. 395 396 The purpose of the security is to ensure there is sufficient money available to return the project site to an 397 appropriate condition at the end of the project’s useful life, or earlier. The C ity will be the designated 398 beneficiary of the fund and will be provided a copy of the document establishing the security before 399 construction commences. The decommissioning process and bond amount for the Solar Facility is 400 attached. 401 402 10. Fire Prevention: 403 404 This solar array will meet the requirements of the 2012 International Fire Code, specifically to sections 405 605.11 – 605.11.2 for clearance, markings, and location of underground DC conductors. The Solar Facility 406 will meet the international Building Code (IBC), National Electric Code (NEC), and local electric and fire 407 code. NEC code is produced by the National Fire Protection Agency (NAPA) with safety of the public, 408 contractors, and firefighters as the entire objective. Solar specific Code has been included i n the NEC for 409 over a decade. Safety is paramount in our solar PV facilities, as we need them to function optimally for their 410 entire system life. 411 412 11. Insurance Information: 413 414 Applicant’s or its successor will provide a certificate of insurance meeting the fol lowing requirements: 415 • Insurance provider must be rated B+ or better by “Best.” 416 • Limits of $2,000,000 for each occurrence. 417 • Coverage against claims for damages resulting from bodily injury, wrongful death, and property damage 418 arising out of the Interconnection Customer’s ownership and/or operating of the Generation System 419 under the interconnection agreement. 420 • Contain a severability of interest clause of cross-liability insurance. 421 422 423 424 425 12. Economic Impact Analysis: 426 427 The Solar Facility will increase tax revenue, which would support community needs without adding more 428 residents or businesses, allowing for the preservation of County rural character. Plus, by providing emission 429 Page | 17 August 11, 2023 power to the regional grid, solar projects reduce carbon emissions. The energy collected can be shared with 430 homes and businesses that would normally not be able to benefit from solar power. 431 432 Benefits Summary: 433 434 • The development of a typical community solar facility invests approximately 2 million dollars for every 435 megawatt of AC capacity of the Solar Facility and provides consumers energy supply cost savings. 436 • Every megawatt of AC capacity of the Solar Facility (on average) powers 150 – 210 homes. In 2022 the 437 average was 173 homes. 438 • Neighboring and the subject properties land values are anticipated to remain the same. 439 • Generate lease dollars for the host landowner annually for the life of the Solar Facility. 440 • According to the Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory an acre of solar panels producing zero -441 emissions electricity saves between 267,526 to 303,513 pounds, or 121 to 138 metric tons, of carbon 442 dioxide per year compared to using a fossil fuel generation. By comparison, according to the EPA, the 443 average acre of forest in the United States sequesters 0.84 metric tons of carbon dioxide per year. Thus, 444 an acre of solar panels reduces approximately 144 to 166 times more carbon dioxide per year than an 445 acre of forest. 446 • The project will incur fees for required applications and construction -related permits. 447 • Create or sustain approximately 20-30 full-time-equivalent on site full-time temporary construction jobs 448 and 2 permanent operations positions. 449 • The project will incur fees for required applications and construction-related permits. 450 • No capital expenditures will be required by the Town, City, or County to support the project due to the 451 nature of solar facilities and the minimal impact to the regional infrastructure. 452 453 Economic Impact and CSG Program Overview: 454 455 This Solar Facility is a planned MN Community Solar Garden (CSG). Minnesota’s CSG program is an 456 effort, established in 2014, which seeks to make solar easier and more affordable through community-457 driven initiatives. Community solar is a way of organizing the production and distribution of electricity 458 from solar power. Community solar refers to local solar facilities shared by multiple community 459 subscribers who receive credit on their electricity bills for their share of the power produced. Community 460 solar facilities provide a means for apartment dwellers, and others living in households without sufficient 461 space to install their own solar panels to use this cleaner source of energy. Some facilities may have an 462 ‘anchor’ customer who purchases 40% or more of the electricity, such as a business or other large user 463 of electricity. 464 465 The proposed Solar Facility would have a significantly greater economic fiscal impact than the property 466 generates in its current use over the facility’s construction and anticipated 35-year operational life. 467 468 Development of Community solar facilities will generate economic impacts in three distinct phases, each 469 with their own unique set of economic impacts: (1) the development phase, when interested landowners are 470 identified, diligence, planning and development of the Solar Facility occurs (2) the construction phase, when 471 the Solar Facility is being created and being connected to the electrical grid and customers are being 472 recruited; and (3) during the operation phase, when the Solar Facility is fully operational, and customers are 473 receiving electricity. 474 Page | 18 August 11, 2023 475 Understanding Economic Impact: 476 477 An “economic impact” is a change in the employment, income, and output in an area based on an activity 478 that affects the local economy, such as construction and operation of community solar facilities. 479 Economic impact includes three components: direct impacts, indirect impacts, and induced impacts. 480 481 The direct impacts include the changes in employment, worker income, and total economic activity 482 directly related to the community solar facilities. 483 • During the development phase these direct impacts will include outreach and identification of lease 484 landowners, development payments received by owners of land where the facilities are desired to be 485 studied, payments to the utility company to apply for and study the loc ations potential for viability, 486 payments to architectural, engineering and related services, public relations and related services, real 487 estate services, county clerk’s office, permitting and environmental consulting services. 488 • During the construction phase these direct impacts will include site preparation, installation of solar 489 panels and other equipment onsite, upgrading of electrical lines and equipment to get the electricity 490 produced into electrical networks, and advertising for and recruiting customers. 491 • During the operation phase, these direct impacts will include operation, maintenance, and repair of 492 the facilities; advertising for and recruiting customers; lease payments received by owners of the 493 land where the facilities are located; and savings accrued by customers of the facilities. 494 495 Indirect impacts measure the effect of these direct impacts on the businesses in the economy who sell 496 products or services to the community solar facilities, such as equipment, accounting and legal services, 497 and advertising. 498 499 The induced impacts are the effects resulting from changes in spending by employees of the community 500 solar facilities, of employees in other businesses indirectly affected by these facilities, by landowners 501 receiving lease payments, and by consumers who spend the money they saved by subscribing to 502 community solar. 503 • For example, if employees at an advertising company work more hours because their firm was hired 504 to work on community solar facility-related activities, they’ll have more money to spend on things 505 like groceries, clothing, local entertainment, and other household items. 506 507 The indirect and induced effects, which measure how money ripples through other sectors of the 508 economy, is also referred to as the Economic Multiplier Effect. These impacts can be measured in three 509 different ways: (1) employment, which reflects the change in full-time equivalent jobs as a result of the 510 community solar facility construction and operation; (2) labor income, which measures the increase in 511 wages, salaries and other remuneration due to these job gains; and (3) output, which reflects the total 512 change in economic activity, including the value of sales and changes in inventory. 513 514 13. State Code Clarifications 515 516 Reserved 517 518 Page | 19 August 11, 2023 14. Conclusion 519 520 The Project as designed and planned complies with the City of Scandia Code and Conditional Use Permit 521 application process. The Project will work closely with the landowner and engage with the surrounding 522 neighbors as necessary as the project progresses towards construction. The proje ct respectfully requests the 523 Scandia Planning Commission and City Council approve the Conditional Use Permit with a two -year 524 window to pull a building permit and begin to establish the use. 525 526 The Applicant has compiled this preliminary Project Summary, to the best of their knowledge, and based on 527 the information currently available. The present document is subject to change and may be modified if new 528 information becomes available and as design drawings are finalized prior to construction. The information 529 contained in this document is preliminary and not intended to describe all the relevant information of the 530 Project and is qualified in its entirety by the final application and site plans. 531 532 Prior to issuance of a building permit, the Applicant will adhere to the following typical conditions: 533 • Complete Tier 1 and Tier 2 Environmental Services; Conduct additional research, studies and/or 534 investigation, including but not limited to Wetlands, ESA, Geotechnical, Title, ALTA. 535 • Complete final engineering to fully develop the final Site Plan Set and SWPPP. 536 • Provide decommissioning bond or surety as required by the local law governing the County based on the 537 final system size. 538 • Hold a preconstruction meeting with municipal staff, outside involved agencies (as applicable), Project 539 Owner and Project Contractors. 540 541 Upon request, the Applicant can provide additional information, studies, and reports before the 542 Town/City/County issues the building permit. 543 544 We sincerely appreciate all the help we have received from your staff regarding our application, and we look 545 forward to collaborating with you further to develop a great project that we can all be proud of. 546 PERMIT APPLICATION FORM NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION EXHIBIT A 7/31/2013 CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT (CUP) OR INTERIM USE PERMIT (IUP) APPLICATION CHECKLIST City of Scandia, Minnesota 14727 209th Street North, Scandia, MN 55073 Phone 651/433-2274 Fax 651/433-5112 Web http://www.ci.scandia.mn.us GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: INCLUDED IN SUBMITTAL 1. Application Form  YES  NO 2. Fees  YES  NO 3. Escrow  YES  NO 4. Complete legal description  YES  NO 5. A description of the request, including type of business or activity and proposed number of employees  YES  NO 6. Aerial photo of site and 1/4 mile vicinity  YES  NO 7. Survey/Site Plan (2 full size and 2 copies reduced to 11” by 17”. Electronic files also preferred) Plan Sheet Requirements:  Signature  Name, address, phone number for owner, developer, surveyor, and engineer  Date of preparation and revision dates  North Arrow  Graphic scale not less than 1:100  YES  NO SITE PLAN REQUIREMENTS, EXISTING AND PROPOSED: INCLUDED IN SUBMITTAL 1. Property lines and dimensions  YES  NO 2. Area in acres and square feet  YES  NO 3. Existing and proposed building locations and dimensions  YES  NO 4. Lowest floor elevation of proposed structure(s)  YES  NO 5. Setbacks, including front, side, rear, wetland, shoreland, and right-of-way  YES  NO 6. Buildable area  YES  NO 7. Driveway location  YES  NO 8. Landscaping Plan  YES  NO 9. Grading, Drainage and Erosion Control Plan  YES  NO 10. Soil conditions and types  YES  NO 11. Building floor plan  YES  NO 12. Building elevations  YES  NO 13. Sanitary sewer and water plan  YES  NO 14. Wetlands  YES  NO 15. Wetland delineation report  YES  NO 16. Waterbodies and Ordinary High Water Level  YES  NO 17. Slopes (over 50 feet horizontal distance). 12% or greater in St. Croix River district, 18% or greater in Shoreland, and 25% or greater on all properties.  YES  NO 18. Topographic contours at 2-foot intervals and Bluff line, if applicable  YES  NO 19. Any other improvements to the property  YES  NO SITE PLAN SET NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION EXHIBIT B PID#: 19-032-20-210-001 21139 Manning Trail North Warren A. Johnson PID#: 19-032-20-240-001 21139 Manning Trail North Warren A. Johnson PID#: 19-032-20-130-001 10929 Scandia Trail North Michael Lubke & Molly Minoque PID#: 19-032-20-140-001 11300 Mayberry Trail Loren J & Linda M Nickelson PI D # : 1 9 - 0 3 2 - 2 0 - 1 1 0 - 0 0 4 11 0 8 1 S c a n d i a T r a i l N o r t h Tr e n t E . N i c k e l s o n PID # : 1 9 - 0 3 2 - 2 0 - 1 1 0 - 0 0 6 Sca n d i a T r a i l S o l a r L L C N89°45'58"W 1322.94 PID#: 20-032-20-220-005 Scandia Trail Solar LLC PID # : 1 9 - 0 3 2 - 2 0 - 1 1 0 - 0 0 7 X C E L E n e r g y N2 ° 0 0 ' 3 5 " E 2 5 7 4 . 8 1 S89°26'48"E 196.93 S87°50'48"E 799.32 S1 ° 4 9 ' 2 6 " W 2 5 4 0 . 4 7 L=317.91, R=11384.16 ∆=1°36'00"90 2 90 2 90 2 90 2STATE TRUNK HIGHWAY 97 (PUBLIC ROAD) 49°0'8" 72.00 694 0 . 0 2 419 . 0 0 90 2 30 1 902 301 12 2457.76 N44 ° 2 3 ' 1 2 " E 1 6 7 7 . 1 0 68 F O O T W I D E N S P E A S E M E N T PER D O C . N O . 4 2 5 1 7 0 4 15 10 FINAL CERTIFICATE PER BOOK 183, PAGE 229 FOR STATE TRUNK HIGHWAY 97 ASPHALT SURFACE MNDT AZ MK CAST IRON MONUMENT BENCHMARK 1 ELEV 982.81 FEET (NAVD88) BENCHMARK 2 ELEV 983.63 FEET (NAVD88) NSP E A S E M E N T P E R B O O K 2 3 6 , PAG E 5 5 2 A N D D O C . N O . 3 1 4 5 7 5 2 11 S89°24'59"E 2628.28 S1 ° 3 8 ' 1 2 " W 2 6 3 3 . 8 7 NORTHEAST CORNER OF SECTION 19, TOWNSHIP 32 NORTH, RANGE 20 EAST WASHINGTON COUNTY CAST IRON MONUMENT NORTH QUARTER CORNER OF SECTION 19, TOWNSHIP 32 NORTH, RANGE 20 EAST WASHINGTON COUNTY CAST IRON MONUMENT NORTH LINE OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER SECTION 19, TOWNSHIP 32 NORTH, RANGE 20 EAST 37 . 1 END OF BARBED WIRE FENCE LIES ±1.5 FEET EAST OF THE PROPERTY LINE BARBED WIRE FENCE MEANDERS ALONG THE PROPERTY LINE WE S T L I N E O F T H E W E S T H A L F O F T H E NO R T H E A S T Q U A R T E R O F S E C T I O N 1 9 , TO W N S H I P 3 2 N O R T H , R A N G E 2 0 E A S T EA S T L I N E O F T H E W E S T H A L F O F T H E NO R T H E A S T Q U A R T E R O F S E C T I O N 1 9 , TO W N S H I P 3 2 N O R T H , R A N G E 2 0 E A S T 100 F O O T W I D E T R A N S M I S S I O N E A S E M E N T P E R D O C U M E N T N O . 4 6 8 0 5 8 TREE HEIGHT ±40-50 FEET TREE HEIGHT ±10-20 FEET TREE HEIGHT ±20 FEET TREE HEIGHT ±25-30 FEET 2°46'56"PL A Y A R E A - SW I N G / C L I M B I N G TO W E R 75.58 N2°00'35"E 9 7 0 9 7 5 9 8 0 9 8 5 9 9 0 995 995 995 990 98 5 985 99 0 990 9 9 5 995 SEPARATE SOLAR ARRAY XCEL EASEMENT, 15' OFFSET ON ALL SIDES OF UTILITY LINES AND MV TRANSFORMER IMPERVIOUS AREA MOUNTING POSTS - 6.075 FT2 ACCESS ROAD - 17060 FT2 EQUIPMENT PAD - 2244 FT2 TOTAL IMPERVIOUS AREA - 19310.08 FT2 34'-934" 20' 10' 10' 800' OFFSET FROM CENTERLINE OF SCANDIA TRAIL N EXISTING TRANSMISSION LINES PARCEL ID: 1903220120001 ZONING: AGRICULTURAL ~2070' TO MANNING TRAIL N SCANDIA TRAIL N PARCEL BOUNDARY TEMPORARY LAYDOWN AREA EXISTING 3-PH 6-FOOT TALL, SIX PANEL LIVESTOCK FENCE ALONG RIDGELINE TO PROVIDE IMMEDIATE SCREENING ~5130' TO LOFTON AVE N WETLAND MAIN SERVICE ENTRANCE UTILIZING EXISTING ACCESS ROAD ~2300' LONG 20' WIDE 75' OFFSET FROM PARCEL BOUNDARY 350' SETBACK FROM NEIGHBORING HOUSE TO THE EAST UTILITY TRANSFORMER; READILY ACCESSIBLE; XCEL POI UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL WIRES 200' SETBACK FROM HIGH WATER LEVEL 970' HIGH WATER LEVEL RISER POLE 2 STAGGERED ROWS OF A MIX OF EASTERN RED CEDAR, WHITE SPRUCE, NORWAY PINE, WHITE PINE, AND WHITE CEDAR TREES 1-4' TALL AND ONE ROW TO THE NORTH CONSISTING OF A MIX OF TREES FROM THE FRUIT/SHRUB DNR LIST 1-2' TALL 2 STAGGERED ROWS OF A MIX OF EASTERN RED CEDAR, WHITE SPRUCE, NORWAY PINE, WHITE PINE, AND WHITE CEDAR TREES 1-4' TALL ARRAY FENCE W/ WOODEN POSTS 1' GAP TO ALLOW FOR WILDLIFE MOVEMENT ~2540' AND ~5.71 ACRES 1.350 DC/AC RATIO SEPARATE SOLAR ARRAY FEMA ZONE A FLOODPLAIN INFILTRATION BASIN (3052.8 FT3) EQUIPMENT PAD INCLUDING PRODUCTION & UTILITY METERS AND UTILITY AC DISCONNECT; READILY ACCESSIBLE; 10' MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN UTILITY AC DISCONNECT AND XCEL METER 1 ROW 12-14' EASTERN RED CEDARS TO PROVIDE IMMEDIATE SCREENING FROM NEIGHBORING HOME ARRAY FENCE W/ WOODEN POSTS 1' GAP TO ALLOW FOR WILDLIFE MOVEMENT ~1802' AND ~4.68 ACRES 1.476 DC/AC RATIO EXISTING NATURAL WATER FLOW ON PARCEL, FLOWS NORTH TO SOUTH 2 STAGGERED ROWS OF A MIX OF EASTERN RED CEDAR, WHITE SPRUCE, NORWAY PINE, WHITE PINE, AND WHITE CEDAR TREES 1-4' TALL NEW OVERHEAD UTILITY POLES WITH 25' POLE SPACING; INCLUDING GOAB SWITCH; TO BE WITHIN 5'-10'ACCESS ROAD READILY ACCESSIBLE 347'-538" PID#: 19-032-20-210-00121139 Manning Trail NorthWarren A. Johnson PID#: 19-032-20-240-00121139 Manning Trail NorthWarren A. Johnson PID#: 19-032-20-130-00110929 Scandia Trail NorthMichael Lubke & Molly Minoque PID#: 19-032-20-140-00111300 Mayberry TrailLoren J & Linda M Nickelson PID # : 1 9 - 0 3 2 - 2 0 - 1 1 0 - 0 0 4 11 0 8 1 S c a n d i a T r a i l N o r t h Tre n t E . N i c k e l s o n PID#: 1 9 - 0 3 2 - 2 0 - 1 1 0 - 0 0 6 Scand i a T r a i l S o l a r L L C PID#: 19-032-20-410-00111292 Mayberry Trail NorthFergus R Wooley Jr & Laura J Fearing PID#: 19-032-20-420-00311250 Mayberry Trail NorthMark C & Nanette Altnow N89°45'58"W 1322.94 PID#: 20-032-20-220-005Scandia Trail Solar LLC PID# : 1 9 - 0 3 2 - 2 0 - 1 1 0 - 0 0 7 X C E L E n e r g y N2 ° 0 0 ' 3 5 " E 2 5 7 4 . 8 1 S89°26'48"E196.93 S87°50'48"E 799.32 S1 ° 4 9 ' 2 6 " W 2 5 4 0 . 4 7 L=317.91, R=11384.16∆=1°36'00"902 902 902 902STATE TRUNK HIGHWAY 97 (PUBLIC ROAD) 49°0'8" 72.00 6940 . 0 2 419.0 0 902 301 902 301 12 2457.76 N44°2 3 ' 1 2 " E 1 6 7 7 . 1 0 68 F O O T W I D E N S P E A S E M E N T PER D O C . N O . 4 2 5 1 7 0 4 15 10 FINAL CERTIFICATE PER BOOK 183, PAGE 229FOR STATE TRUNK HIGHWAY 97 ASPHALT SURFACE MNDT AZ MKCAST IRON MONUMENT BENCHMARK 1ELEV 982.81 FEET (NAVD88) BENCHMARK 2ELEV 983.63 FEET (NAVD88) NSP E A S E M E N T P E R B O O K 2 3 6 , PAGE 5 5 2 A N D D O C . N O . 3 1 4 5 7 5 2 11 S89°24'59"E 2628.28 S1 ° 3 8 ' 1 2 " W 2 6 3 3 . 8 7 NORTHEAST CORNER OF SECTION 19,TOWNSHIP 32 NORTH, RANGE 20 EASTWASHINGTON COUNTY CAST IRON MONUMENT NORTH QUARTER CORNER OF SECTION 19,TOWNSHIP 32 NORTH, RANGE 20 EASTWASHINGTON COUNTY CAST IRON MONUMENT NORTH LINE OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTERSECTION 19, TOWNSHIP 32 NORTH, RANGE 20 EAST CORNER OF BARBED WIREFENCE LIES ±0.5 FEETWEST AND ± 0.5 FEETSOUTH OF THE PROPERTYLINE BARBED WIRE FENCECROSSES SOUTH PROPERTYLINE ±37.1 FEET WEST OFTHE SOUTHEAST CORNER 37 . 1 END OF BARBEDWIRE FENCE LIES±1.5 FEET EAST OFTHE PROPERTYLINE BARBED WIRE FENCEMEANDERS ALONG THEPROPERTY LINE WE S T L I N E O F T H E W E S T H A L F O F T H E NO R T H E A S T Q U A R T E R O F S E C T I O N 1 9 , TO W N S H I P 3 2 N O R T H , R A N G E 2 0 E A S T EA S T L I N E O F T H E W E S T H A L F O F T H E NO R T H E A S T Q U A R T E R O F S E C T I O N 1 9 , TO W N S H I P 3 2 N O R T H , R A N G E 2 0 E A S T SOUTH LINE OF THE WEST HALF OF THENORTHEAST QUARTER OF SECTION 19,TOWNSHIP 32 NORTH, RANGE 20 EAST 100 F O O T W I D E T R A N S M I S S I O N E A S E M E N T P E R D O C U M E N T N O . 4 6 8 0 5 8 TREE HEIGHT±40-50 FEET TREE HEIGHT±10-20 FEET TREE HEIGHT±20 FEET TREE HEIGHT±25-30 FEET 2°46'56"PL A Y A R E A - SW I N G / C L I M B I N G TO W E R 75.58N2°00'35"E 97 0 97 5 98 0 98 5 99 0 995 995 995 990 985 985 990 990 99 5 995 REVISIONS #DESCRIPTION BY DATE 7 CUP PACKAGE MPH 12/6/2021 8 MODULE UPDATE IR 5/18/2022 9 HANWHA 580W & 500' ROAD SETBACK MPH 11/21/2022 10 ROAD LEASE AREA ADDITION SP 1/31/2023 11 LEASE AREA CORRECTION MPH 2/6/2023 12 SINGLE LINE DRAWING MIT 2/7/2023 13 SCREENING EDITS MPH 6/12/2023 14 INTERCONNECTION PACKAGE SP 6/27/2023 PROJECT NAME DRAWING TITLE SCALE 1 SHEET L&M CSG OTHER NOTES CASE NUMBER 05512222 NO POSITION, DISTANCE, OR CLEARANCE ISSUES WITH OVERHEAD ELECTRIC SERVICE LINES OR OTHER UTILITIES IN RELATION TO THE PV PANELS. 24/ 7 UNESCORTED KEYLESS ACCESS PROVIDED FOR THE METERS AND AC DISCONNECT. INTERCONNECTION: SECONDARY DRAWN BY MIKE HOLMES PROJECT ADDRESS 11020 SCANDIA TRAIL N SCANDIA, MN 55073 LAT: 45.2524597664 LONG: -92.8808866747 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS SYSTEM SIZE DC 1.476 MW SYSTEM SIZE AC POWER LIMITED TO 1.000 MW DC/AC RATIO 1.476 AZIMUTH 180° TILT 30° MODULE COUNT 2544 MODULE TYPE HANWHA Q.PEAK DUO XL-G11.3 / BFG MODULE STC RATING 580 W INVERTER COUNT 9 INVERTER TYPE SMA SUNNY HIGHPOWER PEAK-3 125kW INVERTER POWER POWER LIMITED TO ~111.11 kW RACKING TBD MONITORING ALSO ENERGY DESIGN CRITERIA MIN/MAX TEMP.-26°C / 32°C WIND SPEED (ASCE 7-10)105 MPH BUILDING CATEGORY I EXPOSURE CATEGORY C GROUND SNOW LOAD 50 PSF BUILDING HEIGHT 0'-0" DRAWING SHEETS AND CONTENTS NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED WITHOUT EXPLICIT WRITTEN CONSENT FROM NEW ENERGY EQUITY LLC. NEW ENERGY EQUITY, LLC 2530 RIVA ROAD, SUITE 200 ANNAPOLIS, MD 21041 NEWENERGYEQUITY.COM 443-267-5012 00 1" 2" 1 DRAWING SCALE ACCURATE WHEN THIS PAGE IS PRINTED ON 24"x36" PAPER. 1" = 140' SITE PLAN PV1 VICINITY MAP PROJECT LOCATION 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 330 0 30 60 W E S N 80 70 50 4O 2010350 320 310 290 280 260 250 230 220 200 190 170 160 140 130 110 100 340 SHEET NOTES: UTILITY POLES ARE SHOWN FOR INDICATING LOCATIONS ONLY. SPACING BETWEEN POLES, PHYSICAL PROTECTION BARRIER FOR SWITCHBOARDS, ETC. WILL BE ADDED IN THE DRAWINGS PREPARED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SPACE FOR PE STAMP: 280'-0" 27.5 sf 201' - 8 3 / 4 " 80 1 ' - 8 " 200.5 sf 67.5 sf 363 ' - 9 1 / 2 " REVISIONS #DESCRIPTION BY DATE 7 CUP PACKAGE MPH 12/6/2021 8 MODULE UPDATE IR 5/18/2022 9 HANWHA 580W & 500' ROAD SETBACK MPH 11/21/2022 10 ROAD LEASE AREA ADDITION SP 1/31/2023 11 LEASE AREA CORRECTION MPH 2/6/2023 12 SINGLE LINE DRAWING MIT 2/7/2023 13 SCREENING EDITS MPH 6/12/2023 14 INTERCONNECTION PACKAGE SP 6/27/2023 PROJECT NAME DRAWING TITLE SCALE 1 SHEET L&M CSG OTHER NOTES CASE NUMBER 05512222 NO POSITION, DISTANCE, OR CLEARANCE ISSUES WITH OVERHEAD ELECTRIC SERVICE LINES OR OTHER UTILITIES IN RELATION TO THE PV PANELS. 24/ 7 UNESCORTED KEYLESS ACCESS PROVIDED FOR THE METERS AND AC DISCONNECT. INTERCONNECTION: SECONDARY DRAWN BY MIKE HOLMES PROJECT ADDRESS 11020 SCANDIA TRAIL N SCANDIA, MN 55073 LAT: 45.2524597664 LONG: -92.8808866747 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS SYSTEM SIZE DC 1.476 MW SYSTEM SIZE AC POWER LIMITED TO 1.000 MW DC/AC RATIO 1.476 AZIMUTH 180° TILT 30° MODULE COUNT 2544 MODULE TYPE HANWHA Q.PEAK DUO XL-G11.3 / BFG MODULE STC RATING 580 W INVERTER COUNT 9 INVERTER TYPE SMA SUNNY HIGHPOWER PEAK-3 125kW INVERTER POWER POWER LIMITED TO ~111.11 kW RACKING TBD MONITORING ALSO ENERGY DESIGN CRITERIA MIN/MAX TEMP.-26°C / 32°C WIND SPEED (ASCE 7-10)105 MPH BUILDING CATEGORY I EXPOSURE CATEGORY C GROUND SNOW LOAD 50 PSF BUILDING HEIGHT 0'-0" DRAWING SHEETS AND CONTENTS NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED WITHOUT EXPLICIT WRITTEN CONSENT FROM NEW ENERGY EQUITY LLC. NEW ENERGY EQUITY, LLC 2530 RIVA ROAD, SUITE 200 ANNAPOLIS, MD 21041 NEWENERGYEQUITY.COM 443-267-5012 00 1" 2" 1 DRAWING SCALE ACCURATE WHEN THIS PAGE IS PRINTED ON 24"x36" PAPER. NTS FT RACKING DETAIL PV2 NTS FIXED TILT RACKING EAST-WEST ELEVATION1 3' MINIMUM DEPTH OF POST DEPENDENT ON ENGINEERING REVIEW ~11' 0" VARIES TBD BY ENGINEER, NOT TO EXCEED 15' IN HEIGHT PER SCANDIA ORDINANCE 30° LINE OF GRADELINE OF GRADE ~15' 11" VARIES 13' 9" VARIES REVISIONS #DESCRIPTION BY DATE 7 CUP PACKAGE MPH 12/6/2021 8 MODULE UPDATE IR 5/18/2022 9 HANWHA 580W & 500' ROAD SETBACK MPH 11/21/2022 10 ROAD LEASE AREA ADDITION SP 1/31/2023 11 LEASE AREA CORRECTION MPH 2/6/2023 12 SINGLE LINE DRAWING MIT 2/7/2023 13 SCREENING EDITS MPH 6/12/2023 14 INTERCONNECTION PACKAGE SP 6/27/2023 PROJECT NAME DRAWING TITLE SCALE 1 SHEET L&M CSG OTHER NOTES CASE NUMBER 05512222 NO POSITION, DISTANCE, OR CLEARANCE ISSUES WITH OVERHEAD ELECTRIC SERVICE LINES OR OTHER UTILITIES IN RELATION TO THE PV PANELS. 24/ 7 UNESCORTED KEYLESS ACCESS PROVIDED FOR THE METERS AND AC DISCONNECT. INTERCONNECTION: SECONDARY DRAWN BY MIKE HOLMES PROJECT ADDRESS 11020 SCANDIA TRAIL N SCANDIA, MN 55073 LAT: 45.2524597664 LONG: -92.8808866747 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS SYSTEM SIZE DC 1.476 MW SYSTEM SIZE AC POWER LIMITED TO 1.000 MW DC/AC RATIO 1.476 AZIMUTH 180° TILT 30° MODULE COUNT 2544 MODULE TYPE HANWHA Q.PEAK DUO XL-G11.3 / BFG MODULE STC RATING 580 W INVERTER COUNT 9 INVERTER TYPE SMA SUNNY HIGHPOWER PEAK-3 125kW INVERTER POWER POWER LIMITED TO ~111.11 kW RACKING TBD MONITORING ALSO ENERGY DESIGN CRITERIA MIN/MAX TEMP.-26°C / 32°C WIND SPEED (ASCE 7-10)105 MPH BUILDING CATEGORY I EXPOSURE CATEGORY C GROUND SNOW LOAD 50 PSF BUILDING HEIGHT 0'-0" DRAWING SHEETS AND CONTENTS NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED WITHOUT EXPLICIT WRITTEN CONSENT FROM NEW ENERGY EQUITY LLC. NEW ENERGY EQUITY, LLC 2530 RIVA ROAD, SUITE 200 ANNAPOLIS, MD 21041 NEWENERGYEQUITY.COM 443-267-5012 00 1" 2" 1 DRAWING SCALE ACCURATE WHEN THIS PAGE IS PRINTED ON 24"x36" PAPER. NTS FENCE DETAIL PV3 FENCE FABRIC GROUND CLAMP OR APPROVED EQUAL (TYP.) GROUNDING CONDUCTOR MUST BE CONNECTED TO FENCE POSTS WOOD FENCE POST (TYP.) LOCK 8' 7'-6" 7'-0" 1'-0" GROUNDING CONDUCTOR MUST BE CONNECTED TO FENCE POSTS IRREVERSIBLE HIGH COMPRESSION CONNECTION BURNDY HYGROUND OR EQUAL (TYP.) FENCE FABRIC GROUND CLAMP OR APPROVED EQUAL (TYP.) WOOD FENCE POST (TYP.) GRADE GROUND ON EACH SIDE OF THE GATE A BURIED BONDING JUMPER ACROSS THE GATE IRREVERSIBLE HIGH COMPRESSION CONNECTION BURNDY HYGROUND OR EQUAL (TYP.) 1'-0" 7'-0" GRADE FENCE GROUNDING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE 1 PV3 GATE GROUNDING DETAIL2 PV3 NOT TO SCALE FENCE NOT TO EXCEED 8' IN HEIGHT REVISIONS #DESCRIPTION BY DATE 7 CUP PACKAGE MPH 12/6/2021 8 MODULE UPDATE IR 5/18/2022 9 HANWHA 580W & 500' ROAD SETBACK MPH 11/21/2022 10 ROAD LEASE AREA ADDITION SP 1/31/2023 11 LEASE AREA CORRECTION MPH 2/6/2023 12 SINGLE LINE DRAWING MIT 2/7/2023 13 SCREENING EDITS MPH 6/12/2023 14 INTERCONNECTION PACKAGE SP 6/27/2023 PROJECT NAME DRAWING TITLE SCALE 1 SHEET L&M CSG OTHER NOTES CASE NUMBER 05512222 NO POSITION, DISTANCE, OR CLEARANCE ISSUES WITH OVERHEAD ELECTRIC SERVICE LINES OR OTHER UTILITIES IN RELATION TO THE PV PANELS. 24/ 7 UNESCORTED KEYLESS ACCESS PROVIDED FOR THE METERS AND AC DISCONNECT. INTERCONNECTION: SECONDARY DRAWN BY MIKE HOLMES PROJECT ADDRESS 11020 SCANDIA TRAIL N SCANDIA, MN 55073 LAT: 45.2524597664 LONG: -92.8808866747 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS SYSTEM SIZE DC 1.476 MW SYSTEM SIZE AC POWER LIMITED TO 1.000 MW DC/AC RATIO 1.476 AZIMUTH 180° TILT 30° MODULE COUNT 2544 MODULE TYPE HANWHA Q.PEAK DUO XL-G11.3 / BFG MODULE STC RATING 580 W INVERTER COUNT 9 INVERTER TYPE SMA SUNNY HIGHPOWER PEAK-3 125kW INVERTER POWER POWER LIMITED TO ~111.11 kW RACKING TBD MONITORING ALSO ENERGY DESIGN CRITERIA MIN/MAX TEMP.-26°C / 32°C WIND SPEED (ASCE 7-10)105 MPH BUILDING CATEGORY I EXPOSURE CATEGORY C GROUND SNOW LOAD 50 PSF BUILDING HEIGHT 0'-0" DRAWING SHEETS AND CONTENTS NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED WITHOUT EXPLICIT WRITTEN CONSENT FROM NEW ENERGY EQUITY LLC. NEW ENERGY EQUITY, LLC 2530 RIVA ROAD, SUITE 200 ANNAPOLIS, MD 21041 NEWENERGYEQUITY.COM 443-267-5012 00 1" 2" 1 DRAWING SCALE ACCURATE WHEN THIS PAGE IS PRINTED ON 24"x36" PAPER. NTS STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN PV4 NTS INFILTRATION BASIN1 NTS RIP RAP OVERFLOW2 6" 2' 6" PER PLAN 2" 6" 6" 30' PONDED VOLUME OVERFLOW ELEV = TOP OF BERM ELEV = RIP RAP OVERFLOW 4:1 SLOPE EXISTING SUBGRADE - PROTECT FROM COMPACTION POND BOTTOM ELEV = CLASS I RIP RAP OVER GEOTEXTILE FABRIC BERM (5' MIN) BASIN PLAN VIEW OVERFLOW ELEVATION GEOTEXTILE FABRIC LINER ALONG BOTTOM OF RIP RAP 4 1 1 2 2' DIRECTION OF FLOW A A B B SECTION AA SECTION BB SUMMARY Pre-disconnection Runoff from impervious 96 ft3 Runoff from pervious 47 ft3 Total runoff 143 ft3 Post-disconnection Total runoff 72 ft3 Total runoff reduced 71 ft3 Runoff from pervious 47 ft3 Runoff from impervious 25 ft3 Adjusted impervious 13.228 ft2 Performance Goal Summary Performance Goal 4.70 ft3 BMP volume credit ( BMP volume credit) 3.50 ft3 % of performance goal achieved74.40% Remaining water quality volume to be treated (per panel) 1.20 ft3 PID#: 19-032-20-130-001 10929 Scandia Trail North Michael Lubke & Molly Minoque PI D # : 1 9 - 0 3 2 - 2 0 - 1 1 0 - 0 0 4 11 0 8 1 S c a n d i a T r a i l N o r t h Tr e n t E . N i c k e l s o n PID # : 1 9 - 0 3 2 - 2 0 - 1 1 0 - 0 0 6 Sca n d i a T r a i l S o l a r L L C PID # : 1 9 - 0 3 2 - 2 0 - 1 1 0 - 0 0 7 X C E L E n e r g y S1 ° 4 9 ' 2 6 " W 2 5 4 0 . 4 7 90 2 301 END OF BARBED WIRE FENCE LIES ±1.5 FEET EAST OF THE PROPERTY LINE EA S T L I N E O F T H E W E S T H A L F O F T H E NO R T H E A S T Q U A R T E R O F S E C T I O N 1 9 , 99 5 990 98 5 985 99 0 DRAINAGE PATTERNS PROJECT AREA 990 980 970 REVISIONS #DESCRIPTION BY DATE 7 CUP PACKAGE MPH 12/6/2021 8 MODULE UPDATE IR 5/18/2022 9 HANWHA 580W & 500' ROAD SETBACK MPH 11/21/2022 10 ROAD LEASE AREA ADDITION SP 1/31/2023 11 LEASE AREA CORRECTION MPH 2/6/2023 12 SINGLE LINE DRAWING MIT 2/7/2023 13 SCREENING EDITS MPH 6/12/2023 14 INTERCONNECTION PACKAGE SP 6/27/2023 PROJECT NAME DRAWING TITLE SCALE 1 SHEET L&M CSG OTHER NOTES CASE NUMBER 05512222 NO POSITION, DISTANCE, OR CLEARANCE ISSUES WITH OVERHEAD ELECTRIC SERVICE LINES OR OTHER UTILITIES IN RELATION TO THE PV PANELS. 24/ 7 UNESCORTED KEYLESS ACCESS PROVIDED FOR THE METERS AND AC DISCONNECT. INTERCONNECTION: SECONDARY DRAWN BY MIKE HOLMES PROJECT ADDRESS 11020 SCANDIA TRAIL N SCANDIA, MN 55073 LAT: 45.2524597664 LONG: -92.8808866747 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS SYSTEM SIZE DC 1.476 MW SYSTEM SIZE AC POWER LIMITED TO 1.000 MW DC/AC RATIO 1.476 AZIMUTH 180° TILT 30° MODULE COUNT 2544 MODULE TYPE HANWHA Q.PEAK DUO XL-G11.3 / BFG MODULE STC RATING 580 W INVERTER COUNT 9 INVERTER TYPE SMA SUNNY HIGHPOWER PEAK-3 125kW INVERTER POWER POWER LIMITED TO ~111.11 kW RACKING TBD MONITORING ALSO ENERGY DESIGN CRITERIA MIN/MAX TEMP.-26°C / 32°C WIND SPEED (ASCE 7-10)105 MPH BUILDING CATEGORY I EXPOSURE CATEGORY C GROUND SNOW LOAD 50 PSF BUILDING HEIGHT 0'-0" DRAWING SHEETS AND CONTENTS NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED WITHOUT EXPLICIT WRITTEN CONSENT FROM NEW ENERGY EQUITY LLC. NEW ENERGY EQUITY, LLC 2530 RIVA ROAD, SUITE 200 ANNAPOLIS, MD 21041 NEWENERGYEQUITY.COM 443-267-5012 00 1" 2" 1 DRAWING SCALE ACCURATE WHEN THIS PAGE IS PRINTED ON 24"x36" PAPER. 1" = 80' TOPOGRAPHY & DRAINAGE PV5 VICINITY MAP PROJECT LOCATION 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 330 0 30 60 W E S N 80 70 50 4O 2010350 320 310 290 280 260 250 230 220 200 190 170 160 140 130 110 100 340 SHEET NOTES: UTILITY POLES ARE SHOWN FOR INDICATING LOCATIONS ONLY. SPACING BETWEEN POLES, PHYSICAL PROTECTION BARRIER FOR SWITCHBOARDS, ETC. WILL BE ADDED IN THE DRAWINGS PREPARED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SPACE FOR PE STAMP: TYPE : DOGWOOD SHRUB HEIGHT : 4' MIN WITHIN 3 YEARS OF PLANTING NUMBER OF ROWS: 2 SPACING: 20' O.C.REVISIONS #DESCRIPTION BY DATE 7 CUP PACKAGE MPH 12/6/2021 8 MODULE UPDATE IR 5/18/2022 9 HANWHA 580W & 500' ROAD SETBACK MPH 11/21/2022 10 ROAD LEASE AREA ADDITION SP 1/31/2023 11 LEASE AREA CORRECTION MPH 2/6/2023 12 SINGLE LINE DRAWING MIT 2/7/2023 13 SCREENING EDITS MPH 6/12/2023 14 INTERCONNECTION PACKAGE SP 6/27/2023 PROJECT NAME DRAWING TITLE SCALE 1 SHEET L&M CSG OTHER NOTES CASE NUMBER 05512222 NO POSITION, DISTANCE, OR CLEARANCE ISSUES WITH OVERHEAD ELECTRIC SERVICE LINES OR OTHER UTILITIES IN RELATION TO THE PV PANELS. 24/ 7 UNESCORTED KEYLESS ACCESS PROVIDED FOR THE METERS AND AC DISCONNECT. INTERCONNECTION: SECONDARY DRAWN BY MIKE HOLMES PROJECT ADDRESS 11020 SCANDIA TRAIL N SCANDIA, MN 55073 LAT: 45.2524597664 LONG: -92.8808866747 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS SYSTEM SIZE DC 1.476 MW SYSTEM SIZE AC POWER LIMITED TO 1.000 MW DC/AC RATIO 1.476 AZIMUTH 180° TILT 30° MODULE COUNT 2544 MODULE TYPE HANWHA Q.PEAK DUO XL-G11.3 / BFG MODULE STC RATING 580 W INVERTER COUNT 9 INVERTER TYPE SMA SUNNY HIGHPOWER PEAK-3 125kW INVERTER POWER POWER LIMITED TO ~111.11 kW RACKING TBD MONITORING ALSO ENERGY DESIGN CRITERIA MIN/MAX TEMP.-26°C / 32°C WIND SPEED (ASCE 7-10)105 MPH BUILDING CATEGORY I EXPOSURE CATEGORY C GROUND SNOW LOAD 50 PSF BUILDING HEIGHT 0'-0" DRAWING SHEETS AND CONTENTS NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED WITHOUT EXPLICIT WRITTEN CONSENT FROM NEW ENERGY EQUITY LLC. NEW ENERGY EQUITY, LLC 2530 RIVA ROAD, SUITE 200 ANNAPOLIS, MD 21041 NEWENERGYEQUITY.COM 443-267-5012 00 1" 2" 1 DRAWING SCALE ACCURATE WHEN THIS PAGE IS PRINTED ON 24"x36" PAPER. NTS NORTHERN SCREENING PLAN PV7-A Scale: N.T.S. MINNESOTA NATIVE TREE MIX SCREENING1 Scale: N.T.S. FRUIT/SHRUB PLANTING DETAIL2 PLANTING SCHEDULE TYPE : WHITE CEDAR HEIGHT : 18' MIN WITHIN 3 YEARS OF PLANTING NUMBER OF ROWS: 1 ROW MIXED SPACING: 20' O.C. Scale: N.T.S. TREE/SHRUB SPACING AND WIDTH3 20'20' PLANTING SCHEDULE TYPE : EASTERN RED CEDAR HEIGHT : 18' MIN WITHIN 3 YEARS OF PLANTING NUMBER OF ROWS: 1 ROW MIXED SPACING: 20' O.C. TYPE : JUNEBERRY SHRUB HEIGHT : 4' MIN WITHIN 3 YEARS OF PLANTING NUMBER OF ROWS: 1 ROW MIXED SPACING: 20' O.C. TYPE : HIGHBUSH CRANBERRY SHRUB HEIGHT : 4' MIN WITHIN 3 YEARS OF PLANTING NUMBER OF ROWS: 2 SPACING: 20' O.C. TYPE : CHOKECHERRY SHRUB HEIGHT : 4' MIN WITHIN 3 YEARS OF PLANTING NUMBER OF ROWS: 2 SPACING: 20' O.C. TYPE : WILD PLUM SHRUB HEIGHT : 4' MIN WITHIN 3 YEARS OF PLANTING NUMBER OF ROWS: 2 SPACING: 20' O.C. SCREENING ON NORTHERN FENCE LINE 2 STAGGERED ROWS OF A MIX OF EASTERN RED CEDAR, WHITE SPRUCE, NORWAY PINE, WHITE PINE, AND WHITE CEDAR TREES 1-4' TALL AND ONE ROW TO THE NORTH CONSISTING OF A MIX OF TREES FROM THE FRUIT/SHRUB DNR LIST 1-2' TALL PLANTING SCHEDULE TYPE : WHITE SPRUCE HEIGHT : 18' MIN WITHIN 3 YEARS OF PLANTING NUMBER OF ROWS: 1 ROW MIXED SPACING: 20' O.C. PLANTING SCHEDULE TYPE : NORWAY PINE HEIGHT : 36' MIN WITHIN 3 YEARS OF PLANTING NUMBER OF ROWS: 1 ROW MIXED SPACING: 20' O.C. PLANTING SCHEDULE TYPE : WHITE PINE HEIGHT : 36' MIN WITHIN 3 YEARS OF PLANTING NUMBER OF ROWS: 1 ROW MIXED SPACING: 20' O.C. 20' REVISIONS #DESCRIPTION BY DATE 7 CUP PACKAGE MPH 12/6/2021 8 MODULE UPDATE IR 5/18/2022 9 HANWHA 580W & 500' ROAD SETBACK MPH 11/21/2022 10 ROAD LEASE AREA ADDITION SP 1/31/2023 11 LEASE AREA CORRECTION MPH 2/6/2023 12 SINGLE LINE DRAWING MIT 2/7/2023 13 SCREENING EDITS MPH 6/12/2023 14 INTERCONNECTION PACKAGE SP 6/27/2023 PROJECT NAME DRAWING TITLE SCALE 1 SHEET L&M CSG OTHER NOTES CASE NUMBER 05512222 NO POSITION, DISTANCE, OR CLEARANCE ISSUES WITH OVERHEAD ELECTRIC SERVICE LINES OR OTHER UTILITIES IN RELATION TO THE PV PANELS. 24/ 7 UNESCORTED KEYLESS ACCESS PROVIDED FOR THE METERS AND AC DISCONNECT. INTERCONNECTION: SECONDARY DRAWN BY MIKE HOLMES PROJECT ADDRESS 11020 SCANDIA TRAIL N SCANDIA, MN 55073 LAT: 45.2524597664 LONG: -92.8808866747 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS SYSTEM SIZE DC 1.476 MW SYSTEM SIZE AC POWER LIMITED TO 1.000 MW DC/AC RATIO 1.476 AZIMUTH 180° TILT 30° MODULE COUNT 2544 MODULE TYPE HANWHA Q.PEAK DUO XL-G11.3 / BFG MODULE STC RATING 580 W INVERTER COUNT 9 INVERTER TYPE SMA SUNNY HIGHPOWER PEAK-3 125kW INVERTER POWER POWER LIMITED TO ~111.11 kW RACKING TBD MONITORING ALSO ENERGY DESIGN CRITERIA MIN/MAX TEMP.-26°C / 32°C WIND SPEED (ASCE 7-10)105 MPH BUILDING CATEGORY I EXPOSURE CATEGORY C GROUND SNOW LOAD 50 PSF BUILDING HEIGHT 0'-0" DRAWING SHEETS AND CONTENTS NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED WITHOUT EXPLICIT WRITTEN CONSENT FROM NEW ENERGY EQUITY LLC. NEW ENERGY EQUITY, LLC 2530 RIVA ROAD, SUITE 200 ANNAPOLIS, MD 21041 NEWENERGYEQUITY.COM 443-267-5012 00 1" 2" 1 DRAWING SCALE ACCURATE WHEN THIS PAGE IS PRINTED ON 24"x36" PAPER. NTS NORTHERN SCREENING PLAN PV7-B Scale: N.T.S. MINNESOTA NATIVE TREE MIX SCREENING1 PLANTING SCHEDULE TYPE : WHITE CEDAR HEIGHT : 18' MIN WITHIN 3 YEARS OF PLANTING NUMBER OF ROWS: 1 ROW MIXED SPACING: 20' O.C. Scale: N.T.S. TREE SPACING AND WIDTH2 20'20' PLANTING SCHEDULE TYPE : EASTERN RED CEDAR HEIGHT : 18' MIN WITHIN 3 YEARS OF PLANTING NUMBER OF ROWS: 1 ROW MIXED SPACING: 20' O.C. SCREENING ON EASTERN FENCE LINE 1 ROW OF 12-14' EASTERN RED CEDARS TO PROVIDE IMMEDIATE SCREENING FROM NEIGHBORING HOME 2 STAGGERED ROWS OF A MIX OF EASTERN RED CEDAR, WHITE SPRUCE, NORWAY PINE, WHITE PINE,AND WHITE CEDAR TREES 1-4' TALL PLANTING SCHEDULE TYPE : WHITE SPRUCE HEIGHT : 18' MIN WITHIN 3 YEARS OF PLANTING NUMBER OF ROWS: 1 ROW MIXED SPACING: 20' O.C. PLANTING SCHEDULE TYPE : NORWAY PINE HEIGHT : 36' MIN WITHIN 3 YEARS OF PLANTING NUMBER OF ROWS: 1 ROW MIXED SPACING: 20' O.C. PLANTING SCHEDULE TYPE : WHITE PINE HEIGHT : 36' MIN WITHIN 3 YEARS OF PLANTING NUMBER OF ROWS: 1 ROW MIXED SPACING: 20' O.C. 20' REVISIONS #DESCRIPTION BY DATE 7 CUP PACKAGE MPH 12/6/2021 8 MODULE UPDATE IR 5/18/2022 9 HANWHA 580W & 500' ROAD SETBACK MPH 11/21/2022 10 ROAD LEASE AREA ADDITION SP 1/31/2023 11 LEASE AREA CORRECTION MPH 2/6/2023 12 SINGLE LINE DRAWING MIT 2/7/2023 13 SCREENING EDITS MPH 6/12/2023 14 INTERCONNECTION PACKAGE SP 6/27/2023 PROJECT NAME DRAWING TITLE SCALE 1 SHEET L&M CSG OTHER NOTES CASE NUMBER 05512222 NO POSITION, DISTANCE, OR CLEARANCE ISSUES WITH OVERHEAD ELECTRIC SERVICE LINES OR OTHER UTILITIES IN RELATION TO THE PV PANELS. 24/ 7 UNESCORTED KEYLESS ACCESS PROVIDED FOR THE METERS AND AC DISCONNECT. INTERCONNECTION: SECONDARY DRAWN BY MIKE HOLMES PROJECT ADDRESS 11020 SCANDIA TRAIL N SCANDIA, MN 55073 LAT: 45.2524597664 LONG: -92.8808866747 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS SYSTEM SIZE DC 1.476 MW SYSTEM SIZE AC POWER LIMITED TO 1.000 MW DC/AC RATIO 1.476 AZIMUTH 180° TILT 30° MODULE COUNT 2544 MODULE TYPE HANWHA Q.PEAK DUO XL-G11.3 / BFG MODULE STC RATING 580 W INVERTER COUNT 9 INVERTER TYPE SMA SUNNY HIGHPOWER PEAK-3 125kW INVERTER POWER POWER LIMITED TO ~111.11 kW RACKING TBD MONITORING ALSO ENERGY DESIGN CRITERIA MIN/MAX TEMP.-26°C / 32°C WIND SPEED (ASCE 7-10)105 MPH BUILDING CATEGORY I EXPOSURE CATEGORY C GROUND SNOW LOAD 50 PSF BUILDING HEIGHT 0'-0" DRAWING SHEETS AND CONTENTS NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED WITHOUT EXPLICIT WRITTEN CONSENT FROM NEW ENERGY EQUITY LLC. NEW ENERGY EQUITY, LLC 2530 RIVA ROAD, SUITE 200 ANNAPOLIS, MD 21041 NEWENERGYEQUITY.COM 443-267-5012 00 1" 2" 1 DRAWING SCALE ACCURATE WHEN THIS PAGE IS PRINTED ON 24"x36" PAPER. NTS SW SCREENING PLAN PV7-C Scale: N.T.S. MINNESOTA NATIVE TREE MIX SCREENING1 Scale: N.T.S. PLAN VIEW1 20'20' SCREENING ON SOUTH-WESTERN FENCE LINE 1 ROW OF 12-14' EASTERN RED CEDARS TO PROVIDE IMMEDIATE SCREENING REVISIONS #DESCRIPTION BY DATE 7 CUP PACKAGE MPH 12/6/2021 8 MODULE UPDATE IR 5/18/2022 9 HANWHA 580W & 500' ROAD SETBACK MPH 11/21/2022 10 ROAD LEASE AREA ADDITION SP 1/31/2023 11 LEASE AREA CORRECTION MPH 2/6/2023 12 SINGLE LINE DRAWING MIT 2/7/2023 13 SCREENING EDITS MPH 6/12/2023 14 INTERCONNECTION PACKAGE SP 6/27/2023 PROJECT NAME DRAWING TITLE SCALE 1 SHEET L&M CSG OTHER NOTES CASE NUMBER 05512222 NO POSITION, DISTANCE, OR CLEARANCE ISSUES WITH OVERHEAD ELECTRIC SERVICE LINES OR OTHER UTILITIES IN RELATION TO THE PV PANELS. 24/ 7 UNESCORTED KEYLESS ACCESS PROVIDED FOR THE METERS AND AC DISCONNECT. INTERCONNECTION: SECONDARY DRAWN BY MIKE HOLMES PROJECT ADDRESS 11020 SCANDIA TRAIL N SCANDIA, MN 55073 LAT: 45.2524597664 LONG: -92.8808866747 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS SYSTEM SIZE DC 1.476 MW SYSTEM SIZE AC POWER LIMITED TO 1.000 MW DC/AC RATIO 1.476 AZIMUTH 180° TILT 30° MODULE COUNT 2544 MODULE TYPE HANWHA Q.PEAK DUO XL-G11.3 / BFG MODULE STC RATING 580 W INVERTER COUNT 9 INVERTER TYPE SMA SUNNY HIGHPOWER PEAK-3 125kW INVERTER POWER POWER LIMITED TO ~111.11 kW RACKING TBD MONITORING ALSO ENERGY DESIGN CRITERIA MIN/MAX TEMP.-26°C / 32°C WIND SPEED (ASCE 7-10)105 MPH BUILDING CATEGORY I EXPOSURE CATEGORY C GROUND SNOW LOAD 50 PSF BUILDING HEIGHT 0'-0" DRAWING SHEETS AND CONTENTS NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED WITHOUT EXPLICIT WRITTEN CONSENT FROM NEW ENERGY EQUITY LLC. NEW ENERGY EQUITY, LLC 2530 RIVA ROAD, SUITE 200 ANNAPOLIS, MD 21041 NEWENERGYEQUITY.COM 443-267-5012 00 1" 2" 1 DRAWING SCALE ACCURATE WHEN THIS PAGE IS PRINTED ON 24"x36" PAPER. NTS EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PV8Scale: N.T.S. EROSION CONTROL DETAIL2 NOTES: FABRIC AS PER MNDOT SPEC 3886 8 FOOT NOMINAL SPACING BETWEEN WOOD STAKES. 1.5 FEET MINIMUM EMBEDMENT. 6 TO 8 INCHES OF FABRIC EXTEND INTO TRENCH. 2"X2"X4' MINIMUM DIMENSIONS PER WOOD STAKE. PREASSEMBLED SILT FENCE IS ACCEPTABLE PER MN-DOT SPEC. 3886. 3.STAPLE FILTER MATERIAL TO STAKES AND EXTEND IT TO THE TRENCH. 2.EXCAVATE A 4"X4" TRENCH UPSLOPE ALONG THE LINE OF STAKES. 1.SET THE STAKES. 4.BACKFILL AND COMPACT THE EXCAVATED SOIL. FLOW DIRECTION NOTES: 1.PREPARE SOIL BEFORE INSTALLING BLANKETS. INCLUDING APPLICATION OF LIME, FERTILIZER, AND SEED. 2.BEGIN AT THE TOP OF THE SLOPE (OR CHANNEL) BY ANCHORING THE BLANKET IN A 6" DEEP X 6" WIDE TRENCH. BACKFILL AND COMPACT THE TRENCH AFTER STAPLING. 3.ROLL THE BLANKET DOWN (STARTING AT DOWNSTREAM PROCEEDING UPSTREAM) HORIZONTALLY ACROSS THE SLOPE. 4. THE EDGES OF PARALLEL BLANKETS MUST BE STAPLED WITH AN APPROXIMATE (MIN) 4" OVERLAP. 5.WHEN BLANKETS MUST BE SPLICED DOWN THE SLOPE, PLACE BLANKETS END OVER END (SHINGLE STYLE) WITH APPROXIMATELY A (MIN) 6" OVERLAP. USE A DOUBLE ROW OF STAGGERED STAPLES 4" APART TO SECURE BLANKETS. 6.IN HIGH FLOW CHANNEL APPLICATIONS, A STAPLE CHECK SLOT IS RECOMMENDED AT 30 TO 40 FOOT INTERVALS. USE A ROW OF STAPLES 4" APART OVER ENTIRE WIDTH OF THE CHANNEL. PLACE A SECOND ROW 4" BELOW THE FIRST ROW IN A STAGGERED PATTERN. 7. THE TERMINAL END OF THE BLANKETS MUST BE ANCHORED IN A 6" DEEP X 6" WIDE TRENCH. BACKFILL AND COMPACT THE TRENCH AFTER STAPLING. SLOPE INSTALLATION EXISTIN G R O A D W A Y 5 NOT TO SCALE STABILIZED ROCK CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE WIDTH NOTES: 1. MATCH THE DRIVEWAY WIDTH AS SHOWN ON SHEET PV1. 2.IF NECESSARY, PROVIDE RADIUS OR WIDEN PAD SUFFICIENTLY TO PREVENT VEHICLE TIRES FROM TRACKING OFF OF PAD WHEN ENTERING/EXITING THE SITE. 3. MAINTENANCE: ROCK CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE THICKNESS SHALL BE CONSTANTLY MAINTAINED TO THE SPECIFIED DIMENSIONS BY ADDING ROCK. A STOCKPILE SHALL BE MAINTAINED ON SITE FOR THIS PURPOSE. AT THE END OF EACH CONSTRUCTION DAY, ALL SEDIMENT DEPOSITED ON PAVED ROADWAYS SHALL BE REMOVED AND RETURNED TO THE CONSTRUCTION SITE. ROCK GRADATION = 4" MINUS 8" MIN. DEPTH GEOTEXTILE FABRIC NOTES: 1. CONSTRUCT DITCH AS SHOWN ABOVE ONLY WHERE INDICATED BY CONTOURS ON THE GRADING PLAN. 2.IN THE ABSENCE OF A ROADSIDE DITCH, SLOPE FROM EDGE OF GRAVEL TO EXISTING GROUND @3:1. 3.2% CROSS SLOPE IS TYPICAL, BUT CAN BE ADJUSTED DOWN TO MATCH EXISTING GROUND SLOPE IN ORDER TO PROMOTE CONTINUED SHEET DRAINAGE ACROSS ROAD. CROSS SLOPE SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 1%. 4. ROAD GRADES ARE TYPICALLY INTENDED TO MATCH ADJACENT GRADE ALLOWING DRAINAGE TO SHEET ON AND OFF OF ROADS EVENLY. CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN TO FIELD ADJUST ROAD GRADES OR DITCH LOCATIONS AS NECESSARY TO PREVENT RUNOFF FROM CONCENTRATING ALONG ROAD EDGES CAUSING EROSION. 5. ROAD SECTION DESIGN TO BE VERIFIED BY FINAL GEOTECH REPORT. ANY MODIFICATIONS TO THIS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE GEOTECH ENGINEER WHO PREPARED THE DESIGN. EVS HAS NOT PERFORMED ANY STRUCTURAL DESIGN REGARDING THESE DETAILS AND/OR THE FOUNDATION. THE DETAILS SHOWN ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CHANNEL BOTTOM STAKE TO BE PLACE ATTOE OF SLOPE, BOTH SIDES FLOW 16 " M I N WOOD STAKE TO ONLY PENETRATE NETTING WOOD STAKE WOOD STAKE DETAIL 6 NOT TO SCALE FIBER LOG SLOPE PROTECTION CURLEX SEDIMENT LOGSOR EQUIVALENT R R 1 NOT TO SCALE TYPICAL SOLAR ACCESS ROAD 2 NOT TO SCALE SILT FENCE WOOD POST CONSTRUCTION 4 NOT TO SCALE EROSION CONTROL BLANKET CL SLOPE TO EXISTING GROUND ED G E O F G R A V E L 1:1 ED G E O F G R A V E L CL SLOPE TO EXISTING GROUND ED G E O F G R A V E L ED G E O F G R A V E L 6:1 6:12' DITCH 6:1 6:12' DITCH 2% SLOPE (TYP), MIN 1%2% SLOPE (TYP), MIN 1% 7.5'7.5' ROAD WITH CROWN 1: 1 MATCH EXISTING GROUND 7.5'7.5' 2% SLOPE (TYP), MIN 1% 1:1 1: 1 MATCH EXISTING GROUND ROAD WITH SUPERELEVATION COMPACTED SUBGRADE COMPACTED SUBGRADE SEE NOTE 2 SEE NOTE 2 6' PLAN F L O W D I R E C T I O N 2% MIN 2% M I N NOTE: CONTRACTOR SHALL REFERENCE THE STRUCTURAL PLANS FOR THE EQUIPMENT PAD SUBGRADE PREPARATION. 3 NOT TO SCALE CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PAD GRADING PROFILE 6" STEP 6' 2% MIN 2% MIN EROSION CONTROL BLANKET ON 3:1 MAX TIE-IN SLOPE EROSION CONTROL BLANKET ON 3:1 MAX TIE-IN SLOPE SEE STRUCTURAL FOR CONCRETE PAD DESIGN EQUIP. PAD (REFER TO STRUCTURAL PLAN) 4" AGGREGATE WORKING SURFACE 3:1 MAX. TIE-IN SLOPE TBD AGGREGATE BASE (ESTIMATED RUT DEPTH OF TBD) TBD AGGREGATE BASE (ESTIMATED RUT DEPTH OF TBD) A B C D E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 © 2 0 2 0 E V S , I N C . 6' VINYL FENCE FOR SCREENING 6' VINYL FENCE FOR SCREENING 4'-0" 1 2 3 4 6' VINYL FENCE FOR SCREENING 1 2 3 4 4 1 2 3 E-3.04 6' VINYL FENCE FOR SCREENING 6' VINYL FENCE FOR SCREENING 6'-0" 1 2 3 4 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" E-3.05 SURVEY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION EXHIBIT C LANDSCAPE PLAN NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION EXHIBIT D Detail 2 – Mature Screening SHEEP GRAZING INDICATIVE - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION EXHIBIT E EXHIBIT F INDICATIVE EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATION SHEETS INDICATIVE - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION INDICATIVE EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATION SHEET: SOLAR MODULE INDICATIVE - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION PRODUCT SAFETY DATA SHEET 1.SECTION: IDENTIFICATION Solar PV modules convert light into electricity. Light-sensitive cells are electrically interconnected in series and sealed between glass and plastic foils for this purpose. This product safety data sheet is applicable to the following solar PV modules of the Q CELLS brand made by Hanwha Q CELLS America Inc.: •Q.PEAK DUO-G5, Q.PEAK DUO BLK-G5, Q.PEAK DUO L-G5, Q.PEAK DUO-G5.X, Q.PEAK DUO BLK-G5.X, Q.PEAK DUO L-G5.X, •Q.PEAK DUO-G6, Q.PEAK DUO BLK-G6, Q.PEAK DUO L-G6, Q.PEAK DUO-G6.X, Q.PEAK DUO BLK-G6.X, Q.PEAK DUO L-G6.X, •Q.PEAK DUO-G7, Q.PEAK DUO BLK-G7, Q.PEAK DUO L-G7, Q.PEAK DUO-G7.X, Q.PEAK DUO BLK-G7.X, Q.PEAK DUO L-G7.X, •Q.PEAK DUO-G8, Q.PEAK DUO BLK-G8, Q.PEAK DUO L-G8, Q.PEAK DUO-G8.X, Q.PEAK DUO BLK-G8.X, Q.PEAK DUO L-G8.X, •Q.PEAK DUO-G9, Q.PEAK DUO MS-G9, Q.PEAK DUO ML-G9, Q.PEAK DUO BLK ML-G9, Q.PEAK DUO XL-G9, Q.PEAK DUO ML-G9.X, Q.PEAK DUO BLK ML-G9.X, Q.PEAK DUO XL-G9.X, •Q.PEAK DUO ML-G10, Q.PEAK DUO BLK ML-G10, Q.PEAK DUO XL-G10, Q.PEAK DUO ML-G10.X, Q.PEAK DUO BLK ML-G10.X, Q.PEAK DUO XL-G10.X •Q.PEAK DUO XL-G11.X Minor variations within the product families listed above can be identified by a versioning system which replaces character “X” with nu- merals and lower case letters of either “1”, “2”,“3” or “a”,“b”,“c”,“d” to form G8.1, G6.2, G7.3 or G10.a, G10.c, G10.d for example. All of these variants as well as the ones with additional suffixes “/TAA” and / or “+” are covered by this product safety data sheet. This is also true for B-grade modules which have minor optical imperfections. Product names of these replace “Q.” with “B.LINE”. B-grade modules of Q.PEAK DUO L-G6.2 are named B.LINE PEAK DUO L-G6.2 for example. Responsible Party as Importer: Name: Hanwha Q CELLS America Inc. Address: 400 Spectrum Center Drive, Suite 1400, Irvine, CA 92618, USA Phone: 1 949 748 59 96 2.SECTION: IDENTIFICATION OF SAFETY RISKS (HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION) Q CELLS solar PV modules do not pose any risk of hazardous chemicals. Hazard symbols and precautionary hazard statements for hazardous chemicals are not applicable. No symptoms or effects – neither acute nor delayed – have to be expected when Q CELLS solar PV modules are handled as stipulated in the Installation and Operation Manual. Q CELLS provides a Safety Information sheet with all modules shipments. This document contains detailed risk statements and recommendations for installation and operation. Before installing the module, read the Installation and Operation Manual for Q CELLS modules carefully. You can obtain the complete Installation and Operation Manual from your retailer. Attention: Only qualified and authorized specialists may install modules and put them into operation. Keep children and unauthorized per- sons away from the modules. Risks: •Risk of death from electrocution! Solar modules generate electricity and are energized as soon as they are exposed to light. •In rare cases, solar PV modules – as any other electrical device – can cause fire due to worn electrical contacts which result in electrical arching. •Solar PV modules can reach high temperatures which can cause skin burns. Q CELLS SOLAR PV MODULES ARE ARTICLES AS DEFINED BY THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION HAZARD COMMUNICATION STANDARD (HCS), 29 C.FR. § 1910.1200 AND ARE EXEMPT FROM THE LABELING AND SAFETY DATA SHEETS (SDS) REQUIREMENTS OF THE STANDARD. Q CELLS provides this product safety data sheet only for convenience of interested parties in the United States of America who are used to the format of safety data sheets in order to assess the product safety. This product safety data sheet does not replace any other documents provided by Q CELLS such as Safety Information, Installation and Operation Manual, Packaging and Transport Information, Product Data Sheet as well as Warranty Terms of the respective product. INDICATIVE - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION PRODUCT SAFETY DATA SHEET • Sharp edges, corners and broken glass can cause injuries. • Solar PV modules can cause Injuries due to their weight. • Falling solar PV modules can cause injuries. • Lifting solar PV modules can cause injuries. For precautionary statements, please refer to the Installation and Operations Manual of the respective product. MISUSE OR INCORRECT USE OF SOLAR MODULES VOIDS THE LIMITED WARRANTY AND MAY CREATE A SAFETY HAZARD AND RISK PROPERTY DAMAGE. THIS INCLUDES IMPROPER INSTALLATION OR CONFIGURATION, IMPROPER MAINTENANCE, UNINTENDED USE, AND UNAUTHORIZED MODIFICATION. 3. SECTION: COMPOSITION / INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS Safety data sheets are only required for hazardous chemicals covered by the Hazard Communication Standard (HCS). Solar PV modules made by Q CELLS are not covered by HCS. The following table provides an overview of materials solar PV modules by Q CELLS are made of. The values given for the share of weight are targets and can vary for the products covered by this Product Safety Data Sheet. Component Material Total Share Remark Frame Aluminum 8 % – 16 %not hazardous Silicone < 2 %not hazardous, see section 8 Laminate Glass 60 % – 80 %not hazardous Plastics (EVA, PET, PE, PPE, PC)8 % – 16 %no hazards known Silicon 2 % – 4 %not hazardous Metals (Aluminum, Copper, Tin)< 2 %not hazardous Lead < 0,1 %hazardous Silver < 0,05 %not hazardous 4. SECTION: FIRST-AID MEASURES In case of electrocution: • Always protect yourself by taking all necessary safety precautions before rescuing persons injured. • Attention: Stay away from sources of high voltage and leave the rescue to qualified personnel with appropriate personal protection equi- pment! • Call emergency rescue services. • Do not touch live parts. Qualified personnel should shut down the PV system as far as possible – e.g. disconnect the modules at the inver- ter before uncovering any live electrical parts. Be sure to observe the specified time intervals after switching off the inverter. High voltage components need time to discharge. Follow OSHA requirements for control of hazardous energy at 29 C.F.R. § 1910.147. • In the event a person is electrocuted or affected by electrical energy of the solar PV module, CALL 911. Before attempting rescue, SHUT- DOWN THE POWER SOURCE. • Remove the victim from the power source using only insulated tools ONLY IF CONTACT WITH LIVE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS CAN BE PREVENTED. • Carefully move the injured from the zone of danger. • After moving to a safe location, check heartbeat, respiration and consciousness of the injured person. • Apply appropriate life-saving measures (CPR) accordingly before taking care of minor injuries. • Consult a medical professional even if there are no visible injuries. • Flush thermal skin burns caused by touching hot surfaces of solar PV modules with cool water. Consult a medical professional. • Injuries due to sharp edges, corners and broken glass need to be appropriately treated. Consult a medical professional. INDICATIVE - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION PRODUCT SAFETY DATA SHEET • Other types of injuries need to be treated appropriately as well. Consult a medical professional. 5. SECTION: FIRE-FIGHTING MEASURES • Q CELLS solar PV modules are fire rated as Class C according to IEC and UL 1703 / UL 61730 as well as Type 1 and 2 according to UL 1703 / UL 61730. • Q CELLS solar PV modules are extensively tested at the factory to ensure electrical safety of the product before shipment. • In rare cases, solar PV modules – as any other electrical device – can cause fire due to worn electrical contacts which result in electrical arching. • In case solar PV modules which are not part of an array are on fire, USE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS RATED FOR ELECTRICAL EQU PMENT, Class C. • IN CASE A SOLAR PV MODULE ARRAY IS PRESENT, ANY F RE SHOULD ONLY BE FOUGHT BY PROFESSIONAL F REFIGHTERS. F RE- FIGHTERS NEED TO TAKE PRECAUTIONS FOR ELECTRICAL VOLTAGES UP TO 1,500 VOLTS (DC). • Some components of the modules can burn. Potential combustion products include oxides of carbon, nitrogen and silicon. • In case of prolonged fire, solar PV modules may lose their structural integrity. General recommendations from the below-mentioned reports: • Fire service personnel should follow their normal tactics and strategies at structure fires involving solar power systems, but do so with awareness and understanding of exposure to energized electrical equipment. Emergency response personnel should operate normally, and approach this subject area with awareness, caution, and understanding to assure that conditions are maintained as safely as possible. • Care must be exercised during all operations, both interior and exterior. • Responding personnel must stay back from the roofline in the event modules or sections of an array may slide off the roof. • Contacting a local professional PV installation company should be considered to mitigate potential hazards. • Turning off an array is not as simple as opening a disconnect switch. As long as the array is illuminated, parts of the system will remain en- ergized. • When illuminated by artificial light sources such as fire department light trucks or an exposure fire, PV systems are capable of producing electrical power sufficient to cause inability to let go from electricity as a result of stimulation of muscle tissue, also known as lock-on hazard. • Firefighting foam should not be relied upon to block light. • The electric shock hazard due to application of water is dependent on voltage, water conductivity, distance and spray pattern. • It is recommendable to fight fire with water instead of foam if a PV system is present. Salt water should not be used. • Firefighter’s gloves and boots afford limited protection against electrical shock provided the insulating surface is intact and dry. They should not be considered equivalent to electrical personal protection equipment. Readers interested in more details may refer to the following reports: • National Fire Protection Association, Fire Protection Research Foundation report “Fire Fighter Safety and Emergency Response for Solar Power Systems” issued May 2010, revised October 2013 • Important recommendations from a report called “Firefighter Safety and Photovoltaic Installations Research Project” issued by Underwri- ters Laboratories on November 29, 2011 6. SECTION: ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES This section is not applicable. 7. SECTION: HANDLING AND STORAGE Before installing the module, read the Installation and Operation Manual for Q CELLS modules carefully. Noncompliance with the instructions may result in damage and physical injury or death. Only qualified and authorized specialists may install modules and put them into operation. INDICATIVE - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION PRODUCT SAFETY DATA SHEET You can obtain the complete installation manual from your retailer. Details about transport and storage of palletized Q CELLS solar PV mo- dules can be found in the Packaging and Transport Information of the respective module type. Storage, transport and unpacking: • Store the module dry, well-ventilated and properly secured. The original packaging is not weatherproof. • Always transport the module in its original packaging. • Do not stack the modules. This prevents damage of the junction box. • The module is made of glass. Take great care when unpacking, storing and transporting it. • Do not subject the module glass to any mechanical stress (e.g. through torsion or deflection). Do not step on the module or place any objects onto the module. • Protect both sides of the module against scratching and other damage. • Carry the module by holding the edges with both hands, or use a glass suction lifter. • Never lift or carry the module using the module junction box or wiring. Avoid pulling on the wiring at all costs. 8. SECTION: EXPOSURE CONTROLS / PERSONAL PROTECTION Before installing the module, read the Installation and Operation Manual carefully. Noncompliance with the instructions may result in damage and physical injury. Only qualified and authorized specialists may install modules and put them into operation. You can obtain the complete installation manual from your retailer. • Please follow the valid national regulations and safety guidelines for the installation of electrical devices and systems. • Please make sure to take all necessary safety precautions. • Ensure that all personnel are aware of and adhere to accident-prevention and safety regulations. • For handling of modules wear suitable protective gloves. • Do not install damaged modules. Ensure that all electrical components are in a proper, dry, and safe condition. • Do not modify the module (e.g. do not drill any additional holes). Never open the junction box. • Ensure that modules and tools are not subject to moisture or rain at any time during installation. Only use dry, insulated tools for electrical work. • Only connect cables with plugs. Ensure for a tight connection between the plugs. Plugs click together audibly. • Cover the modules with an opaque material during installation. Cover the modules to be disconnected. Silicones used in manufacturing release methanol during curing. Once cured, no additional methanol is released during use. Small amounts of these chemicals may be present in shipping cartons. Upon receipt, open container in a well-ventilated location and allow to stand for 5 minutes before removing units from cartons. Exposures above recommended limits for methanol of 200 ppm eight-hour time-weighted- average (TWA) will not occur. 9. SECTION: PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES • Physical state: solid • Voltage: refer to data sheet (below 50 volts for a single module) Attention: Voltage of single modules add up when modules are electrically connected in series. Q CELLS solar PV modules are designed and certified for voltages up to 1,000 volts or even up to 1,500 volts. Connection of modules in series is only permitted up to the maximum system voltage as listed in the applicable data sheet. • Weight: refer to data sheet INDICATIVE - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION PRODUCT SAFETY DATA SHEET • Solubility in water: insoluble in water 10. SECTION: STABILITY AND REACTIVITY Under normal operating conditions as specified in the Product Data Sheet, Q CELLS solar PV modules are chemically stable. • Q CELLS solar PV modules are tested for salt spray and ammonia resistance according to IEC 61701 and IEC 62716, respectively. • Q CELLS solar PV modules support ambient operating temperatures from –40 °C to +85 °C (–40 °F to +185 °F). • Do not install modules above 13.120 ft (4000 m) altitude above sea level. • Some components of the modules can burn. Potential combustion products include oxides of carbon, nitrogen and silicon. • Do not scratch off dirt. Use a soft cellulose cloth or sponge to carefully wipe off stubborn dirt. Do not use micro fleece wool or cotton cloths. • Rinse dirt off with lukewarm water (dust, leaves, etc.) • Use an alcohol based glass cleaner. Do not use abrasive detergents or tensides. • Isopropyl alcohol (IPA) can be used selectively to remove stubborn dirt and stains within one hour after it appeared. • Follow the safety guidelines provided by the PA manufacturer. • Do not let IPA run down between the module and the frame or into the module edges. 11. SECTION: TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION Small amounts of methanol may be present inside shipping cartons. Open cartons and allow to vent before removing units. No exposure to hazardous chemicals will occur when the units are in use. 12. SECTION: ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION Q CELLS solar PV modules are designed to withstand outdoor operating conditions for 25 years. Biodegradation is not expected due to high chemical stability of the components. 13. SECTION: DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS Q CELLS solar PV modules should be recycled rather than dumped in a landfill. Raw materials of the product can be recovered by recycling companies. Disposal must be in accordance with national and local laws and regulations for electric / electronic waste. 14. SECTION: TRANSPORT INFORMATION Q CELLS solar PV modules can be shipped via standardized container freight. Regulations for hazardous goods do not apply. For further details, please refer to the Packaging and Transport Information which can be provided as a separate document by Q CELLS. 15. SECTION: REGULATORY INFORMATION • Q CELLS solar PV modules are tested according to international standards IEC 61215, IEC 61730 as well as US standards UL 1703 / UL 61730. • Please refer to the Installation and Operation Manual and Product Data Sheet of the respective Q CELLS solar PV module. 16. SECTION: OTHER INFORMATION • Date of initial creation of this product safety data sheet: July 1, 2016 • Date of last revision: October 01, 2021 Su b j e c t t o m o d i f i c a t i o n s . © Q CE L L S Pr o d u c t s a f e t y d a t a s h e e t _ 2 0 2 1 - 1 0 _ R e v 0 4 _ N A Hanwha Q CELLS America Inc. 400 Spectrum Center Drive, Suite 1400, Irvine, CA 92618, USA | TEL +1 949 748 59 96 | EMAIL claims@us.q-cells.com • inquiry@us.q-cells.com | WEB www.q-cells.us INDICATIVE - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION INDICATIVE EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATION SHEET: INVERTER INDICATIVE - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION INDICATIVE EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATION SHEET: TRANSFORMER INDICATIVE - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION Table 4. Audible Sound Levels Self-Cooled, Two Winding kVA Rating NEMA® TR-1 Average Decibels (dB) 45-500 56 501-700 57 701-1000 58 1001-1500 60 1501-2000 61 2001-2500 62 2501-3000 63 3001-4000 64 4001-5000 65 5001-6000 66 6001-7500 67 7501-10000 68 Table 6. Temperature Rise Ratings 0-3300 Feet (0-1000 meters) Standard Optional Unit Rating (Temperature Rise Winding)65 ºC 55 °C, 55/65 ºC, 75 °C Ambient Temperature Max 40 ºC 50 ºC Ambient Temperature 24 Hour Average 30 ºC 40 ºC Temperature Rise Hotspot 80 ºC 65 ºC Table 2. Three-Phase Ratings Three-Phase 50 or 60 Hz kVA Available1: 45, 75, 112.5, 150, 225, 300, 500, 750, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3750, 5000, 7500, 10000 1Transformers are available in the standard ratings and configurations shown or can be customized to meet specific needs. Table 3. Impedance Voltage Rating (kVA) Low-voltage rating ≤ 600 V 2400 Δ through 4800 Δ 6900 Δ through 13800GY/7970 or 13800 Δ 45-75 2.70-5.75 2.70-5.75 2.70-5.75 112.5-300 3.10-5.75 3.10-5.75 3.10-5.75 500 4.35-5.75 4.35-5.75 4.35-5.75 750-2500 5.75 5.75 5.75 3750 5.75 5.75 6.00 5000 6.00 6.50 otee:N The standard tolerance is ± 7.5% Table 5. Insulation Test Levels KV Class Induced Test 180 or 400 Hz 7200 Cycle kV BIL Distribution Applied Test 60 Hz (kV) 1.2 Twice Rated Voltage 30 10 2.5 45 15 5 60 19 8.7 75 26 15 95 34 25 125 40 34.5 150 50 3 Catalog Data CA202003EN Effective April 2016 Three-phase pad-mounted compartmental type transformer www.eaton.com/cooperpowerseries INDICATIVE - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION D E B F A* I C F-3 H G PAD DIMENSIONS 3.5" I-3 CABINET/TANK DIMENSIONS Figure 2. Transformer and pad dimensions. * Add 9" for Bay-O-Net fusing. Table 8. Fluid-Filled—Copper Windings 55/65 °C Rise1 1 Weights, gallons of fluid, and dimensions are for reference only and not for construction. Please contact Eaton for exact dimensions. * Add 9" for Bay-O-Net fusing. 65° Rise DEAD-FRONT—LOOP OR RADIAL FEED—BAY-O-NET FUSING OIL FILLED—COPPER WINDINGS kVA Rating OUTLINE DIMENSIONS (in.)Gallons of Fluid Approx. Total Weight (lbs.)A* B C D E F G H I 45 50 64 39 34 30 64 69 43 20 110 2,100 75 50 64 39 34 30 64 69 43 20 115 2,350 112.5 50 64 49 34 30 64 69 53 20 115 2,500 150 50 64 49 34 30 64 69 53 20 120 2,700 225 50 64 51 34 30 64 73 55 20 140 3,250 300 50 64 51 34 30 64 75 55 20 160 3,800 500 50 81 53 34 30 64 85 57 20 200 4,800 750 64 89 57 42 30 72 93 61 20 255 6,500 1000 64 89 59 42 30 72 93 63 20 300 7,800 1500 73 89 86 42 30 72 93 90 24 410 10,300 2000 73 72 87 42 30 72 76 91 24 420 11,600 2500 73 72 99 42 30 72 76 103 24 500 14,000 3000 73 84 99 46 37 84 88 103 24 720 18,700 3750 84 85 108 47 38 85 88 112 24 800 20,500 5000 84 96 108 48 48 96 100 112 24 850 25,000 7500 94 102 122 54 48 102 100 126 24 1,620 46,900 Table 7. Fluid-filled—aluminum windings 55/65 °C Rise1 65° Rise DEAD-FRONT—LOOP OR RADIAL FEED—BAY-O-NET FUSING OIL FILLED—ALUMINUM WINDINGS kVA Rating OUTLINE DIMENSIONS (in.)Gallons of Fluid Approx. Total Weight (lbs.)A* B C D E F G H I 45 50 68 39 42 26 68 72 43 20 110 2,100 75 50 68 39 42 26 68 72 43 20 115 2,250 112.5 50 68 49 42 26 68 72 53 20 120 2,350 150 50 68 49 42 26 68 72 53 20 125 2,700 225 50 72 51 42 30 72 76 55 20 140 3,150 300 50 72 51 42 30 72 76 55 20 160 3,650 500 50 89 53 42 30 72 93 57 20 190 4,650 750 64 89 57 42 30 72 93 61 20 270 6,500 1000 64 89 59 42 30 72 93 63 20 350 8,200 1500 73 89 86 42 30 72 93 90 24 410 10,300 2000 73 72 87 42 30 72 76 91 24 490 12,500 2500 73 72 99 42 30 72 76 103 24 530 14,500 3000 73 84 99 46 37 84 88 103 24 620 16,700 3750 84 85 108 47 38 85 88 112 24 660 19,300 5000 84 96 108 48 48 96 100 112 24 930 25,000 7500 94 102 122 54 48 102 100 126 24 1,580 41,900 1 Weights, gallons of fluid, and dimensions are for reference only and not for construction. Please contact Eaton for exact dimensions. * Add 9" for Bay-O-Net fusing. 4 Catalog Data CA202003EN Effective April 2016 Three-phase pad-mounted compartmental type transformer www.eaton.com/cooperpowerseries INDICATIVE - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION Standard features Connections and neutral configurations • Delta - Wye: Low voltage neutral shall be a fully insulated X0 bushing with removable ground strap. • Grounded Wye-Wye: High voltage neutral shall be internally tied to the low voltage neutral and brought out as the H0X0 bushing in the secondary compartment with a removable ground strap. • Delta-Delta: Transformer shall be provided without a neutral bushing. • Wye-Wye: High voltage neutral shall be brought out as the H0 bushing in the primary compartment and the low voltage neutral shall be brought as the X0- bushing in the secondary compartment. • Wye-Delta: High voltage neutral shall be brought out as the H0 bushing in the primary compartment. No ground strap shall be provided (line to line rated fusing is required). High and low voltage bushings • 200 A bushing wells (15, 25, and 35 kV) • 200 A, 35 kV Large Interface • 600 A (15, 25, and 35 kV) Integral bushings (dead-front) • Electrical-grade wet-process porcelain bushings (live-front) Tank/cabinet features • Bolted cover for tank access (45-2500 kVA) • Welded cover with hand hole (>2500 kVA) • Three-point latching door for security • Removable sill for easy installation • Lifting lugs (4) • Stainless steel cabinet hinges and mounting studs • Steel divider between HV and LV compartment • 20” Deep cabinet (45-1000 kVA) • 24” Deep cabinet (1500-7500 kVA) • 30” Deep cabinet (34.5/19.92 kV) • Pentahead captive bolt • Stainless steel 1-hole ground pads (45-500 kVA) • Stainless steel 2-hole ground pads (750-10,000 kVA) • Parking Stands (dead-front) Valves/plugs • One-inch upper filling plug • One-inch drain plug (45-500 kVA) • One-inch combination drain valve with sampling device in low voltage compartment (750-10,000 kVA) • Automatic pressure relief valve Nameplate • Laser-scribed anodized aluminum nameplate Figure 3. Drain valve with sampler.Figure 4. Automatic Pressure relief valve.Figure 5. Liquid level gauge. Figure 6. External Gauges.Figure 7. External visible break with gauges. 5 Catalog Data CA202003EN Effective April 2016 Three-phase pad-mounted compartmental type transformer www.eaton.com/cooperpowerseries INDICATIVE - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION Optional features High and low voltage bushings • 200 A (15, 25 kV) bushing inserts • 200 A (15, 25 kV) feed thru inserts • 200 A (15, 25 kV) (HTN) bushing wells with removable studs • High-voltage 600 A (15, 25, 35 kV) deadbreak one-piece bushings • Low voltage 6-, 8-holes spade • Low voltage 12-, 16-, 20-holes spade (750-2500 kVA) • Low voltage bushing supports Tank/cabinet features • Stainless steel tank base and cabinet • Stainless steel tank base, cabinet sides and sill • 100% stainless steel unit • Service entrance (2 inch) in sill or cabinet side • Touch-up paint (domestic) • Copper ground bus bar • Kirk-Key provisions • Nitrogen blanket • Bus duct cutout Special designs • Factory Mutual (FM) • UL® Classified • Triplex • High altitude • K-Factors • Step-up • Critical application • Modulation transformers • Seismic applications (including OSHPD) Switches • One, two, or three On/Off loadbreak switches • 4-position loadbreak V-blade switch or T-blade switch • Delta-wye switch • 3-position V-Blade selector switch • 100 A, 150 A, 300 A tap changers • Dual voltage switch • Visible break with VFI interrupter interlock • External visible break (15, 25, and 35 kV, up to 3 MVA) • External visible break with gauges (15, 25, and 35 kV, up to 3 MVA) Gauges and devices • Liquid level gauge (optional contacts) • Pressure vacuum gauge (optional contacts and bleeder) • Dial-type thermometer (optional alarm contacts) • Cover mounted pressure relief device (optional alarm contacts) • Ground connectors • Hexhead captive bolt • Molded case circuit breaker mounting provisions • External gauges in padlockable box Overcurrent protection • Bay-O-Net fusing (Current sensing, dual sensing, dual element, high amperage overload) • Bay-O-Net expulsion fuse in series with a partial range under-oil ELSP current limiting fuse (below 23 kV) • Cartridge fusing in series with a partial range under-oil ELSP cur- rent limiting fuse (above 23 kV) • MagneX™ interrupter with ELSP current-limiting fuse • Vacuum Fault Interrupter (VFI) • Visible break window • Fuse/switch interlock Valves/plugs • Drain/sampling valve in high-voltage compartment • Globe type upper fill valve Overvoltage protection • Distribution-, intermediate-, or station-class surge arresters • Elbow arresters (for dead-front connections) Metering/fan/control • Full metering package • Current Transformers (CTs) • Metering Socket • NEMA® 4 control box (optional stainless steel) • NEMA® 7 control box (explosion proof) • Fan Packages Testing • Customer test witness • Customer final inspection • Zero Sequence Impedance Test • Heat Run Test • ANSI® Impulse Test • Audible Sound Level Test • RIV (Corona) Test • Dissolved Gas Analysis (DGA) Test • 8- or 24-Hour Leak Test Coatings (paint) • ANSI® Bell Green • ANSI® #61 Light Gray • ANSI® #70 Sky Gray • Special paint available per request Nameplate • Stainless steel nameplate Decals and labels • High voltage warning signs • Mr. Ouch • Bi-lingual warning • DOE compliant • Customer stock code • Customer stenciling • Shock and arc flash warning decal • Non-PCB decal 6 Catalog Data CA202003EN Effective April 2016 Three-phase pad-mounted compartmental type transformer www.eaton.com/cooperpowerseries INDICATIVE - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION Construction Core The three-legged, step-lap mitered core construction is manufac- tured using a high-quality cutting machine. For maximum efficiency, cores are precisely stacked, virtually eliminating gaps in the corner joints. Five-legged wound core or shell-type triplex designs are used for wye-wye connected transformers, and other special transformer designs. Cores are manufactured with precision cut, burr-free, grain-oriented silicon steel or amorphous metal, depending on customer preference or optimal material based upon performance requirements. Many grades of core steel are available for optimizing core loss efficiency. Coils Pad-mounted transformers feature a rectangular coil configuration with wire-wound, high-voltage primaries and sheet-wound secondaries. The design minimizes axial stress developed by short circuits and provides for magnetic balancing of tap connections. Coils are wound using the highest quality winding machines provid- ing exacting tension control and conductor placement for superior short-circuit strength and maximum efficiency. Extra mechanical strength is provided by diamond pattern, epoxy- coated paper insulation, used throughout the coil, with additional epoxy at heavy stress points. The diamond pattern distribution of the epoxy and carefully arranged ducts, provide a network of passages through which cooling fluid can freely circulate. Coil assemblies are heat-cured under calculated hydraulic pressure to ensure performance against short-circuit forces. Core and coil assemblies Pad-mounted transformer core and coil assemblies are braced with heavy steel ends to prevent the rectangular coil from distorting under short-circuit conditions. Plates are clamped in place using presses, and welded or bolted to form a solid core and coil assembly. Core and coil assemblies exceed ANSI® and IEEE® requirements for short-circuit performance. Due to the rigidity of the design, impedance shift after short-circuit is comparable to that of circular wound assemblies. Tanks Transformer tanks are designed for high strength and ease of handling, installation, and maintenance. Tanks are welded using precision-cut, hot rolled, pickled and oiled steel. They are sealed to protect the insulating fluid and other internal components. Transformer tanks are pressure-tested to withstand 7 psig without permanent distortion and 15 psig without rupture. Tank finish An advanced multi-stage finishing process exceeds IEEE Std C57.12.28™-2014 standards. The eight-stage pre-treatment process assures coating adhesion and retards corrosion. It converts tank surfaces to a nonmetallic, water insoluble iron phosphate coating. The paint method consists of two distinct layers of paint. The first is an epoxy primer (E-coat) layer which provides a barrier against moisture, salt and corrosives. The two-component urethane final coat seals and adds ultraviolet protection. Vacuum processing Transformers are dried and filled with filtered insulating fluid under vacuum, while secondary windings are energized. Coils are heated to drive out moisture, ensuring maximum penetration of fluid into the coil insulation system. Insulating fluid Eaton’s Cooper Power series transformers are available with electrical-grade mineral insulating oil or Envirotemp™ FR3™ fluid. The highly refined fluids are tested and degassed to assure a chemically inert product with minimal acid ions. Special additives minimize oxygen absorption and inhibit oxidation. To ensure high dielectric strength, the fluid is re-tested for dryness and dielectric strength, refiltered, heated, dried, and stored under vacuum before being added to the completed transformer. Eaton’s Cooper Power series transformers filled with Envirotemp™ FR3™ fluid enjoy unique fire safety, environmental, electrical, and chemical advantages, including insulation life extend- ing properties. A bio-based, sustainable, natural ester dielectric coolant, Envirotemp™ FR3™ fluid quickly and thoroughly biodegrades in the environment and is non-toxic per acute aquatic and oral toxicity tests. Building for Environmental and Economic Sustainability (BEES) total life cycle assessment software, utilized by the US Dept. of Commerce, reports its overall environmental performance impact score at 1/4th that reported for mineral oil. Envirotemp™ FR3™ fluid has also earned the EPA Environmental Technology Verification of transformer materials. With a fire point of 360 °C, Envirotemp™ FR3™ fluid is FM Approved® and Underwriters Laboratories (UL®) Classified “Less- Flammable” per NEC® Article 450-23, fitting the definition of a Listed Product per NEC®. Pad-mounted VFI transformer Eaton’s Cooper Power series VFI transformer combines a conventional distribution transformer with the proven Vacuum Fault Interrupter (VFI). This combination provides both voltage transformation and transformer over current protection in one space saving and money saving package. The pad-mounted VFI transformer protects the transformer and provides proper coordination with upstream protective devices. When a transformer fault or overload condition occurs, the VFI breaker trips and isolates the transformer. The three-phase VFI breaker has independent single-phase initiation, but is three-phase mechanically gang-tripped. A trip signal on any phase will open all three phases. This feature eliminates single-phas- ing of three phase loads. It also enables the VFI breaker to be used as a three-phase load break switch. Due to the resettable characteristics of the VFI breaker, restoring three-phase service is faster and easier. The sealed visible break window and switch is an option that can be installed to provide visible break contact. This feature provides enhanced safety and allows an operator to see if the loadbreak switch contacts are in an open or closed position before performing Figure 8. VFI transformer with visible break. 7 Catalog Data CA202003EN Effective April 2016 Three-phase pad-mounted compartmental type transformer www.eaton.com/cooperpowerseries INDICATIVE - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION K-Factor transformer With a drastic increase in the use of ferromagnetic devices, arcing devices, and electric power converters, higher frequency loads have increased significantly. This harmonic loading has the potential to generate higher heat levels within a transformer’s windings and leads by as much as 300%. Harmonic loading has the potential to induce premature failure in standard-design distribution transformers. In addition to standard UL® “K-Factor” ratings, transformers can be designed to customer-provided specifications detailing precise loading scenarios. Onsite measurements of magnitude and frequency, alongside harmonic analysis of the connected load can be performed by Eaton engineers or a third party consultant. These field measurements are used to determine exact customer needs and outline the transformer specifications. Eaton will design harmonic-resistant transformers that will be subjected to the unique harmonic loads. These units are designed to maintain normal temperature rise under harmonic, full-load conditions. Standard UL® “K-Factor” designs can result in unnecessary costs when the “next-highest” K-Factor must be selected for a calculated design factor. To save the customer these unnecessary costs, Eaton can design the transformer to the specific harmonic spectrum used in the application. Eaton’s Cooper Power series K-factor transformers are filled with mineral oil or Envirotemp™ FR3™ fluid and enjoy the added benefits of dielectric cooling such as higher efficiencies than dry-type transformers. Modulation transformer Bundled with an Outboard Modulation Unit (OMU) and a Control and Receiving Unit (CRU), a Modulation Transformer Unit (MTU) is designed to remotely achieve two way communication. The use of an MTU reduces travel time and expense versus tra- ditional meter reading performed by high voltage electricians. Additionally, with MTU it is possible to manage and evaluate energy consumption data, providing reduced metering costs and fewer ten- ant complaints. An MTU utilizes existing utility infrastructure, therefore eliminating the need to engineer and construct a dedicated communication network. Inverter/rectifier bridge Eaton complements its range of applications for transformers by offering dual winding designs. These designs are intended for connection to 12-pulse rectifier bridges. Product attributes To set us apart from other transformer manufactures, Eaton includes the following guarantees with every three-phase pad-mounted transformer. Engineered to order (ETO) Providing the customer with a well developed, cost-effective solution is the number one priority at Eaton. Using customer specifications, Eaton will work with the customer from the beginning to the end to develop a solution to fit their needs. Whether it is application specific, site specific, or a uniquely specified unit, Eaton will provide transformers with the best in class value and performance, saving the customer time and money. Made in the U.S.A. Eaton’s three-phase pad-mounted transformers are produced right here in the United States of America. Our manufacturing facilities are positioned strategically for rapid shipment of products. Furthermore, should the need arise, Eaton has a broad network of authorized service repair shops throughout the United States. Superior paint performance Protecting transformers from nature’s elements worldwide, Eaton’s E-coat system provides unrivaled transformer paint life, and exceeds IEEE Std C57.12.28™-2014 and IEEE Std C57.12.29™-2005 standards. In addition to the outside of the unit, each transformer receives a gray E-coat covering in the interior of the tank and cabinet, providing superior rust resistance and greater visibility during service. If the wide range of standard paint selections does not suit the cus- tomer’s needs, Eaton will customize the paint color to meet their requirements. Rectangular coil design Eaton utilizes a rectangular coil design. This winding technique results in a smaller overall unit footprint as well as reducing the transformer weight. The smaller unit size does not hinder the transformer performance in the least. Units have proven short circuit withstand capabilities up to 10 MVA. Testing Eaton performs routing testing on each transformer manufactured including the following tests: • Insulation Power Factor: This test verifies that vacuum processing has thoroughly dried the insulation system to required limits. • Ratio, Polarity, and Phase Relation: Assures correct winding ratios and tap voltages; checks insulation of HV and LV circuits. Checks entire insulation system to verify all live-to-ground clearances. • Resistance: This test verifies the integrity of internal high-voltage and low-voltage connections; provides data for loss upgrade calculations. • Routine Impulse Tests: The most severe test, simulating a lightning surge. Applies one reduced wave and one full wave to verify the BIL rating. • Applied Potential: Applied to both high-voltage and low-voltage windings, this test stresses the entire insulation system to verify all live-to-ground clearances. • Induced Potential: 3.46 times normal plus 1000 volts for reduced neutral designs. • Loss Test: These design verification tests are conducted to assure that guaranteed loss values are met and that test values are Figure 9. Modular transformer. 9 Catalog Data CA202003EN Effective April 2016 Three-phase pad-mounted compartmental type transformer www.eaton.com/cooperpowerseries INDICATIVE - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION within design tolerances. Tests include no-load loss and excitation current along with impedance voltage and load loss. • Leak Test: Pressurizing the tank to 7 psig assures a complete seal, with no weld or gasket leaks, to eliminate the possibility of moisture infiltration or fluid oxidation. Design performance tests The design performance tests include the following: • Temperature Rise: Our automated heat run facility ensures that any design changes meet ANSI® and IEEE® temperature rise criteria. • Audible Sound Level: Ensures compliance with NEMA® requirements. • Lightning Impulse: To assure superior dielectric performance, this test consists of one reduced wave, two chopped waves and one full wave in sequence, precisely simulating the harshest conditions. Thomas A Edison Research and Test Facility We are constantly striving to introduce new innovations to the transformer industry, bringing you the highest quality transformer for the lowest cost. Eaton’s Cooper Power series Transformer Products are ISO 9001 compliant, emphasizing process improvement in all phases of design, manufacture, and testing. We have invested millions of dollars in the Thomas A. Edison Technical Center, our premier research facility in Franksville, Wisconsin affirming our dedication to introducing new innovations and technologies to the transformer industry. This research facility is fully available for use by our customers to utilize our advanced electrical and chemical testing labs. 10 Catalog Data CA202003EN Effective April 2016 Three-phase pad-mounted compartmental type transformer www.eaton.com/cooperpowerseries INDICATIVE - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION Page 2 of 4 Bulletin 98082 September 2011 Ingestion: If swallowed, observe for signs of stomach discomfort or nausea. If symptoms persist, seek medical help. Do not induce vomiting. 5. FIRE-FIGHTING MEASURES Extinguishing media: CO2 or dry chemical foam Special fire fighting procedures: Use approved self-contained breathing apparatus with full facemask and full protective equipment in confined areas. Use water to keep fire-exposed containers cool. Water spray may be used to flush spills away from source of ignition. Application of water to flaming oil can cause spreading. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: Slight when exposed to flame. Can react with oxidizing materials. Clay materials (Fuller’s earth, oil dry products) saturated with Envirotemp FR3 fluid can, under certain conditions, undergo a slow oxidation that releases heat. If the heat so released cannot escape, it is possible that the temperature may increase and ignite combustible materials in close contact. 6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES Steps to take in case material is released or spilled: Contain and control the leaks or spills with non-combustible absorbent materials such as sand, earth, vermiculite, or diatomaceous earth in drums for waste disposal. Prevent any material from entering drains or waterways. If the product contaminates waterways, rivers or drains, alert the relevant authorities in accordance with statutory procedures. In the USA, spills into navigable waters must be reported to the National Response Center, 800-424-8802 7. HANDLING AND STORAGE Precautions to take in handling and storage: Avoid extremes of temperature in storage. Store Envirotemp FR3 fluid in labeled, tightly closed containers in cool, dry, isolated and well-ventilated areas, away from sources of ignition or heat. To maintain fluid for intended use as an electrical insulating fluid, eliminate exposure to oxygen and moisture. Intermediate bulk storage container (tote): Prolonged exposure to ultraviolet radiation (sunlight) may affect color. 8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION Exposure limit values: TWA (mg/m3) OSHA 1 PEL ACGIH 2 TLV Vegetable oil mists − 10 Vegetable oil mists: total dust 15 − Vegetable oil mists: respirable fraction 5 − Hazardous Materials Identification System (HMIS): Health Flammability Physical Hazard 0 1 0 Respiratory protection: Vaporization is not expected at ambient temperature. Therefore, the need for respiratory protection is not anticipated under normal use conditions and with adequate ventilation. If elevated airborne concentrations above applicable workplace exposure levels are anticipated, a NIOSH-approved organic vapor respirator equipped with a dust/mist prefilter should be used. Protection factors vary depending upon the type of respirator used. Respirators should be used in accordance with OSHA requirements (29 CFR 1910.134). For extreme cases, use of approved supplied-air respiratory protection may be necessary. Ventilation: General mechanical ventilation can be used to control or reduce airborne concentrations of oil. Protective gloves: Use gloves constructed of chemical resistant materials such as neoprene or heavy nitrile rubber if frequent or prolonged contact is expected. Use heat-protective gloves when handling product at elevated temperatures. Eye protection: Wear safety glasses or goggles to prevent eye contact. Eye baths should be readily available in the area of handling Envirotemp FR3 fluid. 1 U.S. Occupational Health and Safety Administration 2 American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists INDICATIVE - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION Page 3 of 4 Bulletin 98082 September 2011 Other protective clothing or equipment: Wear regularly laundered coveralls or lab coat to minimize skin exposure. Workplace hygienic practices: Wash with soap and water after contact. Avoid exposure to mists. Environmental exposure controls: Have oil-absorbent materials easily available. 9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES Appearance and odor: clear light-green liquid with slight vegetable oil odor pH: neutral Closed cup flash point: 310 − 320°C Autoignition temperature: 401 − 404°C Boiling point: >360°C Relative density (H2O = 1): 0.92 Vapor pressure (mm Hg): < 0.01 @ 20°C Pour point: -18 to -24°C Vapor density (air = 1): n/a Evaporation rate (butyl acetate = 1): nil Solubility in water: negligible; < 0.1% Volatile organic compounds: < 0.001 g/L Viscosity: 33 − 35 mm2/s at 40°C Miscibility: mixes with other dielectric fluids except silicone 10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY Stability: Envirotemp FR3 fluid is stable under normal conditions of use. Incompatibility (materials to avoid): Avoid contact with strong oxidizing agents. Hazardous decomposition products: none Hazardous Polymerization: will not occur Stabilizers: not required Hazardous exothermic reaction: Slight when exposed to flame; can react with oxidizing materials. Class III B liquid. Clay materials (Fuller’s earth, oil dry products) saturated with Envirotemp FR3 fluid can, under certain conditions, undergo a slow oxidation that releases heat. If the heat so released cannot escape, it is possible that the temperature may increase and ignite combustible materials in close contact. 11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION Carcinogenicity: none NTP: no IARC monographs: no OSHA regulated: no Envirotemp FR3 fluid base oils are “generally recognized as safe” (GRAS) by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and allowed for human consumption as a food and as a component that is allowed in contact with human food. 12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION Acute oral toxicity (OECD 420 - rats): LD50 >2000 mg/kg Acute aquatic toxicity (OECD 203 - trout): LC50 >1000 mg/kg; NOAEC >1000 mg/kg Aquatic biodegradation (OPPTS 835.3110): readily biodegradable, >99% Biological oxidation demand (5-Day SM5210B): 250 ppm Chemical oxygen demand (SM5220D): 560 ppm BOD/COD ratio: 45% Petroleum hydrocarbon content: none Environmental physical hazard: Envirotemp FR3 fluid shares physical hazards common to all oils such as coating feathers, fur, and gills. 13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS INDICATIVE - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION Page 4 of 4 Bulletin 98082 September 2011 Recycling: Consult with local used oil recyclers, restaurant grease recyclers, fat rendering companies, or biodiesel producers. Hazardous Waste: Envirotemp FR3 fluid itself, when discarded or disposed of, is not a hazardous waste. Disposal: Incinerate or landfill in accordance with local regulations. Do not pour into drains or waterways. 14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION Harmonized System Tariff Classification (Schedule B): 1507.90.4050 National Motor Freight Classification (NMFC): 155250 Euro Tariff: 15 07 90 00 00 15. REGULATORY INFORMATION Envirotemp FR3 fluid itself, when discarded or disposed of, is not listed as a hazardous waste per 40 CFR 261 and is not a used oil per 40 CFR 279. Envirotemp FR3 fluid is a preparation not classified as dangerous according to Directive 1999/45/EC. 16. OTHER INFORMATION Technical information available at the Cooper Power Systems website: www.cooperpower.com This Material Safety Data Sheet has been prepared in order to help the users of Envirotemp FR3 fluid. The data contained herein is, to the best of our knowledge, accurate as of the date of preparation of this sheet. Effective Date: September 22, 2011 INDICATIVE - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION WETLAND DELINEATION REPORT NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION EXHIBIT G Level 2 Wetland Delineation Report SV CSG Scandia, LLC Washington County, Minnesota Prepared for: SV CSG Scandia, LLC 330 W. State Street Suite 1 Geneva, IL 60123 Prepared by: Area M Consulting, LLC Environmental Consultants 2023 Alameda Street Roseville, MN 55113 www.areamconsulting.com May 2023 AREAM AREAM [Page Intentionally Left Blank] AREAM I certify that, to the best of my knowledge, this wetland delineation and report were completed following current wetland standards as set forth by the USACE and BWSR. Findings in this report represent Area M’s best judgement based on conditions and information available at the time of the wetland delineation. _________________________________________________ Jonathan Knudsen, WDC, MS Principal Biologist/Wetland Specialist MN Certified Wetland Delineator 1307 SV CSG Scandia, LLC Level 2 Wetland Delineation May 2023 i AREAM TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................. 1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION .................................................................................................................... 1 OFF-SITE REVIEW .............................................................................................................................. 1 FIELD DELINEATION ......................................................................................................................... 2 RESULTS and RECOMMENDATIONS .............................................................................................. 3 REFERENCES ....................................................................................................................................... 6 TABLES Table 1. Study Area precipitation data. ................................................................................................ 3 APPENDICES Appendix A. Maps Appendix B: Soils Report - Hydric Rating by Soils Unit and Hydric Soil List – All components Appendix C: Field Photographs Appendix D: Wetland Data Forms SV CSG Scandia, LLC Level 2 Wetland Delineation May 2023 1 AREAM INTRODUCTION Area M Consulting (Area M) conducted a wetland delineation for the SV CSG Scandia, LLC (Project) located within Washington County, Minnesota. The Area M biologist conducted a routine Level 2 Delineation, as defined by the Board of Water and Soil Resources (BWSR), within the entire Project boundaries following procedures and methods outlined by the United States Army Core of Engineers (USACE) Wetland Delineation Manual (USACE, 1987), Northcentral and Northeast Regional Supplement (USACE, 2012), and BWSR Guidance for Offsite Hydrology/Wetland Determinations (2016). This wetland delineation report is assembled to inform design and to assist the Client with meeting regulatory requirements necessary for permitting a community solar garden (CSG) in Washington County. PROJECT DESCRIPTION The Project will be located within PID: 1903220130001, which encompasses approximately 80.1 acres, located west of Scandia, MN in Section 19, T32N:R20W (Study Area) (Appendix A). The Study Area includes a rolling plateau with three distinct wetland/waterbody basins. A residence and associated driveway and lawn are present in the north-central portion of the Study Area. Open fields, typically cropped with corn/soybeans, are present in the eastern half and northwestern corner of the Study Area. The remainder of the Study Area is wooded, with birch (Betula papyrifera) and oak (Acer spp.) dominating the forest communities. A three-phase transmission line bisects the property from northeast to southwest. The surrounding landscape is a mosaic of farmland, wooded hillsides, lakes, and residential/commercial buildings associated with Forest Lake and Scandia. OFF-SITE REVIEW Prior to fieldwork, Area M conducted a comprehensive desktop review of data sources available within the public domain to identify the presence/absence and extent of wetlands that could occur within the Study Area. Areas with hydric signatures, suggesting potential wetland conditions, were evaluated in greater detail during the field investigation. The following data sources were reviewed; the analysis of each data set is discussed in greater detail later in this section.  Hydrologic soil data  Antecedent precipitation data  Mapped Wetlands/Waterbodies ▪U.S. Fish and Wildlife Services (USFWS) National Wetland Inventory (NWI) ▪MNDNR updated NWI ▪MNDNR Public Waters Inventory (PWI) ▪National Hydrography Dataset (NHD)  Elevation Data ▪MN Department of Natural Resources (MNDNR) Light Detection and Ranging (LiDAR) Data SV CSG Scandia, LLC Level 2 Wetland Delineation May 2023 2 AREAM ▪United States Geological Survey (USGS) topographic maps Mapped Wetland Data The NWI (USFWS, 2023), MN NWI update (MNDNR, 2023a), PWI (MNDNR, 2023b) and NHD data sets were reviewed for the presence of mapped wetlands and/or waterbodies within the Study Area. Three large wetlands/waterbodies from these datasets intersect the Study Area (Appendix A). Furthermore, a Minnesota Public Water from the PWI dataset is present in the west-central portion of the Study Area. The 100-Year FEMA flood plain extends eastward from the Public Water into the adjacent field. Soils The Web Soil Survey (NRCS, 2023) was accessed to summarize mapped soil types which occur within the Study Area. Soil units with hydric components are present within the basins where the NWI/PWI/NHD features are mapped (Appendix A). The full list of hydric soils components and attributes are listed in Appendix B. Topographic Data Elevation and topographic data from the USGS and MNDNR were reviewed within the Study Area to identify potential basins and depressional areas which could be indicative of wetlands. The Study Area includes a terrace with no clear aspect. Three clear depressional basins are present in the southern, southwestern, and western portion of the Study Area (Appendix A). The total topographic relief of the Study Area is approximately 10 feet. Off-site Summary Overall, the off-site review suggests three wetlands are present within the Study Area (Appendix A). The entire Study Area was investigated in greater detail during the field survey. FIELD DELINEATION Methodology Suspected wetlands identified during the off-site analysis were investigated in the field using routine on- site delineation methods in accordance with the USACE Wetlands Delineation Manual (USACE, 1987) and the Regional Supplement to the Corps of Engineers Wetland Delineation Manual: Northcentral and Northeast Region (Version 2.0) (USACE, 2010). This included the characterization of vegetation, soils, and hydrology on-site. Wetlands are defined by the USACE as “areas that are inundated or saturated by surface or groundwater at a frequency and duration sufficient to support, and under normal circumstances do support, a prevalence of vegetation typically adapted for life in saturated soil conditions.” For an area to be delineated as a regulated wetland, the vegetative, hydrologic, and soil characteristics must all be present and consistent with federal and state classification criteria. Transects were established in representative transition zones, perpendicular between suspected wetland and upland areas. Survey Points were recorded along each transect, moving from upland to wetland to identify the wetland boundary. Wetland criteria were evaluated at each Survey Point and a Wetland Determination Form – Northcentral and Northeast Region (Form) was completed. Additional Survey Points were collected within unique vegetation communities (if present) to document and characterize baseline hydrology, soils, SV CSG Scandia, LLC Level 2 Wetland Delineation May 2023 3 AREAM and vegetation within the Study Area. Determination of wetland type was based on the classification system developed by Cowardin et al. (1979) and the USFWS Circular 39 system (Shaw & Fredine 1956). Plant communities were classified using Wetland Plants and Plant Communities of Minnesota and Wisconsin system (Eggers and Reed, 1997). The entire Study Area was surveyed in the field to confirm the absence of additional wetlands. Additionally, the Ordinary High Water Level (OHWL) of the Minnesota Public Water was mapped in field following standards presented by the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources (MNDNR) (Scherek and Yakel, 1993). The location and boundaries of wetland features identified by Area M during field surveys were recorded in the field using a Trimble Geoexplorer 6000 which typically achieves accuracy within 2 feet. A map depicting wetland boundaries, survey points, and transects is included in Appendix A. Representative photographs of the Study Area are included in Appendix C. Field Forms are included in Appendix D. Antecedent Precipitation Analysis Antecedent Precipitation conditions were evaluated using the NRCS Method for Evaluating Antecedent Moisture Conditions. Data from the Minnesota Climatology Working Group and Natural Resources Conservation Service. WETS Tables suggest moisture conditions were wetter than normal during the field survey on May 12, 2023 (Table 2). These conditions were taken into consideration when conducting the delineation. Table 1. Study Area precipitation data. Field Conditions Area M conducted the field delineation on May 12, 2023. Field conditions were wet. The temperature was approximately 60 degrees Fahrenheit and mostly cloudy with minimal wind. The farm fields were not yet cropped/plowed during the survey. Field Review Summary Based upon this routine Level 2 Wetland Delineation, it is the professional opinion of Area M that three large wetlands are present within the Study Area (Appendix A). Wetland 1: Type 2/Type 5 – Fresh Wet Meadow/Shallow Open Water – 9.9 Acres Wetland 1, a Minnesota Public Water and small wetland fringe, intersects the west-central portion of the Study Area. The total waterbody is approximately 12 acres, with 9.25 acres intersecting the Study Area. The waterbody, contained within a well-defined basin, consists of an open shallow water component with Value First Prior Month April Second Prior Month March Third Prior Month February estimated precipitation total for this location: 4.88 2.77 2.75 30% chance this location will have less than: 2.10 1.13 0.64 30% chance this location will have more than: 3.32 1.91 1.22 type of month Wet Wet wet monthly score 3 * 3 = 9 2 * 3 = 6 1 * 3 = 3 Multi-Month Score: 18 (Wet) SV CSG Scandia, LLC Level 2 Wetland Delineation May 2023 4 AREAM a dense cattail (Typha angustifolio) fringe. The OHWL was identified in the field using vegetative evidence, as tree evidence and water-formed evidence were rare. Therefore, the OHWL was mapped by following the inundated/saturated monoculture of cattails before it transitioned into a reed canary grass (Phalaris arundinacea)-dominated community (see photos is Appendix C). The OHWL was mapped at approximately 698-699 feet elevation. Surrounding the Public Water is a Type 2 Fresh (Wet) Meadow, transitioning from a Type 5 Shallow Open Water community. At Sampling Point 1-1, within the Fresh (Wet) Meadow component of Wetland 1, the plant community was hydrophytic and dominated by reed canary grass and cattails (Typha angustifolia). Soils were hydric, with high muck and organic material components (A10). Soils were saturated to the surface in many areas and a water table was observed within 6 inches (A2, A3). Several secondary hydrology indicators were present, including Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9), FAC-Neutral Test (D5), and Geomorphic Position (D2). In the adjacent upland, at Sampling Point SP 1-2, soils were non- hydric and very distinct from those found in the basin. Wetland hydrology indicators were also not observed. The plant community in the upland was non-hydric and dominated by a thick Poa mat. Wetland 1 was mapped by following the slight to pronounced topographic transition between concave and convex landforms, coupled with the extent of reed canary grass dominance. The total wetland fringe surrounding the public water was approximately 6.5 acres within the Study Area Wetland 2: Type 2/Type 5/Type 8 – Fresh Wet Meadow/Shallow Open Water/Open Bog – 1.7 Acres Wetland 2, located in the southwestern corner of the Study Area, consists of an open bog surrounded by a shallow marsh and a very small wetland fringe. The entire system is contained within a well-defined basin, and lidar review indicates there are no defined inlets or outlets. At Sampling Point 2-1, within the Fresh (Wet) Meadow component of Wetland 2, the plant community was hydrophytic and dominated by sedge (Carex sp.) and reed canary grass. Soils were hydric, with muck, organic, and histic components (A1, A3, C7). Soils were saturated at 2 inches, with a water table observed at 6 inches (A2, A3). Several secondary hydrology indicators were present, including Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9), FAC-Neutral Test (D5), and Geomorphic Position (D2). In the adjacent upland, at Sampling Point SP 2-2, soils were non- hydric, sandy, and very distinct from those found in the basin. Wetland hydrology indicators were also not observed, and the steep basin had a clear distinction between wetland and upland. The plant community in the upland was hydric, and dominated by birch, oak (Acer rubrum), black currant (Ribes nigrum), buckthorn (Rhamnus cathartica), and Poa. Wetland 2 was mapped by following the very pronounced topographic transition between concave and convex landforms, and presence of soils saturation. Wetland 3: Type 2/Type 5 – Fresh Wet Meadow/Shallow Open Water/– 3.0 Acres Wetland 3, located in the southern portion of the Study Area, consists of a shallow marsh surrounded by a variable wetland fringe. Wetland 3 is contained within a defined basin, and lidar review indicates there are no defined inlets or outlets. At Sampling Point 3-1, within the Fresh (Wet) Meadow component of Wetland 3, the plant community was hydrophytic and dominated by reed canary grass and cattails. Soils were hydric, with high muck and organic material components (A10). Soils were saturated at 1 inch, with a water table observed within 8 inches (A2, A3). Several secondary hydrology indicators were present, including Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9), FAC-Neutral Test (D5), and Geomorphic Position (D2). In the adjacent upland, at Sampling Point SP 3-2, soils were non-hydric and very distinct from those found in the SV CSG Scandia, LLC Level 2 Wetland Delineation May 2023 5 AREAM basin. Wetland hydrology indicators were also not observed. The plant community in the upland was non- hydric and dominated by a Poa and dandelions (Taraxacum officinale). Wetland 3 was mapped by following the slight to pronounced topographic transition between concave and convex landforms, coupled with the extent of reed canary grass dominance and presence of saturated soils. RESULTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Based upon this routine Level 2 Wetland Delineation, it is the professional opinion of Area M that the Study Area contains three features (Wetland 1, Wetland 2, and Wetland 3) that satisfy the criteria to be wetlands/waterbodies pursuant to the Army Corps of Engineers' 1987 Manual with subsequent clarification memoranda and pursuant to confirmation by the USACE (Appendix A). Activities impacting wetlands and waterways are regulated through both the Local Government Unit (LGU) and USACE, which administer the Wetland Conservation Act (WCA) and Clean Water Act (CWA), respectively. Furthermore, Wetland 1 is a Minnesota Public Water, administered by the MNDNR and subject to additional regulation, if impacted. The wetlands and wetland boundaries described within this report are described based on the conditions in the field at the time of the survey and subject to verification by state, federal, and local agencies, which have final authority over wetland presence, extent, and jurisdictional status. SV CSG Scandia, LLC Level 2 Wetland Delineation May 2023 6 AREAM REFERENCES Board of Water and Soil Resources. 2010. Wetland Conservation Act: Choosing the Appropriate Method. BWSR Technical Guidance July 1, 2010. BWSR and USACE. 2016. Guidance for Offsite Hydrology/Wetland Determination. St. Paul District. Eggers, Steve D., and Donald M. Reed. 1997. Wetland plants and communities of Minnesota and Wisconsin. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, St. Paul District. Jamestown, ND: Environmental Laboratory. 1987. Corp of Engineers Wetlands Delineation Manual. Wetlands Research Program. Technical Report Y-87-1. Department of the Army, Waterways Experiment Station, US Army Corp of Engineers. Vicksburg, Mississippi, USA. Environmental Laboratory. 2012. Regional Supplement to the Corps of Engineers Wetland Delineation Manual: Northcentral and Northeast Region (Version 2.0). U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, U.S. Army Engineer Research and Development Center, Vicksburg, Mississippi, USA. Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS). 2016. Web Soil Survey. (United States Department of Agriculture) Retrieved from http://www.websoilsurvey.nrcs.usda.gov Minnesota Department of Natural Resources. 2019a. National Wetland Inventory Update: Wetlands online map viewer. Downloaded from: http://mndnr.maps.arcgis.com/apps/OnePane/basicviewer/index.html Minnesota Department of Natural Resources. 2019b. Public Waters Inventory Shapefiles. Downloaded from: https://gisdata.mn.gov/dataset/water-mn-public-waters Minnesota Department of Natural Resources (MNDNR). 2019c. MN State Climatology Website. MNDNR Ecological and Water Resources Division. State Climatology Office. Retrieved from: http://climate.umn.edu/gridded data/precip/monthly/monthly gridded precip.asp Scherek, J. and G. Yakel. 1993. Guidelines for Ordinary High Water Level (OHWL) Determinations. Minnesota Department of Natural Resources. St. Paul, MN. United States Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS). 2019. National Wetland Inventory: Wetlands Online Mapper. Retrieved from http://www.fws.gov/wetlands/data/mapper.HTML AREAM Appendix A: Maps T33 R19W T33 R20WT33 R21W T32 R21W T32 R19W T32 R20W T31 R21W T31 R20W T31 R19W 1718171618151514161713141813 212019 2019222322212024242319 282930 27 29302726282925263025 3231 33 3234343231333635313536 6 5 4 3 5 632125461 7 8 9 10 11 12 7 8 11 12 7910 18 17 16 1415 13 18 181716141315 19 20 23 242122 19 20 21 22 23 24 19 30 2829 27 26 25 30 302925262827 31 3635323334 31 32 33 34 35 3136 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 61 7 10989 11101112 1287 7 18 1617 15 14 16 15 1413 13 181718 17 19 2322 2221 1920232124241920 2730 27 262629 30282825253029 Sources: Esri, HERE, Garmin, USGS, Intermap, INCREMENT P, NRCan, Esri Japan, METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), Esri Korea, Esri (Thailand), NGCC, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS Map 1. Location MapSV CSG Scandia, LLC ^_Project Location Study Area 1-Mile Buffer 5-Mile Buffer County Boundary Township Boundary Section Boundary ^_ Isanti Anoka Hennepin Chisago Wright C e Washington Sherburne ko a Ramsey Mille Lacs Scott PineKanabec Sources: Esri, Garmin, USGS, NPS Washington County, MN 78.2 Acres S11 T32N:R20W 45.251801 Lat -92.880373 Long ² 0 5 200 10, 002,600 Feet AREAM 1:100,000 Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, Map 2. 1:24,000 Topographic MapSV CSG Scandia, LLC Project Site 0.5-Mile Buffer Washington County, MN ² 0 1 250 2 500625Feet AREAM 1:2 ,000 A Source: Esri, Maxar, Earthstar Geographics, and the GIS User ² 0 230 60115Feet Map 3. Wetland Resources MapSV CSG Scandia, LLC NHD Flowline NHD Waterbody NWI PWI Flowlline PWI Waterbody Floodway 100-Year Floodplain Washington County, MN AREA M 9 8 8 986 9 9 2 9 9 0 9 7 2 974 9 8 0 9 8 2 9 7 6 984 994 978 996 9 7 0 96 8 96 6 9 9 8 9 7 2 9 8 0 99 2 99 0 99 4 98 2 984 97 2 980 98 4 99 4 99 4 9 7 0 992 9 6 8 994 9 8 4 98 4 978 978 980 98 2 970 974 9 7 8 976 976 97 6 988 99 2 96 8 96 6 990 9 8 2 986 9 8 8 996 9 7 4 99 2 97 8 980 98 8 9 7 4 9 7 8 984 98 8 98 4 9 9 0 978 976 980 982 992 990 984 9 8 2 976 990 990 99 0 990 97 2 9 9 2 9 9 0 9 7 0 99 6 984 9 8 8 9 8 2 982 98 6 994 986 99 6 982 98 4 9 8 0 97 8 976 99 4 974 98 4 9 6 8 9 7 0 992 98 2 998 976 988 99 6 9 8 6 984 992 9 7 4 9 7 2 970 99 6 986 996 996 972 9 8 0 98 4 990 980 982 994 9 7 8 9 8 8 974 982 994 990 97 6 9 7 2 9 8 0 9 9 4 9 9 2 99 4 996 Source: Esri, Maxar, Earthstar Geographics, and the GIS User ² 0 230 60115Feet Map 4. Lidar Map Study Area Contour Interval Index (10-ft) Intermediate (2-ft) High Low AREAM SV CSG Scandia, LLC Washington County, MN AREAM Appendix B: Soils Report Hydric Rating by Soils Unit and Hydric Soil List – All components Hydric Rating by Map Unit Map unit symbol Map unit name Rating Acres in AOI Percent of AOI 12D Emmert gravelly loamy coarse sand, 15 to 25 percent slopes 0 13.7 17.5% 155B Chetek sandy loam, 1 to 6 percent slopes 0 28.0 35.8% 155C Chetek sandy loam, 6 to 12 percent slopes 0 14.0 17.9% 302B Rosholt sandy loam, 2 to 6 percent slopes 0 10.5 13.5% 541 Rifle muck 100 1.5 1.9% 1055 Aquolls and Histosols, ponded 100 10.5 13.4% Totals for Area of Interest 78.3 100.0% Hydric Rating by Map Unit—Washington County, Minnesota Lubke_Solar_Sunvest Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 5/30/2023 Page 3 of 5 Description This rating indicates the percentage of map units that meets the criteria for hydric soils. Map units are composed of one or more map unit components or soil types, each of which is rated as hydric soil or not hydric. Map units that are made up dominantly of hydric soils may have small areas of minor nonhydric components in the higher positions on the landform, and map units that are made up dominantly of nonhydric soils may have small areas of minor hydric components in the lower positions on the landform. Each map unit is rated based on its respective components and the percentage of each component within the map unit. The thematic map is color coded based on the composition of hydric components. The five color classes are separated as 100 percent hydric components, 66 to 99 percent hydric components, 33 to 65 percent hydric components, 1 to 32 percent hydric components, and less than one percent hydric components. In Web Soil Survey, the Summary by Map Unit table that is displayed below the map pane contains a column named 'Rating'. In this column the percentage of each map unit that is classified as hydric is displayed. Hydric soils are defined by the National Technical Committee for Hydric Soils (NTCHS) as soils that formed under conditions of saturation, flooding, or ponding long enough during the growing season to develop anaerobic conditions in the upper part (Federal Register, 1994). Under natural conditions, these soils are either saturated or inundated long enough during the growing season to support the growth and reproduction of hydrophytic vegetation. The NTCHS definition identifies general soil properties that are associated with wetness. In order to determine whether a specific soil is a hydric soil or nonhydric soil, however, more specific information, such as information about the depth and duration of the water table, is needed. Thus, criteria that identify those estimated soil properties unique to hydric soils have been established (Federal Register, 2002). These criteria are used to identify map unit components that normally are associated with wetlands. The criteria used are selected estimated soil properties that are described in "Soil Taxonomy" (Soil Survey Staff, 1999) and "Keys to Soil Taxonomy" (Soil Survey Staff, 2006) and in the "Soil Survey Manual" (Soil Survey Division Staff, 1993). If soils are wet enough for a long enough period of time to be considered hydric, they should exhibit certain properties that can be easily observed in the field. These visible properties are indicators of hydric soils. The indicators used to make onsite determinations of hydric soils are specified in "Field Indicators of Hydric Soils in the United States" (Hurt and Vasilas, 2006). References: Federal Register. July 13, 1994. Changes in hydric soils of the United States. Federal Register. September 18, 2002. Hydric soils of the United States. Hydric Rating by Map Unit—Washington County, Minnesota Lubke_Solar_Sunvest Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 5/30/2023 Page 4 of 5 Hurt, G.W., and L.M. Vasilas, editors. Version 6.0, 2006. Field indicators of hydric soils in the United States. Soil Survey Division Staff. 1993. Soil survey manual. Soil Conservation Service. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 18. Soil Survey Staff. 1999. Soil taxonomy: A basic system of soil classification for making and interpreting soil surveys. 2nd edition. Natural Resources Conservation Service. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 436. Soil Survey Staff. 2006. Keys to soil taxonomy. 10th edition. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. Rating Options Aggregation Method: Percent Present Component Percent Cutoff: None Specified Tie-break Rule: Lower Hydric Rating by Map Unit—Washington County, Minnesota Lubke_Solar_Sunvest Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 5/30/2023 Page 5 of 5 Hydric Soil List - All Components This table lists the map unit components and their hydric status in the survey area. This list can help in planning land uses; however, onsite investigation is recommended to determine the hydric soils on a specific site (National Research Council, 1995; Hurt and others, 2002). The three essential characteristics of wetlands are hydrophytic vegetation, hydric soils, and wetland hydrology (Cowardin and others, 1979; U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, 1987; National Research Council, 1995; Tiner, 1985). Criteria for all of the characteristics must be met for areas to be identified as wetlands. Undrained hydric soils that have natural vegetation should support a dominant population of ecological wetland plant species. Hydric soils that have been converted to other uses should be capable of being restored to wetlands. Hydric soils are defined by the National Technical Committee for Hydric Soils (NTCHS) as soils that formed under conditions of saturation, flooding, or ponding long enough during the growing season to develop anaerobic conditions in the upper part (Federal Register, 1994). These soils, under natural conditions, are either saturated or inundated long enough during the growing season to support the growth and reproduction of hydrophytic vegetation. The NTCHS definition identifies general soil properties that are associated with wetness. In order to determine whether a specific soil is a hydric soil or nonhydric soil, however, more specific information, such as information about the depth and duration of the water table, is needed. Thus, criteria that identify those estimated soil properties unique to hydric soils have been established (Federal Register, 2002). These criteria are used to identify map unit components that normally are associated with wetlands. The criteria used are selected estimated soil properties that are described in "Soil Taxonomy" (Soil Survey Staff, 1999) and "Keys to Soil Taxonomy" (Soil Survey Staff, 2006) and in the "Soil Survey Manual" (Soil Survey Division Staff, 1993). If soils are wet enough for a long enough period of time to be considered hydric, they should exhibit certain properties that can be easily observed in the field. These visible properties are indicators of hydric soils. The indicators used to make onsite determinations of hydric soils are specified in "Field Indicators of Hydric Soils in the United States" (Hurt and Vasilas, 2006). Hydric soils are identified by examining and describing the soil to a depth of about 20 inches. This depth may be greater if determination of an appropriate indicator so requires. It is always recommended that soils be excavated and described to the depth necessary for an understanding of the redoximorphic processes. Then, using the completed soil descriptions, soil scientists can compare the soil features required by each indicator and specify which indicators have been matched with the conditions observed in the soil. The soil can be identified as a hydric soil if at least one of the approved indicators is present. Map units that are dominantly made up of hydric soils may have small areas, or inclusions, of nonhydric soils in the higher positions on the landform, and map units dominantly made up of nonhydric soils may have inclusions of hydric soils in the lower positions on the landform. The criteria for hydric soils are represented by codes in the table (for example, 2). Definitions for the codes are as follows: Hydric Soil List - All Components---Washington County, Minnesota Lubke_Solar_Sunvest Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 5/30/2023 Page 1 of 3 1.All Histels except for Folistels, and Histosols except for Folists. 2.Soils in Aquic suborders, great groups, or subgroups, Albolls suborder, Historthels great group, Histoturbels great group, Pachic subgroups, or Cumulic subgroups that: A.Based on the range of characteristics for the soil series, will at least in part meet one or more Field Indicators of Hydric Soils in the United States, or B.Show evidence that the soil meets the definition of a hydric soil; 3.Soils that are frequently ponded for long or very long duration during the growing season. A.Based on the range of characteristics for the soil series, will at least in part meet one or more Field Indicators of Hydric Soils in the United States, or B.Show evidence that the soil meets the definition of a hydric soil; 4.Map unit components that are frequently flooded for long duration or very long duration during the growing season that: A.Based on the range of characteristics for the soil series, will at least in part meet one or more Field Indicators of Hydric Soils in the United States, or B.Show evidence that the soil meets the definition of a hydric soil; Hydric Condition: Food Security Act information regarding the ability to grow a commodity crop without removing woody vegetation or manipulating hydrology. References: Federal Register. July 13, 1994. Changes in hydric soils of the United States. Federal Register. Doc. 2012-4733 Filed 2-28-12. February, 28, 2012. Hydric soils of the United States. Soil Survey Division Staff. 1993. Soil survey manual. Soil Conservation Service. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 18. Soil Survey Staff. 1999. Soil taxonomy: A basic system of soil classification for making and interpreting soil surveys. 2nd edition. Natural Resources Conservation Service. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 436. Soil Survey Staff. 2010. Keys to soil taxonomy. 11th edition. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. Vasilas, L.M., G.W. Hurt, and C.V. Noble, editors. Version 7.0, 2010. Field indicators of hydric soils in the United States. Hydric Soil List - All Components---Washington County, Minnesota Lubke_Solar_Sunvest Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 5/30/2023 Page 2 of 3 Report—Hydric Soil List - All Components Hydric Soil List - All Components–MN163-Washington County, Minnesota Map symbol and map unit name Component/Local Phase Comp. pct. Landform Hydric status Hydric criteria met (code) 12D: Emmert gravelly loamy coarse sand, 15 to 25 percent slopes Emmert 90 Pitted outwash plains No — Kingsley 5 —No — Chetek 5 —No — 155B: Chetek sandy loam, 1 to 6 percent slopes Chetek 80-100 Outwash plains,terraces No — Rosholt 0-10 Outwash plains,terraces No — Mahtomedi 0-5 Outwash plains,terraces No — Scott Lake 0-5 Outwash plains,terraces No — 155C: Chetek sandy loam, 6 to 12 percent slopes Chetek 80-100 Outwash plains,terraces No — Mahtomedi 0-10 Outwash plains,terraces No — Rosholt 0-10 Outwash plains,terraces No — 302B: Rosholt sandy loam, 2 to 6 percent slopes Rosholt 70-100 Terraces,hillslopes,flat s No — Scott Lake 0-15 Hillslopes,flats,terrace s No — Antigo 0-10 Flats,terraces,hillslope s No — Chetek 0-5 Flats,hillslopes,terrace s No — Cress 0-5 Flats,terraces,hillslope s No — 541: Rifle muck Rifle 85 Depressions Yes 1,3 Cathro 8 Depressions Yes 1,3 Markey 7 Depressions Yes 1,3 1055: Aquolls and Histosols, ponded Aquolls-Ponded 55 Depressions on moraines Yes 2,3 Histosols-Ponded 45 Depressions on moraines Yes 1,3 Data Source Information Soil Survey Area: Washington County, Minnesota Survey Area Data: Version 18, Sep 6, 2022 Hydric Soil List - All Components---Washington County, Minnesota Lubke_Solar_Sunvest Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 5/30/2023 Page 3 of 3 AREAM Appendix C: Field Photographs AREAM General upland Project landscape viewed to the south from the southcentral portion of the Study Area General upland forest landscape viewed to the east from the southwestern portion of the Study Area AREAM Wetland 2, viewed to the south from the south-central portion of the Study Area Wetland 3, viewed to the west from the southwestern portion of the Study Area AREAM Appendix D: Wetland Data Sheets Project/Site: Applicant/Owner:State: Investigator(s): Landform (hillside, terrace, etc.): Slope (%):Lat: Soil Map Unit Name: X Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology Are “Normal Circumstances” present?Yes X No Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Yes X Yes X Yes X Yes X ) 1. 2.(A) 3. 4.(B) 5. (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum 1. 2. 3.x 1 = 4.x 2 = 5.x 3 = x 4 = x 5 = 1.Column Totals:(A)(B) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.X 7.X 8.4 - Morphological Adaptations1 (Provide supporting 9. 10. Woody Vine Stratum 1. 2. Yes X WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM – Northcentral and Northeast SV CSG Scandia, LLC Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: Dominance Test worksheet: No No No VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? basin - fringe 2 - Dominance Test is >50% Yes 0 =Total Cover 1 - Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation 0 2.00Prevalence Index = B/A = 0 Multiply by: 140 (Plot size: 0 70 Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation1 (Explain) OBL species FACW species FAC species Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 0 140 0 70FACW FACW Typha angustifolio 40 Herb Stratum 5ft(Plot size: Phalaris arundinacea 10Hydrophyllum virginianum FACW ) Type 2 wetland fringe extending out from PWI Basin. Remarks: (Include photo numbers here or on a separate sheet.) =Total Cover Yes 0 Indicator Status Dominant Species? City/County:Washington Sampling Date:5/12/2023 Sunvest MN SP 1-1Sampling Point: SP on fringe of wetland, beyond area with standing water. Antecedent precipitation was much higher than normal during the survey. -92.882286 NAD 83 Concave J Knudsen S19 32N, 20WSection, Township, Range: Local relief (concave, convex, none): 1 Long:45.250149 Datum: Remarks: 1055 - Aquolls and histosols, ponded PEM/PWI/NHDNWI classification: Yes NoAre climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?(If no, explain in Remarks.) naturally problematic?(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) significantly disturbed? UPL species (Plot size:Tree Stratum 30ft Absolute % Cover Total % Cover of: 15ft ) 70 Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?No Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: No 0 Prevalence Index worksheet: 2 2 100.0% Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 1Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 3 - Prevalence Index is ≤3.01 FACU species =Total Cover (Plot size:30ft ) =Total Cover No 20 US Army Corps of Engineers Sampling Point: %%Type1 Loc2 100 100 X Type: Depth (inches):Hydric Soil Present?Yes No Primary Indicators (minimum of one is required; check all that apply) X X X X X Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Surface Water Present?Yes X Water Table Present?Yes X Saturation Present?Yes X Wetland Hydrology Present?Yes X No Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Redox FeaturesDepth (inches)Color (moist) 10YR 3/1 10YR 2/1 Muck Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Histic Epipedon (A2) Black Histic (A3)Stripped Matrix (S6) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) Dark Surface (S7) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and Matrix Texture Remarks 6-8 Color (moist) Histosol (A1) 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, MS=Masked Sand Grains.2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Hydric Soil Indicators:Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: Coast Prairie Redox (A16) Iron-Manganese Masses (F12) Red Parent Material (F21) Very Shallow Dark Surface (F22) Other (Explain in Remarks) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Sandy Redox (S5) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Stratified Layers (A5) 2 cm Muck (A10) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Depleted Matrix (F3) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Redox Depressions (F8) Surface Water (A1) High Water Table (A2) Saturation (A3) Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Secondary Indicators (minimum of two required) unless disturbed or problematic. wetland hydrology must be present, Muck - hitting roots Greasy - some sand 0-6 Muck 6 5 cm Mucky Peat or Peat (S3) Greasy, saturated Descr be Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: HYDROLOGY Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Aquatic Fauna (B13) True Aquatic Plants (B14) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Oxidized Rhizospheres on Living Roots (C3) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Thin Muck Surface (C7) Gauge or Well Data (D9) Other (Explain in Remarks) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Drainage Patterns (B10) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) Remarks: SP 1-1SOIL Restrictive Layer (if observed): Remarks: Saturated soils Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Crayfish Burrows (C8) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Sediment Deposits (B2) Drift Deposits (B3) Water Marks (B1) Iron Deposits (B5) Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) (includes capillary fringe) Geomorphic Position (D2) 0 No No No Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Field Observations: US Army Corps of Engineers X Project/Site: Applicant/Owner:State: Investigator(s): Landform (hillside, terrace, etc.): Slope (%):Lat: Soil Map Unit Name: X Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology Are “Normal Circumstances” present?Yes X No Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Yes X Yes X Yes X Yes X ) 1. 2.(A) 3. 4.(B) 5. (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum 1. 2. 3.x 1 = 4.x 2 = 5.x 3 = x 4 = x 5 = 1.Column Totals:(A)(B) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.4 - Morphological Adaptations1 (Provide supporting 9. 10. Woody Vine Stratum 1. 2. Yes X =Total Cover (Plot size:30ft ) =Total Cover No 10 80 Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?No Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: No 70 Prevalence Index worksheet: 0 1 0.0% Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 1Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 3 - Prevalence Index is ≤3.01 FACU species UPL species (Plot size:Tree Stratum 30ft Absolute % Cover Total % Cover of: 15ft ) NWI classification: Yes NoAre climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?(If no, explain in Remarks.) naturally problematic?(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) significantly disturbed? City/County:Washington Sunvest MN Sampling Date: 5/12/2023 Sampling Point: SP 1-2 SP raised bank, beyond cattail/RCG fringe. Antecedent precipitation was much higher than normal during the survey. -92.882195 NAD 83 None J Knudsen S19 32N, 20WSection, Township, Range: Local relief (concave, convex, none): 3 Long:45.25250162 Datum: Remarks: 1055 - Aquolls and histosols, ponded PEM/PWI/NHD linear to convex berm/bank with poa grasses Remarks: (Include photo numbers here or on a separate sheet.) =Total Cover Yes 0 Indicator Status Dominant Species? (Plot size: Taraxacum officinale 10Phalaris arundinacea FACW ) FACU FACU Poa pratensis 60 Herb Stratum 5ft Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation1 (Explain) OBL species FACW species FAC species Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 0 300 0 80 Bank 2 - Dominance Test is >50% No 0 =Total Cover 1 - Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation 280 3.75Prevalence Index = B/A = 0 Multiply by: 20 (Plot size: 0 10 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM – Northcentral and Northeast Region SV CSG Scandia, LLC Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: Dominance Test worksheet: No No No VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? US Army Corps of Engineers Sampling Point: %%Type1 Loc2 100 100 Type: Depth (inches):Hydric Soil Present?Yes No X Primary Indicators (minimum of one is required; check all that apply) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Surface Water Present?Yes X Water Table Present?Yes X Saturation Present?Yes X Wetland Hydrology Present?Yes No X Geomorphic Position (D2) No No No Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Field Observations: SP 1-3SOIL Restrictive Layer (if observed): Remarks: Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Crayfish Burrows (C8) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Sediment Deposits (B2) Drift Deposits (B3) Water Marks (B1) Iron Deposits (B5) Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) (includes capillary fringe) 5 cm Mucky Peat or Peat (S3) Very distinct from wetalnd Descr be Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: HYDROLOGY Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Aquatic Fauna (B13) True Aquatic Plants (B14) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Oxidized Rhizospheres on Living Roots (C3) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Thin Muck Surface (C7) Gauge or Well Data (D9) Other (Explain in Remarks) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Drainage Patterns (B10) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) Remarks: Surface Water (A1) High Water Table (A2) Saturation (A3) Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Secondary Indicators (minimum of two required) unless disturbed or problematic. wetland hydrology must be present, some sand Sandier, some rocks 0-12 Loamy/Clayey 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, MS=Masked Sand Grains.2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Hydric Soil Indicators:Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: Coast Prairie Redox (A16) Iron-Manganese Masses (F12) Red Parent Material (F21) Very Shallow Dark Surface (F22) Other (Explain in Remarks) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Sandy Redox (S5) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Stratified Layers (A5) 2 cm Muck (A10) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Depleted Matrix (F3) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Redox Depressions (F8) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and Matrix Texture Remarks 12-20 Color (moist) Histosol (A1) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Histic Epipedon (A2) Black Histic (A3)Stripped Matrix (S6) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) Dark Surface (S7) Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Redox FeaturesDepth (inches)Color (moist) 10YR 4/4 10YR 3/3 Loamy/Clayey US Army Corps of Engineers Project/Site: Applicant/Owner:State: Investigator(s): Landform (hillside, terrace, etc.): Slope (%):Lat: Soil Map Unit Name: X Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology Are “Normal Circumstances” present?Yes X No Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Yes X Yes X Yes X Yes X ) 1. 2.(A) 3. 4.(B) 5. (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum 1. 2. 3.x 1 = 4.x 2 = 5.x 3 = x 4 = x 5 = 1.Column Totals:(A)(B) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.X 7.X 8.4 - Morphological Adaptations1 (Provide supporting 9. 10. Woody Vine Stratum 1. 2. Yes X =Total Cover (Plot size:30ft ) =Total Cover 10 60 Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?No Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: No 15 Prevalence Index worksheet: 3 5 60.0% Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 1Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 3 - Prevalence Index is ≤3.01 FACU species UPL species Yes FACU (Plot size: 10 Tree Stratum Yes 30ft 10 Absolute % Cover FAC Total % Cover of: 15ft ) NWI classification: Yes NoAre climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?(If no, explain in Remarks.) naturally problematic?(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) significantly disturbed? City/County:Washington Sampling Date:5/12/2023 Sunvest MN SP 1-3Sampling Point: SP on small, forested edge of Wetland 1. Antecedent precipitation was much higher than normal during the survey. -92.884535 NAD 83 Concave J Knudsen S19 32N, 20WSection, Township, Range: Local relief (concave, convex, none): 1 Long:45.249207 Datum: Remarks: 1055 - Aquolls and histosols, ponded PEM/PWI/NHD Type 2 wetland fringe extending out from PWI Basin. Remarks: (Include photo numbers here or on a separate sheet.) =Total Cover Yes 20 Indicator Status Dominant Species? (Plot size: FAC 5 Phryma leptostachya Rhamnus cathartica ) FACW UPL Yes Typha angustifolio 50 15 Herb Stratum 5ft Yes 10 Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation1 (Explain) OBL species FACW species FAC species Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 50 270 10 95 basin - forested 2 - Dominance Test is >50% No 60 =Total Cover 1 - Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation 60 2.84Prevalence Index = B/A = 0 Multiply by: 100 (Plot size: Prunus virginiana 20 0 FACU 50 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM – Northcentral and Northeast Region SV CSG Scandia, LLC Betula papyrifera Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: Dominance Test worksheet: No No No VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Acer rubrum Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? US Army Corps of Engineers Sampling Point: %%Type1 Loc2 100 100 X Type: Depth (inches):Hydric Soil Present?Yes No Primary Indicators (minimum of one is required; check all that apply) X X X X Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Surface Water Present?Yes X Water Table Present?Yes X Saturation Present?Yes X Wetland Hydrology Present?Yes X No Geomorphic Position (D2) 4 No No No Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Field Observations: SP 1-3SOIL Restrictive Layer (if observed): Remarks: flowign water Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Crayfish Burrows (C8) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Sediment Deposits (B2) Drift Deposits (B3) Water Marks (B1) Iron Deposits (B5) Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) (includes capillary fringe) 10 5 cm Mucky Peat or Peat (S3) Greasy, saturated Descr be Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: HYDROLOGY Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Aquatic Fauna (B13) True Aquatic Plants (B14) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Oxidized Rhizospheres on Living Roots (C3) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Thin Muck Surface (C7) Gauge or Well Data (D9) Other (Explain in Remarks) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Drainage Patterns (B10) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) Remarks: Surface Water (A1) High Water Table (A2) Saturation (A3) Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Secondary Indicators (minimum of two required) unless disturbed or problematic. wetland hydrology must be present, Muck - hitting roots Some sand component 0-4 Muck 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, MS=Masked Sand Grains.2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Hydric Soil Indicators:Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: Coast Prairie Redox (A16) Iron-Manganese Masses (F12) Red Parent Material (F21) Very Shallow Dark Surface (F22) Other (Explain in Remarks) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Sandy Redox (S5) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Stratified Layers (A5) 2 cm Muck (A10) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Depleted Matrix (F3) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Redox Depressions (F8) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and Matrix Texture Remarks 4-6 Color (moist) Histosol (A1) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Histic Epipedon (A2) Black Histic (A3)Stripped Matrix (S6) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) Dark Surface (S7) Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Redox FeaturesDepth (inches)Color (moist) 10YR 3/1 10YR 2/1 Muck US Army Corps of Engineers X Project/Site: Applicant/Owner:State: Investigator(s): Landform (hillside, terrace, etc.): Slope (%):Lat: Soil Map Unit Name: X Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology Are “Normal Circumstances” present?Yes X No Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Yes X Yes X Yes X Yes X ) 1. 2.(A) 3. 4.(B) 5. (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum 1. 2. 3.x 1 = 4.x 2 = 5.x 3 = x 4 = x 5 = 1.Column Totals:(A)(B) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.X 7.X 8.4 - Morphological Adaptations1 (Provide supporting 9. 10. Woody Vine Stratum 1. 2. Yes X =Total Cover (Plot size:30ft ) =Total Cover 20 50 Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?No Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: No 0 Prevalence Index worksheet: 2 2 100.0% Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 1Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 3 - Prevalence Index is ≤3.01 FACU species UPL species (Plot size:Tree Stratum 30ft Absolute % Cover Total % Cover of: 15ft ) NWI classification: Yes NoAre climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?(If no, explain in Remarks.) naturally problematic?(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) significantly disturbed? City/County:Washington Sampling Date:5/12/2023 Sunvest MN SP 2-1Sampling Point: SP on fringe of wetland, within pronounced basin. Bog. Antecedent precipitation was much higher than normal during the survey. -92.884103 NAD 83 Concave J Knudsen S19 32N, 20WSection, Township, Range: Local relief (concave, convex, none): 1 Long:45.247507 Datum: Remarks: 541 - Rifle muck Type 2 wetland fringe Remarks: (Include photo numbers here or on a separate sheet.) =Total Cover Yes 0 Indicator Status Dominant Species? (Plot size: Carex sp. ) FACW FACW Typha angustifolio 30 Herb Stratum 5ft Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation1 (Explain) OBL species FACW species FAC species Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 0 100 0 50 basin 2 - Dominance Test is >50% Yes 0 =Total Cover 1 - Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation 0 2.00Prevalence Index = B/A = 0 Multiply by: 100 (Plot size: 0 50 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM – Northcentral and Northeast Region SV CSG Scandia, LLC Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: Dominance Test worksheet: No No No VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? US Army Corps of Engineers NWI Sampling Point: %%Type1 Loc2 100 100 100 X X Type: Depth (inches):Hydric Soil Present?Yes No Primary Indicators (minimum of one is required; check all that apply) X X X X X X Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Surface Water Present?Yes X Water Table Present?Yes X Saturation Present?Yes X Wetland Hydrology Present?Yes X No Geomorphic Position (D2) 2 No No No Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Field Observations: SP 2-1SOIL Restrictive Layer (if observed): Remarks: Saturated soils - spaghnum bog Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Crayfish Burrows (C8) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Sediment Deposits (B2) Drift Deposits (B3) Water Marks (B1) Iron Deposits (B5) Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) (includes capillary fringe) 5 5 cm Mucky Peat or Peat (S3) Histosols and peat Descr be Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: HYDROLOGY Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Aquatic Fauna (B13) True Aquatic Plants (B14) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Oxidized Rhizospheres on Living Roots (C3) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Thin Muck Surface (C7) Gauge or Well Data (D9) Other (Explain in Remarks) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Drainage Patterns (B10) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) Remarks: Surface Water (A1) High Water Table (A2) Saturation (A3) Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Secondary Indicators (minimum of two required) unless disturbed or problematic. wetland hydrology must be present, Dark greasy Peat Mucky peat. Sand 0-1 Muck 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, MS=Masked Sand Grains.2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Hydric Soil Indicators:Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: Coast Prairie Redox (A16) Iron-Manganese Masses (F12) Red Parent Material (F21) Very Shallow Dark Surface (F22) Other (Explain in Remarks) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Sandy Redox (S5) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Stratified Layers (A5) 2 cm Muck (A10) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Depleted Matrix (F3) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Redox Depressions (F8) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and Matrix Texture Remarks 1-4 Color (moist) Histosol (A1) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Histic Epipedon (A2) Black Histic (A3)Stripped Matrix (S6) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) Dark Surface (S7) 4-10 10YR 2/1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Redox FeaturesDepth (inches)Color (moist) 10YR 5/4 10YR 2/1 Peat Mucky Peat US Army Corps of Engineers X Project/Site: Applicant/Owner:State: Investigator(s): Landform (hillside, terrace, etc.): Slope (%):Lat: Soil Map Unit Name: X Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology Are “Normal Circumstances” present?Yes X No Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Yes X Yes X Yes X Yes X ) 1. 2.(A) 3. 4.(B) 5. (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum 1. 2. 3.x 1 = 4.x 2 = 5.x 3 = x 4 = x 5 = 1.Column Totals:(A)(B) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.X 7. 8.4 - Morphological Adaptations1 (Provide supporting 9. 10. Woody Vine Stratum 1. 2. Yes X WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM – Northcentral and Northeast Region SV CSG Scandia, LLC Acer rubrum Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: Dominance Test worksheet: No No No VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Betula papyrifera Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? Slope 2 - Dominance Test is >50% No 120 =Total Cover 1 - Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation 108 3.70Prevalence Index = B/A = 0 Multiply by: 0 (Plot size: Rhamnus cathartica 35 0 FAC 0 15 Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation1 (Explain) OBL species FACW species FAC species Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 75 303 15 82FAC FACU Yes Poa sp. 25 20 Herb Stratum 5ft Yes (Plot size: UPL 5 Anemone quinquefolia Ribes nigrum ) Mostly FAC Remarks: (Include photo numbers here or on a separate sheet.) =Total Cover Yes 40 Indicator Status Dominant Species? City/County:Washington Sampling Date:5/12/2023 Sunvest MN SP 2-2Sampling Point: SP on slope of bank - very pronounced basin and short transitions area. Antecedent precipitation was much higher than normal during the survey. -92.883963 NAD 83 Convex J Knudsen S19 32N, 20WSection, Township, Range: Local relief (concave, convex, none): 5 Long:45.247555 Datum: Remarks: 12D - Emmert gravelly loamy coars sand, 15-25 percent slopes NoneNWI classification: Yes NoAre climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?(If no, explain in Remarks.) naturally problematic?(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) significantly disturbed? UPL species Yes FAC (Plot size: 25 Tree Stratum Yes 30ft 10 Absolute % Cover FACU Total % Cover of: 15ft ) 27 Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?No Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: No 27 Prevalence Index worksheet: 3 5 60.0% Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 1Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 3 - Prevalence Index is ≤3.01 FACU species =Total Cover (Plot size:30ft ) =Total Cover 2 US Army Corps of Engineers Sampling Point: %%Type1 Loc2 100 100 100 Type: Depth (inches):Hydric Soil Present?Yes No X Primary Indicators (minimum of one is required; check all that apply) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Surface Water Present?Yes X Water Table Present?Yes X Saturation Present?Yes X Wetland Hydrology Present?Yes No X 10-18 10YR 4/4 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Redox FeaturesDepth (inches)Color (moist) 10YR 5/3 10YR 3/1 Sandy Sandy Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Histic Epipedon (A2) Black Histic (A3)Stripped Matrix (S6) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) Dark Surface (S7) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and Matrix Texture Remarks 3-10 Color (moist) Histosol (A1) 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, MS=Masked Sand Grains.2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Hydric Soil Indicators:Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: Coast Prairie Redox (A16) Iron-Manganese Masses (F12) Red Parent Material (F21) Very Shallow Dark Surface (F22) Other (Explain in Remarks) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Sandy Redox (S5) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Stratified Layers (A5) 2 cm Muck (A10) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Depleted Matrix (F3) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Redox Depressions (F8) Surface Water (A1) High Water Table (A2) Saturation (A3) Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Secondary Indicators (minimum of two required) unless disturbed or problematic. wetland hydrology must be present, Brown sand, some organics Lighter brown, dry larger sand, some wetness 0-3 Sandy 5 cm Mucky Peat or Peat (S3) Histosols and peat Descr be Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: HYDROLOGY Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Aquatic Fauna (B13) True Aquatic Plants (B14) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Oxidized Rhizospheres on Living Roots (C3) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Thin Muck Surface (C7) Gauge or Well Data (D9) Other (Explain in Remarks) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Drainage Patterns (B10) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) Remarks: SP 2-2SOIL Restrictive Layer (if observed): Remarks: dry Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Crayfish Burrows (C8) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Sediment Deposits (B2) Drift Deposits (B3) Water Marks (B1) Iron Deposits (B5) Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) (includes capillary fringe) Geomorphic Position (D2) No No No Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Field Observations: US Army Corps of Engineers Project/Site: Applicant/Owner:State: Investigator(s): Landform (hillside, terrace, etc.): Slope (%):Lat: Soil Map Unit Name: X Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology Are “Normal Circumstances” present?Yes X No Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Yes X Yes X Yes X Yes X ) 1. 2.(A) 3. 4.(B) 5. (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum 1. 2. 3.x 1 = 4.x 2 = 5.x 3 = x 4 = x 5 = 1.Column Totals:(A)(B) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.X 7.X 8.4 - Morphological Adaptations1 (Provide supporting 9. 10. Woody Vine Stratum 1. 2. Yes X =Total Cover (Plot size:30ft ) =Total Cover 20 80 Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?No Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: No 0 Prevalence Index worksheet: 2 2 100.0% Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 1Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 3 - Prevalence Index is ≤3.01 FACU species UPL species (Plot size:Tree Stratum 30ft Absolute % Cover Total % Cover of: 15ft ) NWI classification: Yes NoAre climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?(If no, explain in Remarks.) naturally problematic?(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) significantly disturbed? City/County:Washington Sampling Date:5/12/2023 Sunvest MN SP 3-1Sampling Point: SP on fringe of wetland beyond basin. Antecedent precipitation was much higher than normal during the survey. -92.88258 NAD 83 Concave J Knudsen S19 32N, 20WSection, Township, Range: Local relief (concave, convex, none): 2 Long:45.24735 Datum: Remarks: 1055 - Aquolls and histosols, ponded NWI/NHD Type 2 wetland fringe extending out from NWI Remarks: (Include photo numbers here or on a separate sheet.) =Total Cover Yes 0 Indicator Status Dominant Species? (Plot size: Typha angustifolia ) FACW FACW Phalaris arundinacea 60 Herb Stratum 5ft Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation1 (Explain) OBL species FACW species FAC species Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 0 160 0 80 basin - fringe 2 - Dominance Test is >50% Yes 0 =Total Cover 1 - Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation 0 2.00Prevalence Index = B/A = 0 Multiply by: 160 (Plot size: 0 80 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM – Northcentral and Northeast Region SV CSG Scandia, LLC Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: Dominance Test worksheet: No No No VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? US Army Corps of Engineers Sampling Point: %%Type1 Loc2 100 X Type: Depth (inches):Hydric Soil Present?Yes No Primary Indicators (minimum of one is required; check all that apply) X X X X X Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Surface Water Present?Yes X Water Table Present?Yes X Saturation Present?Yes X Wetland Hydrology Present?Yes X No Geomorphic Position (D2) 1 No No No Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Field Observations: SP 3-1SOIL Restrictive Layer (if observed): Remarks: Saturated soils Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Crayfish Burrows (C8) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Sediment Deposits (B2) Drift Deposits (B3) Water Marks (B1) Iron Deposits (B5) Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) (includes capillary fringe) 8 5 cm Mucky Peat or Peat (S3) Greasy, saturated Descr be Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: HYDROLOGY Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Aquatic Fauna (B13) True Aquatic Plants (B14) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Oxidized Rhizospheres on Living Roots (C3) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Thin Muck Surface (C7) Gauge or Well Data (D9) Other (Explain in Remarks) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Drainage Patterns (B10) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) Remarks: Surface Water (A1) High Water Table (A2) Saturation (A3) Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Secondary Indicators (minimum of two required) unless disturbed or problematic. wetland hydrology must be present, Mucky0-10 Muck 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, MS=Masked Sand Grains.2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Hydric Soil Indicators:Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: Coast Prairie Redox (A16) Iron-Manganese Masses (F12) Red Parent Material (F21) Very Shallow Dark Surface (F22) Other (Explain in Remarks) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Sandy Redox (S5) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Stratified Layers (A5) 2 cm Muck (A10) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Depleted Matrix (F3) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Redox Depressions (F8) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and Matrix Texture RemarksColor (moist) Histosol (A1) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Histic Epipedon (A2) Black Histic (A3)Stripped Matrix (S6) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) Dark Surface (S7) Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Redox FeaturesDepth (inches)Color (moist) 10YR 2/1 US Army Corps of Engineers X Project/Site: Applicant/Owner:State: Investigator(s): Landform (hillside, terrace, etc.): Slope (%):Lat: Soil Map Unit Name: X Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology Are “Normal Circumstances” present?Yes X No Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Yes X Yes X Yes X Yes X ) 1. 2.(A) 3. 4.(B) 5. (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum 1. 2. 3.x 1 = 4.x 2 = 5.x 3 = x 4 = x 5 = 1.Column Totals:(A)(B) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.4 - Morphological Adaptations1 (Provide supporting 9. 10. Woody Vine Stratum 1. 2. Yes X WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM – Northcentral and Northeast Region SV CSG Scandia, LLC Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: Dominance Test worksheet: No No No VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? Bank 2 - Dominance Test is >50% Yes 0 =Total Cover 1 - Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation 280 4.00Prevalence Index = B/A = 0 Multiply by: 0 (Plot size: 0 0 Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation1 (Explain) OBL species FACW species FAC species Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 0 280 0 70FACU FACU Poa pratensis 50 Herb Stratum 5ft(Plot size: Taraxacum officinale 5Trifolium repens FACU ) linear to convex berm/bank with poa grasses Remarks: (Include photo numbers here or on a separate sheet.) =Total Cover Yes 0 Indicator Status Dominant Species? City/County:Washington Sampling Date:5/12/2023 Sunvest MN SP 3-2Sampling Point: SP on raised bank, beyond cattail/RCG fringe. Antecedent precipitation was much higher than normal during the survey. -92.882195 NAD 83 None J Knudsen S19 32N, 20WSection, Township, Range: Local relief (concave, convex, none): 3 Long:45.25250162 Datum: Remarks: 12D - Emmert gravelly loamy coarse sand, 15-25 percent slopes NoneNWI classification: Yes NoAre climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?(If no, explain in Remarks.) naturally problematic?(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) significantly disturbed? UPL species (Plot size:Tree Stratum 30ft Absolute % Cover Total % Cover of: 15ft ) 70 Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?No Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: No 70 Prevalence Index worksheet: 0 2 0.0% Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 1Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 3 - Prevalence Index is ≤3.01 FACU species =Total Cover (Plot size:30ft ) =Total Cover No 15 US Army Corps of Engineers Midwest Region – Version 2.0 Sampling Point: %%Type1 Loc2 100 100 Type: Depth (inches):Hydric Soil Present?Yes No X Primary Indicators (minimum of one is required; check all that apply) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Surface Water Present?Yes X Water Table Present?Yes X Saturation Present?Yes X Wetland Hydrology Present?Yes No X Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Redox FeaturesDepth (inches)Color (moist) 10YR 5/3 10YR 3/1 Sandy Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Histic Epipedon (A2) Black Histic (A3)Stripped Matrix (S6) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) Dark Surface (S7) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and Matrix Texture Remarks 4-15 Color (moist) Histosol (A1) 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, MS=Masked Sand Grains.2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Hydric Soil Indicators:Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: Coast Prairie Redox (A16) Iron-Manganese Masses (F12) Red Parent Material (F21) Very Shallow Dark Surface (F22) Other (Explain in Remarks) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Sandy Redox (S5) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Stratified Layers (A5) 2 cm Muck (A10) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Depleted Matrix (F3) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Redox Depressions (F8) Surface Water (A1) High Water Table (A2) Saturation (A3) Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Secondary Indicators (minimum of two required) unless disturbed or problematic. wetland hydrology must be present, loamy sand - some organics dry 0-4 Sandy 5 cm Mucky Peat or Peat (S3) Very distinct from wetand Descr be Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: HYDROLOGY Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Aquatic Fauna (B13) True Aquatic Plants (B14) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Oxidized Rhizospheres on Living Roots (C3) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Thin Muck Surface (C7) Gauge or Well Data (D9) Other (Explain in Remarks) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Drainage Patterns (B10) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) Remarks: SP 3-2SOIL Restrictive Layer (if observed): Remarks: Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Crayfish Burrows (C8) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Sediment Deposits (B2) Drift Deposits (B3) Water Marks (B1) Iron Deposits (B5) Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) (includes capillary fringe) Geomorphic Position (D2) No No No Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Field Observations: US Army Corps of Engineers Midwest Region – Version 2.0 Soil Types L&M CSG Solar Array Decommissioning Plan Prepared for: Oriana CSG 2020-10 LLC 11020 Scandia Trail N, Scandia, MN, 55073 Location: Scandia, MN June 13, 2023    L&M CSG Decommissioning Plan Table of Contents 1 -Introduction…...............................................................................................................1 2 -Summary Statement of Expected Residual Value…........................................................1 3 -Basis of Plan Narrative…................................................................................................1 4 -Schedule of Removal and Restoration Costs…................................................................3 5 -Schedule of Salvage Values….........................................................................................4 June 13, 2023    L&M CSG Decommissioning Plan 3.2       Civil Infrastructure • • • • • • 3.3       Structural Infrastructure • • 3.4       Electrical Infrastructure • • • • • • • • 3.5       Recycling PV Modules • o Crea.ng a useful and sustainable method of disposal o Providing raw materials for repurposing and reprocessing o o o Recycling of rare earth metals. Page 2 Steel pile foundation removal is estimated at 25% the effort and cost as pile  installation. Steel racking removal is estimated at 50% the effort and cost of racking installation. PV modules to be recycled. Assumption is that the module value will be based off the  module wattage. i.e. a higher wattage module will be worth more than a lower one.  June 13, 2023 Recovering up to 90% of the photovoltaic glass and up to 95% of the  semiconductor material necessary for further production Recycling solar modules have environmental benefits such as Customer owned site riser or interconnection poles shall be removed. A two‐person crew can dismantle a string inverter and recycle the components. Transformers are pad mounted and weigh approximately 8,500 pounds. These are dry  type transformers, so there is no need for any oil disposal. Underground power and communication cables can be removed by excavating with a  power trencher or excavator. Switchgear including transformers will be removed from their respective concrete pads  and recycled or returned to the manufacturer. Copper wiring will be dug up (if required) and recycled. Aluminum wiring will be dug up (if required) and recycled. Topsoil used to backfill excavations will be borrowed from onsite locations. No topsoil  import is included. Removal of rip rap at stormwater basins is included. Aggregate removal will be the full depth of the aggregate section for roads, equipment  pads, and other areas utilizing aggregate. No aggregate will be buried. Includes  subgrade scarification prior to backfilling with topsoil. Turf establishment includes mulch, fertilizer, and water as necessary to achieve 70%  ground cover as required to satisfy the NPDES Construction General Permit. Sediment control cost consists of silt fence but could also be fiber logs. Location of  sediment control will be downslope from exposed soils only in areas where  sedimentation offsite or into onsite water bodies can reasonably be expected. Trees and shrubs shall be protected and shall remain in place.    L&M CSG Decommissioning Plan 4.0       Schedule of Removal and Restoration Costs Page 3June 13, 2023 QUANTITY UNITS $/UNIT COST NOTES 1 Road Aggregate, Rip Rap, and Geotextile  Removal 20360 ft3  $             1.00  $     20,360.00 Remove full section of aggregate road, rip rap, and  geotextile fabrics 2 Road Aggregate, Rip Rap, and Geotextile  Haul and Offsite Disposal 20360 ft3  $             3.22  $     65,600.00 Hauling offsite 3Topsoil Backfill 7500 ft3  $             1.00  $        7,500.00 Onsite relocation of topsoil to backfill road and  equipment pad excavations 4 Chainlink Fence Removal 1,832 ft  $             1.00  $        1,832.00  5 Chainlink Fence Haul and Offsite Disposal 9,160 lbs  $             0.09  $           800.00  6Concrete Equipment Pad Removal 1 EA  $     5,000.00  $        5,000.00  7Concrete Waste Haul and Offsite Disposal 1 EA  $     2,500.00  $        2,500.00  8Site Grading 0.492 Acres  $     5,000.00  $        2,460.00  Grading smooth all areas disturbed by removals,  excavations, etc, assumed (0.1 x project area) + Road  Area + Equipment Pad Area 9Turf Establishment 4.92 Acres  $     1,500.00  $        7,380.00 Hydroseed all areas disturbed by removals,  excavations, etc 10 Sediment Control 611 ft  $           10.00  $        6,106.67 Silt fence installation 11 Foundation Removal 587 EA  $           18.70  $     10,976.68 ~25% of Install cost 12 Foundation Haul and Offsite Disposal 587 EA  $             5.96  $        3,498.71  13 Racking Removal 82584 lbs  $             0.33  $     27,203.81 ~50% of Install cost 14 Racking Haul and Offsite Disposal 82584 lbs  $             0.03  $        2,522.32  15 Removal of Solar Modules 2,664 EA  $             5.00  $     13,320.00  16 Removal of String Inverters 9 EA  $     1,000.00  $        9,000.00  17 Removal of Switchgear/Xfmr 1 EA  $     5,000.00  $        5,000.00  18 Removal of Riser and Interconnection Poles 3 EA  $     1,000.00  $        3,000.00  19 Removal of SCADA/Aux Panel/Weather  Station 1EA $         200.00  $           200.00  20 Removal of DC Copper Wire 1,545 lbs  $             2.00  $        3,090.00  21 Removal of AC Aluminum Wires 1,800 lbs  $             2.00  $        3,600.00  Total Cost  $   200,950.19  Electrical Infrastructure CIVIL INFRASTRUCTURE Removal and Restoration Costs Includes fence mesh, post framing, concrete  foundations, gates, etc. Structural Infrastructure    L&M CSG Decommissioning Plan 5.0       Schedule of Salvage Values 6.0       Schedule of Summary Page 4June 13, 2023 QUANTITY UNITS $/UNIT VALUE 1 Steel Pile 114552 lbs  $             0.10  $             11,168.82  2 Steel Racking 82584 lbs  $             0.10  $               8,051.94  3 Chainlink Fence 1,832 ft  $             0.49  $                  893.10  QUANTITY UNITS $/UNIT VALUE 4PV Modules 2,664 $/Panel  $           29.00  $             77,256.00  5 Equipment Switchgear in Xfmrs 1 EA  $     1,200.00  $               1,200.00  6DC Copper Wires 1,545 lbs  $             1.10  $               1,699.50  7AC Aluminum Wires 1,800 lbs  $             0.62  $               1,116.00  Total  $          101,385.36  Structural Infrastructure Electrical Infrastructure Salvage Values Description Cost Units Decommissioning Estimate (DE) $                             200,950.19 $ Factor of Safety (FoS)1.075 DE with FoS  $                             216,021.45 $ Salvage Estimate (SE) $                             101,385.36 $ Total Cost (DE‐SE) $                             114,636.09 $ Average Inflation rate 2.50%% Time Period 35 Years Total Cost with FoS and Inflation  after Time Period  $                             265,419.49 $ Summary SITE RULES NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION EXHIBIT I SITE RULES NEE will use commercially reasonable efforts to follow and to cause its personnel to follow the following rules while on the Premises. Lessor may bar further access to the Premises by any individual who commits repeated, material violations of these rules after such individual has received at least three written warnings of a particular material violation from Lessor describing, and including reasonable evidence documenting, such material violation. In addition, any individual violating rules (d)(i), (iv), or (vi) at least three times after receipt of a third written warning with documented evidence of such violation, will be immediately expelled from the Premises and will be banned from the Premises thereafter. The rules are as follows: a)When not in active use by NEE, all access gates, as well as all interior gates, will remain closed at all times. b)Smoking is prohibited except in designated construction areas and in vehicles. NEE will employ reasonable precautions to prevent fires and will be responsible for all damage caused by NEE. c)NEE will keep the Premises clean and free of debris created by NEE, its contractors, or others brought on to the Premises by NEE. NEE will not use the Premises for storage of items that are not related to, used or to be used in connection with, or for the benefit of all or a portion of the Project. d) At no time will any of employees of NEE bring any of the following onto the Premises: i.weapons of any type, including but not limited to, guns, bows and arrows, or sling shots; ii.animal calling devices; iii.fishing equipment or nets; iv.dogs, cats or any other animals; v.alcoholic beverages; vi.illegal drugs or related paraphernalia. e)NEE, its employees, contractors, agents and any individual allowed onto the Premises by NEE will use reasonable efforts to confine their activities on the Premises to the designated access routes and to the areas upon which operations are then being conducted. f)No wood, plants, animals (dead or alive), antlers, artifacts or any other item that was not originally brought onto the Premises by NEE personnel will be removed from the Premises by such personnel, except that NEE can burn, remove and clear wood, plants and brush on the Premises. g)A speed limit of 25 miles per hour (15 miles per hour at night) will be strictly observed while using roads on the Premises. h)This Agreement does not cover or include any right or privilege of hunting or fishing on the Premises, all such rights being expressly reserved to Lessor. EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION EXHIBIT J SECTION 1: INTRODUCTION New Energy Equity (NEE) is committed to the safety and health of all of our workers and contract personnel, and visitors to our sites and work locations. Our continuing objective to provide safe work conditions and practices at all our work locations is our highest priority. We acknowledge the right all workers have to a safe and healthy work environment. Since each emergency is unique, it is impossible to envision every potential event or combination of events that might contribute to, or result in, an emergency. This Emergency Response Plan (ERP) is based on an all-hazards approach that provides the flexibility to adapt to emergency regardless of the origin. This plan provides both a management and operational structure that identifies the functional relationship that must exist to ensure effective identification, response, and recovery from an emergency. Good judgment and common sense are critical in effective responses to emergency situations. SECTION 2: OBJECTIVE The objective of the ERP is to detail practices designed to address potential impacts from construction and operations of s NEE community solar garden project. (Project). This ERP plan provides guidance to construction, operations, contractors, and field personal on measures to minimize effects during construction and operations activities associated with the Project. This ERP is to assist employees, sub-contractors, contractors, suppliers, and management in making quality decisions during times of crisis. This plan contains guidance in determining the appropriate actions to be undertaken to prevent injury and property loss from the occurrence of major incidents or accidents. This document acts as a guideline in the event of an emergency. The steps described may not occur in the same order, good judgment and common sense are critical for effective emergency response. The ERP is intended to minimize hazards to human health and safety and to the environment from fire, explosion, or any unexpected sudden or non-sudden release of hazardous materials constituents to the air, soil, surface, or groundwater, and natural or human disasters. This plan will serve as the emergency action guide for employees, contractors, and visitors in the event of an emergency. Section 2.1 Emergency Response Plan (ERP) The following text includes standard language included in NEE contracts regarding emergency response. These measures may be modified in the final POD to include measures specifically designed for the project. NOTICE: This attachment is intended to be an overview of NEE’s or contractors’ emergency response requirements and is not intended to be a comprehensive or exhaustive list . This attachment is not intended to supersede or replace Contractor’s obligations to comply with (and ensure Contractor Representatives comply with) all applicable laws, all reasonable directions and orders given by representatives of NEE RE, and all other guidelines, rules, and procedures of NEE that may be given to Contractor from time to time, including without limitation, safety and health standards, policies, and procedures resulting from a pre-job risk assessment, amendments by NEE RE, or amendments resulting from changes in applicable laws. SECTION 3: SETTING AND SITE ACCESS INCLUDING EMERGENCY ACCESS Direct access to the site will be provided by the Vogel Road. There would be no need for internal access roads within the project site. The access would be constructed to allow fire and maintenance vehicle access. SECTION 4: EMERGENCY RESPONSE REQUIREMENTS Section 4.1 Regulatory Compliance NEE and contractors will comply with all applicable federal, state, and local emergency response laws, regulations, and standards. NEE and contractors using good judgment, common sense, experience, and knowledge will identify such additional emergency response preparation as may be required to be performed safely. Section 4.2 Emergency Coordinator Before on-site services begin, NEE will ensure contractor(s) assign a designated emergency response coordinator, qualified by experience and/or education, is assigned for all services taking place. This person will be dedicated to managing the implementation of the emergency response plan, emergency response and may have additional project functions provided they do not interfere with the effective implementation of the program. Section 4.3 Competent and Qualified Persons NEE will ensure contractor(s) employ a “competent person” and/or “qualified person” capable of carrying out an effective emergency response preparation plan. Such person(s) will have the authority to take prompt corrective actions. Contractor(s) will provide NEE with the name and contact information of the assigned person(s) and/or any changes in the assignment. Section 4.4 Fire Safety Plan (FSP) NEE will ensure contractor(s) develop a Fire Safety Plan (FSP) that describes how the contractor will safely provide contractor’s services. Content of the plan will address regulatory compliance and any additional health and safety measures as may be required for the contractor’s services to be performed safely. A copy of the contractor’s FSP will be provided to NEE prior to the start of on-site work. Section 4.5 Emergency Response Plan (ERP) Contractor(s) will develop a written final Emergency Response Plan (ERP) in accordance with applicable federal, state, and local emergency response regulations and standards. Contractor(s) will include the Emergency Response Plan in contractor’s Project Safety Plan. Contractor(s) will train all contractor representatives on the provisions of the Emergency Response Plan. The final ERP would be specific to the final site layout and location of site components and implemented to provide an integrated procedure for response to oil and hazardous materials spills, plant evacuation, medical/fire/law enforcement, and severe weather emergencies. The final ERP would be consistent with applicable laws and regulations governing such emergencies. Section 4.6 Health and Safety Program Health and Safety Training is an important part of the final ERP. To ensure the instructions contained within the final ERP are properly followed during site/facility emergencies, a training program is to be developed and training provided to all employees, upon hire and after any changes in site/facility operations or layout. All staff to intervene in emergency situations that could affect their health or safety must receive training before undertaking their duties. The training must include exercises appropriate to the work site that simulate the potential emergencies identified in the final ERP. Section 4.6 Fire Prevention Listed below are specific procedures that shall be addressed by the site to minimize the occurrence of and impact from a fire emergency. Fire prevention is the responsibility of all personnel. Employees should follow safe practices to minimize fire hazards, and supervisors must ensure safe practices are followed daily. Contractor(s) will include the Fire Safety Plan (FSP) in contractor’s ERP. Contractor(s) will train all contractor representatives on the provisions of the FSP. The FSP would be consistent with applicable laws and regulations governing such emergencies. All fire protection equipment will be inspected monthly by the Emergency Coordinator. All areas at each site/facility will be inspected monthly to check for unsafe conditions, such as blocked or locked fire exits, poor housekeeping, smoking in non-designated areas, flammable/combustible materials not stored properly and obstructed access to electrical rooms and panels, etc. The Project operator and or EPC contractor shall present basic fire-prevention training to all personnel working at the project site, and shall maintain documentation of all training and implement the following: All employees, contractors, and employees of contractors to do everything reasonable within their power, expertise, and assessment of human safety both independently and upon request of the County and the local fire department to prevent and suppress fires resulting from Project construction or maintenance activities on the lands to be occupied under this permit. In case of fire suppressed by the operator, the operator will report its occurrence to the County and the local fire department. The operator is responsible for all suppression costs and resource damage rehabilitation costs resulting from the suppression of any fire resulting from its operations and practices. The operator is responsible to ensure that each employee, subcontractor, or any other individual or company working on the project site is aware of the provisions of this fire plan, is familiar with the location and proper use of firefighting equipment and conducts themselves in a fire-safe manner. No material will be disposed of by burning in open fires. Exhaust systems of vehicles will have an acceptable muffler and will be in proper working condition. All motorized equipment and machinery will be equipped with spark arresters. o Vehicles will be parked only in cleared areas. o All smoking will be done only inside of vehicles or in areas cleared of flammable material. o Fuels and flammable materials, if required, will be stored in accordance with the Hazardous Materials Plan and in accordance with all applicable state and federal laws. o The proposed solar plant site shall be equipped with fire extinguishers and other equipment sufficient to extinguish small fires. o Welding operations are subject to the following additional provisions o There will be no welding when winds are over 15 miles per hour; and o Welding will occur only in areas cleared of all flammable vegetation and materials at a minimum radius of 30 feet from the welding operation. o Fire rules shall be posted on the project bulletin board at the contractor’s field office and areas visible to employees. All construction workers, plant personnel, and maintenance workers visiting the plant and/or transmission lines to perform maintenance activities shall receive training on the procedures to be followed in the event of a fire. Training records shall be maintained and be available for review by the County and the local fire department. o Local fire agencies shall have access to the solar farm site. Access gates shall be a minimum of 12 feet to allow fire access. o Minimize fire risk by removing vegetation. Measures to minimize fire risk shall include removal of dry vegetation, or equipment/vehicle that has the potential to spark a fire. In the event of an emergency, immediate notification must be easily available for employees. In all circumstances regarding emergencies whether a specific incident such as an individual, to a serious or facility wide emergency incident, the preferred means of notification is through the immediate Supervisor who will then notify the operator so that he/she may make an announcement to the whole site. In situations where site- wide announcements are not available, notification will occur by phone or radio, or other site-specific method. Section 4.7 Emergency Response In the event of an emergency response, the following measures will be conducted by the individual discovering the emergency. First, personnel will assess the situation to determine potential safety concerns and hazards posed to personnel and the environment. Protective actions for life safety are the priority. All personnel will be moved or evacuated to a safe location. Access will be prohibited to the affected area to other employees or contractors. The final ERP will include a site-specific evacuation plan and a shelter in place plan. The second priority is the stabilization of the incident. Anyone who witnesses an unusual situation that cannot be corrected routinely must notify their supervisor immediately and, while respecting the jurisdiction and ability, he/she must take the necessary measures to control the situation until the arrival of the Emergency Coordinator or supervisor. Section 4.8 Emergency Reporting The construction contractor will notify NEE construction supervisor and environmental monitor of any emergencies immediately. NEE will notify federal, state, and local authorities, as appropriate. If an emergency threatens public or worker health: The contractor will make appropriate notification(s) to emergency personnel. o Emergency: 911 ATTACHMENT A: SAMPLE EMERGENCY RESPONSE FORM A-1 CERTIFICATIONS, ACKNOWLEDGMENTS, AND DESIGNATION OF EMERGENCY COORDINATOR The Construction Contractor(s) responsible for managing the material yards shall complete and submit the following information: GENERAL INFORMATION Business Name Facility Street Address ( ) City County Zip Code Phone Mailing Address (if different) ( ) City County Zip Code Phone EMERGENCY COORDINATOR ( ) ( ) ( ) Primary Emergency Coordinator Business Phone 24-hour Phone Pager/Cellular Phone ( ) ( ) ( ) 1st Alternate Business Phone 24-hour Phone Pager/Cellular Phone ( ) ( ) ( ) 2nd Alternate Business Phone 24-hour Phone Pager/Cellular Phone A-2 Emergency Coordinator: ( ) ( ) (day phone) (night phone) First Alternate: ( ) ( ) (day phone) (night phone) Second Alternate: ( ) ( ) (day phone) (night phone) EMERGENCY CHECKLIST ** DIAL 911 FOR EMERGENCY RESPONSE** Contractor Telephone Number Address EMERGENCY NUMBERS Emergency Response (Ambulance, Fire, Police, Sheriff, Highway Patrol) call 911 Poison Control Center Phone: __________________________ Nearest Hospitals (2) Phone: Phone: Cleanup Contractor Phone: Other (specify) Phone: Other (specify) Phone: AGENCY NOTIFICATIONS (to be made by the Proponent’s environmental manager or environmental field supervisor or emergency response coordinator) Other (specify) Phone #: Other (specify) Phone # Note: The Construction Contractor(s) shall verify and update the emergency numbers on this page before and during Project construction I. EMERGENCY RESPONSE EQUIPMENT MONTHLY INSPECTION A/U Shovels Absorbent material Personal protective equipment (Tyvek suit, gloves, goggles and booties, as appropriate) Fire-fighting equipment in good working condition First aid supplies (e.g., medical supplies, squeeze bottle eye wash) Communication equipment Bung wrench (non-sparking) II. EMEGENCY RESPONSE ACTIONS TAKEN REPORT (Required for all unacceptable conditions) Date: Company (print): Inspected by (print): Signature: ABOUT US NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION EXHIBIT K PROOF OF INTERCONNECTION NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION EXHIBIT L 3 2. If this is not a legal entity, you must immediately provide us with the name(s) of actual legal entities to put on the applicable MN DIA. Any adjustments to your Interconnection Agreement documents to accommodate a request for changing names will not extend your 30 Business Day timeline to execute the MN DIA and all associated payments and other requirements. Please plan accordingly. This letter and the attached MN DIA together provide system requirements and cost estimates of system modifications necessary for interconnection of the project identified above. The requirements for this project have been broken into two sections: operational requirements and system modifications. Operational requirements include DER facility size, settings, or procedures necessary to interconnect the proposed system. System modifications are physical equipment modifications that Xcel Energy will need to make to distribution and substation facilities for the interconnection to be feasible. A model of the feeder,, on which the DER unit would interconnect, was created for the purpose of studying the feasibility of the proposed interconnection. The system impact study analyzed rapid voltage change, grounding issues, metering/monitoring, and short circuit protection to determine impacts on the Xcel Energy distribution system. In addition, a facility study has been prepared to determine the above referenced good faith engineering indicative estimate of Distribution and Substation costs required to accommodate this project. This facility study was based on the data provided by the Interconnection Customer as part of MN DIP Attachment 7. However, the indicative cost estimate is generally based on typical conditions encountered on past construction projects, which may or may not be directly comparable. A transmission study was not required. Below is a list of additional considerations uncovered during the study. 1. We only want to enter into contracts with legal entities (such as corporations, LLCs or persons). We intend to verify that each entity claiming to be a corporation or LLC is a legal entity through the Minnesota Secretary of State website. If the legal entity has been formed in another state, you must provide us documentation showing this. o Short Circuit Analysis Additional fault current information may be found in the Xcel Energy Standard for Electric Service and Use book. Secondary services refer to Tables found in Section 5 These values can and will change due to various circumstances. Xcel Energy personnel shall not be held responsible for any damage to property or person resulting from the use of this data. These values do not include the applied-for DER contribution. o MISO/Transmission Assessment A transmission system assessment is not required. 4 Please upload the executed MN DER Interconnection Agreement (MN DIA) package (including attachments) to the portal. and submit payment as listed below: Wire transfer Checks Bank: Wells Fargo Banks, N.A. Xcel Energy City/Stage: San Francisco, CA Customer Receivables - MNDER Routing/ABA: 121-000-248 PO Box 59, Minneapolis, MN 55440-0059 Acct No: 31966 Acct Name: NSPM Please contact me at if you have any questions regarding this information. We look forward to working with you to bring more DER choices to our customers. Thank you, blake.wenthe@xcelenergy.com Blake Wenthe DATE: WORK REQUESTED BY: WORK LOCATION: ADDRESS: PROJECT/SITE NAME: CASE NUMBER: CONSISTING OF: If payments are by wire transfer, send to: Bank: Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. City/State: San Francisco, CA Routing/ABA: 121-000-248 Acct No: 31966 Acct Name: NSPM If by check: Xcel Energy Customer Receivables - MNDER PO Box 59 Minneapolis, MN 555440-0059 See MN DIA Attachment 2 and Attachment 6 for breakdown of the costs. One-third of the estimated cost is to be paid within 30 days and a Letter of Credit issued to cover the remaining estimated payment consistent with the Section 10 tariff and MN DIA. Above-named entity agrees to comply with all provisions of the Section 10 tariff and where applicable the Section 9 tariff. These cost estimates are based on historical costs from similar Xcel Energy projects. Actual costs can vary significantly and the customer will be responsible for the actual costs of the project. This statement of work is valid for 30 days from the date of this notice. If either the signed agreement or initial one-third payment is received after this date, the SOW will not be in countersigned by Xcel Energy, and the project is subject to rejection, loss of queue position, and will require a new application to be submitted to be considered. Please complete signature(s) electronically through the interconnection portal and submit payment using one of the options below. For questions, reach out to MN Distributed Energy Resources at MNDER@xcelenergy.com. Please include the project Case # and “IA Payment” in wire/check notes, and submit payment as follows: Oriana CSG 2020-10 LLC Scandia, MN 11020 Scandia Trail N, Scandia, MN, 55073 L&M CSG 4073021 September 1, 2021 MN DIA Attachment 2, Page 4 : $ . Total actual costs may be markedly different from the above good faith estimated costs. The Interconnection Customer is responsible for payment of the actual costs. Pursuant to MN DIP 5.6.4.1, the Interconnection Customer shall provide reasonable adequate assurances of credit, including a letter of credit or personal guaranty of payment and performance from a creditworthy entity acceptable under the Area EPS Operator credit policy and procedures for the unpaid balance of the above upfront estimated amounts and actual costs. The payments shall be as follows: A. At least one-third (1/3) of above estimated upfront costs shall be due no later than when the Interconnection Customer signs the Interconnection Agreement. B. At least an additional one-third (1/3) of above estimated upfront costs shall be due prior to initial energization of the Generation System with the Area EPS Operator. C. Remainder of upfront actual costs, incurred by Area EPS Operator, shall be due within 30 days from the date the bill is mailed by the Area EPS Operator after project completion. One-third of the above good faith estimate for up-front metering costs (if applicable) and Area EPS Interconnection Facilities to be charged to Interconnection Customer is $_ _. The amounts in this Attachment 2 are in addition to the amounts reflected in Attachment 6. One or more SOWs or bills may be issued to reflect payments due under Attachments 2 and 6. The Area EPS Operator shall also provide requirements that must be met by the Interconnection Customer prior to initiating parallel operation with the Area EPS Operator’s Distribution System. Additional operating and maintenance requirements for an Affected System needed to support the Interconnection Customer’s needs may be addressed in a separate agreement as described in Article 5.3. These Operating and Maintenance Requirements (Attachment 5), in this Attachment to the Minnesota Distributed Energy Resource Interconnection Agreement (MN DIA) (as adopted in the Area EPS Operator tariff), provide the specific operating information and requirements for, and facilitates the operation of, the Interconnection Customer’s Distributed Energy Resource (DER). The Interconnection Customer must operate the DER in accordance with the Minnesota Technical Requirements, this Attachment 5, as well as all provisions of applicable Area EPS Operator Minnesota tariffs. Unless otherwise defined in this Attachment, capitalized terms herein shall have the meaning provided such terms in the MN DIA. Consistent with the MPUC’s January 22, 2020 order in Docket No. E-999/CI-16-521, the Minnesota Technical Requirements comprise both the TIIR and TSM which first become effective on July 1, 2020. After this effective date, the current versions of the TIIR and the Area EPS Operator’s TSM can be accessed at the following link: https://www.xcelenergy.com/working with us/how to interconnect. Over time, the then-current versions of the TIIR and TSM shall apply. In the event that this link changes over time or no longer points to the then-current TIIR or TSM, the Interconnection Customer can contact the Area EPS Operator for instruction on how to access the then-current versions of these documents. Nothing in this Attachment is intended to or shall be construed as limiting Area EPS Operator’s rights under the Area EPS Operator Minnesota tariffs. In the event of a conflict between this Operating and Maintenance Agreement and any law, regulation and/or the Area EPS Operator Minnesota tariff, the law, regulation or Area EPS Operator Minnesota tariff shall control, and the conflicting Operating and Maintenance Agreement provision shall have no effect. In the event of such a conflict, the remaining terms of this Operating and Maintenance Agreement shall remain in effect. This Operating and Maintenance Agreement may be reviewed and amended by the Parties periodically to allow the operation of the DER to change to meet the needs of both Area EPS Operator and Interconnection Customer, provided that change does not negatively affect the 4073021 11020 Scandia Trail N, Scandia, MN, 55073 operation of the distribution or transmission system of Area EPS Operator. In addition, the Parties may amend this Operating and Maintenance Agreement to reflect operating changes required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the matters governed by this Attachment, such as changes required by the Minnesota Public Utility Commission, the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission or the Midwest Independent System Operator. If the power factor, or any other provision of this Attachment 5, at any time is in the sole determination of the Area EPS Operator no longer consistent with the provisioning of adequate quality of electricity for retail customers of the Area EPS Operator, or for other reliability or safety considerations or other reasons addressed in Sections 2 and 3 below, then this shall be considered to be an Emergency Condition (as described in MN DIA). If the Interconnection Customer has not countersigned an amendment to this Amendment 5 tendered to it by the Area EPS Operator to address and resolve this Emergency Condition, the Area EPS Operator shall be able to take all actions to address this Emergency Condition as set forth in the MN DIA. Any such amendment may include reasonable requirements to show proof that applicable changes have been made to the DER. This Attachment sets forth the technical terms pursuant to which Interconnection Customer may export energy to Area EPS Operator from the DER. This Attachment does not provide for the amount, metering, billing and accounting for the export of energy from the DER, nor does it constitute Area EPS Operator’s agreement to purchase or pay for any such energy. Any such arrangements will be provided for in a separate written agreement. “Distributed Energy Resources” (DERs) include all sources, including energy storage systems. All sources interconnected in parallel with Xcel Energy’s system require an interconnection review. “Engineering Study” means the system impact study or facilities study performed by Area EPS Operator as part of the interconnection process conducted pursuant to the MN DIP. “Area EPS Operator Control Center Contact” is as defined in Section 9.2. “Interconnection Customer Control Center Contact” is as defined in Section 9.3. Unless specifically defined otherwise, all measurements and performance requirements will be measured at the Reference Point of Applicability (RPA), as defined by IEEE 1547. The power factor of the DER and connected load shall be as follows. Inverter based interconnections shall, at minimum, be designed to be capable of operating fully at a power factor range of 90% leading to 90% lagging at the inverter terminals. The specific power factor for this DER is specified in par. 2.1.1 below. Normal operation: 2.1.1.Interconnection Customer will operate the DER as an inverter-based DER at a fixed power factor, as identified by the Engineering Study, to mitigate voltage or power quality issues resulting from the interconnection of the DER. Operation outside the specified power factor range is not allowed at any time without permission by Area EPS Operator. It is the responsibility of Interconnection Customer and not Area EPS Operator to assure that all equipment is sized properly so as to not curtail real power production if that is an objective of the Interconnection Customer. Interconnection Customer shall operate the DER at a fixed power factor of _____________. The use of the term “leading” means the DER is absorbing reactive power. The use of the term “lagging” means the DER is injecting reactive power. This power factor is specified at the reference point of applicability (RPA). This power factor is subject to change over time through an amendment to this Attachment 5 in order to maintain appropriate quality of electricity to the retail customers of the Area EPS Operator and for reliability and safety issues as more distributed energy resources are added to a feeder, feeders are reconfigured, as load changes on a feeder, or for other reasons. These possible changes to the power factor are highlighted here to help set expectations that changes to the power factor set forth in Attachment 5 should be expected over time. 2.1.2.In the future, permanent Distribution System reconfigurations, capacity constraints, or other external factors may require that the DER be served from another system and/or may also require that the DER change power factor within the limits identified in Section 2.0 in order to prevent voltage rise or otherwise help to assure the safe and reliable operation of the Distribution System. Contingency operation: 2.2.1.Temporary system conditions, such as overvoltage, may require the Area EPS Operator Control Center Contact, in accordance with good utility practice and avoiding, to the extent reasonably possible, a reduction in the DER output (in the sole discretion of Area EPS Operator), to direct the Interconnection Customer Control Center Contact to disconnect or partially curtail the output of the DER. In some cases, and in its sole discretion, Area EPS Operator may permit Interconnection Customer to partially operate or fully restore operation by temporarily applying different power factor settings. unity The DER shall delay entry into service by an intentional minimum delay of 300 seconds when the Area EPS Operator Distribution System steady state voltage and frequency are within the ranges specified in Table 4 of IEEE 1547-2018. This entry into service requirement shall also apply for return to service after a DER trips. The DER shall increase output of active power, or exchange of active power for energy storage, during entry into service as specified in Clause 4.10.3.c of IEEE 1547-2018 with an entry into service time period setting of 300 seconds. This entry into service requirement shall also apply for return to service after a DER trips. In order to mitigate voltage or power quality issues, the Area EPS Operator reserves the right, based upon the Engineering Study or field experience, to specify modifications to the settings in Sections 3.1 and 3.2. Interconnection Customer may also be required to ensure that the inverters for the DER allow random or preprogrammed time delays between the startup of multiple inverters. The Interconnection Customer shall ensure that at all times Area EPS Operator has access to a manually operated three-phase ganged lockable service disconnect switch. If transfer trip has been installed, then Interconnection Customer shall also ensure that Area EPS Operator has access to a breaker that can remotely control the DER from Area EPS Operator’s systems. To the extent allowed by law, Area EPS Operator shall provide notice to the Interconnection Customer explaining the reason for the disconnection. If there is an emergency described in Section 4.1.1 or 4.1.2 below and prior notice is not reasonably possible, Area EPS Operator shall, after the fact, provide to the Interconnection Customer as to why the disconnection was required. Where reasonably possible, Area EPS Operator shall use commercially reasonable efforts to reconnect the DER in a timely manner. Interconnection Customer agrees and consents to Area EPS Operator’s remote tripping or manual disconnection, as reasonably necessary under good utility practice, of the breaker for the DER including, but not limited to, in the following circumstances, as system conditions exceed parameters defined in any IEEE, NESC or ANSI standards: 4.1.1.Electric distribution or DER emergency 4.1.2.Public emergency 4.1.3.Abnormal feeder operation 4.1.4.Planned switching 4.1.5.Interconnection Customer’s failure to promptly respond to and execute on Area EPS Operator’s request to curtail the output of, or disconnect, the DER. If the DER has tripped offline due to an interruption on the Distribution System, Interconnection Customer shall contact the Area EPS Operator “Electric Emergency/Outage” Number 800-895-1999 to report the unplanned interruption or outage. Upon the occurrence of an emergency outage(s) (defined as any unplanned interruption of Area EPS Operator’s Distribution System), Interconnection Customer shall do the following: If there is automation installed on the feeder, then the DER will be automatically disconnected from Area EPS Operator’s electric Distribution System when not served by the normal source. Area EPS Operator shall use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly restore the DER to service, consistent with good utility practice. Unless otherwise directed by the Area EPS Operator, during a momentary (defined as an interruption of electric service to a customer with disruption less than or equal to 5 minutes) or extended Distribution System interruption, the Interconnection Customer shall follow the requirements of Section 3.0 when returning their system to service. If the DER causes radio, television or electrical service interference to other customers, via the electric power system or interference with the operation of Area EPS Operator, the Interconnection Customer shall disconnect the DER. The Interconnection Customer shall either effect repairs to the DER or reimburse Area EPS Operator for the cost of any required Area EPS Operator modifications due to the interference. At its sole discretion Area EPS Operator may modify its electric Distribution System. Area EPS Operator shall utilize good utility practice in performing these modifications, and provide notice consistent with good utility practices such as by providing telephone notice to the contact in Section 9 below. Area EPS Operator shall include the DER in its permanent substation and distribution system reconfigurations and consider accommodations to Interconnection Customer consistent with good utility practice. The DER must be designed and interconnected such that the reliability and the service quality for all customers of the electrical power system are not compromised. The Interconnection Customer is responsible for all costs associated with the installation, operation, and maintenance of the DER. The Interconnection Customer shall be responsible for any expenses, which may be incurred by Area EPS Operator as a result of any changes or modifications of the Interconnection Customer’s DER. Any changes to the design or component parts of the DER shall follow the MN DIP process. During contingency operations, should voltage or power quality issues arise from operation of the DER, at the direction of the Area EPS Operator Control Center Contact the Interconnection Customer shall disconnect the DER if, in Area EPS Operator’s sole discretion, it believes disconnection would facilitate maintaining compliance with ANSI- C84.1-2016 voltage requirements or other relevant industry standard. During contingency operations, if the DER creates loading, overloading or protection issues, at the direction of the Area EPS Operator Control Center Contact the Interconnection Customer shall disconnect the DER if, in Area EPS Operator’s sole discretion, it believes disconnection is consistent with good utility practice. The Area EPS Operator may, in its sole discretion, disconnect the DER during abnormal system conditions or contingency operations. The DER shall not be reconnected to the system until the Area EPS Operator indicates the conditions requiring the DER to be disconnected are resolved. DER shall cease operation for loss of DER ground referencing equipment, if applicable, or loss of any other required DER component related to the safe and reliable operation of the DER. Each Party shall contact each other for planned and emergency operational issues related to the DER, when reasonable. In order to permit Area EPS Operator and Interconnection Customer to take immediate action, Interconnection Customer and Area EPS Operator shall at all times provide to each other the contact information for emergency and planned outages, who shall be available twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week and be able to take action with respect to the operation of the DER and the Distribution System, respectively. In order to maintain expedient restoration of the system, please note that Xcel Energy may not be able to contact the Interconnection Customer during emergency outages. The Interconnection Customer should report Xcel Energy outages to Xcel Energy through the Electric Outage Call Center number listed below. The contact information for Xcel Energy that is available to Interconnection Customer twenty (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week to report Xcel Energy outages affecting the Interconnection Customer, and for updates on expected restoration of service during unplanned outages, is: Electric Outage Call Center (800) 895-1999 The contact information for Interconnection Customer’s Control Center that is available to Xcel Energy twenty (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week is: ____________________________________________ Each Party shall keep the other informed of their above-identified contact information in this Section 9. Notice of changes to this information shall be provided immediately pursuant to Article 13 of the MN DIA. At all times, Area EPS Operator shall have access to the disconnect switch of the DER for any reasonable purpose in connection with: the performance of its obligations under the MN DIA (including this Operating and Maintenance Agreement); to meet its obligation to operate the Area EPS Operator system safely and reliably; to comply with law or regulation; or, to provide service to its customers. At all times, the Interconnection Customer shall give Area EPS Operator access to Area EPS Operator’s equipment and facilities located on the Interconnection Customer’s premises when necessary for Area EPS Operator to: perform its obligations under the MN DIA (including this Operating and Maintenance Agreement); meet its obligation to operate the Area EPS Operator system safely and reliably; to comply with law or regulation; or, provide service to its customers. Consistent with the above, in order to allow Xcel Energy to have reasonably safe access, the Interconnection Customer needs to build, maintain, or otherwise always have in place, all of the following: 1.) a road grade no steeper at any point than 12% on any private road at this site; 2.) a permanent drivable (road) surface associated with this site so that Xcel Energy on a 24 hour a day, seven days a week, basis can access its equipment, including but not limited to lines, poles, transformers, billing meters, underground facilities and other facilities, but excluding production meters. The drivable road surface also needs to include appropriate turn-around locations. The road and turn-around need to be reasonably sufficient to support the use of a 10 ton truck (loaded with transformers, poles, and crews) and hauling a heavily-loaded trailer. A violation of any of these provisions at any time shall be considered to be a violation of the Interconnection Agreement that allows Xcel Energy to disconnect the Interconnection Customer shall maintain the system in good working order. Interconnection Customer shall perform maintenance in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and intervals. When telemetry is required, the Interconnection Customer is financially responsible for the communications channel associated with Area EPS Operator’s Remote Monitoring System. The communication channel shall comply with Area EPS Operator requirements and standards. If the communications cabinet and/or communication channel is provided by Area EPS Operator, the Interconnection Customer shall be responsible for operating and maintenance costs, and replacement of any failed parts or materials. Interconnection Customer shall be responsible for costs associated with emergency repairs, scheduled repairs, or replacement of parts for the telemetry system. Interconnection Customer shall be responsible for replacement costs for advanced metering equipment, such as an ION meter. Interconnection Customer is responsible for assuring network equipment functions properly to facilitate communications between the Area EPS Operator communications cabinet and all meters on site. Any failure of Interconnection Customer provided equipment between the communication cabinet and meters shall be repaired or replaced by the Interconnection Customer within seven (7) calendar days of the first day of improper functioning of this equipment. This includes wiring, connectors, switches, panels, all other hardware, fiber or Ethernet, Remote Terminal Unit (RTU), 120 V power source, etc. To the extent this equipment is not working properly, there may be delayed payment for generation. Failure of the Interconnection Customer to repair the improperly working equipment within this seven (7) calendar day period may result in disconnection of the DER from Area EPS Operator’s Distribution System, with permission to reconnect only granted after the situation is corrected. The Interconnection Customer shall notify Area EPS Operator, in writing of plans for any modifications to the DER interconnection equipment at least twenty (20) business days prior to undertaking such modification. Modification or replacement with respect to any of the interconnection equipment, including all power conversion equipment, protective systems, DER control systems, the transfer switches/breakers, VT’s & CT’s, generating capacity and associated wiring shall be included in the notification to Area EPS Operator. Any such proposed modification shall also comply with any applicable requirement in the MN DIP or MN DIA. The Interconnection Customer agrees not to commence installation of any modifications to the DER until Area EPS Operator has approved the modification, in writing. Area EPS Operator shall have a minimum of five (5) business days and a maximum of ten (10) business days, to review and respond to the modification, after the receipt of the information required to review the modifications. Interconnection Customer may request underground facilities where Company standard construction is overhead facilities. The Company will determine if the request will not adversely affect the reliability, operational integrity, or schedule of required work. The Interconnection Customer shall be responsible for Operating, Maintenance and Replacement costs of the special facilities. In this context, the term “special facilities” means facilities which the Company builds or installs which differ from the Company’s typical construction standards. For example, this would include the situation where the Interconnection Customer, for aesthetics, permitting, or any other reason, requests underground facilities even though from a technical perspective overhead facilities would be sufficient. Perpetual easements will be granted Company at no cost to the Company whenever any portion of the underground Distribution System is located on private land. Said easements also will allow the Company access for inspection, maintenance, and repair of Company facilities. Xcel Energy requires provisions for 24/7, unescorted, keyless access to all metering locations. None required o There are no substation upgrades required for this project. This is contingent upon all projects ahead in the Interconnection Queue moving forward as proposed. Projects may include other Solar Rewards Community projects as well as all other types of generation interconnection projects such as wind, hydro, or non-program PV. Any changes, cancellations, or modifications to the previous projects in the Interconnection Queue may require significant changes in scope and cost of your projects. Xcel Energy shall communicate any changes to those affected projects as they are identified. None required Pursuant to MN DIP 5.6.4.1, the Interconnection Customer shall provide reasonable adequate assurances of credit, including a letter of credit or personal guaranty of payment and performance from a creditworthy entity acceptable under the Area EPS Operator credit policy and procedures for the unpaid balance of the above upfront estimated amount and actual costs. The payments shall be as follows: A. At least one-third (1/3) of the above estimated upfront costs shall be due no later than when the Interconnection Customer signs the Interconnection Agreement. B. At least an additional one-third (1/3) of the above upfront estimated costs shall be due prior to initial energization of the Generation System with the Area EPS Operator. C. Remainder of upfront actual costs, incurred by Area EPS Operator, shall be due within 30 days from the date the bill is mailed by the Area EPS Operator after project completion. The total of the above good faith estimate for Distribution and Network Upgrades to be charged to Interconnection Customer is $0. Distribution Upgrades: $0. Network Upgrades: $0. Total of above good faith estimated annual O&M costs as of date MN DIA is signed: $0. The amounts in this Attachment 6 are in addition to the amounts reflected in Attachment 2. One or more SOWs or bills may be issued to reflect payments due under Attachments 2 and 6. PROOF OF SITE CONTROL NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION EXHIBIT M AMENDED AND RESTATED LAND LEASE AND SOLAR EASEMENT by and between MOLLY MINOGUE and MICHAEL LUBKE, joint tenants (as to Parcel 1) and MICHAEL LUBKE and MOLLY MINOGUE, husband and wife (as to Parcel 2), jointly and severally, and Oriana CSG 2020-10 LLC, a Delaware limited liability company dated June 14, 2023 but deemed effective as of September 18, 2020 Table of Contents ARTICLE I. PREMISES ............................................................................................................... 1 Section 1.1 General ................................................................................................. 1 Section 1.2 Solar Easement..................................................................................... 3 ARTICLE II. LEASE TERM ........................................................................................................ 4 Section 2.1 Development Period; Operating Term; Renewal Terms ..................... 4 Section 2.2 Termination of Lease ........................................................................... 5 Section 2.3 Survival of Covenants .......................................................................... 5 ARTICLE III. PAYMENTS AND TAXES................................................................................... 6 Section 3.1 Payments .............................................................................................. 6 Section 3.2 Taxes, Assessments and Utilities ......................................................... 6 ARTICLE IV. PROJECT COMPANY’S COVENANTS ............................................................. 7 Section 4.1 Mechanics Liens .................................................................................. 7 Section 4.2 Permits and Laws ................................................................................. 7 Section 4.3 Project Company’s Improvements ....................................................... 8 Section 4.4 Removal of Project Company’s Improvements ................................... 8 Section 4.5 Hazardous Wastes ................................................................................ 9 Section 4.6 Insurance .............................................................................................. 9 Section 4.7 Gates and Fences.................................................................................. 9 Section 4.8 Site Rules ........................................................................................... 10 ARTICLE V. OWNER COVENANTS ....................................................................................... 10 Section 5.1 Title and Authority ............................................................................. 10 Section 5.2 Cooperation to Eliminate Lien Interference ...................................... 10 Section 5.3 Quiet Enjoyment ................................................................................ 10 Section 5.4 Exclusivity ......................................................................................... 11 Section 5.5 Hazardous Materials .......................................................................... 11 Section 5.6 Mineral Rights and Lateral Support ................................................... 11 Section 5.7 Operation of the Solar Facilities ........................................................ 12 ARTICLE VI. INDEMNIFICATION ......................................................................................... 12 Section 6.1 Indemnification .................................................................................. 12 Section 6.2 Damage to Owner’s Property ............................................................. 12 Section 6.3 RESERVED ....................................................................................... 13 Table of Contents (continued) ii ARTICLE VII. ASSIGNMENT; ENCUMBRANCE OF LEASE .............................................. 14 Section 7.1 Right to Encumber ............................................................................. 14 Section 7.2 Assignment of Lease .......................................................................... 15 Section 7.3 Continuing Nature of Obligations ...................................................... 15 ARTICLE VIII. CONDEMNATION .......................................................................................... 16 Section 8.1 Effect of Condemnation ..................................................................... 16 Section 8.2 Condemnation Proceeds..................................................................... 16 ARTICLE IX. DEFAULT/TERMINATION .............................................................................. 16 Section 9.1 Events of Default ............................................................................... 16 Section 9.2 Surrender ............................................................................................ 17 Section 9.3 Specific Performance ......................................................................... 17 Section 9.4 Damages ............................................................................................. 17 Section 9.5 Waiver of Jury Trial ........................................................................... 17 Section 9.6 Delinquent Payments ......................................................................... 18 ARTICLE X. MISCELLANEOUS ............................................................................................. 18 Section 10.1 Notice ................................................................................................. 18 Section 10.2 Relationship of the Parties; No Third-Party Beneficiaries ................ 18 Section 10.3 Entire Agreement ............................................................................... 18 Section 10.4 Governing Law .................................................................................. 19 Section 10.5 Miscellaneous .................................................................................... 19 Section 10.6 Waiver ................................................................................................ 19 Section 10.7 Force Majeure .................................................................................... 19 Section 10.8 Confidentiality ................................................................................... 19 Section 10.9 Tax Credits ......................................................................................... 20 Section 10.10 Severability ........................................................................................ 20 Section 10.11 Counterparts ....................................................................................... 20 Section 10.12 Memorandum of Lease ...................................................................... 20 1 CONFIDENTIAL AMENDED AND RESTATED LAND LEASE AND SOLAR EASEMENT This Amendment and Restated Land Lease and Solar Easement (“Lease”) is made on June 14, 2023 but deemed effective as of September 18, 2020 (“Effective Date”) by and between MOLLY MINOGUE and MICHAEL LUBKE, as joint tenants (as to Parcel 1) and MICHAEL LUBKE and MOLLY MINOGUE, husband and wife (as to Parcel 2), jointly and severally (collectively “Owner”), and ORIANA CSG 2020-10 LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its successors and assigns (“Project Company”, and together with Owner, each a “Party” and collectively, the “Parties”). RECITALS: A. Owner is the owner of certain real property with Parcel Identification Number 19.032.20.13.0001, located in Washington County, Minnesota, comprised of approximately 80.082+/- acres and legally described on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto (“Property”). B. Owner and Project Company are parties to that certain Land Lease and Solar Easement dated as of September 18, 2020 (“Original Lease”) whereby Owner leased to Project Company a portion of the Property described on Exhibit A-2 attached hereto (the “Premises”). C. The Parties hereto now wish to enter into this Lease to amend and restate the Original Lease in its entirety as hereafter provided. D. Upon execution of this Lease the Project Company shall pay to Owner the sum of $16,666.66 as consideration for extending the Development Period to the date set forth herein, pursuant to the terms of the Original Lease. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby mutually acknowledged, Owner and Project Company hereby mutually agree that the Original Lease be amended and restated as of the Effective Date as follows: ARTICLE I. Premises Section 1.1 General (a)Lease of Premises for Solar Energy Purposes. Owner leases to Project Company, and Project Company leases from Owner, the Premises described herein for the sole purpose of monitoring, testing and evaluating the Premises for solar energy generation and of constructing, installing, using, replacing, relocating and removing from time to time, and maintaining and operating, solar energy generating equipment, overhead and/or underground electrical transmission and communications lines, electric transformers, energy storage facilities, telecommunications equipment, power generation facilities and substations to be operated in conjunction with solar energy generating equipment installations, roads, and related 2 improvements, facilities and equipment (collectively, “Solar Facilities”), including, without limitation, a line or lines of towers with wires and cables, and/or underground wires and cables, for the transmission of electrical energy and/or for communication purposes, and all necessary and proper foundations, footings, crossarms and other appliances and fixtures for use in connection with said towers, wires and cables on, along and in the Premises, together with the appropriate rights of way. Project Company will have the right to relocate existing Solar Facilities during the Term. Project Company will have the exclusive right to use the Premises for solar energy purposes. For purposes of this Lease, “solar energy purposes” means converting solar energy into electrical energy, and collecting and transmitting the electrical energy so converted, together with any and all activities related thereto. The general description of the Premises described in Exhibit A-2 attached to this Lease on the Effective Date may not be a precise legal description of the Premises. The Owner and Project Company hereby acknowledge and confirm that, notwithstanding any insufficiency in the legal description attached as Exhibit A-2, the parties desire to enter this Lease and to be fully and legally bound by this Lease. Therefore, Owner and Project Company agree that (i) they are thoroughly familiar with the proposed location of the area comprising the Premises, and (ii) upon Project Company obtaining a Survey (as defined below), the metes and bounds description of the Premises will be substituted for Exhibit A-2 pursuant to an amendment to this Lease and such metes and bounds description will become the final legal description of the Premises. The parties acknowledge and agree that they are legally bound under this Lease pursuant to the depiction of the Premises attached as Exhibit A-2 and both parties will be obligated to perform hereunder based on such depiction of the Premises. Prior to the construction of any Solar Facilities on the Premises, Project Company, at its expense, will obtain and deliver to Owner a survey of the Property prepared by a Minnesota registered professional land surveyor (the “Survey”). (b) Access Easement. RESERVED. (c) Transmission Easement. Owner hereby agrees to enter into a standard form electric easement with Northern States Power Company, a Minnesota corporation, d/b/a Xcel Energy, for the purpose of transmitting and distributing electrical energy from the Solar Facilities to be constructed by Project Company on the Premises. It is understood and agreed that Xcel’s electrical transmission and distribution easement and lines are anticipated to be located adjacent to that portion of the Premises in which the access road is located. (d) Owner’s Retained Rights. Owner will retain the right to use the portion of the Property, other than the Premises, to the extent its use is not inconsistent with Project Company’s rights under this Lease. Owner will retain the right to use the portion of the Property, other than the Premises, to the extent its use is not inconsistent with Project Company’s rights under this Lease, for uses such as farming, grazing, recreation, or conservation. Owner will be entitled to use any private road constructed by Project Company on the Premises. (e) Location of Solar Facilities. Project Company will make good faith efforts to consult with Owner on its site development plan prior to construction of the Solar Facilities, roads, lanes, and electric power and transmission lines provided that, Project Company will make all such 3 final siting decisions in Project Company’s sole discretion. All the foregoing must be located on the Premises absent explicit written approval by Owner. Within 10 days of Project Company informing Owner of an approved interconnection, Owner shall be entitled to request a one-time change in location of the Premises within the Property, so long as (i) the proposed relocation does not result in or trigger a Material Modification (as that term is defined by the utility provider who granted said interconnection) or requires Project Company to re-enter the interconnection queue of said utility provider, and (ii) the revised Premises consists of equivalent acreage and insolation as the previous location and otherwise supports a viable project, all determined in the sole discretion of Project Company. Project Company and Owner agree to work together in good faith to site the Premises at a mutually acceptable location on the Property and further agree that moving the array as far south on the property (as depicted in Exhibit A-2) so long as the revised Premises consists of the equivalent acreage and insolation as the previous location will be an approved change in location. Section 1.2 Solar Easement (a) Open Access to Sun. Owner hereby grants and conveys to Project Company a non- exclusive easement on, over and across the Property for the following: the open and unobstructed access to the sun to any Solar Facilities on any of the Premises and to ensure adequate exposure of the Solar Facilities to the sun. In addition, Owner hereby grants and conveys to Project Company a non-exclusive easement prohibiting any obstruction to the open and unobstructed access to the sun (together with the preceding sentence, the “Solar Easement”) throughout the Property to and for the benefit of the area existing horizontally three hundred and sixty degrees (360°) from any point where any Solar Facility is or may be located on the Premises at any time from time to time (each such point referred to as a “Site”) and for a distance from each Site to the boundaries of the Property, together vertically through all space located above the surface of the Property, that is, one hundred eighty degrees (180°) or such greater number or numbers of degrees as may be necessary to extend from each point on and along a line drawn along the surface from each point along the exterior boundary of the Property through each Site to each point and on and along such line to the opposite exterior boundary of the Property. (b) Owner Improvements. Trees, buildings and other improvements located on the Property as of the date of this Lease will be allowed to remain, and Project Company may not require their removal. Owner may not place or plant any trees, buildings or improvements (an “Improvement”) on the Property after the date of this Lease which may, in Project Company’s reasonable judgment, objectively impede or interfere with the open and unobstructed access to the sun to any Site or Facility, unless Owner has received written approval from Project Company for any such trees, structure or improvement. Subject to the foregoing, Owner may construct an Improvement on the Property if such Improvement meets all of the following requirements: (i) Such Improvement poses no interference with any part of the Solar Facilities located on the Premises; and (ii) Such Improvement has a Maximum Height = [(distance to fence line) + 20’) / 3], with such Improvements being located at least 20’ from the nearest fence line of the Premises 4 (an Improvement that complies with all of the foregoing restrictions will be referred to as a “Permitted Improvement”). Owner may construct such Permitted Improvements without the prior consent of Project Company. However, should Owner construct an Improvement that violates or is not in compliance with any of the restrictions of this section, Project Company may provide notice to Owner that said Improvement must be removed within thirty (30) days of Owner’s receipt of Project Company’s notice. Should Owner fail to remove the non-complying Improvement within such thirty (30) day period, Project Company may cause the same to be removed and may off-set the cost of the removal against any lease payments due hereunder to Owner. (c) No Interference. Owner will not materially interfere with and will not allow any other party to materially interfere with, the free, unobstructed and open and unobstructed access to the sun, solar speed or solar direction over and across the Premises. ARTICLE II. Lease Term Section 2.1 Development Period; Operating Term; Renewal Terms (a) Development Period. Project Company’s rights under this Lease will be in effect throughout the Development Period. The “Development Period” commences on the Effective Date of this Lease and expires at the earlier of commencement of the Operating Term and December 31, 2023. (b) Development Period Extension. Project Company will have the right, at its option, to extend the Development Period for up to one year (“Development Period Extension”). To exercise its option to the Development Term Extension, Project Company must deliver a written extension notice to Owner prior to the expiration of the Development Period. Rent for each day that the Development Period Extension is made shall be $43.84. (c) Operating Term. This Lease will automatically enter the Operating Term upon the date when at least one solar generating facility installed on the Premises is producing and transmitting electricity (each a “Commercially Operational Solar Facility”) (the “Operation Date”); The Operating Term of this Lease (“Operating Term”) will be for a period of twenty- five (25) years from the Operation Date, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of this Lease. The Development Period ends at the time the Operating Term begins, provided that the Operation Date occurs prior to the expiration of the Development Period or Development Period Extension. (d) Operating Term Extension. Project Company will have the right, at its option, to extend the Operating Term for up to two (2) additional periods of five (5) years each (each a “Operating Term Extension” and collectively, “Operating Term Extensions”). To exercise its option to renew the Term for the first Operating Term Extension, Project Company must deliver a written extension notice to Owner prior to the expiration of the Operating Term. To exercise its option to extend the Term for the second Operating Term Extension, Project Company must deliver written extension notice to Owner prior to the expiration of the first Operating Term Extension. The terms of the Lease during each Operating Term Extension will be the same terms and conditions applicable during the Operating Term, except as specifically provided herein. Project Company will have no right to extend the Term beyond the second Operating Term 5 Extension. If Project Company fails timely to deliver the required extension notice, this Lease will terminate at the end of the Operating Term or first Operating Term Extension as the case may be, and Project Company will have no further options or rights to renew or extend the Term. (e) Entire Term. The “Term” of this Lease collectively will be the Development Period, together with, if Project Company exercises the applicable options, the Operating Term and any elected Development Term Extensions or Operating Term Extensions. Section 2.2 Termination of Lease The occurrence of any of the following events will terminate this Lease: (a) The expiration of this Lease as set forth in Section 2.1 above; or (b) The written agreement of the Parties to terminate this Lease; or (c) A Breach (hereinafter defined) of this Lease by either party and the election of the non-breaching party to terminate the Lease pursuant to Article IX below; or (d) At the option of Project Company, ninety (90) days after Project Company’s execution and delivery of written notice of termination to Owner, in Project Company’s sole and absolute discretion; or (e) A condemnation of all or a portion of the Parcel and the election of the Project Company to terminate the Lease pursuant to Article VIII below; or (f) A casualty event that materially impairs operation of the Solar Facilities, and where Project Company elects in its sole discretion not to rebuild; or (g) Pursuant to applicable law, except that if any such applicable law is amended or terminated after the Effective Date, and the effect of such amendment or termination is to extend the permissible Development Period to or eliminate the requirement that commercial operation or the development of the potential to produce solar energy begin within a specified time period, then this Lease will automatically be amended to incorporate such amendment or termination, as if such amendment or termination was fully incorporated herein; or (h) By either Party if all required permits and approvals have not been received by the Project Company before December 31, 2023; provided that if Project Company becomes aware that a permit or approval necessary for the Project has been denied without recourse for appeal, the Project Company shall notify Owner and if no reasonable course for the Project remains, shall terminate the Lease with immediate effect. Section 2.3 Survival of Covenants Owner acknowledges that the covenants, conditions, rights and restrictions in favor of Project Company pursuant to this Lease including, but not limited to, the Access Easement and 6 Solar Easement, and Project Company’s use of and benefit from those covenants, conditions, rights and restrictions, may constitute a portion of the Solar Facilities and that the covenants, conditions, rights and restrictions in favor of Project Company pursuant to this Lease will not be deemed nominal, invalid, inoperative or otherwise be disregarded while any portion of the Solar Facilities remains operational. ARTICLE III. Payments and Taxes Section 3.1 Payments Project Company will pay Owner according to the Payment Terms set forth in Exhibit D attached hereto and made a part hereof. Section 3.2 Taxes, Assessments and Utilities (a) Owner Taxes and Assessments. Owner will pay, when due, all annual real property taxes and assessments levied against the Premises, and all personal property taxes and assessments levied against any property and improvements owned by Owner and located on the Premises. If Owner will fail to pay any such taxes or assessments when due, Project Company may, at its option, pay those taxes and assessments and any accrued interest and penalties, and either seek reimbursement from Owner or deduct the amount of its payment from any rent or other amount otherwise due to Owner from Project Company. (b) Project Company Taxes and Assessments. Project Company will pay all annual personal property taxes and assessments levied against the Solar Facilities when due, including any such taxes based on electricity production. If the real property taxes assessed to the Property increase solely as a result of the installation of the Solar Facilities on the Property, including any reclassification of the Property, Project Company will pay or reimburse Owner during the Term an amount equal to the increase to the extent caused by such installation no later than ten (10) days prior to the date(s) each year on which the applicable real estate taxes are due to be paid, provided that not less than thirty (30) days prior to such due date Owner provides Project Company with copies of the applicable current and past statements of real estate taxes payable for the Property and any related information demonstrating that the installation of the Solar Facilities resulted in the increase in real estate taxes for which Owner is requiring payment or reimbursement from Project Company. Owner and Project Company agree jointly to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Premises not to be reclassified from its present agricultural or open space exemption as a result of this Lease. Project Company acknowledges that all or a portion of the Premises which may currently be enrolled in the Green Acres or Rural Preserve programs may be taxed at a higher rate if taken out of either or both these programs because of the activities of Project Company contemplated by this Lease. (c) Tax Contest. Either party may contest the validity or amount of any levied taxes, assessments or other charges for which each is responsible under this Lease as long as such contest is pursued in good faith and with due diligence and the party contesting the tax, assessment or 7 charge has paid the obligation in question or established adequate reserves to pay the obligation in the event of an adverse determination. (d) Project Company Utilities. Project Company will pay for all water, electric, telecommunications and any other utility services used by the Solar Facilities or Project Company on the Premises. ARTICLE IV. Project Company’s Covenants Project Company covenants, represents and warrants to Owner as follows: Section 4.1 Mechanics Liens Project Company will keep the Premises free and clear of all liens and claims of liens for labor, materials, services, supplies and equipment performed for or furnished to Project Company or, at the request of Project Company, any Solar Facility on the Premises in connection with Project Company’s use of the Premises. Project Company may contest any such lien but will post a bond or utilize other available means to remove any lien that is created during the contested proceeding. Project Company agrees to otherwise remove any lien or encumbrance for which it is responsible pursuant to this paragraph within sixty (60) days of notice to Project Company of the creation of any such lien or encumbrance. Section 4.2 Permits and Laws Project Company and its designees will at all times comply with all federal, state and local laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, judgments and other valid orders of any governmental authority applicable with respect to Project Company’s activities pursuant to this Lease and will obtain all permits, licenses and orders required to conduct any and all such activities (collectively, “Legal Requirements”). Project Company will have the right, in its sole discretion, to contest by appropriate legal proceedings brought in the name of Project Company or in the names of both Project Company and Owner where appropriate or required, the validity or applicability to the Premises or Solar Facilities of any Legal Requirement now or hereafter made or issued by any federal, state, county, local or other governmental agency or entity. Owner will cooperate in every reasonable way in such contest, provided Project Company reimburses Owner for its reasonable and actual out-of-pocket expense directly incurred in connection with such cooperation, to the extent Project Company has approved such expense in advance. Any such contest or proceeding, including any maintained in the name of Owner, will be controlled and directed by Project Company, but Project Company will protect Owner from Project Company’s failure to observe or comply during the contest with the contested Legal Requirement. Section 4.3 Project Company’s Improvements All Solar Facilities constructed, installed or placed on the Premises by Project Company pursuant to this Lease will be and remain the sole property of Project Company and Owner will 8 have no ownership or any other interest in any Solar Facilities on the Premises. The Solar Facilities are and will remain personal property of the Project Company, notwithstanding any present or future common ownership of the Solar Facilities and the Premises. Throughout the Term, Project Company will, at its sole cost and expense, maintain Project Company’s Solar Facilities in good condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Within 90 days after completion of construction of the Solar Facilities, Project Company will remove any construction debris and will restore the portions of the Premises not occupied by the Solar Facilities to substantially the same condition that such portions of the Premises were in prior to the construction of the Solar Facilities. All Solar Facilities constructed, installed or placed on the Premises by Project Company pursuant to this Lease may be moved, removed, replaced, repaired or refurbished by Project Company at any time. Project Company will pay Owner the fair market value of caliche, gravel, or water from the Premises purchased by Project Company with the consent of Owner. Section 4.4 Removal of Project Company’s Improvements (a) Project Company Will Remove Solar Facilities. At the end of the Term, including upon any early termination of the Lease, Project Company will remove all its Solar Facilities, including any foundations and any other items brought onto the Premises by Project Company within twelve (12) months from the date the Term expires or the Lease terminates, whichever is later. Owner grants Project Company an easement for such removal, which easement will survive for such period. Project Company shall continue to pay rent as set forth on Exhibit D for said period on a pro rata basis until such time as the removal of the Solar Facilities from the Premises is complete. (b) Owner’s Right to Remove Solar Facilities Upon Failure by Project Company. If Project Company fails to remove any of the Solar Facilities within the required time period set forth in Section 4.4(a) above, such Solar Facilities will be considered abandoned by Project Company and Owner may remove these Solar Facilities, including any foundations and any other items brought onto the Premises by Project Company, from the Premises and dispose of them in its sole discretion without notice or liability to Project Company. In such event, if Owner removes such Solar Facilities at Owner’s expense, Project Company will reimburse Owner for all reasonable third-party costs of removing those Solar Facilities as required by the Lease plus 10%, received by Owner (recognizing that Owner has no obligation to salvage any part of the Solar Facilities), within thirty (30) days after Project Company’s receipt of an invoice from Owner. (c) Security for Removal. Commencing with the first (1st) year of the Operating Term, Project Company will establish security payable to the government Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) to cover Project Company’s obligations under Section 4.4(a) above (the “Restoration Security”) through one of the following means to be selected by Project Company in its sole discretion: (i) by establishing an escrow account with a bank selected by the AHJ, or (ii) by delivering to the AHJ a letter of credit or bond. The amount of the Restoration Security may be established by the AHJ. In the event the Restoration Security is not set by the AHJ, the Parties agree the amount of Restoration Security will be an amount equal to the Net Removal Cost (as defined below), which will be determined by the Parties in good faith; provided, however, if the Parties cannot agree upon the Net Removal Cost within sixty (60) days, then the Net Removal Cost will be determined by an independent engineer mutually selected by the Parties. The terms of any escrow fund, letter of credit, or bond will expressly provide that the AHJ will be entitled to 9 use amounts received from the Restoration Security to remedy any damage to the Premises if Project Company fails to comply with its obligations pursuant to Section 4.4(a), after notice and opportunity to cure as provided herein, and that any such use of the Restoration Security shall be with the advice and concurrence of the Owner, if and as permitted or authorized by the AHJ. Interest earnings, if any, on any escrow fund will be the property of Project Company, and any amounts remaining in any escrow fund after Project Company has complied with its obligations pursuant to Section 4.4(a) will belong to Project Company. As used herein, the “Net Removal Cost” means (1) the cost of performing Project Company’s obligations under Section 4.4(a) minus (2) the salvage value of the Solar Facilities located on the Premises at the time such calculation is made. Section 4.5 Hazardous Wastes Project Company will not use, dispose of or release on the Premises or the Property or cause or permit to exist or be used, stored, disposed of or released on the Premises or Property as a result of Project Company’s operations, any substance which is defined as a “hazardous material”, “toxic substance” or “solid waste” in any Legal Requirement except in such quantities as may be required in its normal business operations and only if such use is in full compliance with all Legal Requirements. Project Company shall not use any non-organic herbicides, pesticides or glyphosate-based chemicals anywhere on the Premises or the Property, unless needed for weed control on the Premises to comply with an order from the AHJ. Section 4.6 Insurance (a) Required Coverage. Project Company will obtain and maintain in force the following policies of insurance covering the Solar Facilities and Project Company’s activities on the Premises at all times during the Term: commercial general liability insurance with minimum coverage of at least $1,000,000 per occurrence for property damage or bodily injury, including bodily injury that results in death, with a general aggregate of $2,000,000. Such insurance coverage for the Solar Facilities and Premises may be provided as part of a blanket policy that covers other Solar Facilities or properties as well. Any such policies shall include Owner and, at Owner’s request, any Mortgagee(s), as additional insureds, shall be written on an “occurrence” basis and not on a “claims made” basis and shall be endorsed to provide that it is primary to and not contributory to any policies carried by Owner and to provide that it shall not be cancelable without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Owner of any cancellation. Project Company will provide Owner with copies of certificates of insurance evidencing this coverage upon written request by Owner. No coverage will be provided for liability arising out of Owner’s own negligent or intentional act or omission. (b) Subrogation. Owner and Project Company agree to have all property insurance which may be carried by either of them endorsed to provide that the insurer waives all rights of subrogation which such insurer might have against the other party and Owner’s mortgagee (if any). Without limiting any release or waiver of liability or recovery contained in any other Section of this Lease but rather in confirmation and furtherance thereof, Owner waives all claims for recovery from Project Company, and Project Company waives all claims for recovery from Owner, and their respective agents, partners and employees, for any loss or damage to any of its property 10 insured under valid and collectible insurance policies to the extent of any recovery collectible under such insurance policies. Section 4.7 Gates and Fences If necessary and as mutually agreed by the Parties, Project Company will make such fence cuts, braces, and repairs that will be permanent and remain functional for the remaining life of the Owner’s fence of which they are part (any such cuts will be reinforced with bracer posts on each side of the cut, and the opening will be repaired to the same quality as the existing fence); alternatively, Owner may require Project Company to install a cattle guard in lieu of any external gate used by Project Company. During construction or operation of the Solar Facilities, Project Company will close any gates used by its personnel except when open to permit the passage of vehicular traffic, so that Owner’s livestock do not stray or escape through such gates. If Owner maintains locks on exterior gates, Owner will provide Project Company with keys or with the combinations to such locks. Upon the termination of this Lease, any cattle guards or gates installed by Project Company will become the property of Owner. Project Company may erect its own fence around such portions of the Premises on which any portion of the Solar Facilities are located (the “Premises Fencing”) in order to exclude persons other than those authorized by Project Company from accessing such areas. Such fencing is subject to the removal provisions of Section 4.4 above, except that, Owner may elect to keep such fencing in place on the Premises, in its sole discretion, by providing 30 days’ prior written notice to Project Company after Project Company has provided notice to Owner of the commencement of the removal of the Solar Facilities pursuant to Section 4.4. Project Company shall incur no liability to Owner with respect to the removal of such fencing in the event Owner fails to provide such written notice to Project Company. While the Owner owns the Premises, the Project Company or the operation and maintenance provider selected by the Project Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to have the grass maintained within the Premises Fencing by utilizing sheep for “solar grazing”. In order for the Parties to agree that the Project Company has used commercially reasonable efforts Project Company shall at least solicit 3 bids from grazing companies and one bid from a traditional landscaping company and shall share those bids with Owner if the Project Company uses a traditional landscaping company for the maintenance of the Premises. Section 4.8 Site Rules While on the Premises, Project Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with the Site Rules attached hereto as Exhibit E and incorporated herein by reference. ARTICLE V. Owner Covenants Owner covenants, represents and warrants to Project Company as follows: Section 5.1 Title and Authority Except to the extent otherwise stated in this Lease, Owner is the sole owner of the Premises in fee simple and each person or entity signing the Lease on behalf of Owner has the full and 11 unrestricted authority to execute and deliver this Lease and to grant the leasehold, easements and other rights granted to Project Company herein. There are no encumbrances or liens (including farm or other tenancies) against the Premises except those which are listed on Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference (collectively, “Encumbrances”). Owner agrees to deliver any documents necessary to correct any title defects. All persons having any ownership interest in the Premises (including spouses) are signing this Lease as Owner. When signed by Owner, this Lease constitutes a valid and binding agreement enforceable against Owner in accordance with its terms. Owner expressly waives any and all existing and future statutory, common law and other liens on the Solar Facilities that Owner may have under applicable law. To the extent that any such lien cannot be waived under applicable law, Owner hereby subordinates such lien to all existing and future liens and security interests in favor of Project Company’s creditors. Section 5.2 Cooperation to Eliminate Lien Interference Owner will cooperate with Project Company to obtain non-disturbance and subordination agreements, or such other necessary agreements, from any person or entity with a lien, encumbrance, mortgage, deed of trust, lease or other exception to Owner’s fee title to the Premises to the extent necessary to eliminate any actual or potential interference by any such lienholder with any rights granted to Project Company under this Lease including, but not limited to, any Wetlands Reserve Program (“WRP”) or Conservation Reserve Program (“CRP”). Owner will also cooperate with Project Company to obtain and maintain any permits or approvals needed for the Solar Facilities. Owner will also provide Project Company with such further assurances and will execute any estoppel certificates, consents to assignments, non-disturbance and subordination agreements, or additional documents that may be reasonably necessary for recording purposes or requested by Project Company or any of its lenders. Section 5.3 Quiet Enjoyment As long as Project Company is not in Breach of this Lease, Project Company will have the quiet and peaceful use, enjoyment and possession of the Premises in accordance with the terms of this Lease, free from any claim of any entity or person of superior title thereto and without any hindrance to, interference of any kind with, or molestation of Project Company’s quiet enjoyment thereof. Neither Owner nor any person claiming by, through or under Owner shall disturb or interfere with Project Company’s quiet and peaceful use, enjoyment and possession of the Premises, or any of its rights or activities pursuant to this Lease. Additionally, Owner and its activities on the Premises and any grant of rights Owner makes to any other person will be only as permitted under this Lease and will not interfere with any of Project Company’s rights or activities pursuant to this Lease. Owner will not materially interfere nor allow material interference with the solar speed or solar direction over the Premises, or otherwise engage in activities or allow any activities which might impede or decrease the output or efficiency of the Solar Facilities. Section 5.4 Exclusivity Project Company will have the sole and exclusive rights to install and operate Solar Facilities on the Premises, to use the Premises for solar energy purposes, and to convert all the solar resources of the Premises. In no event during the Term will Owner construct, build or locate 12 or allow others to construct, build or locate any solar energy facility or similar project on the Premises without Project Company’s written consent, which consent shall not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Section 5.5 Hazardous Materials Owner will not use, store, dispose of or release on the Premises or cause or permit to exist or be used, stored, disposed of or released on the Premises as a result of Owner’s operations, any substance which is defined as a “hazardous substance”, “hazardous material”, or “solid waste” in any Legal Requirement, except in such quantities as may be required in the operations Owner is permitted to conduct on the Premises and only if such use is in full compliance with all Legal Requirements. Owner represents and warrants to Project Company that, as of the date hereof, there is no “hazardous substance”, “hazardous material”, or “solid waste” on, in or under the Premises in violation of any Legal Requirements. Section 5.6 Mineral Rights and Lateral Support (a) “Subsurface Interests” include, but are not limited to oil, gas, coal, cement materials, sodium sulfate, sand and gravel, scoria, road material, building stone, chemical substances, metallic ores, uranium ores, or colloidal or other clays. (b) If Owner does not own 100% of the Subsurface Interests in and under the Premises, or leases the Subsurface Interests relating to Premises, then Owner will disclose such to Project Company on Exhibit B. This Lease will not be interpreted to prevent Owner from leasing and developing Subsurface Interests on Premises, provided that any future leasing, development or transfer of the Subsurface Interests will be subject to this Lease. Owner will notify Project Company as soon as Owner knows of Subsurface Interest exploration or production plans. Owner will cooperate with Project Company in the exercise of Owner’s Subsurface Interest rights to minimize interference, at no cost to Owner. (c) If Owner does not own 100% of the Subsurface Interests in and under the Premises, or leases the Subsurface Interests relating to Premises, Owner agrees to cooperate with Project Company’s efforts to obtain a cooperation or accommodation agreement relating to the exploring, drilling, or mining for or producing of Subsurface Interests on Premises from the owner or lessee of such Subsurface Interests. (d) If Owner owns 100% of the Subsurface Interests in and under the Premises and does not lease the Subsurface Interests relating to Premises, Project Company will have and exercise the right of subjacent and lateral support for the Solar Facilities on the Premises to whatever extent is necessary for the safe construction, operation and maintenance on the Solar Facilities. Owner expressly covenants that Owner will not excavate so near the sides of or underneath the Solar Facilities as to undermine or otherwise adversely affect their stability. Neither Owner nor its successors or assigns will be entitled to use, or authorize the use of, any portion of the surface of the Premises located within three hundred (300) feet of any existing or proposed Solar Facility or within one hundred (100) feet of an existing or proposed transmission line (or any other portion of the Parcel that would unreasonably interfere with the use by Project Company of the Premises) for the purpose of exploring, drilling, or mining for or producing Subsurface 13 Interests, without the prior written consent of Project Company, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or denied. Owner agrees that the new agreement affecting Subsurface Interests will expressly provide that such holder will not conduct any activities within the areas described in this Section 5.6 and will not otherwise interfere with Project Company’s rights under the Agreement. Section 5.7 Operation of the Solar Facilities Owner acknowledges and understands that the Solar Facilities to be located on the Premises, or in connection with the Project on adjacent property may impact the view on the Property or on adjacent properties or otherwise cause visual effects. Owner covenants and agrees that Owner will not assert that the Solar Facilities constitute a nuisance. Project Company shall consult Owner regarding any screening required by the AHJ or other Governmental Authority, recognizing that any such screening must be located on the Premises, unless specifically required elsewhere by the AHJ or other Governmental Authority, and agreed otherwise by Owner. Such screening is subject to the removal provisions of Section 4.4 above, except that, Owner may elect to keep such screening in place on the Premises, in its sole discretion, by providing 30 days’ prior written notice to Project Company before commencement of the removal of the Solar Facilities pursuant to Section 4.4. Project Company shall incur no liability to Owner with respect to the removal of such screening in the event Owner fails to provide such written notice to Project Company. ARTICLE VI. Indemnification Section 6.1 Indemnification Each Party (“Indemnifying Party”) agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the other Party and the other Party’s officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents (collectively “Indemnified Party”) against any and all losses, damages, claims, expenses and liabilities for physical damage to property and for physical injury to any person, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, to the extent resulting from or arising out of (i ) any operations or activities of the Indemnifying Party on the Premises, or (ii) any negligent or intentional act or omission on the part of the Indemnifying Party with respect to this Lease or the Premises. This indemnification will not apply to losses, damages, claims, expenses and liabilities to the extent caused by any negligent or intentional act or omission on the part of the Indemnified Party. This indemnification will survive the termination of this Lease. Section 6.2 Damage to Owner’s Property (a) Crop Damage. The Parties anticipate and acknowledge that Owner or Owner’s lawful tenants may suffer damage to crops on the Premises during Project Company’s construction and installation of its Solar Facilities on the Premises. Project Company will compensate Owner for crop loss or destruction due to such activities on the Premises by Project Company. Crop damages will be calculated by the following formula: Unit Price x Unit Yield Per Acre x Percentage of Acre(s) Damaged = Crop Damages 14 Unit price for damaged or destroyed crops will be based on the average of the previous March 1st and September 1st prices for that crop in the county where the Premises is located (or other commonly used yield information available for the area). Unit yield will be the average of the previous two (2) years’ yields of the same crop as the damaged crop, according to Owner’s records, as received by Project Company from and certified by Owner, for the smallest parcel of land that includes the damaged area. For purposes of the foregoing, “Owner’s records” will include, but not be limited to, warehouse/elevator receipts, applications for crop insurance and scale tickets from grain cart or yield monitors on combines. If Owner does not have yield records available, the Owner will use FSA records for the county in which the Premises is located (or other commonly used yield information available for the area) for the smallest parcel of land which includes the damaged area. The Parties will try in good faith to agree to the extent of damage and acreage affected. If the Parties hereto cannot agree, they will have the area measured and extent of damage assessed by an impartial party such as a crop insurance adjuster or extension agent. Payment of crop damages and/or compaction damages will be made within thirty (30) days after determining the extent of damage. After the Operation Date, Project Company will not be responsible to pay Owner or Owner’s lawful tenants any loss of income, rent, business opportunities, profits or other losses arising out of Owner’s inability to grow crops or otherwise use the portion of the Premises occupied by the Solar Facilities. Project Company will not be responsible for paying any compensation to Owner or Owner’s lawful tenants arising out of Owner’s or Owner’s lawful tenants’ inability to grow future crops on the Premises or Owner’s or Owner’s lawful tenants’ inability to use the Premises for any other purpose. (b) Drain Tile or Irrigation System Damage. Project Company will take commercially reasonable steps to avoid damaging any tile lines or irrigation systems on the Premises. Project Company agrees to repair, replace and/or reroute underground tile lines damaged during construction or operation of the Solar Facilities. Upon reasonable notice, Owner will be given the opportunity to inspect the repair, replacement or rerouting of tile or irrigation systems prior to being covered with topsoil. If such repair, replacement or rerouting of underground tile lines damages existing roads or lanes on Owner’s Parcel, Project Company, at its expense, shall promptly repair the road or lane to a similar or better condition it was immediately before installation of the tile. Section 6.3 RESERVED. ARTICLE VII. Assignment; Encumbrance of Lease Section 7.1 Right to Encumber (a) Project Company Right to Mortgage Leasehold Interest. Project Company may at any time mortgage all or any part of its interest in the Lease and rights under this Lease and/or enter into a collateral assignment of all or any part of its interest in the Lease or rights under this Lease to any entity (“Lender”) without the consent of Owner. Project Company agrees to provide reasonable notice of such assignment to Owner. Any such Lender will have no obligations under this Lease until such time as it exercises its rights to acquire Project Company’s interests subject to the lien of Lender’s mortgage by foreclosure or Lender otherwise directly assumes the 15 obligations of Project Company. Project Company will undertake reasonable efforts to notify Owner of the identity and notice address for any Lender within 30 days, but failure to do so will not be considered a default or Breach hereunder. (b) Amendment Requires Lender Consent. The Parties agree that, once all or any part of Project Company’s interests in the Lease are mortgaged or assigned to a Lender, they will not modify or terminate this Lease without the prior written consent of the Lender. (c) Lender Right to Cure Project Company Default. Owner agrees that any Lender will have the right to make any payment and to do any other act or thing required to be performed by Project Company under this Lease, and any such payment, or act or thing performed by Lender will be effective to prevent a Breach by Project Company and any forfeiture of any of Project Company’s rights under this Lease as if done by Project Company itself. Any such cure shall include the payment of any penalties or default interest assessed under Section 9.6 or for late payments, evidence of which Owner agrees to provide to Lender upon request, in the form of an affidavit or other similar writing satisfactory to Lender. (d) Notice from Owner to Lender in Case of Project Company Default. (i) Owner agrees to deliver to each Lender a copy of all notices, including any notices of default or Breach, that Owner delivers to Project Company pursuant to this Lease, so long as Owner has proper notice of each Lender’s identity and notice information. Owner shall not exercise any right to terminate or suspend this Lease unless Owner has given such written notice to each Lender of which Owner has notice. Owner’s notice of an intent to terminate or suspend must specify the condition giving rise to such right. Lender has the longer of thirty (30) days and the cure period allowed for a default or Breach of that type under this Lease to cure the condition (“Cure Period”); provided that, if the condition cannot be cured within such time but can be cured within an extended period, Lender may have up to an additional ninety (90) days to cure (“Extended Cure Period”) if Lender commences to cure the condition within the Cure Period and diligently pursues the cure thereafter. Owner’s and Project Company’s obligations under this Lease shall otherwise remain in effect, and Owner and Project Company shall be required to fully perform all of their respective obligations under this Lease during any Cure Period or Extended Cure Period. (ii) If within such Cure Period or Extended Cure Period, as the case may be, Lender notifies Owner that it must foreclose on Project Company’s interest or otherwise take possession of Project Company’s interest under this Lease in order to cure the default or Breach, Owner will not terminate this Lease and will permit Lender a reasonable period of time necessary for Lender, with the exercise of due diligence, to foreclose or acquire Project Company’s interest under this Lease and to perform or cause to be performed all of the covenants and agreements to be performed and observed by Project Company. The time within which Lender must 16 foreclose or acquire Project Company’s interest will be extended to the extent Lender is prohibited by an order or injunction issued by a court or the operation of any bankruptcy or insolvency law from commencing or prosecuting the necessary foreclosure or acquisition. If Lender or its assignee acquires title to or control of Project Company’s assets and cures all defaults or Breaches existing as of the date of such change in title or control within the time allowed, including Project Company monetary defaults, then this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. (e) Recognition of Lender as Successor. The acquisition of all or any part of Project Company’s interests in the Lease by any Lender through foreclosure or other judicial or non- judicial proceedings in the nature of foreclosure, or by any conveyance in lieu of foreclosure, will not require the consent of Owner nor constitute a default or Breach of this Lease by Project Company. Upon the completion of the acquisition or conveyance, Owner will acknowledge and recognize Lender as Project Company’s proper successor under this Lease upon Lender’s cure of any existing Project Company defaults or Breaches and assumption of the obligations of Project Company under this Lease, prospectively. (f) New Lease. In the event this Lease is rejected by a trustee or a debtor-in possession in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, Owner agrees, upon request by any Lender within sixty (60) days after the rejection or termination, to execute and deliver to Project Company or Lender a new lease for the Premises which (i) will be effective as of the date of the rejection or termination of this Lease; (ii) will be for a term equal to the remainder of the Term before giving effect to such rejection or termination; and (iii) will contain the same terms, covenants, agreements, provisions, conditions and limitations as are contained in this Lease (except for any obligations or requirements which have been fulfilled by Project Company or Lender prior to rejection or termination). Prior to the execution and delivery of any such new lease, Project Company or Lender will (iv) pay Owner any amounts which are due Owner from Project Company; (v) pay Owner any and all amounts which would have been due under this Lease but for the rejection or termination from the date of the rejection or termination to the date of the new lease; and (vi) agree in writing to perform or cause to be performed all of the other covenants and agreements to be performed by Project Company under this Lease to the extent Project Company failed to perform them prior to the execution and delivery of the new lease. Section 7.2 Assignment of Lease (a) Assignment of Project Company’s Interest. Project Company and any successor or assign of Project Company will at all times have the right, without need for Owner’s consent, to do any of the following, conditionally or unconditionally, with respect this Lease or to all or any portion of the Premises: grant subleases (except that any such sublease or subleases shall not be granted to any other solar company or developer), easements, provided that, such easements are coterminous with this Lease, licenses or similar rights (however denominated) to one or more third parties; or sell, convey, lease, assign, mortgage, encumber or transfer this Lease to one or more third parties or to any affiliate of Project Company, or any right or interest in this Lease, or any or all right or interest of Project Company in the Premises or in any or all of the Solar Facilities that Project Company or any other party may now or hereafter install on the 17 Premises provided that (i) any such assignment, transfer or conveyance will not be for a period beyond the Term; (ii) the assignee or transferee will be subject to all of the obligations, covenants and conditions applicable to the Project Company; and (iii) Project Company will not be relieved from liability for any of its obligations under this Lease by virtue of the assignment or conveyance unless Project Company assigns or conveys all of its interests under the Lease to the assignee or transferee, in which event Project Company will have no continuing liability. Project Company agrees to provide notice to Owner within 30 days of such assignment but a failure to do so shall not be a default under the terms of this section of this Lease. (b) Assignment by Owner. Owner shall have the unrestricted right to sell, lease (to the extent not already leased and specifically excluding the Premises therefrom) convey, encumber, or otherwise dispose of the Property or any part thereof after providing Project Company with at least 30 days’ prior written notice. The purchaser, transferee or assignee of the Property (“Transferee”) shall be bound by this Lease, it being the intent of the Parties that this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties’ successors and assigns, and that the covenants contained herein, shall run with the land. To the extent that the Transferee enters into an agreement (“Delegation Agreement”) with Project Company and Owner to assume the obligations of the Owner under this Lease, Owner shall upon payment of the security deposit to the Transferee be released of all liability under this Lease. Any security deposit or other security given by Project Company to secure the performance of Project Company’s obligations hereunder shall be assigned or transferred by Owner pursuant to the Delegation Agreement and, upon receipt by Transferee of such deposits Owner shall thereby be discharged of any further obligation relating to the Lease. Section 7.3 Continuing Nature of Obligations (a) Benefits are “In Gross”. The Solar Easement and all other easements and related rights granted by Owner in this Lease to Project Company are easements “in gross,” which means, among other things, that they are interests personal to and for the benefit of Project Company, its successors and assigns, as owner of the rights created by the Solar Easement and such other easements. The Access Easement, the Solar Easement and other rights granted Project Company by Owner in this Lease are independent of any lands or estates or interest in lands, there is no other real property benefiting from the Solar Easement and, as between the Premises and other tracts of property on which Project Company may locate solar facilities, no tract is considered dominant or servient as to the other. (b) Burdens, Run With and Against the Land. The burdens of the Solar Easement, the Access Easement and all other rights granted to Project Company in this Lease will run with and against the Premises and will be a charge and burden on the Premises and will be binding upon and against Owner, its personal representatives, heirs, successors, assigns, permittees, licensees, lessees, employees and agents. The Lease, the Access Easement and the Solar Easement will inure to the benefit of Project Company, its successors, assigns, permittees, licensees and Project lessees. Section 7.4 Owner’s Right to Demise Property. Owner shall have the right to subdivide, sell, transfer or otherwise demise the Property (including the Premises) or lease other portions of the 18 Property (excluding the Premises) so long as (i) there is no interference with Project Company’s rights hereunder or with the operation of the Solar Facilities, including the Solar Easement, and (ii) any assignee, lessee, transferee in such transaction (1) shall have delivered to Project Company prior to such transaction, a standard agreement of subordination and non-disturbance recognizing Project Company’s rights under the Lease and agreeing to honor the terms of the Lease subsequent to the transaction, and (2) fully recognizes and accepts any Project Company assignee, sublessee, transferee, or Lender pursuant to this Lease. ARTICLE VIII. Condemnation Section 8.1 Effect of Condemnation If eminent domain proceedings are commenced against all or any portion of the Parcel, and the taking and proposed use of such property would prevent or adversely affect Project Company’s construction, installation or operation of Solar Facilities on the Premises, at Project Company’s option, the Parties will either amend this Lease to reflect any necessary relocation of the Solar Facilities which will preserve the value and benefit of the Lease to Project Company, together with any corresponding payments, or this Lease will terminate in which event neither Party will have any further obligation to the other except for any removal obligations in Section 4.4. Section 8.2 Condemnation Proceeds All payments made by a condemnor on account of a taking by eminent domain will be the property of the Owner, except that Project Company will be entitled to any award or amount paid for the reasonable costs of removing or relocating any of the Solar Facilities or the loss of any such Solar Facilities or the use of the Premises pursuant to the Lease. Project Company will have the right to participate in any condemnation proceedings to this extent. ARTICLE IX. Default/Termination Section 9.1 Events of Default Each of the following will constitute a “Breach” that will permit the non-defaulting Party to terminate this Lease or pursue other remedies available at law or equity: (i) any failure by Project Company to pay any amounts due under Article III if the failure to pay continues for thirty (30) days after written notice from Owner; (ii) any other breach of this Lease by either Party which continues for thirty (30) days after written notice of default from the non -defaulting Party or, if the cure will take longer than thirty (30) days, the length of time necessary to effect cure as long as the defaulting Party is making diligent efforts to cure during that time. Section 9.2 Surrender 19 Upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, Project Company will peaceably surrender the Premises to Owner and remove all Solar Facilities from the Premises at Project Company’s expense within 12 months from the date the Lease expires or is terminated, whichever is earlier. For the period between the date of termination or expiration of this Lease and the date on which Project Company completes removal of the Solar Facilities as required under Section 4.4 of this Lease, Project Company will continue to pay Rent as defined in Exhibit D. Section 9.3 Specific Performance Owner acknowledges and agrees that should Owner breach any of its obligations hereunder or otherwise fail to permit Project Company to exercise any of the rights and privileges granted herein, damages would be difficult to calculate and money damages would not be sufficient to compensate Project Company for such breach. Therefore, Owner agrees that Project Company will have the right to seek specific enforcement of this Lease. In that event, Owner agrees that Project Company has no adequate remedy at law, and that an order of specific performance may be granted in favor of Project Company. Section 9.6 Delinquent Payments If Project Company fails to pay Owner any sum to be paid by Project Company hereunder within thirty (30) days after such payment is due, interest on the unpaid amount will accrue at a rate of ten percent (10%) per annum or the maximum rate allowed by law, whichever is less, from thirty (30) days after the date such payment was due until the date such payment is made. (443) 267-5012 Section 10.2 Relationship of the Parties; No Third-Party Beneficiaries The duties, obligations and liabilities of each of the Parties are intended to be several and not joint or collective. This Lease will not be interpreted or construed to create an association, joint venture, fiduciary relationship or partnership between the Parties, or to impose any partnership obligation or liability or any trust or agency obligation or relationship upon either Party. The Parties will not have any right, power, or authority to enter into any agreement or undertaking for, or act on behalf of, or to act or be an agent or representative of, or to otherwise bind, the other Party. Except for the rights of Lenders set forth above, no provision of this Lease is intended to nor will it in any way inure to the benefit of any third party so as to constitute any such person a third-party beneficiary under this Lease, or of any one or more of the terms of this Lease, or otherwise give rise to any cause of action in any person not a party to this Lease. Section 10.3 Entire Agreement It is mutually understood and agreed that this Lease constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes any and all prior oral or written understandings, representations or statements, and that no understandings, representatives or statements, verbal or written, have been made which modify, amend, qualify or affect the terms of this Lease. This Lease may not be amended except in a writing executed by both Parties. Section 10.4 Governing Law This Lease is made in and will be governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota without regard to its conflict of laws principles, and the venue for any dispute will be Hennepin County, Minnesota. The Parties agree that any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be 21 resolved in favor of either party will not be employed in the interpretation of this Lease. In interpreting this Lease, time is of the essence. Section 10.5 Miscellaneous (a) Cooperation. Each of the Parties, without further consideration, agrees to execute and deliver such additional documents and take such action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Lease and to fulfill the obligations of the respective Parties. If, at any time during the Term, Project Company deems it to be necessary or desirable to meet legal or regulatory requirements, Project Company may request that Owner re-execute a new lease substantially in the form of this Lease with a term equal to the Term remaining as of the date of ex ecution of the new lease, and Owner will execute and enter into the new lease with Project Company or its designee. In the event of inaccuracies or insufficiencies in the legal description of the Premises, this Lease will be amended to correct the inaccuracies or insufficiencies. (b) Fixture Filing. If Owner is the fee owner of the Premises, Owner consents to the filing of a disclaimer of the Solar Facilities as a fixture of the Premises in the office where real estate records are customarily filed in the jurisdiction where the Premises is located. Project Company has the right to file such disclaimer. (c) SNDA. Upon request, Owner shall deliver to Project Company a subordination and non-disturbance agreement in a form mutually acceptable to Project Company and any mortgagee with a Lien on the Premises, and other Persons holding a similar interest in the Premises. Section 10.6 Waiver Neither Party will be deemed to have waived any provision of this Lease or any remedy available to it unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the Party against whom the waiver would operate. Any waiver at any time by either Party of its rights with respect to any rights arising in connection with this Lease will not be deemed a waiver with respect to any subsequent or other matter. In the event that Project Company makes any overpayments to Owner hereunder, Project Company will offset the amount of such overpayments to Owner against future payments due to Owner from Project Company hereunder. Section 10.7 Force Majeure Neither Owner nor Project Company will be liable to each other, or be permitted to terminate this Lease, for any failure to perform an obligation of this Lease to the extent such performance is prevented by a Force Majeure, which will mean an event beyond the control of the Party affected and which, by exercise of due diligence and foresight, could not reasonably have been avoided. 23 [SIGNATURES APPEAR ON FOLLOWING PAGES] 24 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this instrument to be executed as of the Effective Date first above written. PROJECT COMPANY: ORIANA CSG 2020-10 LLC, a Delaware limited liability company By: Matthew B. Hankey Manager OWNER: PARCEL 1: Molly Minogue, joint tenant Michael Lubke, joint tenant PARCEL 2: Michael Lubke Molly Minogue EXHIBIT A-1 DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY PIN: 19.032.20.13.0001 EXHIBIT A-2 DESCRIPTION OF THE PREMISES AND ACCESS AND UTILITIES EASEMENTS A lease for solar purposes and easements appurtenant thereto, including a non-exclusive Solar Easement, lying over, under and across the following described Property: The Premises consist of not more than 11+/- acres of land, and is generally described and depicted as follows: PREMISES DESCRIPTION [SEE BELOW AND ATTACHED] A portion of the Property generally described and depicted as follows: The System shall be approximately 1MW AC in size, but in no event larger than 1MW AC. DEPICTION OF PREMISES [SEE ATTACHED] All as may be later updated by Project Company based upon a survey of the Premises as referenced in Section 1.1(a) of the Lease. EXHIBIT B ENCUMBRANCES AND OTHER MATTERS [SEE ATTACHED] EXHIBIT C FORM OF MEMORANDUM OF LEASE [SEE ATTACHED] EXHIBIT E SITE RULES Project Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to follow and to cause its personnel to follow the following rules while on the Premises. Owner may bar further access to the Premises by any individual who commits repeated, material violations of these rules after such individual has received at least three written warnings of a particular material violation from Owner describing, and including reasonable evidence documenting, such material violation. In addition, any individual violating rules (d)(i), (iv), or (vi) at least three times after receipt of a third written warning with documented evidence of such violation, will be immediately expelled from the Premises and will be banned from the Premises thereafter. The rules are as follows: a. When not in active use by Project Company, all access gates, as well as all interior gates, will remain closed and locked at all times. Owner will be provided either a key or gate lock code to the Solar Facilities and may access the Premises only upon prior written notice to Project Company or, without notice in the case of an emergency, with notice to Project Company being provided by Owner immediately following stabilization of such emergency. Absent an emergency, Project Company may have a representative present during any access to the Premises by Owner or its authorized representative. b. Smoking is prohibited except in designated construction areas and in vehicles. Project Company will employ reasonable precautions to prevent fires and will be responsible for all damage caused by Project Company. c. Project Company will keep the Premises clean and free of debris created by Project Company, its contractors, or others brought on to the Premises by Project Company. Project Company will not use the Premises for storage of items that are not related to, used or to be used in connection with, or for the benefit of all or a portion of the Project. d. At no time will any of employees of Project Company bring any of the following onto the Premises: i. weapons of any type, including but not limited to, guns, bows and arrows, or sling shots; ii. animal calling devices; iii. fishing equipment or nets; iv. dogs, cats or any other animals; v. alcoholic beverages; vi. illegal drugs or related paraphernalia. e. Project Company, its employees, contractors, agents and any individual allowed onto the Premises by Project Company will use reasonable efforts to confine their activities on the Premises to the designated access routes and to the areas upon which operations are then bei ng conducted. f. No wood, plants, animals (dead or alive), antlers, artifacts or any other item that was not originally brought onto the Premises by Project Company personnel will be removed from the Premises by such personnel, except that Project Company can burn, remove and clear wood, plants and brush on the Premises. g. A speed limit of 25 miles per hour (15 miles per hour at night) will be strictly observed while using roads on the Premises. h. Hunting on the Premises is strictly prohibited. File No._____________ APPLICATION FOR PLANNING AND ZONING REQUEST City of Scandia, Minnesota 14727 209th Street North, Scandia, MN 55073 Phone 651/433-2274 Fax 651/433-5112 Web https://www.cityofscandia.com/ Please read before completing: The City will not begin processing an application that is incomplete. Detailed submission requirements may be found in the Scandia Development Code, available at the City office and website www.ccityofscandia.com) and in the checklist forms for the particular type of application. Application fees are due at the time of application and are not refundable. 1. Property Location: (street address, if applicable) 2. Washington County Parcel ID: 3. Complete Legal Description: (attach if necessary) 4. Owner(s):Phone: (h) (b) Street Address: E-Mail City/ State: Zip: 5. Applicant/Contact Person:Phone: (h) (b) Street Address (Mailing): E-Mail: City/ State: Zip: 6.Requested Action(s): (check all that apply) ____ Variance ____ Variance Extension ____ Conditional Use Permit (CUP) ____ CUP Extension ____ CUP/ Open Space Subdivision. ____ CUP/ Planned Unit Development ____ Interim Use Permit (IUP) ____ Annual Operators Permit ____ Administrative Permit (type)____________________ ____ Site Plan Review (type)____________________ ____ Site Plan Modification ____ Site Plan Extension ____ Sign (Permanent) ____ Amendment (Development Code ) ____ Amendment (Comp. Plan ) ____ Subdivision, Minor ____ Subdivision, Preliminary Plat/Major ____ Subdivision, Final Plat ____ Environmental Review ____ Wetland Review 443-545-1472 coconnor@gordiane.com 21229Baltimore, MD 3915 Coolidge Ave Courtney O'Connor Gordian Energy Systems and DIVOCSG N LLC 10929 Scandia Trail North Scandia, MN 55073 lubke.michael@gmail.com 715-429-0786Michael Lubke & Molly Minogue 10929 Scandia Trail North, Scandia MN 55073 THE WEST HALF OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER (W 1/2 OF NE 1/4) OF SECTION NINETEEN (19), TOWNSHIP THIRTY-TWO (32), RANGE TWENTY (20), WASHINGTON COUNTY, MINNESOTA, AND WHICH INCLUDES A STRIP OF LAND FIFTY (50) FEET IN WIDTH RUNNING OVER AND ACROSS THE WEST HALF OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER (W1/2 OF NE1/4} OF 1903220130001 X 7. Brief Description of Request: (attach separate sheet if necessary; include Variance Rationale if necessary) _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ 8. Project Name: I hereby apply for consideration of the above described request and declare that the information and materials submitted with this application are complete and accurate. I understand that no application shall be considered complete unless accompanied by fees as required by city ordinance. Applications for projects requiring more than one type of review shall include the cumulative total of all application fees specified for each type of review. I understand that applicants are required to reimburse the city for all out-of-pocket costs incurred for processing, reviewing and hearing the application. These costs shall include, but are not limited to: parcel searches; publication and mailing of notices; review by the city’s engineering, planning and other consultants; legal costs, and recording fees. An escrow deposit to cover these costs will be collected by the city at the time of application. The minimum escrow deposit shall be cumulative total of all minimum escrow deposits for each type of review required for the project, unless reduced as provided for by ordinance. The city may increase the amount of the required escrow deposit at any time if the city’s costs are reasonably expected to exceed the minimum amount. Any balance remaining after review is complete will be refunded to the applicant. No interest is paid on escrow deposits. PLEASE NOTE: If the fee owner is not the applicant, the applicant must provide written authorization by the fee owner in order for this application to be considered complete. Property Fee Owner Signature(s) Date: Applicant Signature(s) Date: For City Use Only Application Fees: _______________________ Escrow Deposit: _______________________ City of Scandia, Minnesota {. {. {. 6/9/2023 Application for a 1MW Community Solar Garden - Please see attached narrative for site plan and details DIVOCSG N LLC 6/12/2023 7/31/2013 CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT (CUP) OR INTERIM USE PERMIT (IUP) APPLICATION CHECKLIST City of Scandia, Minnesota 14727 209th Street North, Scandia, MN 55073 Phone 651/433-2274 Fax 651/433-5112 Web http://www.ci.scandia.mn.us GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: INCLUDED IN SUBMITTAL 1.Application Form  YES  NO 2.Fees  YES  NO 3.Escrow  YES  NO 4.Complete legal description  YES  NO 5.A description of the request, including type of business or activity and proposed number of employees  YES  NO 6.Aerial photo of site and 1/4 mile vicinity  YES  NO 7.Survey/Site Plan (2 full size and 2 copies reduced to 11” by 17”. Electronic files also preferred) Plan Sheet Requirements: Signature Name, address, phone number for owner, developer, surveyor, and engineer Date of preparation and revision dates North Arrow Graphic scale not less than 1:100  YES  NO SITE PLAN REQUIREMENTS, EXISTING AND PROPOSED: INCLUDED IN SUBMITTAL 1.Property lines and dimensions  YES  NO 2.Area in acres and square feet  YES  NO 3.Existing and proposed building locations and dimensions  YES  NO 4.Lowest floor elevation of proposed structure(s) YES  NO 5.Setbacks, including front, side, rear, wetland, shoreland, and right-of-way  YES  NO 6.Buildable area  YES  NO 7.Driveway location  YES  NO 8.Landscaping Plan  YES  NO 9.Grading, Drainage and Erosion Control Plan  YES  NO 10.Soil conditions and types  YES  NO 11.Building floor plan  YES  NO 12.Building elevations  YES  NO 13.Sanitary sewer and water plan  YES  NO 14.Wetlands  YES  NO 15.Wetland delineation report  YES  NO 16.Waterbodies and Ordinary High Water Level  YES  NO 17.Slopes (over 50 feet horizontal distance). 12% or greater in St. Croix River district, 18% or greater in Shoreland, and 25% or greater on all properties.  YES  NO 18.Topographic contours at 2-foot intervals and Bluff line, if applicable  YES  NO 19.Any other improvements to the property  YES  NO  arriving by the 19th arriving by the 19th x x    x x x x x x Requesting as a condition x NA x NA x x x x x x x x DIVOCSG N LLC 9.Insurance Information: DIVOCSG Nor its successor will provide a certificate of insurance meeting the Minnesota State requirements for liability insurance coverage. These requirements include: •Limits of $2,000,000 for each occurrence. •Coverage against claims for damages resulting from bodily injury, wrongful death, and property damage arising out of the Interconnection Customer's ownership and/or operating of the Generation System under the interconnection agreement. •Contain a severability of interest clause of cross-liability insurance •Provides for thirty (30) calendar days written notice prior to cancellation, termination, alteration, or material change of such insurance. Distribution Scale Solar Energy Systems fulfill the Scandia 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter IV -Resilience goal to "Encourage the use of renewable, local, and diverse forms of energy." We at DIVOCSG N sincerely appreciate your consideration of our application, and we look forward to collaborating with you further to develop a great project that we can all be proud of. 10.Exhibit List: A.CUP Application Form B.Site Plans C.Site Rules D.Safety Manual E.Decommissioning Plan F.Wetland Report & Delineation G.Xcel Energy Interconnection Agreement H.Surrounding Landowners I.Impervious Surface Calculations J.Site Renderings K.SeedMix L.Fence Materials 7 DIVO CSG N LLC 7 EXHIBIT A – CUP APPLICATION FORM File No._____________ APPLICATION FOR PLANNING AND ZONING REQUEST City of Scandia, Minnesota 14727 209th Street North, Scandia, MN 55073 Phone 651/433-2274 Fax 651/433-5112 Web https://www.cityofscandia.com/ Please read before completing: The City will not begin processing an application that is incomplete. Detailed submission requirements may be found in the Scandia Development Code, available at the City office and website www.ccityofscandia.com) and in the checklist forms for the particular type of application. Application fees are due at the time of application and are not refundable. 1. Property Location: (street address, if applicable) 2. Washington County Parcel ID: 3. Complete Legal Description: (attach if necessary) 4. Owner(s):Phone: (h) (b) Street Address: E-Mail City/ State: Zip: 5. Applicant/Contact Person:Phone: (h) (b) Street Address (Mailing): E-Mail: City/ State: Zip: 6.Requested Action(s): (check all that apply) ____ Variance ____ Variance Extension ____ Conditional Use Permit (CUP) ____ CUP Extension ____ CUP/ Open Space Subdivision. ____ CUP/ Planned Unit Development ____ Interim Use Permit (IUP) ____ Annual Operators Permit ____ Administrative Permit (type)____________________ ____ Site Plan Review (type)____________________ ____ Site Plan Modification ____ Site Plan Extension ____ Sign (Permanent) ____ Amendment (Development Code ) ____ Amendment (Comp. Plan ) ____ Subdivision, Minor ____ Subdivision, Preliminary Plat/Major ____ Subdivision, Final Plat ____ Environmental Review ____ Wetland Review 443-545-1472 coconnor@gordiane.com 21229Baltimore, MD 3915 Coolidge Ave Courtney O'Connor Gordian Energy Systems and DIVOCSG N LLC 10929 Scandia Trail North Scandia, MN 55073 lubke.michael@gmail.com 715-429-0786Michael Lubke & Molly Minogue 10929 Scandia Trail North, Scandia MN 55073 THE WEST HALF OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER (W 1/2 OF NE 1/4) OF SECTION NINETEEN (19), TOWNSHIP THIRTY-TWO (32), RANGE TWENTY (20), WASHINGTON COUNTY, MINNESOTA, AND WHICH INCLUDES A STRIP OF LAND FIFTY (50) FEET IN WIDTH RUNNING OVER AND ACROSS THE WEST HALF OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER (W1/2 OF NE1/4} OF 1903220130001 X 7. Brief Description of Request: (attach separate sheet if necessary; include Variance Rationale if necessary) _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________ 8. Project Name: I hereby apply for consideration of the above described request and declare that the information and materials submitted with this application are complete and accurate. I understand that no application shall be considered complete unless accompanied by fees as required by city ordinance. Applications for projects requiring more than one type of review shall include the cumulative total of all application fees specified for each type of review. I understand that applicants are required to reimburse the city for all out-of-pocket costs incurred for processing, reviewing and hearing the application. These costs shall include, but are not limited to: parcel searches; publication and mailing of notices; review by the city’s engineering, planning and other consultants; legal costs, and recording fees. An escrow deposit to cover these costs will be collected by the city at the time of application. The minimum escrow deposit shall be cumulative total of all minimum escrow deposits for each type of review required for the project, unless reduced as provided for by ordinance. The city may increase the amount of the required escrow deposit at any time if the city’s costs are reasonably expected to exceed the minimum amount. Any balance remaining after review is complete will be refunded to the applicant. No interest is paid on escrow deposits. PLEASE NOTE: If the fee owner is not the applicant, the applicant must provide written authorization by the fee owner in order for this application to be considered complete. Property Fee Owner Signature(s) Date: Applicant Signature(s) Date: For City Use Only Application Fees: _______________________ Escrow Deposit: _______________________ City of Scandia, Minnesota {. {. {. 6/9/2023 Application for a 1MW Community Solar Garden - Please see attached narrative for site plan and details DIVOCSG N LLC 6/12/2023 7/31/2013 CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT (CUP) OR INTERIM USE PERMIT (IUP) APPLICATION CHECKLIST City of Scandia, Minnesota 14727 209th Street North, Scandia, MN 55073 Phone 651/433-2274 Fax 651/433-5112 Web http://www.ci.scandia.mn.us GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: INCLUDED IN SUBMITTAL 1.Application Form  YES  NO 2.Fees  YES  NO 3.Escrow  YES  NO 4.Complete legal description  YES  NO 5.A description of the request, including type of business or activity and proposed number of employees  YES  NO 6.Aerial photo of site and 1/4 mile vicinity  YES  NO 7.Survey/Site Plan (2 full size and 2 copies reduced to 11” by 17”. Electronic files also preferred) Plan Sheet Requirements: Signature Name, address, phone number for owner, developer, surveyor, and engineer Date of preparation and revision dates North Arrow Graphic scale not less than 1:100  YES  NO SITE PLAN REQUIREMENTS, EXISTING AND PROPOSED: INCLUDED IN SUBMITTAL 1.Property lines and dimensions  YES  NO 2.Area in acres and square feet  YES  NO 3.Existing and proposed building locations and dimensions  YES  NO 4.Lowest floor elevation of proposed structure(s) YES  NO 5.Setbacks, including front, side, rear, wetland, shoreland, and right-of-way  YES  NO 6.Buildable area  YES  NO 7.Driveway location  YES  NO 8.Landscaping Plan  YES  NO 9.Grading, Drainage and Erosion Control Plan  YES  NO 10.Soil conditions and types  YES  NO 11.Building floor plan  YES  NO 12.Building elevations  YES  NO 13.Sanitary sewer and water plan  YES  NO 14.Wetlands  YES  NO 15.Wetland delineation report  YES  NO 16.Waterbodies and Ordinary High Water Level  YES  NO 17.Slopes (over 50 feet horizontal distance). 12% or greater in St. Croix River district, 18% or greater in Shoreland, and 25% or greater on all properties.  YES  NO 18.Topographic contours at 2-foot intervals and Bluff line, if applicable  YES  NO 19.Any other improvements to the property  YES  NO  arriving by the 19th arriving by the 19th x x    x x x x x x Requesting as a condition x NA x NA x x x x x x x x DIVO CSG N LLC 8 EXHIBIT B – SITE PLAN 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 330 0 30 60 W E S N 80 70 50 4O 20 10350 320 310 290 280 260 250 230 220 200 190 170 160 140 130 110 100 340 N ~2070' TO MANNING TRAIL N SCANDIA TRAIL N PARCEL BOUNDARY EXISTING 3-PH ~5130' TO LOFTON AVE N POINT OF INTERCONNECTION 75' OFFSET FROM PARCEL BOUNDARY EXISTING 3-PH RISER POLE XCEL EASEMENT, 15' OFFSET ON ALL SIDES OF UTILITY LINES AND MV TRANSFORMER 350' SETBACK FROM NEIGHBORING HOUSE TO THE EAST 800' OFFSET FROM CENTERLINE OF SCANDIA TRAIL N EXISTING TRANSMISSION LINES PARCEL ID: 1903220120001 ZONING: AGRICULTURAL FEMA ZONE A FLOODPLAIN WETLAND EXISTING TRANSMISSION LINES 200' SETBACK FROM HIGH WATER LEVEL ARRAY FENCE ~2541' AND ~5.71 ACRES 1.503 DC/AC RATIO 970' HIGH WATER LEVEL 20' 6-FOOT TALL, SIX PANEL LIVESTOCK FENCE ALONG RIDGELINE TO PROVIDE IMMEDIATE SCREENING 2 STAGGERED ROWS OF A MIX OF EASTERN RED CEDAR, WHITE SPRUCE, NORWAY PINE, WHITE PINE, AND WHITE CEDAR TREES 1-4' TALL AND ONE ROW TO THE NORTH CONSISTING OF A MIX OF TREES FROM THE FRUIT/SHRUB DNR LIST 1-2' TALL 2 STAGGERED ROWS OF A MIX OF EASTERN RED CEDAR, WHITE SPRUCE, NORWAY PINE, WHITE PINE, AND WHITE CEDAR TREES 1-4' TALL PLANTED 16' O.C. 1 ROW 12-14' EASTERN RED CEDARS TO PROVIDE IMMEDIATE SCREENING FROM NEIGHBORING HOME 2 STAGGERED ROWS OF A MIX OF EASTERN RED CEDAR, WHITE SPRUCE, NORWAY PINE, WHITE PINE, AND WHITE CEDAR TREES 1-4' TALL 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 355 5 5 5 5 56 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 78888 8999 910101010 10911111111 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 5 5 3 2 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 5 2 2 2 3 5 2 2 2 3 5 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 5 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 22232 22232 22232 22232 22 2 soft Corporation © 2023 TomTom VICINITY MAP PROJECT LOCATION REVISIONS #DESCRIPTION BY DATE 0 PRELIMINARY DESIGN CO 6/12/2023 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DRAWN BY DRAWING TITLE SCALE 1 SHEET OTHER NOTES PROJECT ADDRESS 10929 SCANDIA TRAIL N SCANDIA, MN 55073 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS SYSTEM SIZE DC SYSTEM SIZE AC DC/AC RATIO AZIMUTH TILT MODULE COUNT MODULE TYPE MODULE STC RATING INVERTER COUNT INVERTER TYPE INVERTER POWER RACKING MONITORING FENCE TYPE DESIGN CRITERIA MIN/MAX TEMP. WIND SPEED (ASCE 7-10) BUILDING CATEGORY EXPOSURE CATEGORY GROUND SNOW LOAD DRAWING SHEETS AND CONTENTS NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED AND/OR MODIFIED WITHOUT EXPLICIT WRITTEN CONSENT FROM GORDIAN ENERGY SYSTEMS LLC. GORDIAN ENERGY SYSTEMS LLC 3915 COOLIDGE AVENUE, BALTIMORE, MD 21229 GORDIANENERGYSYSTEMS.COM 410-242-2449 00 1" 2" 1 DRAWING SCALE ACCURATE WHEN THIS PAGE IS PRINTED ON 24"x36" PAPER. PROJECT NAME CUSTOMER NAME LAT: 45°14'59.58"N LONG: 92°52'50.43"W 1" = 100' DIVOCSG N PV1 1.503 MW 1.000 MW 1.503 180 30 2592 TRINA 580W 9 CHINT 125 kW TBD ALSO ENERGY TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD DIVOCSG N LLC GORDIAN AXE DEVELOPMENT DEER FENCE 200'-0" 70.75 sf 202.25 sf 32 ' - 1 0 1 / 4 " 10 5 ' - 8 1 / 2 " 1, 2 7 0 . 4 7 f t 80 2 . 4 9 f t 96'-6" MAP NUMBER / SYMBOL SPECIES / PLANT HEIGHT QUANTITY 1 EASTERN RED CEDAR (12-14’) 14 2 EASTERN RED CEDAR (1-4’) 110 3 WHITE SPRUCE (1-4’) 22 4 NORWAY PINE (1-4’) 0 5 WHITE CEDAR (1-4’) 18 6 WHITE PINE (1-4’) 27 7 JUNEBERRY SHRUB (1-4’) 5 8 DOGWOOD SHRUB (1-4’) 5 9 CHOKEBERY SHRUB (1-4’) 5 10 HIGHBUSH CRANBERRY SHRUB (1-4’) 5 11 WILD PLUM SHRUB (1-4’) 4 215 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 330 0 30 60 W E S N 80 70 50 4O 20 10350 320 310 290 280 260 250 230 220 200 190 170 160 140 130 110 100 340 N EXISTING TRANSMISSION LINES REVISIONS #DESCRIPTION BY DATE 0 PRELIMINARY DESIGN CO 6/12/2023 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DRAWN BY DRAWING TITLE SCALE 1 SHEET OTHER NOTES PROJECT ADDRESS 10929 SCANDIA TRAIL N SCANDIA, MN 55073 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS SYSTEM SIZE DC SYSTEM SIZE AC DC/AC RATIO AZIMUTH TILT MODULE COUNT MODULE TYPE MODULE STC RATING INVERTER COUNT INVERTER TYPE INVERTER POWER RACKING MONITORING FENCE TYPE DESIGN CRITERIA MIN/MAX TEMP. WIND SPEED (ASCE 7-10) BUILDING CATEGORY EXPOSURE CATEGORY GROUND SNOW LOAD DRAWING SHEETS AND CONTENTS NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED AND/OR MODIFIED WITHOUT EXPLICIT WRITTEN CONSENT FROM GORDIAN ENERGY SYSTEMS LLC. GORDIAN ENERGY SYSTEMS LLC 3915 COOLIDGE AVENUE, BALTIMORE, MD 21229 GORDIANENERGYSYSTEMS.COM 410-242-2449 00 1"2" 1 DRAWING SCALE ACCURATE WHEN THIS PAGE IS PRINTED ON 24"x36" PAPER. PROJECT NAME CUSTOMER NAME LAT: 45°14'59.58"N LONG: 92°52'50.43"W 1" = 60' TOPOGRAPHY & DRAINAGE PV1 1.503 MW 1.000 MW 1.503 180 30 2592 TRINA 580W 9 CHINT 125 kW TBD ALSO ENERGY TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD DIVOCSG N LLC GORDIAN AXE DEVELOPMENT DEER FENCE REVISIONS #DESCRIPTION BY DATE 0 PRELIMINARY DESIGN CO 6/12/2023 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DRAWN BY DRAWING TITLE SCALE 1 SHEET OTHER NOTES PROJECT ADDRESS 10929 SCANDIA TRAIL N SCANDIA, MN 55073 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS SYSTEM SIZE DC SYSTEM SIZE AC DC/AC RATIO AZIMUTH TILT MODULE COUNT MODULE TYPE MODULE STC RATING INVERTER COUNT INVERTER TYPE INVERTER POWER RACKING MONITORING FENCE TYPE DESIGN CRITERIA MIN/MAX TEMP. WIND SPEED (ASCE 7-10) BUILDING CATEGORY EXPOSURE CATEGORY GROUND SNOW LOAD DRAWING SHEETS AND CONTENTS NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED AND/OR MODIFIED WITHOUT EXPLICIT WRITTEN CONSENT FROM GORDIAN ENERGY SYSTEMS LLC. GORDIAN ENERGY SYSTEMS LLC 3915 COOLIDGE AVENUE, BALTIMORE, MD 21229 GORDIANENERGYSYSTEMS.COM 410-242-2449 00 1"2" 1 DRAWING SCALE ACCURATE WHEN THIS PAGE IS PRINTED ON 24"x36" PAPER. PROJECT NAME CUSTOMER NAME LAT: 45°14'59.58"N LONG: 92°52'50.43"W TYP. STORMWATER BASIN PV1 1.503 MW 1.000 MW 1.503 180 30 2592 TRINA 580W 9 CHINT 125 kW TBD ALSO ENERGY TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD DIVOCSG N LLC GORDIAN AXE DEVELOPMENT DEER FENCE 6" 2' 6" PER PLAN 2" 6" 6" 30' PONDED VOLUME OVERFLOW ELEV = TOP OF BERM ELEV = RIP RAP OVERFLOW 4:1 SLOPE EXISTING SUBGRADE - PROTECT FROM COMPACTION POND BOTTOM ELEV = CLASS I RIP RAP OVER GEOTEXTILE FABRIC BERM (5' MIN) BASIN PLAN VIEW OVERFLOW ELEVATION GEOTEXTILE FABRIC LINER ALONG BOTTOM OF RIP RAP 4 1 1 2 2' DIRECTION OF FLOW A A B B This spreadsheet makes calculations for an individual solar panel. Enter values in blue cells Soil A select from dropdown; determine soil on site I/P ratio 802.503 calculated Term Value Units Pervious area 108.00 square feet user entered; determine on site Impervious area (area of solar panel)86670.30 square feet user entered; determine on site Runoff depth from pervious areas 4.40 inches default = 4.4 for A soil, 5.7 for B, 6.1 for C, 7.2 for D Redirected runoff depth from solar panel (called average annual runoff depth)11.00 inches determine from plot called Average annual runoff depth Runoff depth from solar panel 22.50 inches default = 22.5 inches Performance goal 1.00 inches SUMMARY Pre-disconnection Runoff from impervious 162507 ft3 calculated Runoff from pervious 40 ft3 calculated Total runoff 162546 ft3 calculated Post-disconnection Total runoff 79547 ft3 calculated Total runoff reduced 83000 ft3 calculated Runoff from pervious 40 ft3 calculated Runoff from impervious 79507 ft3 calculated Adjusted impervious 42403.827 square feet calculated Performance Goal Summary Performance goal 7222.53 ft3 calculated BMP volume credit (BMPvolume credit)3688.87 ft3 calculated % of performance goal achieved 51.1 %calculated Remaining water quality volume to be treated (per panel)3533.65 ft3 calculated Pervious area = (Y + Z) * W; where W is the width of the solar panel and Z is the average horizontal distance of the panel Impervious area = Z * W; where W is the width of the solar panel and Z is the average horizontal distance of the panel Y Z DIVO CSG N LLC 9 EXHIBIT C – SITE RULES DIVO CSG N LLC 10 DIVOCSG N SITE RULES DIVOCSG N LLC will use commercially reasonable efforts to follow and to require its personnel to follow the following rules while on the Premises. Lessor may prevent further access to the Premises by individuals who commit repeated, material violations of these rules after said individuals have received at least three written warnings of a particular material violation from Lessor describing, and including reasonable evidence documenting, such material violation. In addition, any individuals violating rules (d)(i), (iv), or (vi) at least three times after receipt of a third written warning with documented evidence of such violation, will be immediately expelled from the Premises and will be banned from the Premises thereafter. The rules are as follows: A. When not in active use by DIVOCSG N LLC, all access gates, including all interior gates, will remain closed at all times. B. Smoking is prohibited on the Premises except in designated construction areas and in vehicles. DIVOCSG N LLC will employ reasonable precautions to prevent fires and will be responsible for all damage caused by DIVOCSG N LLC. C. DIVOCSG N LLC will keep the Premises clean and free of debris created by DIVOCSG N LLC, its contractors, or other third parties brought on to the Premises by DIVOCSG N LLC. DIVOCSG N LLC will not use the Premises for storage of items that are not related to, used or to be used in connection with, or for the benefit of all or a portion of the Project. D. At no time will any of employees of DIVOCSG N LLC bring any of the following onto the Premises: a. weapons of any type, including but not limited to, guns, bows and arrows, crossbows, or sling shots; b. animal calling devices; c. fishing equipment or fishing nets; d. dogs, cats or any other animals; e. alcoholic beverages; and f. illegal drugs or related paraphernalia. E. DIVOCSG N LLC, its employees, contractors, agents and any individual allowed onto the premises by DIVOCSG N LLC will use reasonable efforts to confine their activities on the Premises to the designated access routes and to the areas upon which operations are then being conducted. DIVO CSG N LLC 11 F. No wood, plants, animals (dead or alive), antlers, artifacts or any other item that was not originally brought onto the Premises by DIVOCSG N LLC personnel will be removed from the Premises by such personnel, except that DIVOCSG N LLC can burn, remove and clear wood, plants and brush on the Premises. G. A speed limit of 25 miles per hour (15 miles per hour at night) will be strictly observed while using roads on the Premises. H. This Agreement neither covers nor includes any right or privilege of hunting or fishing on the Premises; all such rights being expressly reserved to Lessor. DIVO CSG N LLC 12 EXHIBIT D – SAFETY MANUAL DIVO CSG N LLC 13 DIVOCSG N SAFETY HANDBOOK TABLE OF CONTENTS: EMPLOYEE SAFETY ................................................................................................................................. 2 THE SAFETY PROGRAM: AN OVERVIEW ............................................................................................ 2 SAFETY RULES ....................................................................................................................................... 3-4 COUNSELING & DISCIPLINARY PROGRAM........................................................................................ 5 FIRST DEGREE OFFENSE ..................................................................................................................... 5 SECOND DEGREE OFFENSE ................................................................................................................ 5 THIRD DEGREE OFFENSE ................................................................................................................... 5 FOLLOW THESE COMMON SENSE STANDARDS ............................................................................... 6 TANKER DRIVERS’ RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................................... 6 SUPERVISORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES ....................................................................................................... 7 SUB-SAFETY COMMITTEE MEMBERS’ RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................................................................... 7 SAFETY INCENTIVE PROGRAM............................................................................................................. 8 INDIVIDUAL EMPLOYEE AWARDS .................................................................................................. 8 DEPARTMENT AWARDS ..................................................................................................................... 8 COMPANY AWARDS ............................................................................................................................ 8 DIVO CSG N LLC 14 EMPLOYEE SAFETY The purpose of a Safety Program is to reduce the risk of personal injury in the course of performing daily operations. Our state-of-the-art Safety Program provides a means to accomplish this goal. Safety is very important to the success of our Company. It is mandatory for all employees to attend designed Safety Meetings. It is each employee’s responsibility to know our safety rules and abide by them. Failure to do so will result in disciplinary action. Refer to your Employee Handbook for more details regarding Disciplinary Actions. It is mandatory that all employees keep this Safety Handbook in their possession at all times. It is our hope that all our employees enjoy injury free service for the duration of their employment with our Company. Sincerely, Bill Cole President THE SAFETY PROGRAM: AN OVERVIEW DIVOCSG N LLC is proud of its safety record and Safety Program. The Company strives for a perfect safety record by eliminating or correcting unsafe acts and conditions on the job. A Safety Committee supervises the Safety Program. The Committee is made of up two managers, one representative from our insurance consultant, and one loss control employee from our insurance carrier. There is a Sub-Safety Committee that makes recommendations to the Safety Committee. The Sub-Safety Committee is directed by one Safety Director and three Assistant Safety Directors. This committee includes four Field Supervisors and four Field Team Members. The Safety Program includes Safety Meetings such as: MEETING TIME Five (5) Sub-Safety Committee Meetings February, May, July, September and December Four (4) Supervisors’ Meetings March, June, September, December One (1) General Meeting 1st Quarter Three (3) Safe Driving Meetings February, May and September Group Safety Training Meetings Monthly Toolbox Talks Weekly DIVO CSG N LLC 15 It is the responsibility of all employees to be able to identify Supervisors and members of the Sub-Safety Committee. In addition to management, the people filling these positions are responsible for enforcing our Safety Program. These employees will have authority to cite any employee for violation of any safety rule. These employees must cite all violations or risk being cited themselves for failure to carry out their responsibilities to this Company. Your cooperation in our safety effort will assist immeasurably in accomplishing our safety goals. You can help to strengthen the program for maximum effectiveness by your efforts. We hope you will join us in striving toward a strong, workable and meaningful safety program. SAFETY RULES The Company’s safety rules are the cornerstone of its Safety Program. All employees are expected to cooperate and adhere to these standards. Failure to abide by the rules may result in discipline, including warnings or discharge as noted below: SAFETY RULE DISCIPLINARY ACTION 1. Abide by all local, state and federal laws and regulations including but not limited to: MOSH, OSHA, ANSI, DOT and FMCSA regulations and standards. Third Degree Offense 2. Report all unsafe conditions or practices to your supervisor. Under no condition are you required to risk injury in carrying out work. DO NOT TAKE CHANCES. Second Degree Offense 3. All injuries, no matter how slight, must be reported to your supervisor immediately and reported to the office that same day. Second Degree Offense 4. Supervisors must turn in Accident Investigation Reports within 24 hours of the incident. Second Degree Offense 5. Wear proper clothing suited for the job. Wear properly fitting pants without cuffs. Do not wear loose or dangling clothes or jewelry. Gloves must be worn when working with hot asphalt. Shirts must be worn at all times and must have a minimum 4 inch sleeve. First Degree Offense 6. Proper work boots will be worn at all times on Company premises, Company vehicles and job sites. Anyone reporting to work without work boots will be sent home. Second Degree Offense 7. Hard hats must be worn at all times when working on the ground and whenever there is a hazard above. Crane operators must wear hard hats. Second Degree Offense 8. Always inspect ladders prior to use. Never use a faulty or broken ladder. Check for splits and missing or damaged rungs or hardware. All ladders should be firmly placed and secured at the top. Hand rails must extend 3 feet above roof edge. Always face the ladder when you are using it and maintain 3 points of contact. Only one person should be on a ladder at any time. Keep ladders away from electric power lines. Never unnecessarily carry heavy or bulky materials or equipment up or down ladders. Second Degree Offense DIVO CSG N LLC 16 9. Keep out from under loads suspended from hoists, cranes and forklifts. Do not ride on hoists or conveyors or cranes. Second Degree Offense 10. Do not use construction materials for counter balance on hoists. Rig loads with proper slings and safety hooks. Do not exceed the related capacity of your hoist or crane. Second Degree Offense 11. Learn the safe way to handle material and equipment. When lifting, bend at the knees, keep your back straight and lift with your legs. Keep the load close to your body and avoid awkward positions. Ask for help when necessary. Learn to handle hot asphalt safely. Don’t jerk a stuck bucket of asphalt. Don’t let hot asphalt fall into the building. Second Degree Offense 12. We do not object to your hair style, but if you have long hair, you must keep it tied in a ponytail so it does not interfere with your vision or your ability to perform your work. Second Degree Offense 13. You must wear goggles or safety glasses on all tear-off jobs, when using grinders and saws, etc. When tending asphalt kettles or filling hot luggers, you must wear a face shield in addition to safety goggles or glasses. Second Degree Offense 14. Materials must be neatly stacked, placed out of the way and secured. Tools and equipment should be put away after use, not stored near the edge of the roof and secured. Trash must be controlled and disposed of immediately. Keep existing building and grounds clean and free of hazards. Second Degree Offense 15. Lighters (of any kind) are, under no circumstances, to be used to light torches. Second Degree Offense 16. Under no circumstances is smoking permitted anywhere near flammable products. Second Degree Offense 17. It is the responsibility of all employees to cooperate in keeping First Aid Kits properly equipped for the environment in which they will be used. First Degree Offense 18. Make sure all scaffold components are in good condition. All scaffolding must be erected and dismantled under the supervision of a Competent person and tagged accordingly. All scaffolding must be inspected by a competent person prior to each shift. Second Degree Offense 19. Only employees trained to work tankers and kettles should do so. Exercise extreme caution when cleaning burners. Make sure the flame is out and do not permit fuel to fall onto hot parts of burners. Second Degree Offense 20. Possessing, being under the influence of, distributing, transferring, or using any form of narcotic, depressant, stimulant, or hallucinogen, the possession, use, transfer or sale of which is prohibited by law, unless you are taking the drug at the prescription of and under the direction of a physician, is prohibited. Possession, being under the influence of, or using alcohol during work hours is prohibited. Any prescription medication that you are taking that may cause any kind of impairment must be reported to the office prior to work. Third Degree Offense 21. Compressed gas containers shall be transported in an upright position in the open bed of the truck. They shall be properly secured during transportation. Job site storage shall be at least 10 feet from any open flame. First Degree Offense DIVO CSG N LLC 17 22. Be sure you know what is behind your vehicle or equipment before backing up. Get out and look if necessary. Always have someone directing you when backing up or moving in tight spaces. In areas that are tight and/ or obstructed always have a spotter assist you. Second Degree Offense 23. All crane operators and tanker drivers are responsible for seeing that their vehicles have an operable fire extinguisher in place. Second Degree Offense 24. Each vehicle driver must have a valid driver’s license to operate their vehicle. Under no circumstances should anyone without a valid driver’s license operate a Company vehicle at any time unless a life is at stake. Third Degree Offense 25. Do not attempt to repair or clean moving equipment. Second Degree Offense 26. All truck drivers are required to follow State traffic laws and safe driving procedures, including the following: A. Keep truck cabs clean. B. Check tires, lights, brakes and gauges before driving. C. Clean debris off truck bed, tailgate, side rails, bumpers, etc. D. Check your load and make sure it is evenly loaded. E. Check gas and oil. F. Tarp all loads. G. Use emergency brakes and check tires. H. Report all mechanical problems to office. I. Know clearance height of vehicle. J. Drive safely and cautiously. K. Report all accidents, no matter how minor. L. Exchange information with other driver on all accidents. M. Maintain a good driving record. All costs associated with driving violations are the responsibility of the employee. Maintain safety systems in place on ground (warning flags, barricades, etc.) Second Degree Offense 27. All vehicle drivers and passengers must wear seat belts whether vehicle is moving or at rest. Second Degree Offense 28. Never throw equipment or materials. Instead, use a rope, conveyor, carry materials manually or use mechanical means raise and lower. Second Degree Offense 29. No one shall operate equipment unless trained and specifically authorized to do so. Second Degree Offense 30. Hand and power tools shall be maintained in a safe condition, with all manufacturer’s guards left in place. Never remove safety guards from equipment. First Degree Offense 31. Be sure all electrical devices and power tools are properly grounded. Second Degree Offense 32. No employee shall uses a respirator unless they have been medically evaluated and properly fit tested. Second Degree Offense 33. Proper PPE should be worn at all times when working Second Degree Offense 34. The use of radios, personal music players, mobile phones and other distracting devices are prohibited while working. First Degree Offense 35. Mobile phones are to be only for emergencies and communicating with the office during work hours. Phones should not be used while driving unless there is a hands-free device being used Second Degree Offense DIVO CSG N LLC 18 36. Any tool or piece of equipment that is broken, damaged or no longer compliant shall be removed from service immediately and tagged “out of service” or other similar language. Second Degree Offense 37. Follow all manufacturer’s instructions and warnings for all equipment, materials or tools. Third Degree Offense COUNSELING & DISCIPLINARY PROGRAM Our procedure for handling misconduct, including violations of Safety Rules, is set out below. FIRST DEGREE OFFENSE: First Violation Verbal Warning Second Violation Written Warning Third Violation One (1) day Suspension Without Pay Fourth Violation Grounds for Termination SECOND DEGREE OFFENSE: First Violation Written Warning Second Violation One (1) day Suspension Without Pay Third Violation Grounds for Termination THIRD DEGREE OFFENSE: First Violation Grounds for Termination DIVO CSG N LLC 19 FOLLOW THESE COMMON SENSE STANDARDS: 1. Use safe practices and common sense. 2. Don’t take chances or use dangerous shortcuts. 3. Watch out for the safety of other workers. 4. Help new employees learn safe work practices. 5. Plan your work ahead to prevent accidents. 6. Keep your mind on the job. 7. Be in good physical condition before starting work. 8. All injuries must be reported immediately to the supervisor and treated. 9. No drinking of alcoholic beverages or drug use, possession or being under the influence of same will not be allowed on the job, in Company vehicles or on Company premises. 10. If you are taking doctor prescribed or over-the-counter medications that may affect your performance or reactions, this must be reported to the supervisor. 11. No fighting or horse-play will be allowed on the job or on Company premises. TANKER DRIVERS’ RESPONSIBILITIES 1. Be sure you are wearing proper protective clothing. 2. Before firing, check hoses, gauges, fuel tanks, burners and other equipment for defects. Make sure all lids are closed tightly. 3. LP gas cylinders must be chained or tied in an upright position. 4. Have an operable fire extinguisher on the truck. 5. Follow proper instructions for firing up burners. 6. Be sure tubes are covered with asphalt before firing burners. 7. Turn off burners before refueling. 8. Flag off area around tanker on job site. DIVO CSG N LLC 20 9. Measure amount of asphalt in truck at end of day and report it to the office. Failure of a tanker driver to carry out any of these responsibilities will result in a Second Degree Offense. SUPERVISORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES 1. The first thing in the morning, check the job for safety hazards and report any unsafe conditions to the supervisor. Do a complete job site inspection, documented job site inspection on daily safety checklist and correct any deficiencies. 2. Enforce the Safety Policy including citing violations. 3. See that the crew and job site set-up meet DIVOCSG N LLC safety standards including the following: 4. All areas on the ground where work is being performed shall be roped off with flags. 5. The Safety System to be used up on the roof at all times shall include one or a combination of the following: a. Warning line system. b. Guardrail system. c. Safety monitor system (only to be used on low slope roofing 4:12 pitch or less). d. Personal fall arrest system. 6. The Supervisor shall exemplify a good safety attitude. 7. The Supervisor is responsible for application of Safety Systems 8. Locate equipment where fumes and dust will not be drawn into fresh air intakes or windows. If necessary, cover units. 9. Attend all Supervisors’ Meetings. Failure of a Supervisor to carry out any of these responsibilities will result in a Second Degree Offense. SUB-SAFETY COMMITTEEE MEMBERS’ RESPONSIBILITIES 1. Attend all Committee Meetings. DIVO CSG N LLC 21 2. Review accident reports and make corrective recommendations. 3. Review safety violations. 4. Share responsibilities in application of Safety Systems. 5. Have working knowledge of Safety Systems. 6. Cite violations of safety rules. 7. Shall exemplify good safety attitude. 8. Periodically review safety rules and make recommended changes. Failure of a Committee Member to carry out any of these responsibilities will result in a Second Degree Offense. SAFETY INCENTIVE PROGRAM INDIVIDUAL EMPLOYEE AWARDS: DIVOCSG N LLC values our employees and their commitment to safety, as a result, individuals may be issued awards for their safe practices and the safety-minded attitude that they approach their job with. DEPARTMENT AWARDS: If all employees in a department achieve the safety goals set forth for that department, then the department will be eligible to receive a group award. Program runs from January 1st through December 31st. Employee must achieve over 75% participation to be eligible (consult current prize list). COMPANY AWARDS: If all departments in the Company achieve the safety goals set forth for their departments, then all departments will be eligible to receive a group award. Program runs from January 1st through December 31st . Employee must achieve over 75% participation to be eligible (consult current prize list). DIVO CSG N LLC 22 EXHIBIT E – DECOMISSIONING PLAN DIVO CSG N LLC 23 DIVOCSG N LLC – Decommissioning Plan General • The intent of the decommissioning work will be to fully remove the solar facility and restore the site to a stabilized natural condition. Even if the intent is to resume farming, the site will first be fully restored and stabilized. • The service life of the facility is assumed to be 25 years. All dollar amounts are in present day value, and it is assumed that all values will inflate at a similar rate, therefore, the net comparison of removal cost to salvage value at the end of the service life will remain accurate. • Costs associated with this plan represent a “turnkey” operation for a general contractor to be hired for this work, including permits, mobilization, contingency, etc. • Unit costs for each line item have been provided by local contractors familiar with this type of work. • Haul costs assume a maximum distance of 60 miles between the project and nearest disposal or recycling facility. • No maximum duration has been assigned for this work. It has been assumed that this work would be handled by a single crew without full time site personnel. Civil Infrastructure • Topsoil used to backfill excavations will be borrowed from adjacent onsite locations. No topsoil import is included. • Stormwater features such as retention berms or shallow basins with drain tile under drains may remain in place as they do not negatively impact future agricultural land uses and they will continue to provide an environmental benefit to the quality and quantity of offsite runoff. • Aggregate removal will be the full depth of the aggregate section for roads, equipment pads, and other areas utilizing aggregate. No aggregate will be buried. Includes subgrade scarification prior to backfilling with topsoil. • Turf establishment includes mulch, fertilizer, and water as necessary to achieve 70% ground cover as required to satisfy the NPDES Construction General Permit. • Sediment control is priced as silt fence but could also be fiber logs. Location of sediment control will be downslope from exposed soils only in areas where sedimentation offsite or into onsite water bodies can reasonably be expected. Structural Infrastructure • Steel pile foundation removal is assumed to be similar in effort and price to pile installation. • Steel racking removal is assumed to be similar in effort and price to racking installation. DIVO CSG N LLC 24 Electrical Infrastructure • PV modules to be recycled. Assumption is that the modules are 72 cell polysilicon modules about 6’ X 3’ in dimension. • Switchgear including transformers will be removed from their respective concrete pads and recycled/returned to the manufacturer. • DC copper wiring will be dismantled and recycled. • AC AL wiring, where underground will be dug up, retrieved, and recycled. • On site riser or interconnection poles shall be removed. • String inverters/combiner boxes are no more than 130 lbs. in weight and not more than 40” X 25” X 12” in dimension. A two-person crew can dismantle a string inverter. • Transformers are pad mounted and weigh approximately 6500 pounds. These are dry type transformers, so there is no need for any oil disposal. • Switchgear and the transformer sit on the same concrete pad • Underground medium voltage wires are generally aluminum and are placed in trenches, in some cases direct buried or in PVC conduits. They can be removed by trenching with a ditch witch DIVO CSG N LLC 25 EXHIBIT F – WETLANDS Level 2 Wetland Delineation Report DIVOCSG N Washington County, Minnesota Prepared for: Gordian Energy Systems 3915 Coolidge Avenue Baltimore, MD 21229 Prepared by: Area M Consulting, LLC Environmental Consultants 2023 Alameda Street Roseville, MN 55113 www.areamconsulting.com June 2023 AREAM AREAM [Page Intentionally Left Blank] AREAM I certify that, to the best of my knowledge, this wetland delineation and report were completed following current wetland standards as set forth by the USACE and BWSR. Findings in this report represent Area M’s best judgement based on conditions and information available at the time of the wetland delineation. _________________________________________________ Jonathan Knudsen, WDC, MS Principal Biologist/Wetland Specialist MN Certified Wetland Delineator 1307 DIVOCSG N Level 2 Wetland Delineation June 2023 i AREAM TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................. 1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION .................................................................................................................... 1 OFF-SITE REVIEW .............................................................................................................................. 1 FIELD DELINEATION ......................................................................................................................... 2 RESULTS and RECOMMENDATIONS .............................................................................................. 3 REFERENCES ....................................................................................................................................... 6 TABLES Table 1. Study Area precipitation data. ................................................................................................ 3 APPENDICES Appendix A. Maps Appendix B: Soils Report - Hydric Rating by Soils Unit and Hydric Soil List – All components Appendix C: Field Photographs Appendix D: Wetland Data Forms DIVOCSG N Level 2 Wetland Delineation June 2023 1 AREAM INTRODUCTION Area M Consulting (Area M), on behalf of Gordian Energy Systems (Client), conducted a wetland delineation for the DIVOCSG N (Project) located within Washington County, Minnesota. The Area M biologist conducted a routine Level 2 Delineation, as defined by the Board of Water and Soil Resources (BWSR), within the entire Project boundaries following procedures and methods outlined by the United States Army Core of Engineers (USACE) Wetland Delineation Manual (USACE, 1987), Northcentral and Northeast Regional Supplement (USACE, 2012), and BWSR Guidance for Offsite Hydrology/Wetland Determinations (2016). This wetland delineation report is assembled to inform design and to assist the Client with meeting regulatory requirements necessary for permitting a community solar garden (CSG) in Washington County. PROJECT DESCRIPTION The Project will be located within PID: 1903220130001, which encompasses approximately 80.1 acres, located west of Scandia, MN in Section 19, T32N:R20W (Study Area) (Appendix A). The Study Area includes a rolling plateau with three distinct wetland/waterbody basins. A residence and associated driveway and lawn are present in the north-central portion of the Study Area. Open fields, typically cropped with corn/soybeans, are present in the eastern half and northwestern corner of the Study Area. The remainder of the Study Area is wooded, with birch (Betula papyrifera) and oak (Acer spp.) dominating the forest communities. A three-phase transmission line bisects the property from northeast to southwest. The surrounding landscape is a mosaic of farmland, wooded hillsides, lakes, and residential/commercial buildings associated with Forest Lake and Scandia. OFF-SITE REVIEW Prior to fieldwork, Area M conducted a comprehensive desktop review of data sources available within the public domain to identify the presence/absence and extent of wetlands that could occur within the Study Area. Areas with hydric signatures, suggesting potential wetland conditions, were evaluated in greater detail during the field investigation. The following data sources were reviewed; the analysis of each data set is discussed in greater detail later in this section.  Hydrologic soil data  Antecedent precipitation data  Mapped Wetlands/Waterbodies ▪ U.S. Fish and Wildlife Services (USFWS) National Wetland Inventory (NWI) ▪ MNDNR updated NWI ▪ MNDNR Public Waters Inventory (PWI) ▪ National Hydrography Dataset (NHD)  Elevation Data DIVOCSG N Level 2 Wetland Delineation June 2023 2 AREAM ▪ MN Department of Natural Resources (MNDNR) Light Detection and Ranging (LiDAR) Data ▪ United States Geological Survey (USGS) topographic maps Mapped Wetland Data The NWI (USFWS, 2023), MN NWI update (MNDNR, 2023a), PWI (MNDNR, 2023b) and NHD data sets were reviewed for the presence of mapped wetlands and/or waterbodies within the Study Area. Three large wetlands/waterbodies from these datasets intersect the Study Area (Appendix A). Furthermore, a Minnesota Public Water from the PWI dataset is present in the west-central portion of the Study Area. The 100-Year FEMA flood plain extends eastward from the Public Water into the adjacent field. Soils The Web Soil Survey (NRCS, 2023) was accessed to summarize mapped soil types which occur within the Study Area. Soil units with hydric components are present within the basins where the NWI/PWI/NHD features are mapped (Appendix A). The full list of hydric soils components and attributes are listed in Appendix B. Topographic Data Elevation and topographic data from the USGS and MNDNR were reviewed within the Study Area to identify potential basins and depressional areas which could be indicative of wetlands. The Study Area includes a terrace with no clear aspect. Three clear depressional basins are present in the southern, southwestern, and western portion of the Study Area (Appendix A). The total topographic relief of the Study Area is approximately 10 feet. Off-site Summary Overall, the off-site review suggests three wetlands are present within the Study Area (Appendix A). The entire Study Area was investigated in greater detail during the field survey. FIELD DELINEATION Methodology Suspected wetlands identified during the off-site analysis were investigated in the field using routine on- site delineation methods in accordance with the USACE Wetlands Delineation Manual (USACE, 1987) and the Regional Supplement to the Corps of Engineers Wetland Delineation Manual: Northcentral and Northeast Region (Version 2.0) (USACE, 2010). This included the characterization of vegetation, soils, and hydrology on-site. Wetlands are defined by the USACE as “areas that are inundated or saturated by surface or groundwater at a frequency and duration sufficient to support, and under normal circumstances do support, a prevalence of vegetation typically adapted for life in saturated soil conditions.” For an area to be delineated as a regulated wetland, the vegetative, hydrologic, and soil characteristics must all be present and consistent with federal and state classification criteria. Transects were established in representative transition zones, perpendicular between suspected wetland and upland areas. Survey Points were recorded along each transect, moving from upland to wetland to identify DIVOCSG N Level 2 Wetland Delineation June 2023 3 AREAM the wetland boundary. Wetland criteria were evaluated at each Survey Point and a Wetland Determination Form – Northcentral and Northeast Region (Form) was completed. Additional Survey Points were collected within unique vegetation communities (if present) to document and characterize baseline hydrology, soils, and vegetation within the Study Area. Determination of wetland type was based on the classification system developed by Cowardin et al. (1979) and the USFWS Circular 39 system (Shaw & Fredine 1956). Plant communities were classified using Wetland Plants and Plant Communities of Minnesota and Wisconsin system (Eggers and Reed, 1997). The entire Study Area was surveyed in the field to confirm the absence of additional wetlands. Additionally, the Ordinary High Water Level (OHWL) of the Minnesota Public Water was mapped in field following standards presented by the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources (MNDNR) (Scherek and Yakel, 1993). The location and boundaries of wetland features identified by Area M during field surveys were recorded in the field using a Trimble Geoexplorer 6000 which typically achieves accuracy within 2 feet. A map depicting wetland boundaries, survey points, and transects is included in Appendix A. Representative photographs of the Study Area are included in Appendix C. Field Forms are included in Appendix D. Antecedent Precipitation Analysis Antecedent Precipitation conditions were evaluated using the NRCS Method for Evaluating Antecedent Moisture Conditions. Data from the Minnesota Climatology Working Group and Natural Resources Conservation Service. WETS Tables suggest moisture conditions were wetter than normal during the field survey on May 12, 2023 (Table 2). These conditions were taken into consideration when conducting the delineation. Table 1. Study Area precipitation data. Field Conditions Area M conducted the field delineation on May 12, 2023. Field conditions were wet. The temperature was approximately 60 degrees Fahrenheit and mostly cloudy with minimal wind. The farm fields were not yet cropped/plowed during the survey. Field Review Summary Based upon this routine Level 2 Wetland Delineation, it is the professional opinion of Area M that three large wetlands are present within the Study Area (Appendix A). Wetland 1: Type 2/Type 5 – Fresh Wet Meadow/Shallow Open Water – 9.9 Acres Value First Prior Month April Second Prior Month March Third Prior Month February estimated precipitation total for this location: 4.88 2.77 2.75 30% chance this location will have less than: 2.10 1.13 0.64 30% chance this location will have more than: 3.32 1.91 1.22 type of month Wet Wet wet monthly score 3 * 3 = 9 2 * 3 = 6 1 * 3 = 3 Multi-Month Score: 18 (Wet) DIVOCSG N Level 2 Wetland Delineation June 2023 4 AREAM Wetland 1, a Minnesota Public Water and small wetland fringe, intersects the west-central portion of the Study Area. The total waterbody is approximately 12 acres, with 9.25 acres intersecting the Study Area. The waterbody, contained within a well-defined basin, consists of an open shallow water component with a dense cattail (Typha angustifolio) fringe. The OHWL was identified in the field using vegetative evidence, as tree evidence and water-formed evidence were rare. Therefore, the OHWL was mapped by following the inundated/saturated monoculture of cattails before it transitioned into a reed canary grass (Phalaris arundinacea)-dominated community (see photos is Appendix C). The OHWL was mapped at approximately 698-699 feet elevation. Surrounding the Public Water is a Type 2 Fresh (Wet) Meadow, transitioning from a Type 5 Shallow Open Water community. At Sampling Point 1-1, within the Fresh (Wet) Meadow component of Wetland 1, the plant community was hydrophytic and dominated by reed canary grass and cattails (Typha angustifolia). Soils were hydric, with high muck and organic material components (A10). Soils were saturated to the surface in many areas and a water table was observed within 6 inches (A2, A3). Several secondary hydrology indicators were present, including Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9), FAC-Neutral Test (D5), and Geomorphic Position (D2). In the adjacent upland, at Sampling Point SP 1-2, soils were non- hydric and very distinct from those found in the basin. Wetland hydrology indicators were also not observed. The plant community in the upland was non-hydric and dominated by a thick Poa mat. Wetland 1 was mapped by following the slight to pronounced topographic transition between concave and convex landforms, coupled with the extent of reed canary grass dominance. The total wetland fringe surrounding the public water was approximately 6.5 acres within the Study Area Wetland 2: Type 2/Type 5/Type 8 – Fresh Wet Meadow/Shallow Open Water/Open Bog – 1.7 Acres Wetland 2, located in the southwestern corner of the Study Area, consists of an open bog surrounded by a shallow marsh and a very small wetland fringe. The entire system is contained within a well-defined basin, and lidar review indicates there are no defined inlets or outlets. At Sampling Point 2-1, within the Fresh (Wet) Meadow component of Wetland 2, the plant community was hydrophytic and dominated by sedge (Carex sp.) and reed canary grass. Soils were hydric, with muck, organic, and histic components (A1, A3, C7). Soils were saturated at 2 inches, with a water table observed at 6 inches (A2, A3). Several secondary hydrology indicators were present, including Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9), FAC-Neutral Test (D5), and Geomorphic Position (D2). In the adjacent upland, at Sampling Point SP 2-2, soils were non- hydric, sandy, and very distinct from those found in the basin. Wetland hydrology indicators were also not observed, and the steep basin had a clear distinction between wetland and upland. The plant community in the upland was hydric, and dominated by birch, oak (Acer rubrum), black currant (Ribes nigrum), buckthorn (Rhamnus cathartica), and Poa. Wetland 2 was mapped by following the very pronounced topographic transition between concave and convex landforms, and presence of soils saturation. Wetland 3: Type 2/Type 5 – Fresh Wet Meadow/Shallow Open Water/– 3.0 Acres Wetland 3, located in the southern portion of the Study Area, consists of a shallow marsh surrounded by a variable wetland fringe. Wetland 3 is contained within a defined basin, and lidar review indicates there are no defined inlets or outlets. At Sampling Point 3-1, within the Fresh (Wet) Meadow component of Wetland 3, the plant community was hydrophytic and dominated by reed canary grass and cattails. Soils were hydric, with high muck and organic material components (A10). Soils were saturated at 1 inch, with a water table DIVOCSG N Level 2 Wetland Delineation June 2023 5 AREAM observed within 8 inches (A2, A3). Several secondary hydrology indicators were present, including Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9), FAC-Neutral Test (D5), and Geomorphic Position (D2). In the adjacent upland, at Sampling Point SP 3-2, soils were non-hydric and very distinct from those found in the basin. Wetland hydrology indicators were also not observed. The plant community in the upland was non- hydric and dominated by a Poa and dandelions (Taraxacum officinale). Wetland 3 was mapped by following the slight to pronounced topographic transition between concave and convex landforms, coupled with the extent of reed canary grass dominance and presence of saturated soils. RESULTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Based upon this routine Level 2 Wetland Delineation, it is the professional opinion of Area M that the Study Area contains three features (Wetland 1, Wetland 2, and Wetland 3) that satisfy the criteria to be wetlands/waterbodies pursuant to the Army Corps of Engineers' 1987 Manual with subsequent clarification memoranda and pursuant to confirmation by the USACE (Appendix A). Activities impacting wetlands and waterways are regulated through both the Local Government Unit (LGU) and USACE, which administer the Wetland Conservation Act (WCA) and Clean Water Act (CWA), respectively. Furthermore, Wetland 1 is a Minnesota Public Water, administered by the MNDNR and subject to additional regulation, if impacted. The wetlands and wetland boundaries described within this report are described based on the conditions in the field at the time of the survey and subject to verification by state, federal, and local agencies, which have final authority over wetland presence, extent, and jurisdictional status. DIVOCSG N Level 2 Wetland Delineation June 2023 6 AREAM REFERENCES Board of Water and Soil Resources. 2010. Wetland Conservation Act: Choosing the Appropriate Method. BWSR Technical Guidance July 1, 2010. BWSR and USACE. 2016. Guidance for Offsite Hydrology/Wetland Determination. St. Paul District. Eggers, Steve D., and Donald M. Reed. 1997. Wetland plants and communities of Minnesota and Wisconsin. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, St. Paul District. Jamestown, ND: Environmental Laboratory. 1987. Corp of Engineers Wetlands Delineation Manual. Wetlands Research Program. Technical Report Y-87-1. Department of the Army, Waterways Experiment Station, US Army Corp of Engineers. Vicksburg, Mississippi, USA. Environmental Laboratory. 2012. Regional Supplement to the Corps of Engineers Wetland Delineation Manual: Northcentral and Northeast Region (Version 2.0). U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, U.S. Army Engineer Research and Development Center, Vicksburg, Mississippi, USA. Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS). 2016. Web Soil Survey. (United States Department of Agriculture) Retrieved from http://www.websoilsurvey.nrcs.usda.gov Minnesota Department of Natural Resources. 2019a. National Wetland Inventory Update: Wetlands online map viewer. Downloaded from: http://mndnr.maps.arcgis.com/apps/OnePane/basicviewer/index.html Minnesota Department of Natural Resources. 2019b. Public Waters Inventory Shapefiles. Downloaded from: https://gisdata.mn.gov/dataset/water-mn-public-waters Minnesota Department of Natural Resources (MNDNR). 2019c. MN State Climatology Website. MNDNR Ecological and Water Resources Division. State Climatology Office. Retrieved from: http://climate.umn.edu/gridded_data/precip/monthly/monthly_gridded_precip.asp Scherek, J. and G. Yakel. 1993. Guidelines for Ordinary High Water Level (OHWL) Determinations. Minnesota Department of Natural Resources. St. Paul, MN. United States Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS). 2019. National Wetland Inventory: Wetlands Online Mapper. Retrieved from http://www.fws.gov/wetlands/data/mapper.HTML AREAM Appendix A: Maps T33 R19W T33 R20WT33 R21W T32 R21W T32 R19W T32 R20W T31 R21W T31 R20W T31 R19W 1718171618151514161713141813 212019 2019222322212024242319 282930 27 29302726282925263025 3231 33 3234343231333635313536 6 5 4 3 5 632125461 7 8 9 10 11 12 7 8 11 12 7910 18 17 16 1415 13 18 181716141315 19 20 23 242122 19 20 21 22 23 24 19 30 2829 27 26 25 30 302925262827 31 3635323334 31 32 33 34 35 3136 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 61 7 10989 11101112 1287 7 18 1617 15 14 16 15 1413 13 181718 17 19 2322 2221 1920232124241920 2730 27 262629 30282825253029 Sources: Esri, HERE, Garmin, USGS, Intermap, INCREMENT P, NRCan, Esri Japan, METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), Esri Korea, Esri (Thailand), NGCC, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS Map 1. Location MapDIVOCSG N ^_Project Location Study Area 1-Mile Buffer 5-Mile Buffer County Boundary Township Boundary Section Boundary ^_ Isanti Anoka Hennepin Chisago Wright Carver Washington Sherburne Dakota Ramsey Mille Lacs Scott PineKanabec Sources: Esri, Garmin, USGS, NPS Washington County, MN 78.2 Acres S11 T32N:R20W 45.251801 Lat -92.880373 Long ² 0 5,200 10,4002,600 Feet AREAM 1:100,000 Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, Map 2. 1:24,000 Topographic MapDIVOCSG N Project Site 0.5-Mile Buffer Washington County, MN ² 0 1,250 2,500625Feet AREAM 1:24,000 A Source: Esri, Maxar, Earthstar Geographics, and the GIS User ² 0 230 460115Feet Map 3. Wetland Resources MapDIVOCSG N NHD Flowline NHD Waterbody NWI PWI Flowlline PWI Waterbody Floodway 100-Year Floodplain Washington County, MN AREA M 9 8 8 986 9 9 2 9 9 0 9 7 2 974 9 8 0 9 8 2 9 7 6 984 994 978 996 9 7 0 96 8 96 6 9 9 8 9 7 2 9 8 0 99 2 99 0 99 4 98 2 984 97 2 980 98 4 99 4 99 4 9 7 0 992 9 6 8 994 9 8 4 9 8 4 978 978 980 98 2 970 974 9 7 8 976 976 97 6 988 9 9 2 9 6 8 96 6 990 9 8 2 98 6 9 8 8 996 9 7 4 99 2 97 8 980 9 8 8 9 7 4 9 7 8 984 98 8 98 4 9 9 0 978 976 980 982 992 990 984 9 8 2 976 990 990 99 0 990 97 2 9 9 2 9 9 0 9 7 0 99 6 984 9 8 8 9 8 2 982 9 8 6 994 986 99 6 982 98 4 9 8 0 97 8 976 99 4 974 9 8 4 9 6 8 9 7 0 992 98 2 998 976 988 99 6 9 8 6 984 992 9 7 4 9 7 2 970 99 6 986 996 996 972 9 8 0 98 4 990 980 982 994 9 7 8 98 8 974 982 994 990 97 6 9 7 2 9 8 0 9 9 4 9 9 2 99 4 996 Source: Esri, Maxar, Earthstar Geographics, and the GIS User ² 0 230 460115Feet Map 4. Lidar Map Study Area Contour Interval Index (10-ft) Intermediate (2-ft) High Low AREAM DIVOCSG N Washington County, MN !.!. !. !.!. !.!. Wetland 1 Wetland 2 Wetland 3 SP 1-1 SP 1-2 SP 1-3 SP 2-1 SP 2-2 SP 3-1 SP 3-2 Source: Esri, Maxar, Earthstar Geographics, and the GIS User ² 0 200 400100Feet Map 5. Delineation MapDIVOCSG N Study Area Public Water OHWM Delineated Wetland !.Upland Sampling Point !.Wetland Sampling Point Wetland Transect Washington County, 1:3,860 AREAM DIVOCSG N LLC Washington County, c::J Study Area OHWL �� � Delineated Wetland Map 6. Shoreland Map LJ Shoreland District (1000-ft OHWL Buffer) ABEAM ---------��- AREAM Appendix B: Soils Report Hydric Rating by Soils Unit and Hydric Soil List – All components Hydric Rating by Map Unit—Washington County, Minnesota (Lubke_Solar_Sunvest) Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 5/30/2023 Page 1 of 5 50 1 0 3 0 0 50 1 0 4 0 0 50 1 0 5 0 0 50 1 0 6 0 0 50 1 0 7 0 0 50 1 0 8 0 0 50 1 0 9 0 0 50 1 1 0 0 0 50 1 1 1 0 0 50 1 0 3 0 0 50 1 0 4 0 0 50 1 0 5 0 0 50 1 0 6 0 0 50 1 0 7 0 0 50 1 0 8 0 0 50 1 0 9 0 0 50 1 1 0 0 0 50 1 1 1 0 0 508900 509000 509100 509200 509300 509400 509500 508900 509000 509100 509200 509300 509400 509500 45° 15' 14'' N 92 ° 5 3 ' 1 2 ' ' W 45° 15' 14'' N 92 ° 5 2 ' 3 9 ' ' W 45° 14' 43'' N 92 ° 5 3 ' 1 2 ' ' W 45° 14' 43'' N 92 ° 5 2 ' 3 9 ' ' W N Map projection: Web Mercator Corner coordinates: WGS84 Edge tics: UTM Zone 15N WGS84 0 200 400 800 1200 Feet 0 50 100 200 300 Meters Map Scale: 1:4,630 if printed on A portrait (8.5" x 11") sheet. Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. MAP LEGEND MAP INFORMATION Area of Interest (AOI) Area of Interest (AOI) Soils Soil Rating Polygons Hydric (100%) Hydric (66 to 99%) Hydric (33 to 65%) Hydric (1 to 32%) Not Hydric (0%) Not rated or not available Soil Rating Lines Hydric (100%) Hydric (66 to 99%) Hydric (33 to 65%) Hydric (1 to 32%) Not Hydric (0%) Not rated or not available Soil Rating Points Hydric (100%) Hydric (66 to 99%) Hydric (33 to 65%) Hydric (1 to 32%) Not Hydric (0%) Not rated or not available Water Features Streams and Canals Transportation Rails Interstate Highways US Routes Major Roads Local Roads Background Aerial Photography The soil surveys that comprise your AOI were mapped at 1:15,800. Warning: Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. Enlargement of maps beyond the scale of mapping can cause misunderstanding of the detail of mapping and accuracy of soil line placement. The maps do not show the small areas of contrasting soils that could have been shown at a more detailed scale. Please rely on the bar scale on each map sheet for map measurements. Source of Map: Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey URL: Coordinate System: Web Mercator (EPSG:3857) Maps from the Web Soil Survey are based on the Web Mercator projection, which preserves direction and shape but distorts distance and area. A projection that preserves area, such as the Albers equal-area conic projection, should be used if more accurate calculations of distance or area are required. This product is generated from the USDA-NRCS certified data as of the version date(s) listed below. Soil Survey Area: Washington County, Minnesota Survey Area Data: Version 18, Sep 6, 2022 Soil map units are labeled (as space allows) for map scales 1:50,000 or larger. Date(s) aerial images were photographed: Jul 30, 2022—Sep 1, 2022 The orthophoto or other base map on which the soil lines were compiled and digitized probably differs from the background imagery displayed on these maps. As a result, some minor shifting of map unit boundaries may be evident. Hydric Rating by Map Unit—Washington County, Minnesota (Lubke_Solar_Sunvest) Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 5/30/2023 Page 2 of 5 Hydric Rating by Map Unit Map unit symbol Map unit name Rating Acres in AOI Percent of AOI 12D Emmert gravelly loamy coarse sand, 15 to 25 percent slopes 0 13.7 17.5% 155B Chetek sandy loam, 1 to 6 percent slopes 0 28.0 35.8% 155C Chetek sandy loam, 6 to 12 percent slopes 0 14.0 17.9% 302B Rosholt sandy loam, 2 to 6 percent slopes 0 10.5 13.5% 541 Rifle muck 100 1.5 1.9% 1055 Aquolls and Histosols, ponded 100 10.5 13.4% Totals for Area of Interest 78.3 100.0% Hydric Rating by Map Unit—Washington County, Minnesota Lubke_Solar_Sunvest Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 5/30/2023 Page 3 of 5 Description This rating indicates the percentage of map units that meets the criteria for hydric soils. Map units are composed of one or more map unit components or soil types, each of which is rated as hydric soil or not hydric. Map units that are made up dominantly of hydric soils may have small areas of minor nonhydric components in the higher positions on the landform, and map units that are made up dominantly of nonhydric soils may have small areas of minor hydric components in the lower positions on the landform. Each map unit is rated based on its respective components and the percentage of each component within the map unit. The thematic map is color coded based on the composition of hydric components. The five color classes are separated as 100 percent hydric components, 66 to 99 percent hydric components, 33 to 65 percent hydric components, 1 to 32 percent hydric components, and less than one percent hydric components. In Web Soil Survey, the Summary by Map Unit table that is displayed below the map pane contains a column named 'Rating'. In this column the percentage of each map unit that is classified as hydric is displayed. Hydric soils are defined by the National Technical Committee for Hydric Soils (NTCHS) as soils that formed under conditions of saturation, flooding, or ponding long enough during the growing season to develop anaerobic conditions in the upper part (Federal Register, 1994). Under natural conditions, these soils are either saturated or inundated long enough during the growing season to support the growth and reproduction of hydrophytic vegetation. The NTCHS definition identifies general soil properties that are associated with wetness. In order to determine whether a specific soil is a hydric soil or nonhydric soil, however, more specific information, such as information about the depth and duration of the water table, is needed. Thus, criteria that identify those estimated soil properties unique to hydric soils have been established (Federal Register, 2002). These criteria are used to identify map unit components that normally are associated with wetlands. The criteria used are selected estimated soil properties that are described in "Soil Taxonomy" (Soil Survey Staff, 1999) and "Keys to Soil Taxonomy" (Soil Survey Staff, 2006) and in the "Soil Survey Manual" (Soil Survey Division Staff, 1993). If soils are wet enough for a long enough period of time to be considered hydric, they should exhibit certain properties that can be easily observed in the field. These visible properties are indicators of hydric soils. The indicators used to make onsite determinations of hydric soils are specified in "Field Indicators of Hydric Soils in the United States" (Hurt and Vasilas, 2006). References: Federal Register. July 13, 1994. Changes in hydric soils of the United States. Federal Register. September 18, 2002. Hydric soils of the United States. Hydric Rating by Map Unit—Washington County, Minnesota Lubke_Solar_Sunvest Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 5/30/2023 Page 4 of 5 Hurt, G.W., and L.M. Vasilas, editors. Version 6.0, 2006. Field indicators of hydric soils in the United States. Soil Survey Division Staff. 1993. Soil survey manual. Soil Conservation Service. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 18. Soil Survey Staff. 1999. Soil taxonomy: A basic system of soil classification for making and interpreting soil surveys. 2nd edition. Natural Resources Conservation Service. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 436. Soil Survey Staff. 2006. Keys to soil taxonomy. 10th edition. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. Rating Options Aggregation Method: Percent Present Component Percent Cutoff: None Specified Tie-break Rule: Lower Hydric Rating by Map Unit—Washington County, Minnesota Lubke_Solar_Sunvest Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 5/30/2023 Page 5 of 5 Hydric Soil List - All Components This table lists the map unit components and their hydric status in the survey area. This list can help in planning land uses; however, onsite investigation is recommended to determine the hydric soils on a specific site (National Research Council, 1995; Hurt and others, 2002). The three essential characteristics of wetlands are hydrophytic vegetation, hydric soils, and wetland hydrology (Cowardin and others, 1979; U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, 1987; National Research Council, 1995; Tiner, 1985). Criteria for all of the characteristics must be met for areas to be identified as wetlands. Undrained hydric soils that have natural vegetation should support a dominant population of ecological wetland plant species. Hydric soils that have been converted to other uses should be capable of being restored to wetlands. Hydric soils are defined by the National Technical Committee for Hydric Soils (NTCHS) as soils that formed under conditions of saturation, flooding, or ponding long enough during the growing season to develop anaerobic conditions in the upper part (Federal Register, 1994). These soils, under natural conditions, are either saturated or inundated long enough during the growing season to support the growth and reproduction of hydrophytic vegetation. The NTCHS definition identifies general soil properties that are associated with wetness. In order to determine whether a specific soil is a hydric soil or nonhydric soil, however, more specific information, such as information about the depth and duration of the water table, is needed. Thus, criteria that identify those estimated soil properties unique to hydric soils have been established (Federal Register, 2002). These criteria are used to identify map unit components that normally are associated with wetlands. The criteria used are selected estimated soil properties that are described in "Soil Taxonomy" (Soil Survey Staff, 1999) and "Keys to Soil Taxonomy" (Soil Survey Staff, 2006) and in the "Soil Survey Manual" (Soil Survey Division Staff, 1993). If soils are wet enough for a long enough period of time to be considered hydric, they should exhibit certain properties that can be easily observed in the field. These visible properties are indicators of hydric soils. The indicators used to make onsite determinations of hydric soils are specified in "Field Indicators of Hydric Soils in the United States" (Hurt and Vasilas, 2006). Hydric soils are identified by examining and describing the soil to a depth of about 20 inches. This depth may be greater if determination of an appropriate indicator so requires. It is always recommended that soils be excavated and described to the depth necessary for an understanding of the redoximorphic processes. Then, using the completed soil descriptions, soil scientists can compare the soil features required by each indicator and specify which indicators have been matched with the conditions observed in the soil. The soil can be identified as a hydric soil if at least one of the approved indicators is present. Map units that are dominantly made up of hydric soils may have small areas, or inclusions, of nonhydric soils in the higher positions on the landform, and map units dominantly made up of nonhydric soils may have inclusions of hydric soils in the lower positions on the landform. The criteria for hydric soils are represented by codes in the table (for example, 2). Definitions for the codes are as follows: Hydric Soil List - All Components---Washington County, Minnesota Lubke_Solar_Sunvest Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 5/30/2023 Page 1 of 3 1.All Histels except for Folistels, and Histosols except for Folists. 2.Soils in Aquic suborders, great groups, or subgroups, Albolls suborder, Historthels great group, Histoturbels great group, Pachic subgroups, or Cumulic subgroups that: A.Based on the range of characteristics for the soil series, will at least in part meet one or more Field Indicators of Hydric Soils in the United States, or B.Show evidence that the soil meets the definition of a hydric soil; 3.Soils that are frequently ponded for long or very long duration during the growing season. A.Based on the range of characteristics for the soil series, will at least in part meet one or more Field Indicators of Hydric Soils in the United States, or B.Show evidence that the soil meets the definition of a hydric soil; 4.Map unit components that are frequently flooded for long duration or very long duration during the growing season that: A.Based on the range of characteristics for the soil series, will at least in part meet one or more Field Indicators of Hydric Soils in the United States, or B.Show evidence that the soil meets the definition of a hydric soil; Hydric Condition: Food Security Act information regarding the ability to grow a commodity crop without removing woody vegetation or manipulating hydrology. References: Federal Register. July 13, 1994. Changes in hydric soils of the United States. Federal Register. Doc. 2012-4733 Filed 2-28-12. February, 28, 2012. Hydric soils of the United States. Soil Survey Division Staff. 1993. Soil survey manual. Soil Conservation Service. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 18. Soil Survey Staff. 1999. Soil taxonomy: A basic system of soil classification for making and interpreting soil surveys. 2nd edition. Natural Resources Conservation Service. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 436. Soil Survey Staff. 2010. Keys to soil taxonomy. 11th edition. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. Vasilas, L.M., G.W. Hurt, and C.V. Noble, editors. Version 7.0, 2010. Field indicators of hydric soils in the United States. Hydric Soil List - All Components---Washington County, Minnesota Lubke_Solar_Sunvest Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 5/30/2023 Page 2 of 3 Report—Hydric Soil List - All Components Hydric Soil List - All Components–MN163-Washington County, Minnesota Map symbol and map unit name Component/Local Phase Comp. pct. Landform Hydric status Hydric criteria met (code) 12D: Emmert gravelly loamy coarse sand, 15 to 25 percent slopes Emmert 90 Pitted outwash plains No — Kingsley 5 —No — Chetek 5 —No — 155B: Chetek sandy loam, 1 to 6 percent slopes Chetek 80-100 Outwash plains,terraces No — Rosholt 0-10 Outwash plains,terraces No — Mahtomedi 0-5 Outwash plains,terraces No — Scott Lake 0-5 Outwash plains,terraces No — 155C: Chetek sandy loam, 6 to 12 percent slopes Chetek 80-100 Outwash plains,terraces No — Mahtomedi 0-10 Outwash plains,terraces No — Rosholt 0-10 Outwash plains,terraces No — 302B: Rosholt sandy loam, 2 to 6 percent slopes Rosholt 70-100 Terraces,hillslopes,flat s No — Scott Lake 0-15 Hillslopes,flats,terrace s No — Antigo 0-10 Flats,terraces,hillslope s No — Chetek 0-5 Flats,hillslopes,terrace s No — Cress 0-5 Flats,terraces,hillslope s No — 541: Rifle muck Rifle 85 Depressions Yes 1,3 Cathro 8 Depressions Yes 1,3 Markey 7 Depressions Yes 1,3 1055: Aquolls and Histosols, ponded Aquolls-Ponded 55 Depressions on moraines Yes 2,3 Histosols-Ponded 45 Depressions on moraines Yes 1,3 Data Source Information Soil Survey Area: Washington County, Minnesota Survey Area Data: Version 18, Sep 6, 2022 Hydric Soil List - All Components---Washington County, Minnesota Lubke_Solar_Sunvest Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 5/30/2023 Page 3 of 3 AREAM Appendix C: Field Photographs AREAM General upland Project landscape viewed to the south from the southcentral portion of the Study Area General upland forest landscape viewed to the east from the southwestern portion of the Study Area AREAM Wetland 1, viewed to the west from the center of the Study Area OHWM of Wetland 1 (red line), viewed to the southwest from the eastern extent of the feature v AREAM Wetland 2, viewed to the south from the south-central portion of the Study Area Wetland 3, viewed to the west from the southwestern portion of the Study Area AREAM Appendix D: Wetland Data Sheets Project/Site: State: Slope (%):Lat: Soil Map Unit Name: X Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology Are “Normal Circumstances” present?Yes X No Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Yes X Yes X Yes X Yes X ) 1. 2.(A) 3. 4.(B) 5. (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum 1. 2. 3.x 1 = 4.x 2 = 5.x 3 = x 4 = x 5 = 1.Column Totals:(A)(B) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.X 7.X 8.4 - Morphological Adaptations1 (Provide supporting 9. 10. Woody Vine Stratum 1. 2. Yes X WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM – Northcentral and Northeast DIVOCSG N Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: Dominance Test worksheet: No No No VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? 2 - Dominance Test is >50% Yes 0 =Total Cover 1 - Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation 0 2.00Prevalence Index = B/A = 0 Multiply by: 140 (Plot size: 0 70 Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation1 (Explain) OBL species FACW species FAC species Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 0 140 0 70FACW FACW Typha angustifolio 40 Herb Stratum 5ft(Plot size: Phalaris arundinacea 10Hydrophyllum virginianum FACW ) Type 2 wetland fringe extending out from PWI Basin. Remarks: (Include photo numbers here or on a separate sheet.) =Total Cover Yes 0 Indicator Status Dominant Species? City/County:Washington Sampling Date:5/12/2023 MN SP 1-1Sampling Point: SP on fringe of wetland, beyond area with standing water. Antecedent precipitation was much higher than normal during the survey. -92.882286 NAD 83 Concave Applicant/Owner: Gordian Energy Systems Investigator(s): J Knudsen Landform (hillside, terrace, etc.): basin - fringe S19 32N, 20WSection, Township, Range: Local relief (concave, convex, none): 1 Long:45.250149 Datum: Remarks: 1055 - Aquolls and histosols, ponded PEM/PWI/NHDNWI classification: Yes NoAre climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?(If no, explain in Remarks.) naturally problematic?(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) significantly disturbed? UPL species (Plot size:Tree Stratum 30ft Absolute % Cover Total % Cover of: 15ft ) 70 Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?No Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: No 0 Prevalence Index worksheet: 2 2 100.0% Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 1Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 3 - Prevalence Index is ≤3.01 FACU species =Total Cover (Plot size:30ft ) =Total Cover No 20 US Army Corps of Engineers Sampling Point: %%Type1 Loc2 100 100 X Type: Depth (inches):Hydric Soil Present?Yes No Primary Indicators (minimum of one is required; check all that apply) X X X X X Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Surface Water Present?Yes X Water Table Present?Yes X Saturation Present?Yes X Wetland Hydrology Present?Yes X No Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Redox FeaturesDepth (inches)Color (moist) 10YR 3/1 10YR 2/1 Muck Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Histic Epipedon (A2) Black Histic (A3)Stripped Matrix (S6) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) Dark Surface (S7) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and Matrix Texture Remarks 6-8 Color (moist) Histosol (A1) 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, MS=Masked Sand Grains.2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Hydric Soil Indicators:Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: Coast Prairie Redox (A16) Iron-Manganese Masses (F12) Red Parent Material (F21) Very Shallow Dark Surface (F22) Other (Explain in Remarks) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Sandy Redox (S5) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Stratified Layers (A5) 2 cm Muck (A10) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Depleted Matrix (F3) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Redox Depressions (F8) Surface Water (A1) High Water Table (A2) Saturation (A3) Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Secondary Indicators (minimum of two required) unless disturbed or problematic. wetland hydrology must be present, Muck - hitting roots Greasy - some sand 0-6 Muck 6 5 cm Mucky Peat or Peat (S3) Greasy, saturated Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: HYDROLOGY Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Aquatic Fauna (B13) True Aquatic Plants (B14) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Oxidized Rhizospheres on Living Roots (C3) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Thin Muck Surface (C7) Gauge or Well Data (D9) Other (Explain in Remarks) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Drainage Patterns (B10) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) Remarks: SP 1-1SOIL Restrictive Layer (if observed): Remarks: Saturated soils Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Crayfish Burrows (C8) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Sediment Deposits (B2) Drift Deposits (B3) Water Marks (B1) Iron Deposits (B5) Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) (includes capillary fringe) Geomorphic Position (D2) 0 No No No Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Field Observations: US Army Corps of Engineers X Project/Site: State: Slope (%):Lat: Soil Map Unit Name: X Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology Are “Normal Circumstances” present?Yes X No Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Yes X Yes X Yes X Yes X ) 1. 2.(A) 3. 4.(B) 5. (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum 1. 2. 3.x 1 = 4.x 2 = 5.x 3 = x 4 = x 5 = 1.Column Totals:(A)(B) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.4 - Morphological Adaptations1 (Provide supporting 9. 10. Woody Vine Stratum 1. 2. Yes X =Total Cover (Plot size:30ft ) =Total Cover No 10 80 Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?No Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: No 70 Prevalence Index worksheet: 0 1 0.0% Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 1Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 3 - Prevalence Index is ≤3.01 FACU species UPL species (Plot size:Tree Stratum 30ft Absolute % Cover Total % Cover of: 15ft ) NWI classification: Yes NoAre climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?(If no, explain in Remarks.) naturally problematic?(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) significantly disturbed? City/County:Washington MN Sampling Date: 5/12/2023 Sampling Point: SP 1-2 SP raised bank, beyond cattail/RCG fringe. Antecedent precipitation was much higher than normal during the survey. -92.882195 NAD 83 None S19 32N, 20WSection, Township, Range: Local relief (concave, convex, none): 3 Long:45.25250162 Datum: Remarks: 1055 - Aquolls and histosols, ponded PEM/PWI/NHD linear to convex berm/bank with poa grasses Remarks: (Include photo numbers here or on a separate sheet.) =Total Cover Yes 0 Indicator Status Dominant Species? (Plot size: Taraxacum officinale 10Phalaris arundinacea FACW ) FACU FACU Poa pratensis 60 Herb Stratum 5ft Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation1 (Explain) OBL species FACW species FAC species Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 0 300 0 80 Applicant/Owner: Gordian Energy Systems Investigator(s): J Knudsen Landform (hillside, terrace, etc.): Bank 2 - Dominance Test is >50% No 0 =Total Cover 1 - Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation 280 3.75Prevalence Index = B/A = 0 Multiply by: 20 (Plot size: 0 10 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM – Northcentral and Northeast Region DIVOCSG N Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: Dominance Test worksheet: No No No VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? US Army Corps of Engineers Sampling Point: %%Type1 Loc2 100 100 Type: Depth (inches):Hydric Soil Present?Yes No X Primary Indicators (minimum of one is required; check all that apply) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Surface Water Present?Yes X Water Table Present?Yes X Saturation Present?Yes X Wetland Hydrology Present?Yes No X Geomorphic Position (D2) No No No Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Field Observations: SP 1-3SOIL Restrictive Layer (if observed): Remarks: Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Crayfish Burrows (C8) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Sediment Deposits (B2) Drift Deposits (B3) Water Marks (B1) Iron Deposits (B5) Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) (includes capillary fringe) 5 cm Mucky Peat or Peat (S3) Very distinct from wetalnd Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: HYDROLOGY Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Aquatic Fauna (B13) True Aquatic Plants (B14) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Oxidized Rhizospheres on Living Roots (C3) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Thin Muck Surface (C7) Gauge or Well Data (D9) Other (Explain in Remarks) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Drainage Patterns (B10) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) Remarks: Surface Water (A1) High Water Table (A2) Saturation (A3) Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Secondary Indicators (minimum of two required) unless disturbed or problematic. wetland hydrology must be present, some sand Sandier, some rocks 0-12 Loamy/Clayey 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, MS=Masked Sand Grains.2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Hydric Soil Indicators:Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: Coast Prairie Redox (A16) Iron-Manganese Masses (F12) Red Parent Material (F21) Very Shallow Dark Surface (F22) Other (Explain in Remarks) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Sandy Redox (S5) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Stratified Layers (A5) 2 cm Muck (A10) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Depleted Matrix (F3) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Redox Depressions (F8) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and Matrix Texture Remarks 12-20 Color (moist) Histosol (A1) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Histic Epipedon (A2) Black Histic (A3)Stripped Matrix (S6) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) Dark Surface (S7) Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Redox FeaturesDepth (inches)Color (moist) 10YR 4/4 10YR 3/3 Loamy/Clayey US Army Corps of Engineers Project/Site: State: Slope (%):Lat: Soil Map Unit Name: X Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology Are “Normal Circumstances” present?Yes X No Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Yes X Yes X Yes X Yes X ) 1. 2.(A) 3. 4.(B) 5. (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum 1. 2. 3.x 1 = 4.x 2 = 5.x 3 = x 4 = x 5 = 1.Column Totals:(A)(B) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.X 7.X 8.4 - Morphological Adaptations1 (Provide supporting 9. 10. Woody Vine Stratum 1. 2. Yes X =Total Cover (Plot size:30ft ) =Total Cover 10 60 Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?No Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: No 15 Prevalence Index worksheet: 3 5 60.0% Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 1Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 3 - Prevalence Index is ≤3.01 FACU species UPL species Yes FACU (Plot size: 10 Tree Stratum Yes 30ft 10 Absolute % Cover FAC Total % Cover of: 15ft ) NWI classification: Yes NoAre climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?(If no, explain in Remarks.) naturally problematic?(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) significantly disturbed? City/County:Washington Sampling Date:5/12/2023 MN SP 1-3Sampling Point: SP on small, forested edge of Wetland 1. Antecedent precipitation was much higher than normal during the survey. -92.884535 NAD 83 Concave S19 32N, 20WSection, Township, Range: Local relief (concave, convex, none): 1 Long:45.249207 Datum: Remarks: 1055 - Aquolls and histosols, ponded PEM/PWI/NHD Type 2 wetland fringe extending out from PWI Basin. Remarks: (Include photo numbers here or on a separate sheet.) =Total Cover Yes 20 Indicator Status Dominant Species? (Plot size: FAC 5 Phryma leptostachya Rhamnus cathartica ) FACW UPL Yes Typha angustifolio 50 15 Herb Stratum 5ft Yes 10 Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation1 (Explain) OBL species FACW species FAC species Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 50 270 10 95 Applicant/Owner:Gordian Energy Systems Investigator(s): J Knudsen Landform (hillside, terrace, etc.): basin - forested 2 - Dominance Test is >50% No 60 =Total Cover 1 - Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation 60 2.84Prevalence Index = B/A = 0 Multiply by: 100 (Plot size: Prunus virginiana 20 0 FACU 50 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM – Northcentral and Northeast Region DIVOCSG N Betula papyrifera Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: Dominance Test worksheet: No No No VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Acer rubrum Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? US Army Corps of Engineers Sampling Point: %%Type1 Loc2 100 100 X Type: Depth (inches):Hydric Soil Present?Yes No Primary Indicators (minimum of one is required; check all that apply) X X X X Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Surface Water Present?Yes X Water Table Present?Yes X Saturation Present?Yes X Wetland Hydrology Present?Yes X No Geomorphic Position (D2) 4 No No No Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Field Observations: SP 1-3SOIL Restrictive Layer (if observed): Remarks: flowign water Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Crayfish Burrows (C8) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Sediment Deposits (B2) Drift Deposits (B3) Water Marks (B1) Iron Deposits (B5) Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) (includes capillary fringe) 10 5 cm Mucky Peat or Peat (S3) Greasy, saturated Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: HYDROLOGY Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Aquatic Fauna (B13) True Aquatic Plants (B14) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Oxidized Rhizospheres on Living Roots (C3) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Thin Muck Surface (C7) Gauge or Well Data (D9) Other (Explain in Remarks) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Drainage Patterns (B10) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) Remarks: Surface Water (A1) High Water Table (A2) Saturation (A3) Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Secondary Indicators (minimum of two required) unless disturbed or problematic. wetland hydrology must be present, Muck - hitting roots Some sand component 0-4 Muck 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, MS=Masked Sand Grains.2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Hydric Soil Indicators:Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: Coast Prairie Redox (A16) Iron-Manganese Masses (F12) Red Parent Material (F21) Very Shallow Dark Surface (F22) Other (Explain in Remarks) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Sandy Redox (S5) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Stratified Layers (A5) 2 cm Muck (A10) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Depleted Matrix (F3) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Redox Depressions (F8) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and Matrix Texture Remarks 4-6 Color (moist) Histosol (A1) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Histic Epipedon (A2) Black Histic (A3)Stripped Matrix (S6) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) Dark Surface (S7) Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Redox FeaturesDepth (inches)Color (moist) 10YR 3/1 10YR 2/1 Muck US Army Corps of Engineers X Project/Site: State: Lat: Soil Map Unit Name: X Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology Are “Normal Circumstances” present?Yes X No Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Yes X Yes X Yes X Yes X ) 1. 2.(A) 3. 4.(B) 5. (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum 1. 2. 3.x 1 = 4.x 2 = 5.x 3 = x 4 = x 5 = 1.Column Totals:(A)(B) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.X 7.X 8.4 - Morphological Adaptations1 (Provide supporting 9. 10. Woody Vine Stratum 1. 2. Yes X =Total Cover (Plot size:30ft ) =Total Cover 20 50 Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?No Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: No 0 Prevalence Index worksheet: 2 2 100.0% Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 1Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 3 - Prevalence Index is ≤3.01 FACU species UPL species (Plot size:Tree Stratum 30ft Absolute % Cover Total % Cover of: 15ft ) NWI classification: Yes NoAre climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?(If no, explain in Remarks.) naturally problematic?(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) significantly disturbed? City/County:Washington Sampling Date:5/12/2023 MN SP 2-1Sampling Point: SP on fringe of wetland, within pronounced basin. Bog. Antecedent precipitation was much higher than normal during the survey. -92.884103 NAD 83 Concave S19 32N, 20WSection, Township, Range: Local relief (concave, convex, none): Long:Datum: Remarks: 541 - Rifle muck Type 2 wetland fringe Remarks: (Include photo numbers here or on a separate sheet.) =Total Cover Yes 0 Indicator Status Dominant Species? (Plot size: Carex sp. ) FACW FACW Typha angustifolio 30 Herb Stratum 5ft Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation1 (Explain) OBL species FACW species FAC species Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 0 100 0 50 Applicant/Owner: Gordian Energy Investigator(s): J Knudsen Landform (hillside, terrace, etc.): basin Slope (%): 1 45.247507 2 - Dominance Test is >50% Yes 0 =Total Cover 1 - Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation 0 2.00Prevalence Index = B/A = 0 Multiply by: 100 (Plot size: 0 50 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM – Northcentral and Northeast Region DIVOCSG N Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: Dominance Test worksheet: No No No VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? US Army Corps of Engineers NWI Sampling Point: %%Type1 Loc2 100 100 100 X X Type: Depth (inches):Hydric Soil Present?Yes No Primary Indicators (minimum of one is required; check all that apply) X X X X X X Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Surface Water Present?Yes X Water Table Present?Yes X Saturation Present?Yes X Wetland Hydrology Present?Yes X No Geomorphic Position (D2) 2 No No No Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Field Observations: SP 2-1SOIL Restrictive Layer (if observed): Remarks: Saturated soils - spaghnum bog Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Crayfish Burrows (C8) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Sediment Deposits (B2) Drift Deposits (B3) Water Marks (B1) Iron Deposits (B5) Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) (includes capillary fringe) 5 5 cm Mucky Peat or Peat (S3) Histosols and peat Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: HYDROLOGY Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Aquatic Fauna (B13) True Aquatic Plants (B14) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Oxidized Rhizospheres on Living Roots (C3) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Thin Muck Surface (C7) Gauge or Well Data (D9) Other (Explain in Remarks) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Drainage Patterns (B10) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) Remarks: Surface Water (A1) High Water Table (A2) Saturation (A3) Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Secondary Indicators (minimum of two required) unless disturbed or problematic. wetland hydrology must be present, Dark greasy Peat Mucky peat. Sand 0-1 Muck 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, MS=Masked Sand Grains.2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Hydric Soil Indicators:Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: Coast Prairie Redox (A16) Iron-Manganese Masses (F12) Red Parent Material (F21) Very Shallow Dark Surface (F22) Other (Explain in Remarks) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Sandy Redox (S5) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Stratified Layers (A5) 2 cm Muck (A10) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Depleted Matrix (F3) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Redox Depressions (F8) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and Matrix Texture Remarks 1-4 Color (moist) Histosol (A1) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Histic Epipedon (A2) Black Histic (A3)Stripped Matrix (S6) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) Dark Surface (S7) 4-10 10YR 2/1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Redox FeaturesDepth (inches)Color (moist) 10YR 5/4 10YR 2/1 Peat Mucky Peat US Army Corps of Engineers X Project/Site: State: Slope (%):Lat: Soil Map Unit Name: X Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology Are “Normal Circumstances” present?Yes X No Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Yes X Yes X Yes X Yes X ) 1. 2.(A) 3. 4.(B) 5. (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum 1. 2. 3.x 1 = 4.x 2 = 5.x 3 = x 4 = x 5 = 1.Column Totals:(A)(B) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.X 7. 8.4 - Morphological Adaptations1 (Provide supporting 9. 10. Woody Vine Stratum 1. 2. Yes X WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM – Northcentral and Northeast Region DIVOCSG N Acer rubrum Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: Dominance Test worksheet: No No No VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Betula papyrifera Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? 2 - Dominance Test is >50% No 120 =Total Cover 1 - Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation 108 3.70Prevalence Index = B/A = 0 Multiply by: 0 (Plot size: Rhamnus cathartica 35 0 FAC 0 15 Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation1 (Explain) OBL species FACW species FAC species Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 75 303 15 82FAC FACU Yes Poa sp. 25 20 Herb Stratum 5ft Yes (Plot size: UPL 5 Anemone quinquefolia Ribes nigrum ) Mostly FAC Remarks: (Include photo numbers here or on a separate sheet.) =Total Cover Yes 40 Indicator Status Dominant Species? City/County:Washington Sampling Date:5/12/2023 MN SP 2-2Sampling Point: SP on slope of bank - very pronounced basin and short transitions area. Antecedent precipitation was much higher than normal during the survey. -92.883963 NAD 83 Convex Applicant/Owner:Gordian Energy Investigator(s): J Knudsen Landform (hillside, terrace, etc.): Slope S19 32N, 20WSection, Township, Range: Local relief (concave, convex, none): 5 Long:45.247555 Datum: Remarks: 12D - Emmert gravelly loamy coars sand, 15-25 percent slopes NoneNWI classification: Yes NoAre climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?(If no, explain in Remarks.) naturally problematic?(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) significantly disturbed? UPL species Yes FAC (Plot size: 25 Tree Stratum Yes 30ft 10 Absolute % Cover FACU Total % Cover of: 15ft ) 27 Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?No Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: No 27 Prevalence Index worksheet: 3 5 60.0% Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 1Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 3 - Prevalence Index is ≤3.01 FACU species =Total Cover (Plot size:30ft ) =Total Cover 2 US Army Corps of Engineers Sampling Point: %%Type1 Loc2 100 100 100 Type: Depth (inches):Hydric Soil Present?Yes No X Primary Indicators (minimum of one is required; check all that apply) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Surface Water Present?Yes X Water Table Present?Yes X Saturation Present?Yes X Wetland Hydrology Present?Yes No X 10-18 10YR 4/4 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Redox FeaturesDepth (inches)Color (moist) 10YR 5/3 10YR 3/1 Sandy Sandy Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Histic Epipedon (A2) Black Histic (A3)Stripped Matrix (S6) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) Dark Surface (S7) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and Matrix Texture Remarks 3-10 Color (moist) Histosol (A1) 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, MS=Masked Sand Grains.2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Hydric Soil Indicators:Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: Coast Prairie Redox (A16) Iron-Manganese Masses (F12) Red Parent Material (F21) Very Shallow Dark Surface (F22) Other (Explain in Remarks) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Sandy Redox (S5) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Stratified Layers (A5) 2 cm Muck (A10) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Depleted Matrix (F3) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Redox Depressions (F8) Surface Water (A1) High Water Table (A2) Saturation (A3) Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Secondary Indicators (minimum of two required) unless disturbed or problematic. wetland hydrology must be present, Brown sand, some organics Lighter brown, dry larger sand, some wetness 0-3 Sandy 5 cm Mucky Peat or Peat (S3) Histosols and peat Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: HYDROLOGY Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Aquatic Fauna (B13) True Aquatic Plants (B14) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Oxidized Rhizospheres on Living Roots (C3) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Thin Muck Surface (C7) Gauge or Well Data (D9) Other (Explain in Remarks) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Drainage Patterns (B10) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) Remarks: SP 2-2SOIL Restrictive Layer (if observed): Remarks: dry Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Crayfish Burrows (C8) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Sediment Deposits (B2) Drift Deposits (B3) Water Marks (B1) Iron Deposits (B5) Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) (includes capillary fringe) Geomorphic Position (D2) No No No Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Field Observations: US Army Corps of Engineers Project/Site: State: Slope (%):Lat: Soil Map Unit Name: X Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology Are “Normal Circumstances” present?Yes X No Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Yes X Yes X Yes X Yes X ) 1. 2.(A) 3. 4.(B) 5. (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum 1. 2. 3.x 1 = 4.x 2 = 5.x 3 = x 4 = x 5 = 1.Column Totals:(A)(B) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.X 7.X 8.4 - Morphological Adaptations1 (Provide supporting 9. 10. Woody Vine Stratum 1. 2. Yes X =Total Cover (Plot size:30ft ) =Total Cover 20 80 Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?No Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: No 0 Prevalence Index worksheet: 2 2 100.0% Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 1Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 3 - Prevalence Index is ≤3.01 FACU species UPL species (Plot size:Tree Stratum 30ft Absolute % Cover Total % Cover of: 15ft ) NWI classification: Yes NoAre climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?(If no, explain in Remarks.) naturally problematic?(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) significantly disturbed? City/County:Washington Sampling Date:5/12/2023 MN SP 3-1Sampling Point: SP on fringe of wetland beyond basin. Antecedent precipitation was much higher than normal during the survey. -92.88258 NAD 83 Concave S19 32N, 20WSection, Township, Range: Local relief (concave, convex, none): 2 Long:45.24735 Datum: Remarks: 1055 - Aquolls and histosols, ponded NWI/NHD Type 2 wetland fringe extending out from NWI Remarks: (Include photo numbers here or on a separate sheet.) =Total Cover Yes 0 Indicator Status Dominant Species? (Plot size: Typha angustifolia ) FACW FACW Phalaris arundinacea 60 Herb Stratum 5ft Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation1 (Explain) OBL species FACW species FAC species Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 0 160 0 80 Applicant/Owner: Gordian Energy Systems Investigator(s): J Knudsen Landform (hillside, terrace, etc.): basin - fringe 2 - Dominance Test is >50% Yes 0 =Total Cover 1 - Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation 0 2.00Prevalence Index = B/A = 0 Multiply by: 160 (Plot size: 0 80 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM – Northcentral and Northeast Region DIVOCSG N Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: Dominance Test worksheet: No No No VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? US Army Corps of Engineers Sampling Point: %%Type1 Loc2 100 X Type: Depth (inches):Hydric Soil Present?Yes No Primary Indicators (minimum of one is required; check all that apply) X X X X X Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Surface Water Present?Yes X Water Table Present?Yes X Saturation Present?Yes X Wetland Hydrology Present?Yes X No Geomorphic Position (D2) 1 No No No Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Field Observations: SP 3-1SOIL Restrictive Layer (if observed): Remarks: Saturated soils Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Crayfish Burrows (C8) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Sediment Deposits (B2) Drift Deposits (B3) Water Marks (B1) Iron Deposits (B5) Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) (includes capillary fringe) 8 5 cm Mucky Peat or Peat (S3) Greasy, saturated Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: HYDROLOGY Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Aquatic Fauna (B13) True Aquatic Plants (B14) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Oxidized Rhizospheres on Living Roots (C3) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Thin Muck Surface (C7) Gauge or Well Data (D9) Other (Explain in Remarks) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Drainage Patterns (B10) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) Remarks: Surface Water (A1) High Water Table (A2) Saturation (A3) Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Secondary Indicators (minimum of two required) unless disturbed or problematic. wetland hydrology must be present, Mucky0-10 Muck 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, MS=Masked Sand Grains.2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Hydric Soil Indicators:Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: Coast Prairie Redox (A16) Iron-Manganese Masses (F12) Red Parent Material (F21) Very Shallow Dark Surface (F22) Other (Explain in Remarks) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Sandy Redox (S5) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Stratified Layers (A5) 2 cm Muck (A10) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Depleted Matrix (F3) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Redox Depressions (F8) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and Matrix Texture RemarksColor (moist) Histosol (A1) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Histic Epipedon (A2) Black Histic (A3)Stripped Matrix (S6) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) Dark Surface (S7) Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Redox FeaturesDepth (inches)Color (moist) 10YR 2/1 US Army Corps of Engineers X Project/Site: State: Slope (%):Lat: Soil Map Unit Name: X Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology Are “Normal Circumstances” present?Yes X No Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Yes X Yes X Yes X Yes X ) 1. 2.(A) 3. 4.(B) 5. (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum 1. 2. 3.x 1 = 4.x 2 = 5.x 3 = x 4 = x 5 = 1.Column Totals:(A)(B) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.4 - Morphological Adaptations1 (Provide supporting 9. 10. Woody Vine Stratum 1. 2. Yes X WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM – Northcentral and Northeast Region DIVOCSG N Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: Dominance Test worksheet: No No No VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? 2 - Dominance Test is >50% Yes 0 =Total Cover 1 - Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation 280 4.00Prevalence Index = B/A = 0 Multiply by: 0 (Plot size: 0 0 Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation1 (Explain) OBL species FACW species FAC species Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 0 280 0 70FACU FACU Poa pratensis 50 Herb Stratum 5ft(Plot size: Taraxacum officinale 5Trifolium repens FACU ) linear to convex berm/bank with poa grasses Remarks: (Include photo numbers here or on a separate sheet.) =Total Cover Yes 0 Indicator Status Dominant Species? City/County:Washington Sampling Date:5/12/2023 MN SP 3-2Sampling Point: SP on raised bank, beyond cattail/RCG fringe. Antecedent precipitation was much higher than normal during the survey. -92.882195 NAD 83 None Applicant/Owner:Gordian energy Investigator(s): J Knudsen Landform (hillside, terrace, etc.): Bank S19 32N, 20WSection, Township, Range: Local relief (concave, convex, none): 3 Long:45.25250162 Datum: Remarks: 12D - Emmert gravelly loamy coarse sand, 15-25 percent slopes NoneNWI classification: Yes NoAre climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?(If no, explain in Remarks.) naturally problematic?(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) significantly disturbed? UPL species (Plot size:Tree Stratum 30ft Absolute % Cover Total % Cover of: 15ft ) 70 Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?No Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: No 70 Prevalence Index worksheet: 0 2 0.0% Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 1Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 3 - Prevalence Index is ≤3.01 FACU species =Total Cover (Plot size:30ft ) =Total Cover No 15 US Army Corps of Engineers Midwest Region – Version 2.0 Sampling Point: %%Type1 Loc2 100 100 Type: Depth (inches):Hydric Soil Present?Yes No X Primary Indicators (minimum of one is required; check all that apply) Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Surface Water Present?Yes X Water Table Present?Yes X Saturation Present?Yes X Wetland Hydrology Present?Yes No X Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Redox FeaturesDepth (inches)Color (moist) 10YR 5/3 10YR 3/1 Sandy Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Histic Epipedon (A2) Black Histic (A3)Stripped Matrix (S6) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) Dark Surface (S7) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and Matrix Texture Remarks 4-15 Color (moist) Histosol (A1) 1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, MS=Masked Sand Grains.2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Hydric Soil Indicators:Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: Coast Prairie Redox (A16) Iron-Manganese Masses (F12) Red Parent Material (F21) Very Shallow Dark Surface (F22) Other (Explain in Remarks) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) Sandy Redox (S5) Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Stratified Layers (A5) 2 cm Muck (A10) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Depleted Matrix (F3) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Redox Depressions (F8) Surface Water (A1) High Water Table (A2) Saturation (A3) Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Secondary Indicators (minimum of two required) unless disturbed or problematic. wetland hydrology must be present, loamy sand - some organics dry 0-4 Sandy 5 cm Mucky Peat or Peat (S3) Very distinct from wetand Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: HYDROLOGY Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Aquatic Fauna (B13) True Aquatic Plants (B14) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Oxidized Rhizospheres on Living Roots (C3) Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Thin Muck Surface (C7) Gauge or Well Data (D9) Other (Explain in Remarks) Surface Soil Cracks (B6) Drainage Patterns (B10) Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) Remarks: SP 3-2SOIL Restrictive Layer (if observed): Remarks: Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Crayfish Burrows (C8) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Algal Mat or Crust (B4) Sediment Deposits (B2) Drift Deposits (B3) Water Marks (B1) Iron Deposits (B5) Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) (includes capillary fringe) Geomorphic Position (D2) No No No Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Field Observations: US Army Corps of Engineers Midwest Region – Version 2.0 DIVO CSG N LLC 26 EXHIBIT G – INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT WITH XCEL ENERGY DIVO CSG N LLC 27 EXHIBIT H – SURROUNDING LANDOWNERS Impervious Surface Calculation (sq ft) - 10929 Scandia Trail N, Scandia MN Impervious Surface Area (sq ft) Sunvest - SV CSG Scandia LLC: Posts 16.50 equipment pad 890.00 Gordian - DIVOCS: Posts 6.95 equipment pad 2,310.00 NEE - Oriana: Posts 5.74 equipment pad 2,310.00 Shared Solar Driveway and Entrances 42,660.00 Homesite: Gravel Driveway 10,067.00 Home/Ag Shed 2,267.00 Total 60,533.19 10929 Scandia Trail North (65 acres above OHWL)2,831,400.00 Impervious Surface Coverage Ratio Current 0.44% Shared Solar Driveway and Entrances 1.51% Impervious Surface Coverage Ratio Proposed (Homesite + Sunvest array only) 0.47% Impervious Surface Coverage Ratio Proposed (Homesite + Gordian array only) 0.52% Impervious Surface Coverage Ratio Proposed (Homesite + NEE array only) 0.52% Impervious Surface Coverage Ratio Proposed (All three projects + Homesite + shared solar driveway)2.14% 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 330 0 30 60 W E S N 80 70 50 4O 20 10350 320 310 290 280 260 250 230 220 200 190 170 160 140 130 110 100 340 N 6"2'6"PER PLAN2"6"6"30'PONDED VOLUMEOVERFLOW ELEV =TOP OF BERMELEV =RIP RAP OVERFLOW4:1 SLOPEEXISTING SUBGRADE -PROTECT FROM COMPACTIONPOND BOTTOMELEV = CLASS I RIP RAP OVERGEOTEXTILE FABRICBERM(5' MIN)BASIN PLAN VIEWOVERFLOW ELEVATIONGEOTEXTILE FABRIC LINER ALONGBOTTOM OF RIP RAP41122' DIRECTION OF FLOWA ABB 6' VINYL FENCE FOR SCREENING 6' VINYL FENCE FOR SCREENING 6'-0" 1 2 3 4 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" soft Corporation © 2023 TomTom Sheet: 1 File: ..\..\..\..\CourtneyO’Connor\OneDrive - Gordian\Desktop\_ags_ea3a2008-378a-11ee-9a1a-1225ded8d3bd.pdf Missing or invalid reference VICINITY MAP PROJECT LOCATION REVISIONS #DESCRIPTION BY DATE 0 PRELIMINARY DESIGN CO 6/12/2023 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DRAWN BY DRAWING TITLE SCALE 1 SHEET OTHER NOTES PROJECT ADDRESS 10929 SCANDIA TRAIL N SCANDIA, MN 55073 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS SYSTEM SIZE DC SYSTEM SIZE AC DC/AC RATIO AZIMUTH TILT MODULE COUNT MODULE TYPE MODULE STC RATING INVERTER COUNT INVERTER TYPE INVERTER POWER RACKING MONITORING FENCE TYPE DESIGN CRITERIA MIN/MAX TEMP. WIND SPEED (ASCE 7-10) BUILDING CATEGORY EXPOSURE CATEGORY GROUND SNOW LOAD DRAWING SHEETS AND CONTENTS NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED AND/OR MODIFIED WITHOUT EXPLICIT WRITTEN CONSENT FROM GORDIAN ENERGY SYSTEMS LLC. GORDIAN ENERGY SYSTEMS LLC 3915 COOLIDGE AVENUE, BALTIMORE, MD 21229 GORDIANENERGYSYSTEMS.COM 410-242-2449 00 1"2" 1 DRAWING SCALE ACCURATE WHEN THIS PAGE IS PRINTED ON 24"x36" PAPER. PROJECT NAME CUSTOMER NAME LAT: 45°14'59.58"N LONG: 92°52'50.43"W 1" = 100' SIDE VIEW PV1 1.503 MW 1.000 MW 1.503 180 30 2592 TRINA 580W 9 CHINT 125 kW TBD ALSO ENERGY TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD DIVOCSG N LLC GORDIAN AXE DEVELOPMENT DEER FENCE Page 1 PILOT SEED MIXES: These new “Pilot” seed mixes have been developed for a variety of restoration, conservation and stormwater uses. Goals were to meet the needs of common project types and to create direction for emerging topics such as biofuels, buffers, conservation grazing, and pollinators. All of the mixes were developed for specific functions and incorporate pollinator habitat to the extent possible. The mixes will remain as pilot mixes for a couple years until we understand how they are performing before we work to make them official state mixes. In many cases these mixes should be considered starting points for developing site specific mixes. Note: Oats cover crop is included as a component of these seed mixes with the exception of some wetland mixes where cover species are not necessary. Winter wheat (at a similar rate to oats) may be selected in some cases where germination is needed later in the fall, followed by further green‐up the following spring (oats will not come back the follow spring unless it re‐establishes from seed). Function: Pollinator Planting Area: NE Specialization: Intent: Low growing native vegetation establishment for under solar panels in Northeastern MN Scientific Name Common Name Seeds/ sq ft Cover Rate (lb/ac) % Mix (by sqft) % Mix (by wt) Avena sativa Oats* (See Cover crop note) 11.13 37.88 Total Guild: 11.13 37.88 19.27% 88.4% Forb Achillea millefolium Common Yarrow 0.66 0.01 Allium stellatum Prairie Wild Onion 0.73 0.18 Anemone canadesis Canada Anemone 0.18 0.06 Aquilegia canadensis Columbine 0.44 0.03 Asclepias tuberosa Butterfly Milkweed 0.1 0.06 Euthamia graminifolia Grass‐leaved Goldenrod 1.4 0.01 Galium boreale Northern Bedstraw 0.28 0.01 Geranium maculatum Wild Geranium 0.02 0.01 Liatris aspera Rough Blazing Star 0.25 0.04 Penstemon grandiflorus Large‐flowered Beard Tongue 0.5 0.10 Potentilla arguta Prairie Cinquefoil 0.1 0.00 Pycnanthemum virginianum Virginia Mountain Mint 0.82 0.01 July 5, 2018 BWSR Pilot Seed Mixes Finalized Low Growing Solar Array Mix Northeast Page 2 Rudbeckia hirta Black‐eyed Susan 1.58 0.07 Sisyrinchium campestre Field Blue‐eyed Grass 0.52 0.03 Smilacina racemosa False Solomons Seal 0.01 0.07 Solidago nemoralis Gray Goldenrod 1.2 0.01 Solidago ptarmicoides Upland White Aster 1 0.04 Symphyotrichum ericoides Heath Aster 0.8 0.01 Symphyotrichum laeve Smooth Aster 0.63 0.03 Symphyotrichum lateriflorum Calico Aster 1 0.01 Zizia aptera Heart‐leaved Alexanders 0.55 0.12 Total Guild: 12.77 0.91 22.11% 2.1% Graminoid Bromus kalmii Kalm's Brome 3 1.02 Danthonia spicata Poverty Grass 6 0.65 Festuca rubra Red Fescue 12 1.42 Koeleria macrantha Junegrass 4.59 0.06 Legume Astragalus canadensis Canada Milk Vetch 0.4 0.06 Dalea candida White Prairie Clover 1.7 0.24 Dalea purpurea Purple Prairie Clover 1.02 0.19 Total Guild: 3.12 0.49 5.40% 1.1% Sedge Carex bicknellii Bicknell's Sedge 0.95 0.15 Carex brevior Short Sedge 2.1 0.20 Carex scoparia Lance‐fruited Oval sedge 2.1 0.07 Total Guild: 5.15 0.42 8.92% 1.0% Total Seed Mix: 57.76 42.85 Total Guild: 25.59 3.15 44.30% 7.4% DIVOCSG N LLC EXHIBIT L - FENCING MATERIALS 32 44 Lake Street South Suite A, Forest Lake, MN 55025 Phone 651.395.5850 | info@clflwd.org | www.clflwd.org Version Date: 10/11/2021 Board Approved Page 1 of 3 PERMIT APPLICATION A. Name of Project: Date: Purpose/Description of Project: Location of Project (street address, if known): City or Township: Legal description: Section: 1/4 Section: Township: Range: B. Total Size of Project Site: Amount of New Impervious Surface Proposed for Project: Resulting Total Percent of Impervious for Whole Site: Acreage to be Graded: C. Name of Authorized Agent: Authorized Agent’s Representative (if applicable): Street Address: City: Zip: Email: Day Telephone: Fax: SIGNATURE OF, OR ON BEHALF OF, AUTHORIZED AGENT: Print Signers Name and, if in representative capacity, Title: D. Name of Property Owner (Applicant): Owner’s Street Address: Owner’s City: Owner’s Zip: Owner’s Email: Owner’s Telephone: Owner’s Fax: I authorize the above-indicated authorized agent, if any, to act as my agent and otherwise represent me in all communications with the CLFLWD concerning this application. OWNER SIGNATURE (APPLICANT) (REQUIRED): Print Signers Name and, if in representative capacity, Title: Return Application to: Comfort Lake - Forest Lake Watershed District 44 Lake Street South, Suite A Forest Lake, MN 55025 Phone: (651) 395-5859 Email: mike.sandager@clflwd.org TO BE COMPLETED BY DISTRICT: PERMIT NUMBER ______________________________ AMNT RECD. (E + F) ___________ DATE____________ RECD. FROM __________________________________ DATE APPLICATION RECD._______________________ DATE OF EXTENSION___________________________ DATE PERMIT APPROVED________________________ DIVOCSG N LLC 9/19/23 1MW Solar Garden 10929 Scandia Trail N. Scandia 19 W 1/2 of NW 1/4 32 20 6 Courtney O'Connor 3915 Coolidge Ave Baltimore 21229 coconnor@gordiane.com 4437523349 Courtney O'Connor Michael Lubke & Molly Minogue 10929 Scandia Trail N. Scandia 55073 lubke.michael@gmail.com 715-429-0786 44 Lake Street South Suite A, Forest Lake, MN 55025 Phone 651.395.5850 | info@clflwd.org | www.clflwd.org Board Approved Page 2 of 3 E. Permit and Field Inspection Fee Deposit Permit Application for Approval of: (Check all that apply) Permit Application Fee Application Fee (nonrefundable) $10 $ Field Inspection Fee Deposit (CLFLWD cost of inspection, analysis, and compliance monitoring) Rule 2.0 Stormwater Management Rule 2.2.1(a) – Subdivision resulting in 3 lots $2,000 $ Additional lots greater than above standard $100 / additional lot $ Rule 2.2.1(b-d) – All other stormwater rule applications $3,000 $ Rule 3.0 Erosion Control Activities/Grading less than 1 acre $1,000 $ 1.0 – 4.99 acres $1,250 $ 5.0 – 19.99 acres $1,500 $ 20.0 or more acres $2,000 $ Rules 4.0 – 7.0 Rule 4.0 Lake, Stream, and Wetland Buffer Requirements $1,500 $ Rule 6.0 Stream and Lake Crossings $1,500 $ Rule 7.0 Floodplain and Drainage Alterations $500 $ TOTAL PERMIT AND FIELD INSPECTION FEE DEPOSIT $ F. Performance Financial Assurance Deposit Additional Project Information (required) The CLFLWD Board will determine a performance financial assurance amount in addition to the Permit and Field Inspection Fee Deposit. The amount of the financial assurance will be based on the following criteria. Total Area of Disturbed Land Surface as a Result of This Project (acres) Estimated Construction Cost of Stormwater Management Facilities (includes ponds, pipes, etc.) $ SUBMITTAL INSTRUCTIONS Version Date: 10/11/2021 IMPORTANT INFORMATION (PLEASE READ): Field inspection fee deposit will be cumulative for the categories below. Prior to permit approval and issuance by the Comfort Lake Forest Lake Watershed District (CLFLWD) Board, the applicant must submit a permit and field inspection fee deposit to cover CLFLWD costs of reviewing application materials, monitoring permit compliance, and addressing non-compliance. Costs incurred by the CLFLWD greater than the deposit balance will be billed to the applicant. Unused portions of the deposit balance will be returned to the party designated below when District staff confirm that the permit closeout requirements have been met. On permit issuance, the applicant becomes the permittee and is legally responsible for permit violations. A co-applicant or contractor may share responsibility for a violation. However, any CLFLWD costs incurred will be assessed against the fee deposit. Name of party to receive remainder of permit fee deposit upon closeout: ________________________ Address of party receiving remainder of permit fee deposit: ________________________________ X 10 1500X 1510 44 Lake Street South Suite A, Forest Lake, MN 55025 Phone 651.395.5850 | info@clflwd.org | www.clflwd.org Version Date: 10/11/2021 Page 3 of 3 Call (651) 395-5852 if assistance in completing this form is required. Please attach drawings, plans and other data as outlined in the CLFLWD’s Permit Guidance and Information Handbook. CLFLWD Rules available upon request or on the CLFLWD website at www.clflwd.org. Mail or deliver this form along with the corresponding fee deposit and required application materials to the above address. Applying for this permit from CLFLWD does not excuse applicants from the responsibility to obtain any other permits that may be required by governmental agencies. Applying for a CLFLWD permit does not constitute approval of proposed permit activities. 1 | P a g e August 25, 2023 THIS LETTER SENT ONLY ELECTRONICALY TJ Ozomoru Oriana CSG 2020-10 LLC 2670 Patton Rd Roseville, MN 55113 RE: Complete Application for Conditional Use Permit Amendment (PID 1903220130001) Dear Mr. Ozomoru, Thank you for your application for Conditional Use Permit Amendment on June 21, 2023, and August 11, 2023. The City has found that the application is complete. The property that your request addresses is within the shoreland management overlay. Applications for variance within the shoreland must be forwarded to the Department of Natural Resources for review at least 30 days before the application is brought before the Planning Commission. While your application is complete, the following information should be submitted for consideration and review before the application is heard at a public hearing: 1.Exact number, species, and location of landscaping plants shall be submitted. 2.Seed mix information for all sodded or seeded areas shall be submitted. 3.Fencing material shall be provided. Wooden posts are labeled, but fencing material is not. 4.A stormwater management plan will be required. Please work with the Comfort Lake Forest Lake Watershed District to understand what levels of plan are required for PV7-A-C Attached Attached 2 | P a g e review. The City will require compliance with the Watershed’s standards and permits as required. Items noted as missing but not making the application incomplete and items that will be developed during the review of the project in my previous letter on June 29, 2023 still may need to be addressed. The proposed timeline for your application is as follows: •Planning Commission – Public Hearing October 3, 2023 •City Council October 17, 2023 The initial 60-day review period for your application ends October 10, 2023. The City of Scandia is extending the review timeline an additional 60 days, for a total review period of 120 days, as permitted by Minnesota Statute 15.99. The 120-day review period for your application will end on December 9, 2023. If you have any questions, please contact me. Thank you, T.J. Hofer City Planner City of Scandia 612-271-6984 tj.hofer@bolton-menk.com cc: Kyle Morell, City Administrator Brenda Eklund, City Clerk Mike Lubke and Molly Minogue, Owners Application submitted and check recieved. 1 | P a g e June 29, 2023 THIS LETTER SENT ONLY ELECTRONICALY TJ Ozomoru Oriana CSG 2020-10 LLC 2670 Patton Rd Roseville, MN 55113 RE: Incomplete Application for Conditional Use Permit Amendment (PID 1903220130001) Dear Mr. Ozomori, Thank you for your application for Conditional Use Permit Amendment on June 16, 2023. The City has found that is incomplete and missing the following exhibits and information. Conditional Use Permit Amendment The following materials are required for a complete submittal: 1.Site plans must include 2 ft. contour and surface water drainage patterns. 2.A stormwater management plan is required. 3.An erosion and sediment control plan is required. 4.A species must be provided for all vegetation to be planted. 5.An exhibit that shows the impervious surface coverage on the property must be submitted. 6.Material information and specifications must be submitted for fences. Any fences or barriers installed for the project must be mounted on wood posts , and may not include 2 | P a g e any chain link, barbed or razor wire. The fence may not exceed eight (8) feet in height from the ground, and must incorporate wildlife-friendly design with a gap at the bottom for passage of birds and small animals. The City will utilize recommendations from the Minnesota DNR to determine if the fence design is wildlife-friendly. 7.The application must include two vertical sketch elevations of the premises accurately drawn to a scale identified on the drawing, depicting the proposed solar energy conversion system and its relationship to the surrounding topography and public roadways. The sketches must depict the proposed system’s relationship to structures on adjacent lots as viewed from six (6) feet above ground level at the residential structure wall that site closest to the solar installation, one sketch showing the view without screening and the other sketch showing the view with proposed permanent screening. The sketch elevations must include a graphic scale not less than 1:50, or as needed to clearly show the vertical relationship between the proposed solar facilities and structures on adjacent lots. 8.Maximum height of panels must be provided. 9.An interconnection agreement must be provided. The submitted materials include a cover page for the document, but no agreement is included. The following items do not make your application incomplete, but will be required to complete the review or approval of your application: 10.The description of operations should be amended to establish hours that employees will be on site when required to be on site. 11.An access permit will be required for the proposed gravel road. 12.The site plan must be revised to show screening along the eastern side of the array or show measurements that this is not required. 13.Permanent vegetative screening shall be designed to have a horizontal depth of at least twenty (20) feet. 14.The City will require the establishment of an escrow account, from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota, to ensure vegetation is installed and establishes itself as identified in the approved permit, based on an estimated cost for plantings and labor provided by the applicant. The planting and screening plan must utilize the recommended plant types described in Section [153.400.060] and must be approved by the City. 15.The decommissioning plan will require the posting of a bond, letter of credit or the establishment of an escrow account to ensure decommissioning. The guarantee shall be from a creditable banking institution chartered to operate in the State of Minnesota. On pages 173-176 Application submitted, Agreement Attached Page 1 of CUP Package PV7-B OK OK 3 | P a g e 16.The application does not appear to include a reflector system. Please confirm. If a reflector system is utilized the applicant must conduct a glare study to identify the impacts of the system on occupied buildings and transportation rights-of-way within a half mile of the project boundary. The glare study must also address aviation impacts. The following items will be determined during the review process: 17.In addition to any other lawful conditions, the City also reserves option in imposing a development agreement in regards to the Distribution SES operation including repair, maintenance, and replacement and addressing all requirements set forth in Chapter 153.300.030 Subd. 1 (BB) Solar Energy System – Distribution Scale (Distribution SES). If the City elects to impose a development agreement, the development agreement must be executed before a building permit can be issued and must be recorded against the property. 18.Notwithstanding that Minnesota Statutes Section 272.02, Subdivision 24 (or its successor) classifies real property upon which a solar energy generating system is located that is used primarily for solar energy production (subject to the production tax under Minnesota Statutes Section 272.0295) as class 3a, the City may require the applicant to enter into a Payment In Lieu of Taxes Agreement to compensate the City for any prospective tax revenue that may be lost due to such reclassification. When you are ready to submit, the materials can be submitted to Brenda Eklund at b.eklund@ci.scandia.mn.us. If you have any questions, please contact me. Thank you, T.J. Hofer City Planner City of Scandia 612-271-6984 tj.hofer@bolton-menk.com cc: Kyle Morell, City Administrator Brenda Eklund, City Clerk Mike Lubke and Molly Minogue, Owners Not a reflector System OK OK N89°45'58"W 1322.94 N2 ° 0 0 ' 3 5 " E 2 5 7 4 . 8 1 S89°26'48"E 196.93 S87°50'48"E 799.32 S1 ° 4 9 ' 2 6 " W 2 5 4 0 . 4 7 L=317.91, R=11384.16 ∆=1°36'00"90 2 90 2 90 2 90 2 STATE TRUNK HIGHWAY 97 (PUBLIC ROAD) 49°0'8" 72.00 694 0 . 0 2 419 . 0 0 9 0 2 3 0 1 902 301 12 2457.76 N44 ° 2 3 ' 1 2 " E 1 6 7 7 . 1 0 68 F O O T W I D E N S P E A S E M E N T PER D O C . N O . 4 2 5 1 7 0 4 15 10 FINAL CERTIFICATE PER BOOK 183, PAGE 229 FOR STATE TRUNK HIGHWAY 97 ASPHALT SURFACE MNDT AZ MK CAST IRON MONUMENT BENCHMARK 1 ELEV 982.81 FEET (NAVD88) BENCHMARK 2 ELEV 983.63 FEET (NAVD88) NSP E A S E M E N T P E R B O O K 2 3 6 , PAG E 5 5 2 A N D D O C . N O . 3 1 4 5 7 5 2 11 S89°24'59"E 2628.28 S1 ° 3 8 ' 1 2 " W 2 6 3 3 . 8 7 NORTHEAST CORNER OF SECTION 19, TOWNSHIP 32 NORTH, RANGE 20 EAST WASHINGTON COUNTY CAST IRON MONUMENT NORTH QUARTER CORNER OF SECTION 19, TOWNSHIP 32 NORTH, RANGE 20 EAST WASHINGTON COUNTY CAST IRON MONUMENT NORTH LINE OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER SECTION 19, TOWNSHIP 32 NORTH, RANGE 20 EAST 37 . 1 END OF BARBED WIRE FENCE LIES ±1.5 FEET EAST OF THE PROPERTY LINE BARBED WIRE FENCE MEANDERS ALONG THE PROPERTY LINE WE S T L I N E O F T H E W E S T H A L F O F T H E NO R T H E A S T Q U A R T E R O F S E C T I O N 1 9 , TO W N S H I P 3 2 N O R T H , R A N G E 2 0 E A S T EA S T L I N E O F T H E W E S T H A L F O F T H E NO R T H E A S T Q U A R T E R O F S E C T I O N 1 9 , TO W N S H I P 3 2 N O R T H , R A N G E 2 0 E A S T 100 F O O T W I D E T R A N S M I S S I O N E A S E M E N T P E R D O C U M E N T N O . 4 6 8 0 5 8 TREE HEIGHT ±40-50 FEET TREE HEIGHT ±10-20 FEET TREE HEIGHT ±20 FEET TREE HEIGHT ±25-30 FEET 2°46'56"PL A Y A R E A - SW I N G / C L I M B I N G TO W E R 75.58 N2°00'35"E 9 7 0 9 7 5 9 8 0 9 8 5 9 9 0 995 995 99 5 990 98 5 985 9 9 0 990 9 9 5 995 SEPARATE SOLAR ARRAY XCEL EASEMENT, 15' OFFSET ON ALL SIDES OF UTILITY LINES AND MV TRANSFORMER IMPERVIOUS AREA MOUNTING POSTS - 6.075 FT2 ACCESS ROAD - 17060 FT2 EQUIPMENT PAD - 2244 FT2 TOTAL IMPERVIOUS AREA - 19310.08 FT2 34'-93 4" 347'-53 8" 800' OFFSET FROM CENTERLINE OF SCANDIA TRAIL N EXISTING TRANSMISSION LINES PARCEL ID: 1903220120001 ZONING: AGRICULTURAL ~2070' TO MANNING TRAIL N SCANDIA TRAIL N PARCEL BOUNDARY TEMPORARY LAYDOWN AREA EXISTING 3-PH 6-FOOT TALL, SIX PANEL LIVESTOCK FENCE ALONG RIDGELINE TO PROVIDE IMMEDIATE SCREENING ~5130' TO LOFTON AVE N WETLAND MAIN SERVICE ENTRANCE UTILIZING EXISTING ACCESS ROAD ~2300' LONG 20' WIDE 75' OFFSET FROM PARCEL BOUNDARY 350' SETBACK FROM NEIGHBORING HOUSE TO THE EAST UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL WIRES 200' SETBACK FROM HIGH WATER LEVEL 970' HIGH WATER LEVEL RISER POLE 2 STAGGERED ROWS OF A MIX OF EASTERN RED CEDAR, WHITE SPRUCE, NORWAY PINE, WHITE PINE, AND WHITE CEDAR TREES 1-4' TALL AND ONE ROW TO THE NORTH CONSISTING OF A MIX OF TREES FROM THE FRUIT/SHRUB DNR LIST 1-2' TALL 2 STAGGERED ROWS OF A MIX OF EASTERN RED CEDAR, WHITE SPRUCE, NORWAY PINE, WHITE PINE, AND WHITE CEDAR TREES 1-4' TALL ARRAY FENCE W/ WOODEN POSTS 1' GAP TO ALLOW FOR WILDLIFE MOVEMENT ~2540' AND ~5.71 ACRES 1.350 DC/AC RATIO SEPARATE SOLAR ARRAY FEMA ZONE A FLOODPLAIN INFILTRATION BASIN (3052.8 FT3) EQUIPMENT PAD INCLUDING PRODUCTION & UTILITY METERS AND UTILITY AC DISCONNECT; READILY ACCESSIBLE; 10' MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN UTILITY AC DISCONNECT AND XCEL METER 1 ROW 12-14' EASTERN RED CEDARS TO PROVIDE IMMEDIATE SCREENING FROM NEIGHBORING HOME ARRAY FENCE W/ WOODEN POSTS 1' GAP TO ALLOW FOR WILDLIFE MOVEMENT ~1802' AND ~4.68 ACRES 1.476 DC/AC RATIO EXISTING NATURAL WATER FLOW ON PARCEL, FLOWS NORTH TO SOUTH 2 STAGGERED ROWS OF A MIX OF EASTERN RED CEDAR, WHITE SPRUCE, NORWAY PINE, WHITE PINE, AND WHITE CEDAR TREES 1-4' TALL NEW OVERHEAD UTILITY POLES WITH 25' POLE SPACING; INCLUDING GOAB SWITCH; TO BE WITHIN 5'-10'ACCESS ROAD READILY ACCESSIBLE UTILITY TRANSFORMER; READILY ACCESSIBLE; XCEL POI 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 355 5 5 5 5 5666666666666 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 78888 8999 910101010 10911111111 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 5 5 3 2 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 5 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 5 20' 20' N89°45'58"W 1322.94 N2 ° 0 0 ' 3 5 " E 2 5 7 4 . 8 1 S89°26'48"E 196.93 S87°50'48"E 799.32 S1 ° 4 9 ' 2 6 " W 2 5 4 0 . 4 7 L=317.91, R=11384.16 ∆=1°36'00"902 902 902 902STATE TRUNK HIGHWAY 97 (PUBLIC ROAD) 49°0'8" 72.00 6940 . 0 2 419. 0 0 902 301 902 301 12 2457.76 N44° 2 3 ' 1 2 " E 1 6 7 7 . 1 0 68 F O O T W I D E N S P E A S E M E N T PER D O C . N O . 4 2 5 1 7 0 4 15 10 FINAL CERTIFICATE PER BOOK 183, PAGE 229 FOR STATE TRUNK HIGHWAY 97 ASPHALT SURFACE MNDT AZ MK CAST IRON MONUMENT BENCHMARK 1 ELEV 982.81 FEET (NAVD88) BENCHMARK 2 ELEV 983.63 FEET (NAVD88) NSP E A S E M E N T P E R B O O K 2 3 6 , PAG E 5 5 2 A N D D O C . N O . 3 1 4 5 7 5 2 11 S89°24'59"E 2628.28 S1 ° 3 8 ' 1 2 " W 2 6 3 3 . 8 7 NORTHEAST CORNER OF SECTION 19, TOWNSHIP 32 NORTH, RANGE 20 EAST WASHINGTON COUNTY CAST IRON MONUMENT NORTH QUARTER CORNER OF SECTION 19, TOWNSHIP 32 NORTH, RANGE 20 EAST WASHINGTON COUNTY CAST IRON MONUMENT NORTH LINE OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER SECTION 19, TOWNSHIP 32 NORTH, RANGE 20 EAST CORNER OF BARBED WIRE FENCE LIES ±0.5 FEET WEST AND ± 0.5 FEET SOUTH OF THE PROPERTY LINE BARBED WIRE FENCE CROSSES SOUTH PROPERTY LINE ±37.1 FEET WEST OF THE SOUTHEAST CORNER 37 . 1 END OF BARBED WIRE FENCE LIES ±1.5 FEET EAST OF THE PROPERTY LINE BARBED WIRE FENCE MEANDERS ALONG THE PROPERTY LINE WE S T L I N E O F T H E W E S T H A L F O F T H E NO R T H E A S T Q U A R T E R O F S E C T I O N 1 9 , TO W N S H I P 3 2 N O R T H , R A N G E 2 0 E A S T EA S T L I N E O F T H E W E S T H A L F O F T H E NO R T H E A S T Q U A R T E R O F S E C T I O N 1 9 , TO W N S H I P 3 2 N O R T H , R A N G E 2 0 E A S T SOUTH LINE OF THE WEST HALF OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SECTION 19, TOWNSHIP 32 NORTH, RANGE 20 EAST 100 F O O T W I D E T R A N S M I S S I O N E A S E M E N T P E R D O C U M E N T N O . 4 6 8 0 5 8 TREE HEIGHT ±40-50 FEET TREE HEIGHT ±10-20 FEET TREE HEIGHT ±20 FEET TREE HEIGHT ±25-30 FEET 2°46'56"PL A Y A R E A - SW I N G / C L I M B I N G TO W E R 75.58 N2°00'35"E 97 0 97 5 98 0 98 5 99 0 995 995 995 990 985 985 99 0 990 99 5 995 REVISIONS #DESCRIPTION BY DATE 7 CUP PACKAGE MPH 12/6/2021 8 MODULE UPDATE IR 5/18/2022 9 HANWHA 580W & 500' ROAD SETBACK MPH 11/21/2022 10 ROAD LEASE AREA ADDITION SP 1/31/2023 11 LEASE AREA CORRECTION MPH 2/6/2023 12 SINGLE LINE DRAWING MIT 2/7/2023 13 SCREENING EDITS MPH 6/12/2023 14 INTERCONNECTION PACKAGE SP 6/27/2023 PROJECT NAME DRAWING TITLE SCALE 1 SHEET L&M CSG OTHER NOTES CASE NUMBER 05512222 NO POSITION, DISTANCE, OR CLEARANCE ISSUES WITH OVERHEAD ELECTRIC SERVICE LINES OR OTHER UTILITIES IN RELATION TO THE PV PANELS. 24/ 7 UNESCORTED KEYLESS ACCESS PROVIDED FOR THE METERS AND AC DISCONNECT. INTERCONNECTION: SECONDARY DRAWN BY MIKE HOLMES PROJECT ADDRESS 11020 SCANDIA TRAIL N SCANDIA, MN 55073 LAT: 45.2524597664 LONG: -92.8808866747 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS SYSTEM SIZE DC 1.476 MW SYSTEM SIZE AC POWER LIMITED TO 1.000 MW DC/AC RATIO 1.476 AZIMUTH 180° TILT 30° MODULE COUNT 2544 MODULE TYPE HANWHA Q.PEAK DUO XL-G11.3 / BFG MODULE STC RATING 580 W INVERTER COUNT 9 INVERTER TYPE SMA SUNNY HIGHPOWER PEAK-3 125kW INVERTER POWER POWER LIMITED TO ~111.11 kW RACKING TBD MONITORING ALSO ENERGY DESIGN CRITERIA MIN/MAX TEMP.-26°C / 32°C WIND SPEED (ASCE 7-10)105 MPH BUILDING CATEGORY I EXPOSURE CATEGORY C GROUND SNOW LOAD 50 PSF BUILDING HEIGHT 0'-0" DRAWING SHEETS AND CONTENTS NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED WITHOUT EXPLICIT WRITTEN CONSENT FROM NEW ENERGY EQUITY LLC. NEW ENERGY EQUITY, LLC 2530 RIVA ROAD, SUITE 200 ANNAPOLIS, MD 21041 NEWENERGYEQUITY.COM 443-267-5012 00 1"2" 1 DRAWING SCALE ACCURATE WHEN THIS PAGE IS PRINTED ON 24"x36" PAPER. 1" = 140' SITE PLAN PV1 VICINITY MAP PROJECT LOCATION 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 330 0 30 60 W E S N 80 70 50 4O 20 10350 320 310 290 280 260 250 230 220 200 190 170 160 140 130 110 100 340 SHEET NOTES: UTILITY POLES ARE SHOWN FOR INDICATING LOCATIONS ONLY. SPACING BETWEEN POLES, PHYSICAL PROTECTION BARRIER FOR SWITCHBOARDS, ETC. WILL BE ADDED IN THE DRAWINGS PREPARED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SPACE FOR PE STAMP: REVISIONS #DESCRIPTION BY DATE 7 CUP PACKAGE MPH 12/6/2021 8 MODULE UPDATE IR 5/18/2022 9 HANWHA 580W & 500' ROAD SETBACK MPH 11/21/2022 10 ROAD LEASE AREA ADDITION SP 1/31/2023 11 LEASE AREA CORRECTION MPH 2/6/2023 12 SINGLE LINE DRAWING MIT 2/7/2023 13 SCREENING EDITS MPH 6/12/2023 14 INTERCONNECTION PACKAGE SP 6/27/2023 PROJECT NAME DRAWING TITLE SCALE 1 SHEET L&M CSG OTHER NOTES CASE NUMBER 05512222 NO POSITION, DISTANCE, OR CLEARANCE ISSUES WITH OVERHEAD ELECTRIC SERVICE LINES OR OTHER UTILITIES IN RELATION TO THE PV PANELS. 24/ 7 UNESCORTED KEYLESS ACCESS PROVIDED FOR THE METERS AND AC DISCONNECT. INTERCONNECTION: SECONDARY DRAWN BY MIKE HOLMES PROJECT ADDRESS 11020 SCANDIA TRAIL N SCANDIA, MN 55073 LAT: 45.2524597664 LONG: -92.8808866747 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS SYSTEM SIZE DC 1.476 MW SYSTEM SIZE AC POWER LIMITED TO 1.000 MW DC/AC RATIO 1.476 AZIMUTH 180° TILT 30° MODULE COUNT 2544 MODULE TYPE HANWHA Q.PEAK DUO XL-G11.3 / BFG MODULE STC RATING 580 W INVERTER COUNT 9 INVERTER TYPE SMA SUNNY HIGHPOWER PEAK-3 125kW INVERTER POWER POWER LIMITED TO ~111.11 kW RACKING TBD MONITORING ALSO ENERGY DESIGN CRITERIA MIN/MAX TEMP.-26°C / 32°C WIND SPEED (ASCE 7-10)105 MPH BUILDING CATEGORY I EXPOSURE CATEGORY C GROUND SNOW LOAD 50 PSF BUILDING HEIGHT 0'-0" DRAWING SHEETS AND CONTENTS NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED WITHOUT EXPLICIT WRITTEN CONSENT FROM NEW ENERGY EQUITY LLC. NEW ENERGY EQUITY, LLC 2530 RIVA ROAD, SUITE 200 ANNAPOLIS, MD 21041 NEWENERGYEQUITY.COM 443-267-5012 00 1" 2" 1 DRAWING SCALE ACCURATE WHEN THIS PAGE IS PRINTED ON 24"x36" PAPER. NTS FT RACKING DETAIL PV2 NTS FIXED TILT RACKING EAST-WEST ELEVATION1 3' MINIMUM DEPTH OF POST DEPENDENT ON ENGINEERING REVIEW ~11' 0" VARIES TBD BY ENGINEER, NOT TO EXCEED 15' IN HEIGHT PER SCANDIA ORDINANCE 30° LINE OF GRADELINE OF GRADE ~15' 11" VARIES 13' 9" VARIES REVISIONS #DESCRIPTION BY DATE 7 CUP PACKAGE MPH 12/6/2021 8 MODULE UPDATE IR 5/18/2022 9 HANWHA 580W & 500' ROAD SETBACK MPH 11/21/2022 10 ROAD LEASE AREA ADDITION SP 1/31/2023 11 LEASE AREA CORRECTION MPH 2/6/2023 12 SINGLE LINE DRAWING MIT 2/7/2023 13 SCREENING EDITS MPH 6/12/2023 14 INTERCONNECTION PACKAGE SP 6/27/2023 PROJECT NAME DRAWING TITLE SCALE 1 SHEET L&M CSG OTHER NOTES CASE NUMBER 05512222 NO POSITION, DISTANCE, OR CLEARANCE ISSUES WITH OVERHEAD ELECTRIC SERVICE LINES OR OTHER UTILITIES IN RELATION TO THE PV PANELS. 24/ 7 UNESCORTED KEYLESS ACCESS PROVIDED FOR THE METERS AND AC DISCONNECT. INTERCONNECTION: SECONDARY DRAWN BY MIKE HOLMES PROJECT ADDRESS 11020 SCANDIA TRAIL N SCANDIA, MN 55073 LAT: 45.2524597664 LONG: -92.8808866747 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS SYSTEM SIZE DC 1.476 MW SYSTEM SIZE AC POWER LIMITED TO 1.000 MW DC/AC RATIO 1.476 AZIMUTH 180° TILT 30° MODULE COUNT 2544 MODULE TYPE HANWHA Q.PEAK DUO XL-G11.3 / BFG MODULE STC RATING 580 W INVERTER COUNT 9 INVERTER TYPE SMA SUNNY HIGHPOWER PEAK-3 125kW INVERTER POWER POWER LIMITED TO ~111.11 kW RACKING TBD MONITORING ALSO ENERGY DESIGN CRITERIA MIN/MAX TEMP.-26°C / 32°C WIND SPEED (ASCE 7-10)105 MPH BUILDING CATEGORY I EXPOSURE CATEGORY C GROUND SNOW LOAD 50 PSF BUILDING HEIGHT 0'-0" DRAWING SHEETS AND CONTENTS NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED WITHOUT EXPLICIT WRITTEN CONSENT FROM NEW ENERGY EQUITY LLC. NEW ENERGY EQUITY, LLC 2530 RIVA ROAD, SUITE 200 ANNAPOLIS, MD 21041 NEWENERGYEQUITY.COM 443-267-5012 00 1" 2" 1 DRAWING SCALE ACCURATE WHEN THIS PAGE IS PRINTED ON 24"x36" PAPER. NTS FENCE DETAIL PV3 FENCE FABRIC GROUND CLAMP OR APPROVED EQUAL (TYP.) GROUNDING CONDUCTOR MUST BE CONNECTED TO FENCE POSTS WOOD FENCE POST (TYP.) LOCK 8' 7'-6" 7'-0" 1'-0" GROUNDING CONDUCTOR MUST BE CONNECTED TO FENCE POSTS IRREVERSIBLE HIGH COMPRESSION CONNECTION BURNDY HYGROUND OR EQUAL (TYP.) FENCE FABRIC GROUND CLAMP OR APPROVED EQUAL (TYP.) WOOD FENCE POST (TYP.) GRADE GROUND ON EACH SIDE OF THE GATE A BURIED BONDING JUMPER ACROSS THE GATE IRREVERSIBLE HIGH COMPRESSION CONNECTION BURNDY HYGROUND OR EQUAL (TYP.) 1'-0" 7'-0" GRADE FENCE GROUNDING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE 1 PV3 GATE GROUNDING DETAIL2 PV3 NOT TO SCALE FENCE NOT TO EXCEED 8' IN HEIGHT HIGH TENSILE STEEL WIRE REVISIONS #DESCRIPTION BY DATE 7 CUP PACKAGE MPH 12/6/2021 8 MODULE UPDATE IR 5/18/2022 9 HANWHA 580W & 500' ROAD SETBACK MPH 11/21/2022 10 ROAD LEASE AREA ADDITION SP 1/31/2023 11 LEASE AREA CORRECTION MPH 2/6/2023 12 SINGLE LINE DRAWING MIT 2/7/2023 13 SCREENING EDITS MPH 6/12/2023 14 INTERCONNECTION PACKAGE SP 6/27/2023 PROJECT NAME DRAWING TITLE SCALE 1 SHEET L&M CSG OTHER NOTES CASE NUMBER 05512222 NO POSITION, DISTANCE, OR CLEARANCE ISSUES WITH OVERHEAD ELECTRIC SERVICE LINES OR OTHER UTILITIES IN RELATION TO THE PV PANELS. 24/ 7 UNESCORTED KEYLESS ACCESS PROVIDED FOR THE METERS AND AC DISCONNECT. INTERCONNECTION: SECONDARY DRAWN BY MIKE HOLMES PROJECT ADDRESS 11020 SCANDIA TRAIL N SCANDIA, MN 55073 LAT: 45.2524597664 LONG: -92.8808866747 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS SYSTEM SIZE DC 1.476 MW SYSTEM SIZE AC POWER LIMITED TO 1.000 MW DC/AC RATIO 1.476 AZIMUTH 180° TILT 30° MODULE COUNT 2544 MODULE TYPE HANWHA Q.PEAK DUO XL-G11.3 / BFG MODULE STC RATING 580 W INVERTER COUNT 9 INVERTER TYPE SMA SUNNY HIGHPOWER PEAK-3 125kW INVERTER POWER POWER LIMITED TO ~111.11 kW RACKING TBD MONITORING ALSO ENERGY DESIGN CRITERIA MIN/MAX TEMP.-26°C / 32°C WIND SPEED (ASCE 7-10)105 MPH BUILDING CATEGORY I EXPOSURE CATEGORY C GROUND SNOW LOAD 50 PSF BUILDING HEIGHT 0'-0" DRAWING SHEETS AND CONTENTS NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED WITHOUT EXPLICIT WRITTEN CONSENT FROM NEW ENERGY EQUITY LLC. NEW ENERGY EQUITY, LLC 2530 RIVA ROAD, SUITE 200 ANNAPOLIS, MD 21041 NEWENERGYEQUITY.COM 443-267-5012 00 1"2" 1 DRAWING SCALE ACCURATE WHEN THIS PAGE IS PRINTED ON 24"x36" PAPER. NTS STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN PV4 NTS INFILTRATION BASIN1 NTS RIP RAP OVERFLOW2 6" 2' 6" PER PLAN 2" 6" 6" 30' PONDED VOLUME OVERFLOW ELEV = TOP OF BERM ELEV = RIP RAP OVERFLOW 4:1 SLOPE EXISTING SUBGRADE - PROTECT FROM COMPACTION POND BOTTOM ELEV = CLASS I RIP RAP OVER GEOTEXTILE FABRIC BERM (5' MIN) BASIN PLAN VIEW OVERFLOW ELEVATION GEOTEXTILE FABRIC LINER ALONG BOTTOM OF RIP RAP 4 1 1 2 2' DIRECTION OF FLOW A A B B SECTION AA SECTION BB SUMMARY Pre-disconnection Runoff from impervious 96 ft3 Runoff from pervious 47 ft3 Total runoff 143 ft3 Post-disconnection Total runoff 72 ft3 Total runoff reduced 71 ft3 Runoff from pervious 47 ft3 Runoff from impervious 25 ft3 Adjusted impervious 13.228 ft2 Performance Goal Summary Performance Goal 4.70 ft3 BMP volume credit ( BMP volume credit)3.50 ft3 % of performance goal achieved74.40% Remaining water quality volume to be treated (per panel)1.20 ft3 PID#: 19-032-20-130-001 10929 Scandia Trail North Michael Lubke & Molly Minoque PI D # : 1 9 - 0 3 2 - 2 0 - 1 1 0 - 0 0 4 11 0 8 1 S c a n d i a T r a i l N o r t h Tr e n t E . N i c k e l s o n PID # : 1 9 - 0 3 2 - 2 0 - 1 1 0 - 0 0 6 Sca n d i a T r a i l S o l a r L L C PID # : 1 9 - 0 3 2 - 2 0 - 1 1 0 - 0 0 7 X C E L E n e r g y S1 ° 4 9 ' 2 6 " W 2 5 4 0 . 4 7 9 0 2 301 END OF BARBED WIRE FENCE LIES ±1.5 FEET EAST OF THE PROPERTY LINE EA S T L I N E O F T H E W E S T H A L F O F T H E NO R T H E A S T Q U A R T E R O F S E C T I O N 1 9 , 99 5 990 98 5 985 9 9 0 DRAINAGE PATTERNS PROJECT AREA 990 980 970 REVISIONS #DESCRIPTION BY DATE 7 CUP PACKAGE MPH 12/6/2021 8 MODULE UPDATE IR 5/18/2022 9 HANWHA 580W & 500' ROAD SETBACK MPH 11/21/2022 10 ROAD LEASE AREA ADDITION SP 1/31/2023 11 LEASE AREA CORRECTION MPH 2/6/2023 12 SINGLE LINE DRAWING MIT 2/7/2023 13 SCREENING EDITS MPH 6/12/2023 14 INTERCONNECTION PACKAGE SP 6/27/2023 PROJECT NAME DRAWING TITLE SCALE 1 SHEET L&M CSG OTHER NOTES CASE NUMBER 05512222 NO POSITION, DISTANCE, OR CLEARANCE ISSUES WITH OVERHEAD ELECTRIC SERVICE LINES OR OTHER UTILITIES IN RELATION TO THE PV PANELS. 24/ 7 UNESCORTED KEYLESS ACCESS PROVIDED FOR THE METERS AND AC DISCONNECT. INTERCONNECTION: SECONDARY DRAWN BY MIKE HOLMES PROJECT ADDRESS 11020 SCANDIA TRAIL N SCANDIA, MN 55073 LAT: 45.2524597664 LONG: -92.8808866747 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS SYSTEM SIZE DC 1.476 MW SYSTEM SIZE AC POWER LIMITED TO 1.000 MW DC/AC RATIO 1.476 AZIMUTH 180° TILT 30° MODULE COUNT 2544 MODULE TYPE HANWHA Q.PEAK DUO XL-G11.3 / BFG MODULE STC RATING 580 W INVERTER COUNT 9 INVERTER TYPE SMA SUNNY HIGHPOWER PEAK-3 125kW INVERTER POWER POWER LIMITED TO ~111.11 kW RACKING TBD MONITORING ALSO ENERGY DESIGN CRITERIA MIN/MAX TEMP.-26°C / 32°C WIND SPEED (ASCE 7-10)105 MPH BUILDING CATEGORY I EXPOSURE CATEGORY C GROUND SNOW LOAD 50 PSF BUILDING HEIGHT 0'-0" DRAWING SHEETS AND CONTENTS NOT TO BE DISTRIBUTED WITHOUT EXPLICIT WRITTEN CONSENT FROM NEW ENERGY EQUITY LLC. NEW ENERGY EQUITY, LLC 2530 RIVA ROAD, SUITE 200 ANNAPOLIS, MD 21041 NEWENERGYEQUITY.COM 443-267-5012 00 1"2" 1 DRAWING SCALE ACCURATE WHEN THIS PAGE IS PRINTED ON 24"x36" PAPER. 1" = 80' TOPOGRAPHY & DRAINAGE PV5 VICINITY MAP PROJECT LOCATION 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 330 0 30 60 W E S N 80 70 50 4O 20 10350 320 310 290 280 260 250 230 220 200 190 170 160 140 130 110 100 340 SHEET NOTES: UTILITY POLES ARE SHOWN FOR INDICATING LOCATIONS ONLY. SPACING BETWEEN POLES, PHYSICAL PROTECTION BARRIER FOR SWITCHBOARDS, ETC. WILL BE ADDED IN THE DRAWINGS PREPARED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SPACE FOR PE STAMP: